Synchronised line endinge with release branch

18 files changed, 14272 insertions, 14272 deletions

diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/arbprogparse.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/arbprogparse.c
index bca033477..dffc8abf7 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/arbprogparse.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/arbprogparse.c
@@ -1,216 +1,216 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  7.1

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2008  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-#define DEBUG_PARSING 0

-

-/**

- * \file arbprogparse.c

- * ARB_*_program parser core

- * \author Karl Rasche

- */

-

-/**

-Notes on program parameters, etc.

-

-The instructions we emit will use six kinds of source registers:

-

-  PROGRAM_INPUT      - input registers

-  PROGRAM_TEMPORARY  - temp registers

-  PROGRAM_ADDRESS    - address/indirect register

-  PROGRAM_SAMPLER    - texture sampler

-  PROGRAM_CONSTANT   - indexes into program->Parameters, a known constant/literal

-  PROGRAM_STATE_VAR  - indexes into program->Parameters, and may actually be:

-                       + a state variable, like "state.fog.color", or

-                       + a pointer to a "program.local[k]" parameter, or

-                       + a pointer to a "program.env[k]" parameter

-

-Basically, all the program.local[] and program.env[] values will get mapped

-into the unified gl_program->Parameters array.  This solves the problem of

-having three separate program parameter arrays.

-*/

-

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-#include "main/imports.h"

-#include "main/context.h"

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-#include "arbprogparse.h"

-#include "programopt.h"

-#include "prog_parameter.h"

-#include "prog_statevars.h"

-#include "prog_instruction.h"

-#include "program_parser.h"

-

-

-void

-_mesa_parse_arb_fragment_program(struct gl_context* ctx, GLenum target,

-                                 const GLvoid *str, GLsizei len,

-                                 struct gl_fragment_program *program)

-{

-   struct gl_program prog;

-   struct asm_parser_state state;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   ASSERT(target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB);

-

-   memset(&prog, 0, sizeof(prog));

-   memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));

-   state.prog = &prog;

-

-   if (!_mesa_parse_arb_program(ctx, target, (const GLubyte*) str, len,

-				&state)) {

-      /* Error in the program. Just return. */

-      return;

-   }

-

-   if (program->Base.String != NULL)

-      free(program->Base.String);

-

-   /* Copy the relevant contents of the arb_program struct into the

-    * fragment_program struct.

-    */

-   program->Base.String          = prog.String;

-   program->Base.NumInstructions = prog.NumInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumTemporaries  = prog.NumTemporaries;

-   program->Base.NumParameters   = prog.NumParameters;

-   program->Base.NumAttributes   = prog.NumAttributes;

-   program->Base.NumAddressRegs  = prog.NumAddressRegs;

-   program->Base.NumNativeInstructions = prog.NumNativeInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumNativeTemporaries = prog.NumNativeTemporaries;

-   program->Base.NumNativeParameters = prog.NumNativeParameters;

-   program->Base.NumNativeAttributes = prog.NumNativeAttributes;

-   program->Base.NumNativeAddressRegs = prog.NumNativeAddressRegs;

-   program->Base.NumAluInstructions   = prog.NumAluInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumTexInstructions   = prog.NumTexInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumTexIndirections   = prog.NumTexIndirections;

-   program->Base.NumNativeAluInstructions = prog.NumAluInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumNativeTexInstructions = prog.NumTexInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumNativeTexIndirections = prog.NumTexIndirections;

-   program->Base.InputsRead      = prog.InputsRead;

-   program->Base.OutputsWritten  = prog.OutputsWritten;

-   program->Base.IndirectRegisterFiles = prog.IndirectRegisterFiles;

-   for (i = 0; i < MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS; i++) {

-      program->Base.TexturesUsed[i] = prog.TexturesUsed[i];

-      if (prog.TexturesUsed[i])

-         program->Base.SamplersUsed |= (1 << i);

-   }

-   program->Base.ShadowSamplers = prog.ShadowSamplers;

-   program->OriginUpperLeft = state.option.OriginUpperLeft;

-   program->PixelCenterInteger = state.option.PixelCenterInteger;

-

-   program->UsesKill            = state.fragment.UsesKill;

-

-   if (program->Base.Instructions)

-      free(program->Base.Instructions);

-   program->Base.Instructions = prog.Instructions;

-

-   if (program->Base.Parameters)

-      _mesa_free_parameter_list(program->Base.Parameters);

-   program->Base.Parameters    = prog.Parameters;

-

-   /* Append fog instructions now if the program has "OPTION ARB_fog_exp"

-    * or similar.  We used to leave this up to drivers, but it appears

-    * there's no hardware that wants to do fog in a discrete stage separate

-    * from the fragment shader.

-    */

-   if (state.option.Fog != OPTION_NONE) {

-      static const GLenum fog_modes[4] = {

-	 GL_NONE, GL_EXP, GL_EXP2, GL_LINEAR

-      };

-

-      /* XXX: we should somehow recompile this to remove clamping if disabled

-       * On the ATI driver, this is unclampled if fragment clamping is disabled

-       */

-      _mesa_append_fog_code(ctx, program, fog_modes[state.option.Fog], GL_TRUE);

-   }

-

-#if DEBUG_FP

-   printf("____________Fragment program %u ________\n", program->Base.Id);

-   _mesa_print_program(&program->Base);

-#endif

-}

-

-

-

-/**

- * Parse the vertex program string.  If success, update the given

- * vertex_program object with the new program.  Else, leave the vertex_program

- * object unchanged.

- */

-void

-_mesa_parse_arb_vertex_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target,

-			       const GLvoid *str, GLsizei len,

-			       struct gl_vertex_program *program)

-{

-   struct gl_program prog;

-   struct asm_parser_state state;

-

-   ASSERT(target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB);

-

-   memset(&prog, 0, sizeof(prog));

-   memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));

-   state.prog = &prog;

-

-   if (!_mesa_parse_arb_program(ctx, target, (const GLubyte*) str, len,

-				&state)) {

-      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "glProgramString(bad program)");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   if (program->Base.String != NULL)

-      free(program->Base.String);

-

-   /* Copy the relevant contents of the arb_program struct into the 

-    * vertex_program struct.

-    */

-   program->Base.String          = prog.String;

-   program->Base.NumInstructions = prog.NumInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumTemporaries  = prog.NumTemporaries;

-   program->Base.NumParameters   = prog.NumParameters;

-   program->Base.NumAttributes   = prog.NumAttributes;

-   program->Base.NumAddressRegs  = prog.NumAddressRegs;

-   program->Base.NumNativeInstructions = prog.NumNativeInstructions;

-   program->Base.NumNativeTemporaries = prog.NumNativeTemporaries;

-   program->Base.NumNativeParameters = prog.NumNativeParameters;

-   program->Base.NumNativeAttributes = prog.NumNativeAttributes;

-   program->Base.NumNativeAddressRegs = prog.NumNativeAddressRegs;

-   program->Base.InputsRead     = prog.InputsRead;

-   program->Base.OutputsWritten = prog.OutputsWritten;

-   program->Base.IndirectRegisterFiles = prog.IndirectRegisterFiles;

-   program->IsPositionInvariant = (state.option.PositionInvariant)

-      ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE;

-

-   if (program->Base.Instructions)

-      free(program->Base.Instructions);

-   program->Base.Instructions = prog.Instructions;

-

-   if (program->Base.Parameters)

-      _mesa_free_parameter_list(program->Base.Parameters);

-   program->Base.Parameters = prog.Parameters; 

-

-#if DEBUG_VP

-   printf("____________Vertex program %u __________\n", program->Base.Id);

-   _mesa_print_program(&program->Base);

-#endif

-}

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  7.1
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2008  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#define DEBUG_PARSING 0
+
+/**
+ * \file arbprogparse.c
+ * ARB_*_program parser core
+ * \author Karl Rasche
+ */
+
+/**
+Notes on program parameters, etc.
+
+The instructions we emit will use six kinds of source registers:
+
+  PROGRAM_INPUT      - input registers
+  PROGRAM_TEMPORARY  - temp registers
+  PROGRAM_ADDRESS    - address/indirect register
+  PROGRAM_SAMPLER    - texture sampler
+  PROGRAM_CONSTANT   - indexes into program->Parameters, a known constant/literal
+  PROGRAM_STATE_VAR  - indexes into program->Parameters, and may actually be:
+                       + a state variable, like "state.fog.color", or
+                       + a pointer to a "program.local[k]" parameter, or
+                       + a pointer to a "program.env[k]" parameter
+
+Basically, all the program.local[] and program.env[] values will get mapped
+into the unified gl_program->Parameters array.  This solves the problem of
+having three separate program parameter arrays.
+*/
+
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "arbprogparse.h"
+#include "programopt.h"
+#include "prog_parameter.h"
+#include "prog_statevars.h"
+#include "prog_instruction.h"
+#include "program_parser.h"
+
+
+void
+_mesa_parse_arb_fragment_program(struct gl_context* ctx, GLenum target,
+                                 const GLvoid *str, GLsizei len,
+                                 struct gl_fragment_program *program)
+{
+   struct gl_program prog;
+   struct asm_parser_state state;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   ASSERT(target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB);
+
+   memset(&prog, 0, sizeof(prog));
+   memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));
+   state.prog = &prog;
+
+   if (!_mesa_parse_arb_program(ctx, target, (const GLubyte*) str, len,
+				&state)) {
+      /* Error in the program. Just return. */
+      return;
+   }
+
+   if (program->Base.String != NULL)
+      free(program->Base.String);
+
+   /* Copy the relevant contents of the arb_program struct into the
+    * fragment_program struct.
+    */
+   program->Base.String          = prog.String;
+   program->Base.NumInstructions = prog.NumInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumTemporaries  = prog.NumTemporaries;
+   program->Base.NumParameters   = prog.NumParameters;
+   program->Base.NumAttributes   = prog.NumAttributes;
+   program->Base.NumAddressRegs  = prog.NumAddressRegs;
+   program->Base.NumNativeInstructions = prog.NumNativeInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumNativeTemporaries = prog.NumNativeTemporaries;
+   program->Base.NumNativeParameters = prog.NumNativeParameters;
+   program->Base.NumNativeAttributes = prog.NumNativeAttributes;
+   program->Base.NumNativeAddressRegs = prog.NumNativeAddressRegs;
+   program->Base.NumAluInstructions   = prog.NumAluInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumTexInstructions   = prog.NumTexInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumTexIndirections   = prog.NumTexIndirections;
+   program->Base.NumNativeAluInstructions = prog.NumAluInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumNativeTexInstructions = prog.NumTexInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumNativeTexIndirections = prog.NumTexIndirections;
+   program->Base.InputsRead      = prog.InputsRead;
+   program->Base.OutputsWritten  = prog.OutputsWritten;
+   program->Base.IndirectRegisterFiles = prog.IndirectRegisterFiles;
+   for (i = 0; i < MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS; i++) {
+      program->Base.TexturesUsed[i] = prog.TexturesUsed[i];
+      if (prog.TexturesUsed[i])
+         program->Base.SamplersUsed |= (1 << i);
+   }
+   program->Base.ShadowSamplers = prog.ShadowSamplers;
+   program->OriginUpperLeft = state.option.OriginUpperLeft;
+   program->PixelCenterInteger = state.option.PixelCenterInteger;
+
+   program->UsesKill            = state.fragment.UsesKill;
+
+   if (program->Base.Instructions)
+      free(program->Base.Instructions);
+   program->Base.Instructions = prog.Instructions;
+
+   if (program->Base.Parameters)
+      _mesa_free_parameter_list(program->Base.Parameters);
+   program->Base.Parameters    = prog.Parameters;
+
+   /* Append fog instructions now if the program has "OPTION ARB_fog_exp"
+    * or similar.  We used to leave this up to drivers, but it appears
+    * there's no hardware that wants to do fog in a discrete stage separate
+    * from the fragment shader.
+    */
+   if (state.option.Fog != OPTION_NONE) {
+      static const GLenum fog_modes[4] = {
+	 GL_NONE, GL_EXP, GL_EXP2, GL_LINEAR
+      };
+
+      /* XXX: we should somehow recompile this to remove clamping if disabled
+       * On the ATI driver, this is unclampled if fragment clamping is disabled
+       */
+      _mesa_append_fog_code(ctx, program, fog_modes[state.option.Fog], GL_TRUE);
+   }
+
+#if DEBUG_FP
+   printf("____________Fragment program %u ________\n", program->Base.Id);
+   _mesa_print_program(&program->Base);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Parse the vertex program string.  If success, update the given
+ * vertex_program object with the new program.  Else, leave the vertex_program
+ * object unchanged.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_parse_arb_vertex_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target,
+			       const GLvoid *str, GLsizei len,
+			       struct gl_vertex_program *program)
+{
+   struct gl_program prog;
+   struct asm_parser_state state;
+
+   ASSERT(target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB);
+
+   memset(&prog, 0, sizeof(prog));
+   memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));
+   state.prog = &prog;
+
+   if (!_mesa_parse_arb_program(ctx, target, (const GLubyte*) str, len,
+				&state)) {
+      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "glProgramString(bad program)");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   if (program->Base.String != NULL)
+      free(program->Base.String);
+
+   /* Copy the relevant contents of the arb_program struct into the 
+    * vertex_program struct.
+    */
+   program->Base.String          = prog.String;
+   program->Base.NumInstructions = prog.NumInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumTemporaries  = prog.NumTemporaries;
+   program->Base.NumParameters   = prog.NumParameters;
+   program->Base.NumAttributes   = prog.NumAttributes;
+   program->Base.NumAddressRegs  = prog.NumAddressRegs;
+   program->Base.NumNativeInstructions = prog.NumNativeInstructions;
+   program->Base.NumNativeTemporaries = prog.NumNativeTemporaries;
+   program->Base.NumNativeParameters = prog.NumNativeParameters;
+   program->Base.NumNativeAttributes = prog.NumNativeAttributes;
+   program->Base.NumNativeAddressRegs = prog.NumNativeAddressRegs;
+   program->Base.InputsRead     = prog.InputsRead;
+   program->Base.OutputsWritten = prog.OutputsWritten;
+   program->Base.IndirectRegisterFiles = prog.IndirectRegisterFiles;
+   program->IsPositionInvariant = (state.option.PositionInvariant)
+      ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE;
+
+   if (program->Base.Instructions)
+      free(program->Base.Instructions);
+   program->Base.Instructions = prog.Instructions;
+
+   if (program->Base.Parameters)
+      _mesa_free_parameter_list(program->Base.Parameters);
+   program->Base.Parameters = prog.Parameters; 
+
+#if DEBUG_VP
+   printf("____________Vertex program %u __________\n", program->Base.Id);
+   _mesa_print_program(&program->Base);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.c
index 3e9b9d4d3..877a9e2ff 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.c
@@ -1,209 +1,209 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2008 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * \file hash_table.c

- * \brief Implementation of a generic, opaque hash table data type.

- *

- * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>

- */

-

-#include "main/imports.h"

-#include "main/simple_list.h"

-#include "hash_table.h"

-

-struct node {

-   struct node *next;

-   struct node *prev;

-};

-

-struct hash_table {

-    hash_func_t    hash;

-    hash_compare_func_t  compare;

-

-    unsigned num_buckets;

-    struct node buckets[1];

-};

-

-

-struct hash_node {

-    struct node link;

-    const void *key;

-    void *data;

-};

-

-

-struct hash_table *

-hash_table_ctor(unsigned num_buckets, hash_func_t hash,

-                hash_compare_func_t compare)

-{

-    struct hash_table *ht;

-    unsigned i;

-

-

-    if (num_buckets < 16) {

-        num_buckets = 16;

-    }

-

-    ht = malloc(sizeof(*ht) + ((num_buckets - 1) 

-				     * sizeof(ht->buckets[0])));

-    if (ht != NULL) {

-        ht->hash = hash;

-        ht->compare = compare;

-        ht->num_buckets = num_buckets;

-

-        for (i = 0; i < num_buckets; i++) {

-            make_empty_list(& ht->buckets[i]);

-        }

-    }

-

-    return ht;

-}

-

-

-void

-hash_table_dtor(struct hash_table *ht)

-{

-   hash_table_clear(ht);

-   free(ht);

-}

-

-

-void

-hash_table_clear(struct hash_table *ht)

-{

-   struct node *node;

-   struct node *temp;

-   unsigned i;

-

-

-   for (i = 0; i < ht->num_buckets; i++) {

-      foreach_s(node, temp, & ht->buckets[i]) {

-	 remove_from_list(node);

-	 free(node);

-      }

-

-      assert(is_empty_list(& ht->buckets[i]));

-   }

-}

-

-

-void *

-hash_table_find(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key)

-{

-    const unsigned hash_value = (*ht->hash)(key);

-    const unsigned bucket = hash_value % ht->num_buckets;

-    struct node *node;

-

-    foreach(node, & ht->buckets[bucket]) {

-       struct hash_node *hn = (struct hash_node *) node;

-

-       if ((*ht->compare)(hn->key, key) == 0) {

-	  return hn->data;

-       }

-    }

-

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-

-void

-hash_table_insert(struct hash_table *ht, void *data, const void *key)

-{

-    const unsigned hash_value = (*ht->hash)(key);

-    const unsigned bucket = hash_value % ht->num_buckets;

-    struct hash_node *node;

-

-    node = calloc(1, sizeof(*node));

-

-    node->data = data;

-    node->key = key;

-

-    insert_at_head(& ht->buckets[bucket], & node->link);

-}

-

-void

-hash_table_remove(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key)

-{

-    const unsigned hash_value = (*ht->hash)(key);

-    const unsigned bucket = hash_value % ht->num_buckets;

-    struct node *node;

-

-    foreach(node, & ht->buckets[bucket]) {

-       struct hash_node *hn = (struct hash_node *) node;

-

-       if ((*ht->compare)(hn->key, key) == 0) {

-	  remove_from_list(node);

-	  free(node);

-	  return;

-       }

-    }

-}

-

-void

-hash_table_call_foreach(struct hash_table *ht,

-			void (*callback)(const void *key,

-					 void *data,

-					 void *closure),

-			void *closure)

-{

-   int bucket;

-

-   for (bucket = 0; bucket < ht->num_buckets; bucket++) {

-      struct node *node, *temp;

-      foreach_s(node, temp, &ht->buckets[bucket]) {

-	 struct hash_node *hn = (struct hash_node *) node;

-

-	 callback(hn->key, hn->data, closure);

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-unsigned

-hash_table_string_hash(const void *key)

-{

-    const char *str = (const char *) key;

-    unsigned hash = 5381;

-

-

-    while (*str != '\0') {

-        hash = (hash * 33) + *str;

-        str++;

-    }

-

-    return hash;

-}

-

-

-unsigned

-hash_table_pointer_hash(const void *key)

-{

-   return (unsigned)((uintptr_t) key / sizeof(void *));

-}

-

-

-int

-hash_table_pointer_compare(const void *key1, const void *key2)

-{

-   return key1 == key2 ? 0 : 1;

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2008 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file hash_table.c
+ * \brief Implementation of a generic, opaque hash table data type.
+ *
+ * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "main/simple_list.h"
+#include "hash_table.h"
+
+struct node {
+   struct node *next;
+   struct node *prev;
+};
+
+struct hash_table {
+    hash_func_t    hash;
+    hash_compare_func_t  compare;
+
+    unsigned num_buckets;
+    struct node buckets[1];
+};
+
+
+struct hash_node {
+    struct node link;
+    const void *key;
+    void *data;
+};
+
+
+struct hash_table *
+hash_table_ctor(unsigned num_buckets, hash_func_t hash,
+                hash_compare_func_t compare)
+{
+    struct hash_table *ht;
+    unsigned i;
+
+
+    if (num_buckets < 16) {
+        num_buckets = 16;
+    }
+
+    ht = malloc(sizeof(*ht) + ((num_buckets - 1) 
+				     * sizeof(ht->buckets[0])));
+    if (ht != NULL) {
+        ht->hash = hash;
+        ht->compare = compare;
+        ht->num_buckets = num_buckets;
+
+        for (i = 0; i < num_buckets; i++) {
+            make_empty_list(& ht->buckets[i]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ht;
+}
+
+
+void
+hash_table_dtor(struct hash_table *ht)
+{
+   hash_table_clear(ht);
+   free(ht);
+}
+
+
+void
+hash_table_clear(struct hash_table *ht)
+{
+   struct node *node;
+   struct node *temp;
+   unsigned i;
+
+
+   for (i = 0; i < ht->num_buckets; i++) {
+      foreach_s(node, temp, & ht->buckets[i]) {
+	 remove_from_list(node);
+	 free(node);
+      }
+
+      assert(is_empty_list(& ht->buckets[i]));
+   }
+}
+
+
+void *
+hash_table_find(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key)
+{
+    const unsigned hash_value = (*ht->hash)(key);
+    const unsigned bucket = hash_value % ht->num_buckets;
+    struct node *node;
+
+    foreach(node, & ht->buckets[bucket]) {
+       struct hash_node *hn = (struct hash_node *) node;
+
+       if ((*ht->compare)(hn->key, key) == 0) {
+	  return hn->data;
+       }
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+void
+hash_table_insert(struct hash_table *ht, void *data, const void *key)
+{
+    const unsigned hash_value = (*ht->hash)(key);
+    const unsigned bucket = hash_value % ht->num_buckets;
+    struct hash_node *node;
+
+    node = calloc(1, sizeof(*node));
+
+    node->data = data;
+    node->key = key;
+
+    insert_at_head(& ht->buckets[bucket], & node->link);
+}
+
+void
+hash_table_remove(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key)
+{
+    const unsigned hash_value = (*ht->hash)(key);
+    const unsigned bucket = hash_value % ht->num_buckets;
+    struct node *node;
+
+    foreach(node, & ht->buckets[bucket]) {
+       struct hash_node *hn = (struct hash_node *) node;
+
+       if ((*ht->compare)(hn->key, key) == 0) {
+	  remove_from_list(node);
+	  free(node);
+	  return;
+       }
+    }
+}
+
+void
+hash_table_call_foreach(struct hash_table *ht,
+			void (*callback)(const void *key,
+					 void *data,
+					 void *closure),
+			void *closure)
+{
+   int bucket;
+
+   for (bucket = 0; bucket < ht->num_buckets; bucket++) {
+      struct node *node, *temp;
+      foreach_s(node, temp, &ht->buckets[bucket]) {
+	 struct hash_node *hn = (struct hash_node *) node;
+
+	 callback(hn->key, hn->data, closure);
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+unsigned
+hash_table_string_hash(const void *key)
+{
+    const char *str = (const char *) key;
+    unsigned hash = 5381;
+
+
+    while (*str != '\0') {
+        hash = (hash * 33) + *str;
+        str++;
+    }
+
+    return hash;
+}
+
+
+unsigned
+hash_table_pointer_hash(const void *key)
+{
+   return (unsigned)((uintptr_t) key / sizeof(void *));
+}
+
+
+int
+hash_table_pointer_compare(const void *key1, const void *key2)
+{
+   return key1 == key2 ? 0 : 1;
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.h b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.h
index 3910d0624..e715bb1cc 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.h
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/hash_table.h
@@ -1,157 +1,157 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2008 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * \file hash_table.h

- * \brief Implementation of a generic, opaque hash table data type.

- *

- * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>

- */

-

-#ifndef HASH_TABLE_H

-#define HASH_TABLE_H

-

-struct hash_table;

-

-typedef unsigned (*hash_func_t)(const void *key);

-typedef int (*hash_compare_func_t)(const void *key1, const void *key2);

-

-#ifdef __cplusplus

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-/**

- * Hash table constructor

- *

- * Creates a hash table with the specified number of buckets.  The supplied

- * \c hash and \c compare routines are used when adding elements to the table

- * and when searching for elements in the table.

- *

- * \param num_buckets  Number of buckets (bins) in the hash table.

- * \param hash         Function used to compute hash value of input keys.

- * \param compare      Function used to compare keys.

- */

-extern struct hash_table *hash_table_ctor(unsigned num_buckets,

-    hash_func_t hash, hash_compare_func_t compare);

-

-

-/**

- * Release all memory associated with a hash table

- *

- * \warning

- * This function cannot release memory occupied either by keys or data.

- */

-extern void hash_table_dtor(struct hash_table *ht);

-

-

-/**

- * Flush all entries from a hash table

- *

- * \param ht  Table to be cleared of its entries.

- */

-extern void hash_table_clear(struct hash_table *ht);

-

-

-/**

- * Search a hash table for a specific element

- *

- * \param ht   Table to be searched

- * \param key  Key of the desired element

- *

- * \return

- * The \c data value supplied to \c hash_table_insert when the element with

- * the matching key was added.  If no matching key exists in the table,

- * \c NULL is returned.

- */

-extern void *hash_table_find(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key);

-

-

-/**

- * Add an element to a hash table

- */

-extern void hash_table_insert(struct hash_table *ht, void *data,

-    const void *key);

-

-/**

- * Remove a specific element from a hash table.

- */

-extern void hash_table_remove(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key);

-

-/**

- * Compute hash value of a string

- *

- * Computes the hash value of a string using the DJB2 algorithm developed by

- * Professor Daniel J. Bernstein.  It was published on comp.lang.c once upon

- * a time.  I was unable to find the original posting in the archives.

- *

- * \param key  Pointer to a NUL terminated string to be hashed.

- *

- * \sa hash_table_string_compare

- */

-extern unsigned hash_table_string_hash(const void *key);

-

-

-/**

- * Compare two strings used as keys

- *

- * This is just a macro wrapper around \c strcmp.

- *

- * \sa hash_table_string_hash

- */

-#define hash_table_string_compare ((hash_compare_func_t) strcmp)

-

-

-/**

- * Compute hash value of a pointer

- *

- * \param key  Pointer to be used as a hash key

- *

- * \note

- * The memory pointed to by \c key is \b never accessed.  The value of \c key

- * itself is used as the hash key

- *

- * \sa hash_table_pointer_compare

- */

-unsigned

-hash_table_pointer_hash(const void *key);

-

-

-/**

- * Compare two pointers used as keys

- *

- * \sa hash_table_pointer_hash

- */

-int

-hash_table_pointer_compare(const void *key1, const void *key2);

-

-void

-hash_table_call_foreach(struct hash_table *ht,

-			void (*callback)(const void *key,

-					 void *data,

-					 void *closure),

-			void *closure);

-

-#ifdef __cplusplus

-}

-#endif

-#endif /* HASH_TABLE_H */

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2008 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file hash_table.h
+ * \brief Implementation of a generic, opaque hash table data type.
+ *
+ * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef HASH_TABLE_H
+#define HASH_TABLE_H
+
+struct hash_table;
+
+typedef unsigned (*hash_func_t)(const void *key);
+typedef int (*hash_compare_func_t)(const void *key1, const void *key2);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Hash table constructor
+ *
+ * Creates a hash table with the specified number of buckets.  The supplied
+ * \c hash and \c compare routines are used when adding elements to the table
+ * and when searching for elements in the table.
+ *
+ * \param num_buckets  Number of buckets (bins) in the hash table.
+ * \param hash         Function used to compute hash value of input keys.
+ * \param compare      Function used to compare keys.
+ */
+extern struct hash_table *hash_table_ctor(unsigned num_buckets,
+    hash_func_t hash, hash_compare_func_t compare);
+
+
+/**
+ * Release all memory associated with a hash table
+ *
+ * \warning
+ * This function cannot release memory occupied either by keys or data.
+ */
+extern void hash_table_dtor(struct hash_table *ht);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flush all entries from a hash table
+ *
+ * \param ht  Table to be cleared of its entries.
+ */
+extern void hash_table_clear(struct hash_table *ht);
+
+
+/**
+ * Search a hash table for a specific element
+ *
+ * \param ht   Table to be searched
+ * \param key  Key of the desired element
+ *
+ * \return
+ * The \c data value supplied to \c hash_table_insert when the element with
+ * the matching key was added.  If no matching key exists in the table,
+ * \c NULL is returned.
+ */
+extern void *hash_table_find(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key);
+
+
+/**
+ * Add an element to a hash table
+ */
+extern void hash_table_insert(struct hash_table *ht, void *data,
+    const void *key);
+
+/**
+ * Remove a specific element from a hash table.
+ */
+extern void hash_table_remove(struct hash_table *ht, const void *key);
+
+/**
+ * Compute hash value of a string
+ *
+ * Computes the hash value of a string using the DJB2 algorithm developed by
+ * Professor Daniel J. Bernstein.  It was published on comp.lang.c once upon
+ * a time.  I was unable to find the original posting in the archives.
+ *
+ * \param key  Pointer to a NUL terminated string to be hashed.
+ *
+ * \sa hash_table_string_compare
+ */
+extern unsigned hash_table_string_hash(const void *key);
+
+
+/**
+ * Compare two strings used as keys
+ *
+ * This is just a macro wrapper around \c strcmp.
+ *
+ * \sa hash_table_string_hash
+ */
+#define hash_table_string_compare ((hash_compare_func_t) strcmp)
+
+
+/**
+ * Compute hash value of a pointer
+ *
+ * \param key  Pointer to be used as a hash key
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The memory pointed to by \c key is \b never accessed.  The value of \c key
+ * itself is used as the hash key
+ *
+ * \sa hash_table_pointer_compare
+ */
+unsigned
+hash_table_pointer_hash(const void *key);
+
+
+/**
+ * Compare two pointers used as keys
+ *
+ * \sa hash_table_pointer_hash
+ */
+int
+hash_table_pointer_compare(const void *key1, const void *key2);
+
+void
+hash_table_call_foreach(struct hash_table *ht,
+			void (*callback)(const void *key,
+					 void *data,
+					 void *closure),
+			void *closure);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* HASH_TABLE_H */
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp
index 29975150b..69a84de39 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/ir_to_mesa.cpp
@@ -1,3457 +1,3457 @@
-/*

- * Copyright (C) 2005-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- * Copyright (C) 2008  VMware, Inc.   All Rights Reserved.

- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * \file ir_to_mesa.cpp

- *

- * Translate GLSL IR to Mesa's gl_program representation.

- */

-

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include "main/compiler.h"

-#include "ir.h"

-#include "ir_visitor.h"

-#include "ir_print_visitor.h"

-#include "ir_expression_flattening.h"

-#include "glsl_types.h"

-#include "glsl_parser_extras.h"

-#include "../glsl/program.h"

-#include "ir_optimization.h"

-#include "ast.h"

-

-extern "C" {

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-#include "main/shaderapi.h"

-#include "main/shaderobj.h"

-#include "main/uniforms.h"

-#include "program/hash_table.h"

-#include "program/prog_instruction.h"

-#include "program/prog_optimize.h"

-#include "program/prog_print.h"

-#include "program/program.h"

-#include "program/prog_uniform.h"

-#include "program/prog_parameter.h"

-#include "program/sampler.h"

-}

-

-class src_reg;

-class dst_reg;

-

-static int swizzle_for_size(int size);

-

-/**

- * This struct is a corresponding struct to Mesa prog_src_register, with

- * wider fields.

- */

-class src_reg {

-public:

-   src_reg(gl_register_file file, int index, const glsl_type *type)

-   {

-      this->file = file;

-      this->index = index;

-      if (type && (type->is_scalar() || type->is_vector() || type->is_matrix()))

-	 this->swizzle = swizzle_for_size(type->vector_elements);

-      else

-	 this->swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-      this->negate = 0;

-      this->reladdr = NULL;

-   }

-

-   src_reg()

-   {

-      this->file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-      this->index = 0;

-      this->swizzle = 0;

-      this->negate = 0;

-      this->reladdr = NULL;

-   }

-

-   explicit src_reg(dst_reg reg);

-

-   gl_register_file file; /**< PROGRAM_* from Mesa */

-   int index; /**< temporary index, VERT_ATTRIB_*, FRAG_ATTRIB_*, etc. */

-   GLuint swizzle; /**< SWIZZLE_XYZWONEZERO swizzles from Mesa. */

-   int negate; /**< NEGATE_XYZW mask from mesa */

-   /** Register index should be offset by the integer in this reg. */

-   src_reg *reladdr;

-};

-

-class dst_reg {

-public:

-   dst_reg(gl_register_file file, int writemask)

-   {

-      this->file = file;

-      this->index = 0;

-      this->writemask = writemask;

-      this->cond_mask = COND_TR;

-      this->reladdr = NULL;

-   }

-

-   dst_reg()

-   {

-      this->file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-      this->index = 0;

-      this->writemask = 0;

-      this->cond_mask = COND_TR;

-      this->reladdr = NULL;

-   }

-

-   explicit dst_reg(src_reg reg);

-

-   gl_register_file file; /**< PROGRAM_* from Mesa */

-   int index; /**< temporary index, VERT_ATTRIB_*, FRAG_ATTRIB_*, etc. */

-   int writemask; /**< Bitfield of WRITEMASK_[XYZW] */

-   GLuint cond_mask:4;

-   /** Register index should be offset by the integer in this reg. */

-   src_reg *reladdr;

-};

-

-src_reg::src_reg(dst_reg reg)

-{

-   this->file = reg.file;

-   this->index = reg.index;

-   this->swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-   this->negate = 0;

-   this->reladdr = reg.reladdr;

-}

-

-dst_reg::dst_reg(src_reg reg)

-{

-   this->file = reg.file;

-   this->index = reg.index;

-   this->writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   this->cond_mask = COND_TR;

-   this->reladdr = reg.reladdr;

-}

-

-class ir_to_mesa_instruction : public exec_node {

-public:

-   /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's

-    * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */

-   static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx)

-   {

-      void *node;

-

-      node = rzalloc_size(ctx, size);

-      assert(node != NULL);

-

-      return node;

-   }

-

-   enum prog_opcode op;

-   dst_reg dst;

-   src_reg src[3];

-   /** Pointer to the ir source this tree came from for debugging */

-   ir_instruction *ir;

-   GLboolean cond_update;

-   bool saturate;

-   int sampler; /**< sampler index */

-   int tex_target; /**< One of TEXTURE_*_INDEX */

-   GLboolean tex_shadow;

-

-   class function_entry *function; /* Set on OPCODE_CAL or OPCODE_BGNSUB */

-};

-

-class variable_storage : public exec_node {

-public:

-   variable_storage(ir_variable *var, gl_register_file file, int index)

-      : file(file), index(index), var(var)

-   {

-      /* empty */

-   }

-

-   gl_register_file file;

-   int index;

-   ir_variable *var; /* variable that maps to this, if any */

-};

-

-class function_entry : public exec_node {

-public:

-   ir_function_signature *sig;

-

-   /**

-    * identifier of this function signature used by the program.

-    *

-    * At the point that Mesa instructions for function calls are

-    * generated, we don't know the address of the first instruction of

-    * the function body.  So we make the BranchTarget that is called a

-    * small integer and rewrite them during set_branchtargets().

-    */

-   int sig_id;

-

-   /**

-    * Pointer to first instruction of the function body.

-    *

-    * Set during function body emits after main() is processed.

-    */

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *bgn_inst;

-

-   /**

-    * Index of the first instruction of the function body in actual

-    * Mesa IR.

-    *

-    * Set after convertion from ir_to_mesa_instruction to prog_instruction.

-    */

-   int inst;

-

-   /** Storage for the return value. */

-   src_reg return_reg;

-};

-

-class ir_to_mesa_visitor : public ir_visitor {

-public:

-   ir_to_mesa_visitor();

-   ~ir_to_mesa_visitor();

-

-   function_entry *current_function;

-

-   struct gl_context *ctx;

-   struct gl_program *prog;

-   struct gl_shader_program *shader_program;

-   struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options;

-

-   int next_temp;

-

-   variable_storage *find_variable_storage(ir_variable *var);

-

-   function_entry *get_function_signature(ir_function_signature *sig);

-

-   src_reg get_temp(const glsl_type *type);

-   void reladdr_to_temp(ir_instruction *ir, src_reg *reg, int *num_reladdr);

-

-   src_reg src_reg_for_float(float val);

-

-   /**

-    * \name Visit methods

-    *

-    * As typical for the visitor pattern, there must be one \c visit method for

-    * each concrete subclass of \c ir_instruction.  Virtual base classes within

-    * the hierarchy should not have \c visit methods.

-    */

-   /*@{*/

-   virtual void visit(ir_variable *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_loop *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_loop_jump *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_function_signature *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_function *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_expression *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_swizzle *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_dereference_variable  *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_dereference_array *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_dereference_record *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_assignment *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_constant *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_call *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_return *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_discard *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_texture *);

-   virtual void visit(ir_if *);

-   /*@}*/

-

-   src_reg result;

-

-   /** List of variable_storage */

-   exec_list variables;

-

-   /** List of function_entry */

-   exec_list function_signatures;

-   int next_signature_id;

-

-   /** List of ir_to_mesa_instruction */

-   exec_list instructions;

-

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op);

-

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			        dst_reg dst, src_reg src0);

-

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			        dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1);

-

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			        dst_reg dst,

-			        src_reg src0, src_reg src1, src_reg src2);

-

-   /**

-    * Emit the correct dot-product instruction for the type of arguments

-    */

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction * emit_dp(ir_instruction *ir,

-				    dst_reg dst,

-				    src_reg src0,

-				    src_reg src1,

-				    unsigned elements);

-

-   void emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-		    dst_reg dst, src_reg src0);

-

-   void emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-		    dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1);

-

-   void emit_scs(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-		 dst_reg dst, const src_reg &src);

-

-   bool try_emit_mad(ir_expression *ir,

-			  int mul_operand);

-   bool try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir_expression *ir,

-				 int mul_operand);

-   bool try_emit_sat(ir_expression *ir);

-

-   void emit_swz(ir_expression *ir);

-

-   bool process_move_condition(ir_rvalue *ir);

-

-   void copy_propagate(void);

-

-   void *mem_ctx;

-};

-

-src_reg undef_src = src_reg(PROGRAM_UNDEFINED, 0, NULL);

-

-dst_reg undef_dst = dst_reg(PROGRAM_UNDEFINED, SWIZZLE_NOOP);

-

-dst_reg address_reg = dst_reg(PROGRAM_ADDRESS, WRITEMASK_X);

-

-static int

-swizzle_for_size(int size)

-{

-   int size_swizzles[4] = {

-      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X),

-      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y),

-      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z),

-      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_W),

-   };

-

-   assert((size >= 1) && (size <= 4));

-   return size_swizzles[size - 1];

-}

-

-ir_to_mesa_instruction *

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			 dst_reg dst,

-			 src_reg src0, src_reg src1, src_reg src2)

-{

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = new(mem_ctx) ir_to_mesa_instruction();

-   int num_reladdr = 0;

-

-   /* If we have to do relative addressing, we want to load the ARL

-    * reg directly for one of the regs, and preload the other reladdr

-    * sources into temps.

-    */

-   num_reladdr += dst.reladdr != NULL;

-   num_reladdr += src0.reladdr != NULL;

-   num_reladdr += src1.reladdr != NULL;

-   num_reladdr += src2.reladdr != NULL;

-

-   reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src2, &num_reladdr);

-   reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src1, &num_reladdr);

-   reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src0, &num_reladdr);

-

-   if (dst.reladdr) {

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_ARL, address_reg, *dst.reladdr);

-      num_reladdr--;

-   }

-   assert(num_reladdr == 0);

-

-   inst->op = op;

-   inst->dst = dst;

-   inst->src[0] = src0;

-   inst->src[1] = src1;

-   inst->src[2] = src2;

-   inst->ir = ir;

-

-   inst->function = NULL;

-

-   this->instructions.push_tail(inst);

-

-   return inst;

-}

-

-

-ir_to_mesa_instruction *

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			 dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1)

-{

-   return emit(ir, op, dst, src0, src1, undef_src);

-}

-

-ir_to_mesa_instruction *

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			 dst_reg dst, src_reg src0)

-{

-   assert(dst.writemask != 0);

-   return emit(ir, op, dst, src0, undef_src, undef_src);

-}

-

-ir_to_mesa_instruction *

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op)

-{

-   return emit(ir, op, undef_dst, undef_src, undef_src, undef_src);

-}

-

-ir_to_mesa_instruction *

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_dp(ir_instruction *ir,

-			    dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1,

-			    unsigned elements)

-{

-   static const gl_inst_opcode dot_opcodes[] = {

-      OPCODE_DP2, OPCODE_DP3, OPCODE_DP4

-   };

-

-   return emit(ir, dot_opcodes[elements - 2], dst, src0, src1);

-}

-

-/**

- * Emits Mesa scalar opcodes to produce unique answers across channels.

- *

- * Some Mesa opcodes are scalar-only, like ARB_fp/vp.  The src X

- * channel determines the result across all channels.  So to do a vec4

- * of this operation, we want to emit a scalar per source channel used

- * to produce dest channels.

- */

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			        dst_reg dst,

-				src_reg orig_src0, src_reg orig_src1)

-{

-   int i, j;

-   int done_mask = ~dst.writemask;

-

-   /* Mesa RCP is a scalar operation splatting results to all channels,

-    * like ARB_fp/vp.  So emit as many RCPs as necessary to cover our

-    * dst channels.

-    */

-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-      GLuint this_mask = (1 << i);

-      ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst;

-      src_reg src0 = orig_src0;

-      src_reg src1 = orig_src1;

-

-      if (done_mask & this_mask)

-	 continue;

-

-      GLuint src0_swiz = GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, i);

-      GLuint src1_swiz = GET_SWZ(src1.swizzle, i);

-      for (j = i + 1; j < 4; j++) {

-	 /* If there is another enabled component in the destination that is

-	  * derived from the same inputs, generate its value on this pass as

-	  * well.

-	  */

-	 if (!(done_mask & (1 << j)) &&

-	     GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, j) == src0_swiz &&

-	     GET_SWZ(src1.swizzle, j) == src1_swiz) {

-	    this_mask |= (1 << j);

-	 }

-      }

-      src0.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src0_swiz, src0_swiz,

-				   src0_swiz, src0_swiz);

-      src1.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src1_swiz, src1_swiz,

-				  src1_swiz, src1_swiz);

-

-      inst = emit(ir, op, dst, src0, src1);

-      inst->dst.writemask = this_mask;

-      done_mask |= this_mask;

-   }

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			        dst_reg dst, src_reg src0)

-{

-   src_reg undef = undef_src;

-

-   undef.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-

-   emit_scalar(ir, op, dst, src0, undef);

-}

-

-/**

- * Emit an OPCODE_SCS instruction

- *

- * The \c SCS opcode functions a bit differently than the other Mesa (or

- * ARB_fragment_program) opcodes.  Instead of splatting its result across all

- * four components of the destination, it writes one value to the \c x

- * component and another value to the \c y component.

- *

- * \param ir        IR instruction being processed

- * \param op        Either \c OPCODE_SIN or \c OPCODE_COS depending on which

- *                  value is desired.

- * \param dst       Destination register

- * \param src       Source register

- */

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_scs(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,

-			     dst_reg dst,

-			     const src_reg &src)

-{

-   /* Vertex programs cannot use the SCS opcode.

-    */

-   if (this->prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-      emit_scalar(ir, op, dst, src);

-      return;

-   }

-

-   const unsigned component = (op == OPCODE_SIN) ? 0 : 1;

-   const unsigned scs_mask = (1U << component);

-   int done_mask = ~dst.writemask;

-   src_reg tmp;

-

-   assert(op == OPCODE_SIN || op == OPCODE_COS);

-

-   /* If there are compnents in the destination that differ from the component

-    * that will be written by the SCS instrution, we'll need a temporary.

-    */

-   if (scs_mask != unsigned(dst.writemask)) {

-      tmp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);

-   }

-

-   for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-      unsigned this_mask = (1U << i);

-      src_reg src0 = src;

-

-      if ((done_mask & this_mask) != 0)

-	 continue;

-

-      /* The source swizzle specified which component of the source generates

-       * sine / cosine for the current component in the destination.  The SCS

-       * instruction requires that this value be swizzle to the X component.

-       * Replace the current swizzle with a swizzle that puts the source in

-       * the X component.

-       */

-      unsigned src0_swiz = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, i);

-

-      src0.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src0_swiz, src0_swiz,

-				   src0_swiz, src0_swiz);

-      for (unsigned j = i + 1; j < 4; j++) {

-	 /* If there is another enabled component in the destination that is

-	  * derived from the same inputs, generate its value on this pass as

-	  * well.

-	  */

-	 if (!(done_mask & (1 << j)) &&

-	     GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, j) == src0_swiz) {

-	    this_mask |= (1 << j);

-	 }

-      }

-

-      if (this_mask != scs_mask) {

-	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst;

-	 dst_reg tmp_dst = dst_reg(tmp);

-

-	 /* Emit the SCS instruction.

-	  */

-	 inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_SCS, tmp_dst, src0);

-	 inst->dst.writemask = scs_mask;

-

-	 /* Move the result of the SCS instruction to the desired location in

-	  * the destination.

-	  */

-	 tmp.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(component, component,

-				     component, component);

-	 inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_SCS, dst, tmp);

-	 inst->dst.writemask = this_mask;

-      } else {

-	 /* Emit the SCS instruction to write directly to the destination.

-	  */

-	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_SCS, dst, src0);

-	 inst->dst.writemask = scs_mask;

-      }

-

-      done_mask |= this_mask;

-   }

-}

-

-src_reg

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::src_reg_for_float(float val)

-{

-   src_reg src(PROGRAM_CONSTANT, -1, NULL);

-

-   src.index = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(this->prog->Parameters,

-					  (const gl_constant_value *)&val, 1, &src.swizzle);

-

-   return src;

-}

-

-static int

-type_size(const struct glsl_type *type)

-{

-   unsigned int i;

-   int size;

-

-   switch (type->base_type) {

-   case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:

-   case GLSL_TYPE_INT:

-   case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:

-   case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:

-      if (type->is_matrix()) {

-	 return type->matrix_columns;

-      } else {

-	 /* Regardless of size of vector, it gets a vec4. This is bad

-	  * packing for things like floats, but otherwise arrays become a

-	  * mess.  Hopefully a later pass over the code can pack scalars

-	  * down if appropriate.

-	  */

-	 return 1;

-      }

-   case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY:

-      assert(type->length > 0);

-      return type_size(type->fields.array) * type->length;

-   case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT:

-      size = 0;

-      for (i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {

-	 size += type_size(type->fields.structure[i].type);

-      }

-      return size;

-   case GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER:

-      /* Samplers take up one slot in UNIFORMS[], but they're baked in

-       * at link time.

-       */

-      return 1;

-   default:

-      assert(0);

-      return 0;

-   }

-}

-

-/**

- * In the initial pass of codegen, we assign temporary numbers to

- * intermediate results.  (not SSA -- variable assignments will reuse

- * storage).  Actual register allocation for the Mesa VM occurs in a

- * pass over the Mesa IR later.

- */

-src_reg

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::get_temp(const glsl_type *type)

-{

-   src_reg src;

-

-   src.file = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-   src.index = next_temp;

-   src.reladdr = NULL;

-   next_temp += type_size(type);

-

-   if (type->is_array() || type->is_record()) {

-      src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   } else {

-      src.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(type->vector_elements);

-   }

-   src.negate = 0;

-

-   return src;

-}

-

-variable_storage *

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::find_variable_storage(ir_variable *var)

-{

-   

-   variable_storage *entry;

-

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->variables) {

-      entry = (variable_storage *)iter.get();

-

-      if (entry->var == var)

-	 return entry;

-   }

-

-   return NULL;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_variable *ir)

-{

-   if (strcmp(ir->name, "gl_FragCoord") == 0) {

-      struct gl_fragment_program *fp = (struct gl_fragment_program *)this->prog;

-

-      fp->OriginUpperLeft = ir->origin_upper_left;

-      fp->PixelCenterInteger = ir->pixel_center_integer;

-

-   } else if (strcmp(ir->name, "gl_FragDepth") == 0) {

-      struct gl_fragment_program *fp = (struct gl_fragment_program *)this->prog;

-      switch (ir->depth_layout) {

-      case ir_depth_layout_none:

-	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_NONE;

-	 break;

-      case ir_depth_layout_any:

-	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_ANY;

-	 break;

-      case ir_depth_layout_greater:

-	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_GREATER;

-	 break;

-      case ir_depth_layout_less:

-	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_LESS;

-	 break;

-      case ir_depth_layout_unchanged:

-	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_UNCHANGED;

-	 break;

-      default:

-	 assert(0);

-	 break;

-      }

-   }

-

-   if (ir->mode == ir_var_uniform && strncmp(ir->name, "gl_", 3) == 0) {

-      unsigned int i;

-      const ir_state_slot *const slots = ir->state_slots;

-      assert(ir->state_slots != NULL);

-

-      /* Check if this statevar's setup in the STATE file exactly

-       * matches how we'll want to reference it as a

-       * struct/array/whatever.  If not, then we need to move it into

-       * temporary storage and hope that it'll get copy-propagated

-       * out.

-       */

-      for (i = 0; i < ir->num_state_slots; i++) {

-	 if (slots[i].swizzle != SWIZZLE_XYZW) {

-	    break;

-	 }

-      }

-

-      variable_storage *storage;

-      dst_reg dst;

-      if (i == ir->num_state_slots) {

-	 /* We'll set the index later. */

-	 storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(ir, PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, -1);

-	 this->variables.push_tail(storage);

-

-	 dst = undef_dst;

-      } else {

-	 /* The variable_storage constructor allocates slots based on the size

-	  * of the type.  However, this had better match the number of state

-	  * elements that we're going to copy into the new temporary.

-	  */

-	 assert((int) ir->num_state_slots == type_size(ir->type));

-

-	 storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(ir, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,

-						 this->next_temp);

-	 this->variables.push_tail(storage);

-	 this->next_temp += type_size(ir->type);

-

-	 dst = dst_reg(src_reg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, storage->index, NULL));

-      }

-

-

-      for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ir->num_state_slots; i++) {

-	 int index = _mesa_add_state_reference(this->prog->Parameters,

-					       (gl_state_index *)slots[i].tokens);

-

-	 if (storage->file == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {

-	    if (storage->index == -1) {

-	       storage->index = index;

-	    } else {

-	       assert(index == storage->index + (int)i);

-	    }

-	 } else {

-	    src_reg src(PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, index, NULL);

-	    src.swizzle = slots[i].swizzle;

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, dst, src);

-	    /* even a float takes up a whole vec4 reg in a struct/array. */

-	    dst.index++;

-	 }

-      }

-

-      if (storage->file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&

-	  dst.index != storage->index + (int) ir->num_state_slots) {

-	 linker_error(this->shader_program,

-		      "failed to load builtin uniform `%s' "

-		      "(%d/%d regs loaded)\n",

-		      ir->name, dst.index - storage->index,

-		      type_size(ir->type));

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_loop *ir)

-{

-   ir_dereference_variable *counter = NULL;

-

-   if (ir->counter != NULL)

-      counter = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(ir->counter);

-

-   if (ir->from != NULL) {

-      assert(ir->counter != NULL);

-

-      ir_assignment *a =

-	new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(counter, ir->from, NULL);

-

-      a->accept(this);

-   }

-

-   emit(NULL, OPCODE_BGNLOOP);

-

-   if (ir->to) {

-      ir_expression *e =

-	 new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir->cmp, glsl_type::bool_type,

-					  counter, ir->to);

-      ir_if *if_stmt =  new(mem_ctx) ir_if(e);

-

-      ir_loop_jump *brk =

-	new(mem_ctx) ir_loop_jump(ir_loop_jump::jump_break);

-

-      if_stmt->then_instructions.push_tail(brk);

-

-      if_stmt->accept(this);

-   }

-

-   visit_exec_list(&ir->body_instructions, this);

-

-   if (ir->increment) {

-      ir_expression *e =

-	 new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add, counter->type,

-					  counter, ir->increment);

-

-      ir_assignment *a =

-	new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(counter, e, NULL);

-

-      a->accept(this);

-   }

-

-   emit(NULL, OPCODE_ENDLOOP);

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_loop_jump *ir)

-{

-   switch (ir->mode) {

-   case ir_loop_jump::jump_break:

-      emit(NULL, OPCODE_BRK);

-      break;

-   case ir_loop_jump::jump_continue:

-      emit(NULL, OPCODE_CONT);

-      break;

-   }

-}

-

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_function_signature *ir)

-{

-   assert(0);

-   (void)ir;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_function *ir)

-{

-   /* Ignore function bodies other than main() -- we shouldn't see calls to

-    * them since they should all be inlined before we get to ir_to_mesa.

-    */

-   if (strcmp(ir->name, "main") == 0) {

-      const ir_function_signature *sig;

-      exec_list empty;

-

-      sig = ir->matching_signature(&empty);

-

-      assert(sig);

-

-      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, sig->body) {

-	 ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();

-

-	 ir->accept(this);

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-bool

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::try_emit_mad(ir_expression *ir, int mul_operand)

-{

-   int nonmul_operand = 1 - mul_operand;

-   src_reg a, b, c;

-

-   ir_expression *expr = ir->operands[mul_operand]->as_expression();

-   if (!expr || expr->operation != ir_binop_mul)

-      return false;

-

-   expr->operands[0]->accept(this);

-   a = this->result;

-   expr->operands[1]->accept(this);

-   b = this->result;

-   ir->operands[nonmul_operand]->accept(this);

-   c = this->result;

-

-   this->result = get_temp(ir->type);

-   emit(ir, OPCODE_MAD, dst_reg(this->result), a, b, c);

-

-   return true;

-}

-

-/**

- * Emit OPCODE_MAD(a, -b, a) instead of AND(a, NOT(b))

- *

- * The logic values are 1.0 for true and 0.0 for false.  Logical-and is

- * implemented using multiplication, and logical-or is implemented using

- * addition.  Logical-not can be implemented as (true - x), or (1.0 - x).

- * As result, the logical expression (a & !b) can be rewritten as:

- *

- *     - a * !b

- *     - a * (1 - b)

- *     - (a * 1) - (a * b)

- *     - a + -(a * b)

- *     - a + (a * -b)

- *

- * This final expression can be implemented as a single MAD(a, -b, a)

- * instruction.

- */

-bool

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir_expression *ir, int try_operand)

-{

-   const int other_operand = 1 - try_operand;

-   src_reg a, b;

-

-   ir_expression *expr = ir->operands[try_operand]->as_expression();

-   if (!expr || expr->operation != ir_unop_logic_not)

-      return false;

-

-   ir->operands[other_operand]->accept(this);

-   a = this->result;

-   expr->operands[0]->accept(this);

-   b = this->result;

-

-   b.negate = ~b.negate;

-

-   this->result = get_temp(ir->type);

-   emit(ir, OPCODE_MAD, dst_reg(this->result), a, b, a);

-

-   return true;

-}

-

-bool

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::try_emit_sat(ir_expression *ir)

-{

-   /* Saturates were only introduced to vertex programs in

-    * NV_vertex_program3, so don't give them to drivers in the VP.

-    */

-   if (this->prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)

-      return false;

-

-   ir_rvalue *sat_src = ir->as_rvalue_to_saturate();

-   if (!sat_src)

-      return false;

-

-   sat_src->accept(this);

-   src_reg src = this->result;

-

-   /* If we generated an expression instruction into a temporary in

-    * processing the saturate's operand, apply the saturate to that

-    * instruction.  Otherwise, generate a MOV to do the saturate.

-    *

-    * Note that we have to be careful to only do this optimization if

-    * the instruction in question was what generated src->result.  For

-    * example, ir_dereference_array might generate a MUL instruction

-    * to create the reladdr, and return us a src reg using that

-    * reladdr.  That MUL result is not the value we're trying to

-    * saturate.

-    */

-   ir_expression *sat_src_expr = sat_src->as_expression();

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *new_inst;

-   new_inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail();

-   if (sat_src_expr && (sat_src_expr->operation == ir_binop_mul ||

-			sat_src_expr->operation == ir_binop_add ||

-			sat_src_expr->operation == ir_binop_dot)) {

-      new_inst->saturate = true;

-   } else {

-      this->result = get_temp(ir->type);

-      ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst;

-      inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, dst_reg(this->result), src);

-      inst->saturate = true;

-   }

-

-   return true;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::reladdr_to_temp(ir_instruction *ir,

-				    src_reg *reg, int *num_reladdr)

-{

-   if (!reg->reladdr)

-      return;

-

-   emit(ir, OPCODE_ARL, address_reg, *reg->reladdr);

-

-   if (*num_reladdr != 1) {

-      src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);

-

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, dst_reg(temp), *reg);

-      *reg = temp;

-   }

-

-   (*num_reladdr)--;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_swz(ir_expression *ir)

-{

-   /* Assume that the vector operator is in a form compatible with OPCODE_SWZ.

-    * This means that each of the operands is either an immediate value of -1,

-    * 0, or 1, or is a component from one source register (possibly with

-    * negation).

-    */

-   uint8_t components[4] = { 0 };

-   bool negate[4] = { false };

-   ir_variable *var = NULL;

-

-   for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {

-      ir_rvalue *op = ir->operands[i];

-

-      assert(op->type->is_scalar());

-

-      while (op != NULL) {

-	 switch (op->ir_type) {

-	 case ir_type_constant: {

-

-	    assert(op->type->is_scalar());

-

-	    const ir_constant *const c = op->as_constant();

-	    if (c->is_one()) {

-	       components[i] = SWIZZLE_ONE;

-	    } else if (c->is_zero()) {

-	       components[i] = SWIZZLE_ZERO;

-	    } else if (c->is_negative_one()) {

-	       components[i] = SWIZZLE_ONE;

-	       negate[i] = true;

-	    } else {

-	       assert(!"SWZ constant must be 0.0 or 1.0.");

-	    }

-

-	    op = NULL;

-	    break;

-	 }

-

-	 case ir_type_dereference_variable: {

-	    ir_dereference_variable *const deref =

-	       (ir_dereference_variable *) op;

-

-	    assert((var == NULL) || (deref->var == var));

-	    components[i] = SWIZZLE_X;

-	    var = deref->var;

-	    op = NULL;

-	    break;

-	 }

-

-	 case ir_type_expression: {

-	    ir_expression *const expr = (ir_expression *) op;

-

-	    assert(expr->operation == ir_unop_neg);

-	    negate[i] = true;

-

-	    op = expr->operands[0];

-	    break;

-	 }

-

-	 case ir_type_swizzle: {

-	    ir_swizzle *const swiz = (ir_swizzle *) op;

-

-	    components[i] = swiz->mask.x;

-	    op = swiz->val;

-	    break;

-	 }

-

-	 default:

-	    assert(!"Should not get here.");

-	    return;

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   assert(var != NULL);

-

-   ir_dereference_variable *const deref =

-      new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);

-

-   this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-   deref->accept(this);

-   if (this->result.file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {

-      ir_print_visitor v;

-      printf("Failed to get tree for expression operand:\n");

-      deref->accept(&v);

-      exit(1);

-   }

-

-   src_reg src;

-

-   src = this->result;

-   src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(components[0],

-			       components[1],

-			       components[2],

-			       components[3]);

-   src.negate = ((unsigned(negate[0]) << 0)

-		 | (unsigned(negate[1]) << 1)

-		 | (unsigned(negate[2]) << 2)

-		 | (unsigned(negate[3]) << 3));

-

-   /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using the

-    * actual storage for the result here, instead.

-    */

-   const src_reg result_src = get_temp(ir->type);

-   dst_reg result_dst = dst_reg(result_src);

-

-   /* Limit writes to the channels that will be used by result_src later.

-    * This does limit this temp's use as a temporary for multi-instruction

-    * sequences.

-    */

-   result_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->type->vector_elements) - 1;

-

-   emit(ir, OPCODE_SWZ, result_dst, src);

-   this->result = result_src;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_expression *ir)

-{

-   unsigned int operand;

-   src_reg op[Elements(ir->operands)];

-   src_reg result_src;

-   dst_reg result_dst;

-

-   /* Quick peephole: Emit OPCODE_MAD(a, b, c) instead of ADD(MUL(a, b), c)

-    */

-   if (ir->operation == ir_binop_add) {

-      if (try_emit_mad(ir, 1))

-	 return;

-      if (try_emit_mad(ir, 0))

-	 return;

-   }

-

-   /* Quick peephole: Emit OPCODE_MAD(-a, -b, a) instead of AND(a, NOT(b))

-    */

-   if (ir->operation == ir_binop_logic_and) {

-      if (try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir, 1))

-	 return;

-      if (try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir, 0))

-	 return;

-   }

-

-   if (try_emit_sat(ir))

-      return;

-

-   if (ir->operation == ir_quadop_vector) {

-      this->emit_swz(ir);

-      return;

-   }

-

-   for (operand = 0; operand < ir->get_num_operands(); operand++) {

-      this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-      ir->operands[operand]->accept(this);

-      if (this->result.file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {

-	 ir_print_visitor v;

-	 printf("Failed to get tree for expression operand:\n");

-	 ir->operands[operand]->accept(&v);

-	 exit(1);

-      }

-      op[operand] = this->result;

-

-      /* Matrix expression operands should have been broken down to vector

-       * operations already.

-       */

-      assert(!ir->operands[operand]->type->is_matrix());

-   }

-

-   int vector_elements = ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements;

-   if (ir->operands[1]) {

-      vector_elements = MAX2(vector_elements,

-			     ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements);

-   }

-

-   this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-

-   /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using

-    * the actual storage for the result here, instead.

-    */

-   result_src = get_temp(ir->type);

-   /* convenience for the emit functions below. */

-   result_dst = dst_reg(result_src);

-   /* Limit writes to the channels that will be used by result_src later.

-    * This does limit this temp's use as a temporary for multi-instruction

-    * sequences.

-    */

-   result_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->type->vector_elements) - 1;

-

-   switch (ir->operation) {

-   case ir_unop_logic_not:

-      /* Previously 'SEQ dst, src, 0.0' was used for this.  However, many

-       * older GPUs implement SEQ using multiple instructions (i915 uses two

-       * SGE instructions and a MUL instruction).  Since our logic values are

-       * 0.0 and 1.0, 1-x also implements !x.

-       */

-      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], src_reg_for_float(1.0));

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_neg:

-      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;

-      result_src = op[0];

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_abs:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_ABS, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_sign:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SSG, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_rcp:

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_RCP, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_unop_exp2:

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_EX2, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_exp:

-   case ir_unop_log:

-      assert(!"not reached: should be handled by ir_explog_to_explog2");

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_log2:

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_LG2, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_sin:

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_SIN, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_cos:

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_COS, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_sin_reduced:

-      emit_scs(ir, OPCODE_SIN, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_cos_reduced:

-      emit_scs(ir, OPCODE_COS, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_unop_dFdx:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_DDX, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_dFdy:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_DDY, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_unop_noise: {

-      const enum prog_opcode opcode =

-	 prog_opcode(OPCODE_NOISE1

-		     + (ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements) - 1);

-      assert((opcode >= OPCODE_NOISE1) && (opcode <= OPCODE_NOISE4));

-

-      emit(ir, opcode, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   }

-

-   case ir_binop_add:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_sub:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SUB, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_binop_mul:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_div:

-      assert(!"not reached: should be handled by ir_div_to_mul_rcp");

-   case ir_binop_mod:

-      assert(!"ir_binop_mod should have been converted to b * fract(a/b)");

-      break;

-

-   case ir_binop_less:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_greater:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SGT, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_lequal:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SLE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_gequal:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SGE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_equal:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SEQ, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_nequal:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_all_equal:

-      /* "==" operator producing a scalar boolean. */

-      if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() ||

-	  ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {

-	 src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, dst_reg(temp), op[0], op[1]);

-

-	 /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the

-	  * range [0,4].  Zero becomes 1.0, and positive values become zero.

-	  */

-	 emit_dp(ir, result_dst, temp, temp, vector_elements);

-

-	 /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the range

-	  * [-4, 0].  Zero becomes 1.0, and negative values become zero.  This

-	  * achieved using SGE.

-	  */

-	 src_reg sge_src = result_src;

-	 sge_src.negate = ~sge_src.negate;

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SGE, result_dst, sge_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));

-      } else {

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SEQ, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      }

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_any_nequal:

-      /* "!=" operator producing a scalar boolean. */

-      if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() ||

-	  ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {

-	 src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, dst_reg(temp), op[0], op[1]);

-

-	 /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the

-	  * range [0,4].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.

-	  */

-	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *const dp =

-	    emit_dp(ir, result_dst, temp, temp, vector_elements);

-	 if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-	    /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment

-	     * shader with a saturate.

-	     */

-	    dp->saturate = true;

-	 } else {

-	    /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the range

-	     * [-4, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become 1.0.  This

-	     * achieved using SLT.

-	     */

-	    src_reg slt_src = result_src;

-	    slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));

-	 }

-      } else {

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case ir_unop_any: {

-      assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector());

-

-      /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the

-       * range [0,4].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.

-       */

-      ir_to_mesa_instruction *const dp =

-	 emit_dp(ir, result_dst, op[0], op[0],

-		 ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements);

-      if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-	 /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment

-	  * shader with a saturate.

-	  */

-	 dp->saturate = true;

-      } else {

-	 /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the range

-	  * [-4, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become 1.0.  This

-	  * is achieved using SLT.

-	  */

-	 src_reg slt_src = result_src;

-	 slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));

-      }

-      break;

-   }

-

-   case ir_binop_logic_xor:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_binop_logic_or: {

-      /* After the addition, the value will be an integer on the

-       * range [0,2].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.

-       */

-      ir_to_mesa_instruction *add =

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-	 /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment

-	  * shader with a saturate.

-	  */

-	 add->saturate = true;

-      } else {

-	 /* Negating the result of the addition gives values on the range

-	  * [-2, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become 1.0.  This

-	  * is achieved using SLT.

-	  */

-	 src_reg slt_src = result_src;

-	 slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));

-      }

-      break;

-   }

-

-   case ir_binop_logic_and:

-      /* the bool args are stored as float 0.0 or 1.0, so "mul" gives us "and". */

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_binop_dot:

-      assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector());

-      assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type);

-      emit_dp(ir, result_dst, op[0], op[1],

-	      ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_unop_sqrt:

-      /* sqrt(x) = x * rsq(x). */

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_RSQ, result_dst, op[0]);

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, result_src, op[0]);

-      /* For incoming channels <= 0, set the result to 0. */

-      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_CMP, result_dst,

-			  op[0], result_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_rsq:

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_RSQ, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_i2f:

-   case ir_unop_u2f:

-   case ir_unop_b2f:

-   case ir_unop_b2i:

-   case ir_unop_i2u:

-   case ir_unop_u2i:

-      /* Mesa IR lacks types, ints are stored as truncated floats. */

-      result_src = op[0];

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_f2i:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_TRUNC, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_f2b:

-   case ir_unop_i2b:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst,

-			  op[0], src_reg_for_float(0.0));

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_trunc:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_TRUNC, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_ceil:

-      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_FLR, result_dst, op[0]);

-      result_src.negate = ~result_src.negate;

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_floor:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_FLR, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-   case ir_unop_fract:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_FRC, result_dst, op[0]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_binop_min:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MIN, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_max:

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MAX, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-   case ir_binop_pow:

-      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_POW, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);

-      break;

-

-   case ir_unop_bit_not:

-   case ir_binop_lshift:

-   case ir_binop_rshift:

-   case ir_binop_bit_and:

-   case ir_binop_bit_xor:

-   case ir_binop_bit_or:

-   case ir_unop_round_even:

-      assert(!"GLSL 1.30 features unsupported");

-      break;

-

-   case ir_quadop_vector:

-      /* This operation should have already been handled.

-       */

-      assert(!"Should not get here.");

-      break;

-   }

-

-   this->result = result_src;

-}

-

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_swizzle *ir)

-{

-   src_reg src;

-   int i;

-   int swizzle[4];

-

-   /* Note that this is only swizzles in expressions, not those on the left

-    * hand side of an assignment, which do write masking.  See ir_assignment

-    * for that.

-    */

-

-   ir->val->accept(this);

-   src = this->result;

-   assert(src.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-      if (i < ir->type->vector_elements) {

-	 switch (i) {

-	 case 0:

-	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.x);

-	    break;

-	 case 1:

-	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.y);

-	    break;

-	 case 2:

-	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.z);

-	    break;

-	 case 3:

-	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.w);

-	    break;

-	 }

-      } else {

-	 /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last

-	  * channel out.

-	  */

-	 swizzle[i] = swizzle[ir->type->vector_elements - 1];

-      }

-   }

-

-   src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzle[0], swizzle[1], swizzle[2], swizzle[3]);

-

-   this->result = src;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)

-{

-   variable_storage *entry = find_variable_storage(ir->var);

-   ir_variable *var = ir->var;

-

-   if (!entry) {

-      switch (var->mode) {

-      case ir_var_uniform:

-	 entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var, PROGRAM_UNIFORM,

-					       var->location);

-	 this->variables.push_tail(entry);

-	 break;

-      case ir_var_in:

-      case ir_var_inout:

-	 /* The linker assigns locations for varyings and attributes,

-	  * including deprecated builtins (like gl_Color),

-	  * user-assigned generic attributes (glBindVertexLocation),

-	  * and user-defined varyings.

-	  *

-	  * FINISHME: We would hit this path for function arguments.  Fix!

-	  */

-	 assert(var->location != -1);

-         entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,

-                                               PROGRAM_INPUT,

-                                               var->location);

-         if (this->prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB &&

-             var->location >= VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0) {

-            _mesa_add_attribute(this->prog->Attributes,

-                                var->name,

-                                _mesa_sizeof_glsl_type(var->type->gl_type),

-                                var->type->gl_type,

-                                var->location - VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0);

-         }

-         break;

-      case ir_var_out:

-	 assert(var->location != -1);

-         entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,

-                                               PROGRAM_OUTPUT,

-                                               var->location);

-	 break;

-      case ir_var_system_value:

-         entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,

-                                               PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE,

-                                               var->location);

-         break;

-      case ir_var_auto:

-      case ir_var_temporary:

-	 entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,

-					       this->next_temp);

-	 this->variables.push_tail(entry);

-

-	 next_temp += type_size(var->type);

-	 break;

-      }

-

-      if (!entry) {

-	 printf("Failed to make storage for %s\n", var->name);

-	 exit(1);

-      }

-   }

-

-   this->result = src_reg(entry->file, entry->index, var->type);

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_array *ir)

-{

-   ir_constant *index;

-   src_reg src;

-   int element_size = type_size(ir->type);

-

-   index = ir->array_index->constant_expression_value();

-

-   ir->array->accept(this);

-   src = this->result;

-

-   if (index) {

-      src.index += index->value.i[0] * element_size;

-   } else {

-      /* Variable index array dereference.  It eats the "vec4" of the

-       * base of the array and an index that offsets the Mesa register

-       * index.

-       */

-      ir->array_index->accept(this);

-

-      src_reg index_reg;

-

-      if (element_size == 1) {

-	 index_reg = this->result;

-      } else {

-	 index_reg = get_temp(glsl_type::float_type);

-

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, dst_reg(index_reg),

-	      this->result, src_reg_for_float(element_size));

-      }

-

-      /* If there was already a relative address register involved, add the

-       * new and the old together to get the new offset.

-       */

-      if (src.reladdr != NULL)  {

-	 src_reg accum_reg = get_temp(glsl_type::float_type);

-

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, dst_reg(accum_reg),

-	      index_reg, *src.reladdr);

-

-	 index_reg = accum_reg;

-      }

-

-      src.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, src_reg);

-      memcpy(src.reladdr, &index_reg, sizeof(index_reg));

-   }

-

-   /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last channel out. */

-   if (ir->type->is_scalar() || ir->type->is_vector())

-      src.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(ir->type->vector_elements);

-   else

-      src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-

-   this->result = src;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_record *ir)

-{

-   unsigned int i;

-   const glsl_type *struct_type = ir->record->type;

-   int offset = 0;

-

-   ir->record->accept(this);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < struct_type->length; i++) {

-      if (strcmp(struct_type->fields.structure[i].name, ir->field) == 0)

-	 break;

-      offset += type_size(struct_type->fields.structure[i].type);

-   }

-

-   /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last channel out. */

-   if (ir->type->is_scalar() || ir->type->is_vector())

-      this->result.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(ir->type->vector_elements);

-   else

-      this->result.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-

-   this->result.index += offset;

-}

-

-/**

- * We want to be careful in assignment setup to hit the actual storage

- * instead of potentially using a temporary like we might with the

- * ir_dereference handler.

- */

-static dst_reg

-get_assignment_lhs(ir_dereference *ir, ir_to_mesa_visitor *v)

-{

-   /* The LHS must be a dereference.  If the LHS is a variable indexed array

-    * access of a vector, it must be separated into a series conditional moves

-    * before reaching this point (see ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign).

-    */

-   assert(ir->as_dereference());

-   ir_dereference_array *deref_array = ir->as_dereference_array();

-   if (deref_array) {

-      assert(!deref_array->array->type->is_vector());

-   }

-

-   /* Use the rvalue deref handler for the most part.  We'll ignore

-    * swizzles in it and write swizzles using writemask, though.

-    */

-   ir->accept(v);

-   return dst_reg(v->result);

-}

-

-/**

- * Process the condition of a conditional assignment

- *

- * Examines the condition of a conditional assignment to generate the optimal

- * first operand of a \c CMP instruction.  If the condition is a relational

- * operator with 0 (e.g., \c ir_binop_less), the value being compared will be

- * used as the source for the \c CMP instruction.  Otherwise the comparison

- * is processed to a boolean result, and the boolean result is used as the

- * operand to the CMP instruction.

- */

-bool

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::process_move_condition(ir_rvalue *ir)

-{

-   ir_rvalue *src_ir = ir;

-   bool negate = true;

-   bool switch_order = false;

-

-   ir_expression *const expr = ir->as_expression();

-   if ((expr != NULL) && (expr->get_num_operands() == 2)) {

-      bool zero_on_left = false;

-

-      if (expr->operands[0]->is_zero()) {

-	 src_ir = expr->operands[1];

-	 zero_on_left = true;

-      } else if (expr->operands[1]->is_zero()) {

-	 src_ir = expr->operands[0];

-	 zero_on_left = false;

-      }

-

-      /*      a is -  0  +            -  0  +

-       * (a <  0)  T  F  F  ( a < 0)  T  F  F

-       * (0 <  a)  F  F  T  (-a < 0)  F  F  T

-       * (a <= 0)  T  T  F  (-a < 0)  F  F  T  (swap order of other operands)

-       * (0 <= a)  F  T  T  ( a < 0)  T  F  F  (swap order of other operands)

-       * (a >  0)  F  F  T  (-a < 0)  F  F  T

-       * (0 >  a)  T  F  F  ( a < 0)  T  F  F

-       * (a >= 0)  F  T  T  ( a < 0)  T  F  F  (swap order of other operands)

-       * (0 >= a)  T  T  F  (-a < 0)  F  F  T  (swap order of other operands)

-       *

-       * Note that exchanging the order of 0 and 'a' in the comparison simply

-       * means that the value of 'a' should be negated.

-       */

-      if (src_ir != ir) {

-	 switch (expr->operation) {

-	 case ir_binop_less:

-	    switch_order = false;

-	    negate = zero_on_left;

-	    break;

-

-	 case ir_binop_greater:

-	    switch_order = false;

-	    negate = !zero_on_left;

-	    break;

-

-	 case ir_binop_lequal:

-	    switch_order = true;

-	    negate = !zero_on_left;

-	    break;

-

-	 case ir_binop_gequal:

-	    switch_order = true;

-	    negate = zero_on_left;

-	    break;

-

-	 default:

-	    /* This isn't the right kind of comparison afterall, so make sure

-	     * the whole condition is visited.

-	     */

-	    src_ir = ir;

-	    break;

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   src_ir->accept(this);

-

-   /* We use the OPCODE_CMP (a < 0 ? b : c) for conditional moves, and the

-    * condition we produced is 0.0 or 1.0.  By flipping the sign, we can

-    * choose which value OPCODE_CMP produces without an extra instruction

-    * computing the condition.

-    */

-   if (negate)

-      this->result.negate = ~this->result.negate;

-

-   return switch_order;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_assignment *ir)

-{

-   dst_reg l;

-   src_reg r;

-   int i;

-

-   ir->rhs->accept(this);

-   r = this->result;

-

-   l = get_assignment_lhs(ir->lhs, this);

-

-   /* FINISHME: This should really set to the correct maximal writemask for each

-    * FINISHME: component written (in the loops below).  This case can only

-    * FINISHME: occur for matrices, arrays, and structures.

-    */

-   if (ir->write_mask == 0) {

-      assert(!ir->lhs->type->is_scalar() && !ir->lhs->type->is_vector());

-      l.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   } else if (ir->lhs->type->is_scalar()) {

-      /* FINISHME: This hack makes writing to gl_FragDepth, which lives in the

-       * FINISHME: W component of fragment shader output zero, work correctly.

-       */

-      l.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   } else {

-      int swizzles[4];

-      int first_enabled_chan = 0;

-      int rhs_chan = 0;

-

-      assert(ir->lhs->type->is_vector());

-      l.writemask = ir->write_mask;

-

-      for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-	 if (l.writemask & (1 << i)) {

-	    first_enabled_chan = GET_SWZ(r.swizzle, i);

-	    break;

-	 }

-      }

-

-      /* Swizzle a small RHS vector into the channels being written.

-       *

-       * glsl ir treats write_mask as dictating how many channels are

-       * present on the RHS while Mesa IR treats write_mask as just

-       * showing which channels of the vec4 RHS get written.

-       */

-      for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-	 if (l.writemask & (1 << i))

-	    swizzles[i] = GET_SWZ(r.swizzle, rhs_chan++);

-	 else

-	    swizzles[i] = first_enabled_chan;

-      }

-      r.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzles[0], swizzles[1],

-				swizzles[2], swizzles[3]);

-   }

-

-   assert(l.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);

-   assert(r.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);

-

-   if (ir->condition) {

-      const bool switch_order = this->process_move_condition(ir->condition);

-      src_reg condition = this->result;

-

-      for (i = 0; i < type_size(ir->lhs->type); i++) {

-	 if (switch_order) {

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_CMP, l, condition, src_reg(l), r);

-	 } else {

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_CMP, l, condition, r, src_reg(l));

-	 }

-

-	 l.index++;

-	 r.index++;

-      }

-   } else {

-      for (i = 0; i < type_size(ir->lhs->type); i++) {

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);

-	 l.index++;

-	 r.index++;

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_constant *ir)

-{

-   src_reg src;

-   GLfloat stack_vals[4] = { 0 };

-   GLfloat *values = stack_vals;

-   unsigned int i;

-

-   /* Unfortunately, 4 floats is all we can get into

-    * _mesa_add_unnamed_constant.  So, make a temp to store an

-    * aggregate constant and move each constant value into it.  If we

-    * get lucky, copy propagation will eliminate the extra moves.

-    */

-

-   if (ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT) {

-      src_reg temp_base = get_temp(ir->type);

-      dst_reg temp = dst_reg(temp_base);

-

-      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->components) {

-	 ir_constant *field_value = (ir_constant *)iter.get();

-	 int size = type_size(field_value->type);

-

-	 assert(size > 0);

-

-	 field_value->accept(this);

-	 src = this->result;

-

-	 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int)size; i++) {

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, temp, src);

-

-	    src.index++;

-	    temp.index++;

-	 }

-      }

-      this->result = temp_base;

-      return;

-   }

-

-   if (ir->type->is_array()) {

-      src_reg temp_base = get_temp(ir->type);

-      dst_reg temp = dst_reg(temp_base);

-      int size = type_size(ir->type->fields.array);

-

-      assert(size > 0);

-

-      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++) {

-	 ir->array_elements[i]->accept(this);

-	 src = this->result;

-	 for (int j = 0; j < size; j++) {

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, temp, src);

-

-	    src.index++;

-	    temp.index++;

-	 }

-      }

-      this->result = temp_base;

-      return;

-   }

-

-   if (ir->type->is_matrix()) {

-      src_reg mat = get_temp(ir->type);

-      dst_reg mat_column = dst_reg(mat);

-

-      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->matrix_columns; i++) {

-	 assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);

-	 values = &ir->value.f[i * ir->type->vector_elements];

-

-	 src = src_reg(PROGRAM_CONSTANT, -1, NULL);

-	 src.index = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(this->prog->Parameters,

-						(gl_constant_value *) values,

-						ir->type->vector_elements,

-						&src.swizzle);

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, mat_column, src);

-

-	 mat_column.index++;

-      }

-

-      this->result = mat;

-      return;

-   }

-

-   src.file = PROGRAM_CONSTANT;

-   switch (ir->type->base_type) {

-   case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:

-      values = &ir->value.f[0];

-      break;

-   case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:

-      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {

-	 values[i] = ir->value.u[i];

-      }

-      break;

-   case GLSL_TYPE_INT:

-      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {

-	 values[i] = ir->value.i[i];

-      }

-      break;

-   case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:

-      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {

-	 values[i] = ir->value.b[i];

-      }

-      break;

-   default:

-      assert(!"Non-float/uint/int/bool constant");

-   }

-

-   this->result = src_reg(PROGRAM_CONSTANT, -1, ir->type);

-   this->result.index = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(this->prog->Parameters,

-						   (gl_constant_value *) values,

-						   ir->type->vector_elements,

-						   &this->result.swizzle);

-}

-

-function_entry *

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::get_function_signature(ir_function_signature *sig)

-{

-   function_entry *entry;

-

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->function_signatures) {

-      entry = (function_entry *)iter.get();

-

-      if (entry->sig == sig)

-	 return entry;

-   }

-

-   entry = ralloc(mem_ctx, function_entry);

-   entry->sig = sig;

-   entry->sig_id = this->next_signature_id++;

-   entry->bgn_inst = NULL;

-

-   /* Allocate storage for all the parameters. */

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, sig->parameters) {

-      ir_variable *param = (ir_variable *)iter.get();

-      variable_storage *storage;

-

-      storage = find_variable_storage(param);

-      assert(!storage);

-

-      storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(param, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,

-					      this->next_temp);

-      this->variables.push_tail(storage);

-

-      this->next_temp += type_size(param->type);

-   }

-

-   if (!sig->return_type->is_void()) {

-      entry->return_reg = get_temp(sig->return_type);

-   } else {

-      entry->return_reg = undef_src;

-   }

-

-   this->function_signatures.push_tail(entry);

-   return entry;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_call *ir)

-{

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *call_inst;

-   ir_function_signature *sig = ir->get_callee();

-   function_entry *entry = get_function_signature(sig);

-   int i;

-

-   /* Process in parameters. */

-   exec_list_iterator sig_iter = sig->parameters.iterator();

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {

-      ir_rvalue *param_rval = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();

-      ir_variable *param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get();

-

-      if (param->mode == ir_var_in ||

-	  param->mode == ir_var_inout) {

-	 variable_storage *storage = find_variable_storage(param);

-	 assert(storage);

-

-	 param_rval->accept(this);

-	 src_reg r = this->result;

-

-	 dst_reg l;

-	 l.file = storage->file;

-	 l.index = storage->index;

-	 l.reladdr = NULL;

-	 l.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-	 l.cond_mask = COND_TR;

-

-	 for (i = 0; i < type_size(param->type); i++) {

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);

-	    l.index++;

-	    r.index++;

-	 }

-      }

-

-      sig_iter.next();

-   }

-   assert(!sig_iter.has_next());

-

-   /* Emit call instruction */

-   call_inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_CAL);

-   call_inst->function = entry;

-

-   /* Process out parameters. */

-   sig_iter = sig->parameters.iterator();

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {

-      ir_rvalue *param_rval = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();

-      ir_variable *param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get();

-

-      if (param->mode == ir_var_out ||

-	  param->mode == ir_var_inout) {

-	 variable_storage *storage = find_variable_storage(param);

-	 assert(storage);

-

-	 src_reg r;

-	 r.file = storage->file;

-	 r.index = storage->index;

-	 r.reladdr = NULL;

-	 r.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-	 r.negate = 0;

-

-	 param_rval->accept(this);

-	 dst_reg l = dst_reg(this->result);

-

-	 for (i = 0; i < type_size(param->type); i++) {

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);

-	    l.index++;

-	    r.index++;

-	 }

-      }

-

-      sig_iter.next();

-   }

-   assert(!sig_iter.has_next());

-

-   /* Process return value. */

-   this->result = entry->return_reg;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_texture *ir)

-{

-   src_reg result_src, coord, lod_info, projector, dx, dy;

-   dst_reg result_dst, coord_dst;

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = NULL;

-   prog_opcode opcode = OPCODE_NOP;

-

-   if (ir->op == ir_txs)

-      this->result = src_reg_for_float(0.0);

-   else

-      ir->coordinate->accept(this);

-

-   /* Put our coords in a temp.  We'll need to modify them for shadow,

-    * projection, or LOD, so the only case we'd use it as is is if

-    * we're doing plain old texturing.  Mesa IR optimization should

-    * handle cleaning up our mess in that case.

-    */

-   coord = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);

-   coord_dst = dst_reg(coord);

-   emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, this->result);

-

-   if (ir->projector) {

-      ir->projector->accept(this);

-      projector = this->result;

-   }

-

-   /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using

-    * the actual storage for the result here, instead.

-    */

-   result_src = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);

-   result_dst = dst_reg(result_src);

-

-   switch (ir->op) {

-   case ir_tex:

-   case ir_txs:

-      opcode = OPCODE_TEX;

-      break;

-   case ir_txb:

-      opcode = OPCODE_TXB;

-      ir->lod_info.bias->accept(this);

-      lod_info = this->result;

-      break;

-   case ir_txl:

-      opcode = OPCODE_TXL;

-      ir->lod_info.lod->accept(this);

-      lod_info = this->result;

-      break;

-   case ir_txd:

-      opcode = OPCODE_TXD;

-      ir->lod_info.grad.dPdx->accept(this);

-      dx = this->result;

-      ir->lod_info.grad.dPdy->accept(this);

-      dy = this->result;

-      break;

-   case ir_txf:

-      assert(!"GLSL 1.30 features unsupported");

-      break;

-   }

-

-   const glsl_type *sampler_type = ir->sampler->type;

-

-   if (ir->projector) {

-      if (opcode == OPCODE_TEX) {

-	 /* Slot the projector in as the last component of the coord. */

-	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, projector);

-	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-	 opcode = OPCODE_TXP;

-      } else {

-	 src_reg coord_w = coord;

-	 coord_w.swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;

-

-	 /* For the other TEX opcodes there's no projective version

-	  * since the last slot is taken up by lod info.  Do the

-	  * projective divide now.

-	  */

-	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_RCP, coord_dst, projector);

-

-	 /* In the case where we have to project the coordinates "by hand,"

-	  * the shadow comparitor value must also be projected.

-	  */

-	 src_reg tmp_src = coord;

-	 if (ir->shadow_comparitor) {

-	    /* Slot the shadow value in as the second to last component of the

-	     * coord.

-	     */

-	    ir->shadow_comparitor->accept(this);

-

-	    tmp_src = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);

-	    dst_reg tmp_dst = dst_reg(tmp_src);

-

-	    /* Projective division not allowed for array samplers. */

-	    assert(!sampler_type->sampler_array);

-

-	    tmp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, tmp_dst, this->result);

-

-	    tmp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XY;

-	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, tmp_dst, coord);

-	 }

-

-	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, coord_dst, tmp_src, coord_w);

-

-	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-	 coord.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* If projection is done and the opcode is not OPCODE_TXP, then the shadow

-    * comparitor was put in the correct place (and projected) by the code,

-    * above, that handles by-hand projection.

-    */

-   if (ir->shadow_comparitor && (!ir->projector || opcode == OPCODE_TXP)) {

-      /* Slot the shadow value in as the second to last component of the

-       * coord.

-       */

-      ir->shadow_comparitor->accept(this);

-

-      /* XXX This will need to be updated for cubemap array samplers. */

-      if (sampler_type->sampler_dimensionality == GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_2D &&

-          sampler_type->sampler_array) {

-         coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;

-      } else {

-         coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;

-      }

-

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, this->result);

-      coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   }

-

-   if (opcode == OPCODE_TXL || opcode == OPCODE_TXB) {

-      /* Mesa IR stores lod or lod bias in the last channel of the coords. */

-      coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, lod_info);

-      coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   }

-

-   if (opcode == OPCODE_TXD)

-      inst = emit(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord, dx, dy);

-   else

-      inst = emit(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord);

-

-   if (ir->shadow_comparitor)

-      inst->tex_shadow = GL_TRUE;

-

-   inst->sampler = _mesa_get_sampler_uniform_value(ir->sampler,

-						   this->shader_program,

-						   this->prog);

-

-   switch (sampler_type->sampler_dimensionality) {

-   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_1D:

-      inst->tex_target = (sampler_type->sampler_array)

-	 ? TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX : TEXTURE_1D_INDEX;

-      break;

-   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_2D:

-      inst->tex_target = (sampler_type->sampler_array)

-	 ? TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX : TEXTURE_2D_INDEX;

-      break;

-   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_3D:

-      inst->tex_target = TEXTURE_3D_INDEX;

-      break;

-   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_CUBE:

-      inst->tex_target = TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX;

-      break;

-   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_RECT:

-      inst->tex_target = TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX;

-      break;

-   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_BUF:

-      assert(!"FINISHME: Implement ARB_texture_buffer_object");

-      break;

-   default:

-      assert(!"Should not get here.");

-   }

-

-   this->result = result_src;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_return *ir)

-{

-   if (ir->get_value()) {

-      dst_reg l;

-      int i;

-

-      assert(current_function);

-

-      ir->get_value()->accept(this);

-      src_reg r = this->result;

-

-      l = dst_reg(current_function->return_reg);

-

-      for (i = 0; i < type_size(current_function->sig->return_type); i++) {

-	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);

-	 l.index++;

-	 r.index++;

-      }

-   }

-

-   emit(ir, OPCODE_RET);

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_discard *ir)

-{

-   struct gl_fragment_program *fp = (struct gl_fragment_program *)this->prog;

-

-   if (ir->condition) {

-      ir->condition->accept(this);

-      this->result.negate = ~this->result.negate;

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_KIL, undef_dst, this->result);

-   } else {

-      emit(ir, OPCODE_KIL_NV);

-   }

-

-   fp->UsesKill = GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_if *ir)

-{

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *cond_inst, *if_inst;

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction *prev_inst;

-

-   prev_inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail();

-

-   ir->condition->accept(this);

-   assert(this->result.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);

-

-   if (this->options->EmitCondCodes) {

-      cond_inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail();

-

-      /* See if we actually generated any instruction for generating

-       * the condition.  If not, then cook up a move to a temp so we

-       * have something to set cond_update on.

-       */

-      if (cond_inst == prev_inst) {

-	 src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::bool_type);

-	 cond_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_MOV, dst_reg(temp), result);

-      }

-      cond_inst->cond_update = GL_TRUE;

-

-      if_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_IF);

-      if_inst->dst.cond_mask = COND_NE;

-   } else {

-      if_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_IF, undef_dst, this->result);

-   }

-

-   this->instructions.push_tail(if_inst);

-

-   visit_exec_list(&ir->then_instructions, this);

-

-   if (!ir->else_instructions.is_empty()) {

-      emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_ELSE);

-      visit_exec_list(&ir->else_instructions, this);

-   }

-

-   if_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_ENDIF);

-}

-

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::ir_to_mesa_visitor()

-{

-   result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-   next_temp = 1;

-   next_signature_id = 1;

-   current_function = NULL;

-   mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL);

-}

-

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::~ir_to_mesa_visitor()

-{

-   ralloc_free(mem_ctx);

-}

-

-static struct prog_src_register

-mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(src_reg reg)

-{

-   struct prog_src_register mesa_reg;

-

-   mesa_reg.File = reg.file;

-   assert(reg.index < (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-   mesa_reg.Index = reg.index;

-   mesa_reg.Swizzle = reg.swizzle;

-   mesa_reg.RelAddr = reg.reladdr != NULL;

-   mesa_reg.Negate = reg.negate;

-   mesa_reg.Abs = 0;

-   mesa_reg.HasIndex2 = GL_FALSE;

-   mesa_reg.RelAddr2 = 0;

-   mesa_reg.Index2 = 0;

-

-   return mesa_reg;

-}

-

-static void

-set_branchtargets(ir_to_mesa_visitor *v,

-		  struct prog_instruction *mesa_instructions,

-		  int num_instructions)

-{

-   int if_count = 0, loop_count = 0;

-   int *if_stack, *loop_stack;

-   int if_stack_pos = 0, loop_stack_pos = 0;

-   int i, j;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < num_instructions; i++) {

-      switch (mesa_instructions[i].Opcode) {

-      case OPCODE_IF:

-	 if_count++;

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-	 loop_count++;

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_BRK:

-      case OPCODE_CONT:

-	 mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget = -1;

-	 break;

-      default:

-	 break;

-      }

-   }

-

-   if_stack = rzalloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, if_count);

-   loop_stack = rzalloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, loop_count);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < num_instructions; i++) {

-      switch (mesa_instructions[i].Opcode) {

-      case OPCODE_IF:

-	 if_stack[if_stack_pos] = i;

-	 if_stack_pos++;

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_ELSE:

-	 mesa_instructions[if_stack[if_stack_pos - 1]].BranchTarget = i;

-	 if_stack[if_stack_pos - 1] = i;

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_ENDIF:

-	 mesa_instructions[if_stack[if_stack_pos - 1]].BranchTarget = i;

-	 if_stack_pos--;

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-	 loop_stack[loop_stack_pos] = i;

-	 loop_stack_pos++;

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:

-	 loop_stack_pos--;

-	 /* Rewrite any breaks/conts at this nesting level (haven't

-	  * already had a BranchTarget assigned) to point to the end

-	  * of the loop.

-	  */

-	 for (j = loop_stack[loop_stack_pos]; j < i; j++) {

-	    if (mesa_instructions[j].Opcode == OPCODE_BRK ||

-		mesa_instructions[j].Opcode == OPCODE_CONT) {

-	       if (mesa_instructions[j].BranchTarget == -1) {

-		  mesa_instructions[j].BranchTarget = i;

-	       }

-	    }

-	 }

-	 /* The loop ends point at each other. */

-	 mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget = loop_stack[loop_stack_pos];

-	 mesa_instructions[loop_stack[loop_stack_pos]].BranchTarget = i;

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_CAL:

-	 foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v->function_signatures) {

-	    function_entry *entry = (function_entry *)iter.get();

-

-	    if (entry->sig_id == mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget) {

-	       mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget = entry->inst;

-	       break;

-	    }

-	 }

-	 break;

-      default:

-	 break;

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-static void

-print_program(struct prog_instruction *mesa_instructions,

-	      ir_instruction **mesa_instruction_annotation,

-	      int num_instructions)

-{

-   ir_instruction *last_ir = NULL;

-   int i;

-   int indent = 0;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < num_instructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *mesa_inst = mesa_instructions + i;

-      ir_instruction *ir = mesa_instruction_annotation[i];

-

-      fprintf(stdout, "%3d: ", i);

-

-      if (last_ir != ir && ir) {

-	 int j;

-

-	 for (j = 0; j < indent; j++) {

-	    fprintf(stdout, " ");

-	 }

-	 ir->print();

-	 printf("\n");

-	 last_ir = ir;

-

-	 fprintf(stdout, "     "); /* line number spacing. */

-      }

-

-      indent = _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(stdout, mesa_inst, indent,

-					    PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, NULL);

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Count resources used by the given gpu program (number of texture

- * samplers, etc).

- */

-static void

-count_resources(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   unsigned int i;

-

-   prog->SamplersUsed = 0;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = &prog->Instructions[i];

-

-      if (_mesa_is_tex_instruction(inst->Opcode)) {

-	 prog->SamplerTargets[inst->TexSrcUnit] =

-	    (gl_texture_index)inst->TexSrcTarget;

-	 prog->SamplersUsed |= 1 << inst->TexSrcUnit;

-	 if (inst->TexShadow) {

-	    prog->ShadowSamplers |= 1 << inst->TexSrcUnit;

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   _mesa_update_shader_textures_used(prog);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Check if the given vertex/fragment/shader program is within the

- * resource limits of the context (number of texture units, etc).

- * If any of those checks fail, record a linker error.

- *

- * XXX more checks are needed...

- */

-static void

-check_resources(const struct gl_context *ctx,

-                struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,

-                struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   switch (prog->Target) {

-   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB:

-      if (_mesa_bitcount(prog->SamplersUsed) >

-          ctx->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits) {

-         linker_error(shader_program,

-		      "Too many vertex shader texture samplers");

-      }

-      if (prog->Parameters->NumParameters > MAX_UNIFORMS) {

-         linker_error(shader_program, "Too many vertex shader constants");

-      }

-      break;

-   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:

-      if (_mesa_bitcount(prog->SamplersUsed) >

-          ctx->Const.MaxGeometryTextureImageUnits) {

-         linker_error(shader_program,

-		      "Too many geometry shader texture samplers");

-      }

-      if (prog->Parameters->NumParameters >

-          MAX_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS / 4) {

-         linker_error(shader_program, "Too many geometry shader constants");

-      }

-      break;

-   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:

-      if (_mesa_bitcount(prog->SamplersUsed) >

-          ctx->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits) {

-         linker_error(shader_program,

-		      "Too many fragment shader texture samplers");

-      }

-      if (prog->Parameters->NumParameters > MAX_UNIFORMS) {

-         linker_error(shader_program, "Too many fragment shader constants");

-      }

-      break;

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(ctx, "unexpected program type in check_resources()");

-   }

-}

-

-

-

-struct uniform_sort {

-   struct gl_uniform *u;

-   int pos;

-};

-

-/* The shader_program->Uniforms list is almost sorted in increasing

- * uniform->{Frag,Vert}Pos locations, but not quite when there are

- * uniforms shared between targets.  We need to add parameters in

- * increasing order for the targets.

- */

-static int

-sort_uniforms(const void *a, const void *b)

-{

-   struct uniform_sort *u1 = (struct uniform_sort *)a;

-   struct uniform_sort *u2 = (struct uniform_sort *)b;

-

-   return u1->pos - u2->pos;

-}

-

-/* Add the uniforms to the parameters.  The linker chose locations

- * in our parameters lists (which weren't created yet), which the

- * uniforms code will use to poke values into our parameters list

- * when uniforms are updated.

- */

-static void

-add_uniforms_to_parameters_list(struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,

-				struct gl_shader *shader,

-				struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   unsigned int i;

-   unsigned int next_sampler = 0, num_uniforms = 0;

-   struct uniform_sort *sorted_uniforms;

-

-   sorted_uniforms = ralloc_array(NULL, struct uniform_sort,

-				  shader_program->Uniforms->NumUniforms);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < shader_program->Uniforms->NumUniforms; i++) {

-      struct gl_uniform *uniform = shader_program->Uniforms->Uniforms + i;

-      int parameter_index = -1;

-

-      switch (shader->Type) {

-      case GL_VERTEX_SHADER:

-	 parameter_index = uniform->VertPos;

-	 break;

-      case GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER:

-	 parameter_index = uniform->FragPos;

-	 break;

-      case GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER:

-	 parameter_index = uniform->GeomPos;

-	 break;

-      }

-

-      /* Only add uniforms used in our target. */

-      if (parameter_index != -1) {

-	 sorted_uniforms[num_uniforms].pos = parameter_index;

-	 sorted_uniforms[num_uniforms].u = uniform;

-	 num_uniforms++;

-      }

-   }

-

-   qsort(sorted_uniforms, num_uniforms, sizeof(struct uniform_sort),

-	 sort_uniforms);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < num_uniforms; i++) {

-      struct gl_uniform *uniform = sorted_uniforms[i].u;

-      int parameter_index = sorted_uniforms[i].pos;

-      const glsl_type *type = uniform->Type;

-      unsigned int size;

-

-      if (type->is_vector() ||

-	  type->is_scalar()) {

-	 size = type->vector_elements;

-      } else {

-	 size = type_size(type) * 4;

-      }

-

-      gl_register_file file;

-      if (type->is_sampler() ||

-	  (type->is_array() && type->fields.array->is_sampler())) {

-	 file = PROGRAM_SAMPLER;

-      } else {

-	 file = PROGRAM_UNIFORM;

-      }

-

-      GLint index = _mesa_lookup_parameter_index(prog->Parameters, -1,

-						 uniform->Name);

-

-      if (index < 0) {

-	 index = _mesa_add_parameter(prog->Parameters, file,

-				     uniform->Name, size, type->gl_type,

-				     NULL, NULL, 0x0);

-

-	 /* Sampler uniform values are stored in prog->SamplerUnits,

-	  * and the entry in that array is selected by this index we

-	  * store in ParameterValues[].

-	  */

-	 if (file == PROGRAM_SAMPLER) {

-	    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < size / 4; j++)

-	       prog->Parameters->ParameterValues[index + j][0].f = next_sampler++;

-	 }

-

-	 /* The location chosen in the Parameters list here (returned

-	  * from _mesa_add_uniform) has to match what the linker chose.

-	  */

-	 if (index != parameter_index) {

-	    linker_error(shader_program,

-			 "Allocation of uniform `%s' to target failed "

-			 "(%d vs %d)\n",

-			 uniform->Name, index, parameter_index);

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   ralloc_free(sorted_uniforms);

-}

-

-static void

-set_uniform_initializer(struct gl_context *ctx, void *mem_ctx,

-			struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,

-			const char *name, const glsl_type *type,

-			ir_constant *val)

-{

-   if (type->is_record()) {

-      ir_constant *field_constant;

-

-      field_constant = (ir_constant *)val->components.get_head();

-

-      for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {

-	 const glsl_type *field_type = type->fields.structure[i].type;

-	 const char *field_name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name,

-					    type->fields.structure[i].name);

-	 set_uniform_initializer(ctx, mem_ctx, shader_program, field_name,

-				 field_type, field_constant);

-	 field_constant = (ir_constant *)field_constant->next;

-      }

-      return;

-   }

-

-   int loc = _mesa_get_uniform_location(ctx, shader_program, name);

-

-   if (loc == -1) {

-      linker_error(shader_program,

-		   "Couldn't find uniform for initializer %s\n", name);

-      return;

-   }

-

-   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < (type->is_array() ? type->length : 1); i++) {

-      ir_constant *element;

-      const glsl_type *element_type;

-      if (type->is_array()) {

-	 element = val->array_elements[i];

-	 element_type = type->fields.array;

-      } else {

-	 element = val;

-	 element_type = type;

-      }

-

-      void *values;

-

-      if (element_type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL) {

-	 int *conv = ralloc_array(mem_ctx, int, element_type->components());

-	 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < element_type->components(); j++) {

-	    conv[j] = element->value.b[j];

-	 }

-	 values = (void *)conv;

-	 element_type = glsl_type::get_instance(GLSL_TYPE_INT,

-						element_type->vector_elements,

-						1);

-      } else {

-	 values = &element->value;

-      }

-

-      if (element_type->is_matrix()) {

-	 _mesa_uniform_matrix(ctx, shader_program,

-			      element_type->matrix_columns,

-			      element_type->vector_elements,

-			      loc, 1, GL_FALSE, (GLfloat *)values);

-	 loc += element_type->matrix_columns;

-      } else {

-	 _mesa_uniform(ctx, shader_program, loc, element_type->matrix_columns,

-		       values, element_type->gl_type);

-	 loc += type_size(element_type);

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-static void

-set_uniform_initializers(struct gl_context *ctx,

-			 struct gl_shader_program *shader_program)

-{

-   void *mem_ctx = NULL;

-

-   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) {

-      struct gl_shader *shader = shader_program->_LinkedShaders[i];

-

-      if (shader == NULL)

-	 continue;

-

-      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *shader->ir) {

-	 ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();

-	 ir_variable *var = ir->as_variable();

-

-	 if (!var || var->mode != ir_var_uniform || !var->constant_value)

-	    continue;

-

-	 if (!mem_ctx)

-	    mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL);

-

-	 set_uniform_initializer(ctx, mem_ctx, shader_program, var->name,

-				 var->type, var->constant_value);

-      }

-   }

-

-   ralloc_free(mem_ctx);

-}

-

-/*

- * On a basic block basis, tracks available PROGRAM_TEMPORARY register

- * channels for copy propagation and updates following instructions to

- * use the original versions.

- *

- * The ir_to_mesa_visitor lazily produces code assuming that this pass

- * will occur.  As an example, a TXP production before this pass:

- *

- * 0: MOV TEMP[1], INPUT[4].xyyy;

- * 1: MOV TEMP[1].w, INPUT[4].wwww;

- * 2: TXP TEMP[2], TEMP[1], texture[0], 2D;

- *

- * and after:

- *

- * 0: MOV TEMP[1], INPUT[4].xyyy;

- * 1: MOV TEMP[1].w, INPUT[4].wwww;

- * 2: TXP TEMP[2], INPUT[4].xyyw, texture[0], 2D;

- *

- * which allows for dead code elimination on TEMP[1]'s writes.

- */

-void

-ir_to_mesa_visitor::copy_propagate(void)

-{

-   ir_to_mesa_instruction **acp = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx,

-						    ir_to_mesa_instruction *,

-						    this->next_temp * 4);

-   int *acp_level = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, int, this->next_temp * 4);

-   int level = 0;

-

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->instructions) {

-      ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)iter.get();

-

-      assert(inst->dst.file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY

-	     || inst->dst.index < this->next_temp);

-

-      /* First, do any copy propagation possible into the src regs. */

-      for (int r = 0; r < 3; r++) {

-	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *first = NULL;

-	 bool good = true;

-	 int acp_base = inst->src[r].index * 4;

-

-	 if (inst->src[r].file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||

-	     inst->src[r].reladdr)

-	    continue;

-

-	 /* See if we can find entries in the ACP consisting of MOVs

-	  * from the same src register for all the swizzled channels

-	  * of this src register reference.

-	  */

-	 for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-	    int src_chan = GET_SWZ(inst->src[r].swizzle, i);

-	    ir_to_mesa_instruction *copy_chan = acp[acp_base + src_chan];

-

-	    if (!copy_chan) {

-	       good = false;

-	       break;

-	    }

-

-	    assert(acp_level[acp_base + src_chan] <= level);

-

-	    if (!first) {

-	       first = copy_chan;

-	    } else {

-	       if (first->src[0].file != copy_chan->src[0].file ||

-		   first->src[0].index != copy_chan->src[0].index) {

-		  good = false;

-		  break;

-	       }

-	    }

-	 }

-

-	 if (good) {

-	    /* We've now validated that we can copy-propagate to

-	     * replace this src register reference.  Do it.

-	     */

-	    inst->src[r].file = first->src[0].file;

-	    inst->src[r].index = first->src[0].index;

-

-	    int swizzle = 0;

-	    for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-	       int src_chan = GET_SWZ(inst->src[r].swizzle, i);

-	       ir_to_mesa_instruction *copy_inst = acp[acp_base + src_chan];

-	       swizzle |= (GET_SWZ(copy_inst->src[0].swizzle, src_chan) <<

-			   (3 * i));

-	    }

-	    inst->src[r].swizzle = swizzle;

-	 }

-      }

-

-      switch (inst->op) {

-      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:

-	 /* End of a basic block, clear the ACP entirely. */

-	 memset(acp, 0, sizeof(*acp) * this->next_temp * 4);

-	 break;

-

-      case OPCODE_IF:

-	 ++level;

-	 break;

-

-      case OPCODE_ENDIF:

-      case OPCODE_ELSE:

-	 /* Clear all channels written inside the block from the ACP, but

-	  * leaving those that were not touched.

-	  */

-	 for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {

-	    for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {

-	       if (!acp[4 * r + c])

-		  continue;

-

-	       if (acp_level[4 * r + c] >= level)

-		  acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;

-	    }

-	 }

-	 if (inst->op == OPCODE_ENDIF)

-	    --level;

-	 break;

-

-      default:

-	 /* Continuing the block, clear any written channels from

-	  * the ACP.

-	  */

-	 if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY && inst->dst.reladdr) {

-	    /* Any temporary might be written, so no copy propagation

-	     * across this instruction.

-	     */

-	    memset(acp, 0, sizeof(*acp) * this->next_temp * 4);

-	 } else if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT &&

-		    inst->dst.reladdr) {

-	    /* Any output might be written, so no copy propagation

-	     * from outputs across this instruction.

-	     */

-	    for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {

-	       for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {

-		  if (!acp[4 * r + c])

-		     continue;

-

-		  if (acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT)

-		     acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;

-	       }

-	    }

-	 } else if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||

-		    inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {

-	    /* Clear where it's used as dst. */

-	    if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {

-	       for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {

-		  if (inst->dst.writemask & (1 << c)) {

-		     acp[4 * inst->dst.index + c] = NULL;

-		  }

-	       }

-	    }

-

-	    /* Clear where it's used as src. */

-	    for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {

-	       for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {

-		  if (!acp[4 * r + c])

-		     continue;

-

-		  int src_chan = GET_SWZ(acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].swizzle, c);

-

-		  if (acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].file == inst->dst.file &&

-		      acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].index == inst->dst.index &&

-		      inst->dst.writemask & (1 << src_chan))

-		  {

-		     acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;

-		  }

-	       }

-	    }

-	 }

-	 break;

-      }

-

-      /* If this is a copy, add it to the ACP. */

-      if (inst->op == OPCODE_MOV &&

-	  inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&

-	  !inst->dst.reladdr &&

-	  !inst->saturate &&

-	  !inst->src[0].reladdr &&

-	  !inst->src[0].negate) {

-	 for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-	    if (inst->dst.writemask & (1 << i)) {

-	       acp[4 * inst->dst.index + i] = inst;

-	       acp_level[4 * inst->dst.index + i] = level;

-	    }

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   ralloc_free(acp_level);

-   ralloc_free(acp);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Convert a shader's GLSL IR into a Mesa gl_program.

- */

-static struct gl_program *

-get_mesa_program(struct gl_context *ctx,

-                 struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,

-		 struct gl_shader *shader)

-{

-   ir_to_mesa_visitor v;

-   struct prog_instruction *mesa_instructions, *mesa_inst;

-   ir_instruction **mesa_instruction_annotation;

-   int i;

-   struct gl_program *prog;

-   GLenum target;

-   const char *target_string;

-   GLboolean progress;

-   struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options =

-         &ctx->ShaderCompilerOptions[_mesa_shader_type_to_index(shader->Type)];

-

-   switch (shader->Type) {

-   case GL_VERTEX_SHADER:

-      target = GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB;

-      target_string = "vertex";

-      break;

-   case GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER:

-      target = GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB;

-      target_string = "fragment";

-      break;

-   case GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER:

-      target = GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV;

-      target_string = "geometry";

-      break;

-   default:

-      assert(!"should not be reached");

-      return NULL;

-   }

-

-   validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);

-

-   prog = ctx->Driver.NewProgram(ctx, target, shader_program->Name);

-   if (!prog)

-      return NULL;

-   prog->Parameters = _mesa_new_parameter_list();

-   prog->Varying = _mesa_new_parameter_list();

-   prog->Attributes = _mesa_new_parameter_list();

-   v.ctx = ctx;

-   v.prog = prog;

-   v.shader_program = shader_program;

-   v.options = options;

-

-   add_uniforms_to_parameters_list(shader_program, shader, prog);

-

-   /* Emit Mesa IR for main(). */

-   visit_exec_list(shader->ir, &v);

-   v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_END);

-

-   /* Now emit bodies for any functions that were used. */

-   do {

-      progress = GL_FALSE;

-

-      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.function_signatures) {

-	 function_entry *entry = (function_entry *)iter.get();

-

-	 if (!entry->bgn_inst) {

-	    v.current_function = entry;

-

-	    entry->bgn_inst = v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_BGNSUB);

-	    entry->bgn_inst->function = entry;

-

-	    visit_exec_list(&entry->sig->body, &v);

-

-	    ir_to_mesa_instruction *last;

-	    last = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)v.instructions.get_tail();

-	    if (last->op != OPCODE_RET)

-	       v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_RET);

-

-	    ir_to_mesa_instruction *end;

-	    end = v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_ENDSUB);

-	    end->function = entry;

-

-	    progress = GL_TRUE;

-	 }

-      }

-   } while (progress);

-

-   prog->NumTemporaries = v.next_temp;

-

-   int num_instructions = 0;

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.instructions) {

-      num_instructions++;

-   }

-

-   mesa_instructions =

-      (struct prog_instruction *)calloc(num_instructions,

-					sizeof(*mesa_instructions));

-   mesa_instruction_annotation = ralloc_array(v.mem_ctx, ir_instruction *,

-					      num_instructions);

-

-   v.copy_propagate();

-

-   /* Convert ir_mesa_instructions into prog_instructions.

-    */

-   mesa_inst = mesa_instructions;

-   i = 0;

-   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.instructions) {

-      const ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)iter.get();

-

-      mesa_inst->Opcode = inst->op;

-      mesa_inst->CondUpdate = inst->cond_update;

-      if (inst->saturate)

-	 mesa_inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;

-      mesa_inst->DstReg.File = inst->dst.file;

-      mesa_inst->DstReg.Index = inst->dst.index;

-      mesa_inst->DstReg.CondMask = inst->dst.cond_mask;

-      mesa_inst->DstReg.WriteMask = inst->dst.writemask;

-      mesa_inst->DstReg.RelAddr = inst->dst.reladdr != NULL;

-      mesa_inst->SrcReg[0] = mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(inst->src[0]);

-      mesa_inst->SrcReg[1] = mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(inst->src[1]);

-      mesa_inst->SrcReg[2] = mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(inst->src[2]);

-      mesa_inst->TexSrcUnit = inst->sampler;

-      mesa_inst->TexSrcTarget = inst->tex_target;

-      mesa_inst->TexShadow = inst->tex_shadow;

-      mesa_instruction_annotation[i] = inst->ir;

-

-      /* Set IndirectRegisterFiles. */

-      if (mesa_inst->DstReg.RelAddr)

-         prog->IndirectRegisterFiles |= 1 << mesa_inst->DstReg.File;

-

-      /* Update program's bitmask of indirectly accessed register files */

-      for (unsigned src = 0; src < 3; src++)

-         if (mesa_inst->SrcReg[src].RelAddr)

-            prog->IndirectRegisterFiles |= 1 << mesa_inst->SrcReg[src].File;

-

-      switch (mesa_inst->Opcode) {

-      case OPCODE_IF:

-	 if (options->MaxIfDepth == 0) {

-	    linker_warning(shader_program,

-			   "Couldn't flatten if-statement.  "

-			   "This will likely result in software "

-			   "rasterization.\n");

-	 }

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-	 if (options->EmitNoLoops) {

-	    linker_warning(shader_program,

-			   "Couldn't unroll loop.  "

-			   "This will likely result in software "

-			   "rasterization.\n");

-	 }

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_CONT:

-	 if (options->EmitNoCont) {

-	    linker_warning(shader_program,

-			   "Couldn't lower continue-statement.  "

-			   "This will likely result in software "

-			   "rasterization.\n");

-	 }

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_BGNSUB:

-	 inst->function->inst = i;

-	 mesa_inst->Comment = strdup(inst->function->sig->function_name());

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_ENDSUB:

-	 mesa_inst->Comment = strdup(inst->function->sig->function_name());

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_CAL:

-	 mesa_inst->BranchTarget = inst->function->sig_id; /* rewritten later */

-	 break;

-      case OPCODE_ARL:

-	 prog->NumAddressRegs = 1;

-	 break;

-      default:

-	 break;

-      }

-

-      mesa_inst++;

-      i++;

-

-      if (!shader_program->LinkStatus)

-         break;

-   }

-

-   if (!shader_program->LinkStatus) {

-      free(mesa_instructions);

-      _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &shader->Program, NULL);

-      return NULL;

-   }

-

-   set_branchtargets(&v, mesa_instructions, num_instructions);

-

-   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {

-      printf("\n");

-      printf("GLSL IR for linked %s program %d:\n", target_string,

-	     shader_program->Name);

-      _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, NULL);

-      printf("\n");

-      printf("\n");

-      printf("Mesa IR for linked %s program %d:\n", target_string,

-	     shader_program->Name);

-      print_program(mesa_instructions, mesa_instruction_annotation,

-		    num_instructions);

-   }

-

-   prog->Instructions = mesa_instructions;

-   prog->NumInstructions = num_instructions;

-

-   do_set_program_inouts(shader->ir, prog);

-   count_resources(prog);

-

-   check_resources(ctx, shader_program, prog);

-

-   _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &shader->Program, prog);

-

-   if ((ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_NO_OPT) == 0) {

-      _mesa_optimize_program(ctx, prog);

-   }

-

-   return prog;

-}

-

-extern "C" {

-

-/**

- * Link a shader.

- * Called via ctx->Driver.LinkShader()

- * This actually involves converting GLSL IR into Mesa gl_programs with

- * code lowering and other optimizations.

- */

-GLboolean

-_mesa_ir_link_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog)

-{

-   assert(prog->LinkStatus);

-

-   for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) {

-      if (prog->_LinkedShaders[i] == NULL)

-	 continue;

-

-      bool progress;

-      exec_list *ir = prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->ir;

-      const struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options =

-            &ctx->ShaderCompilerOptions[_mesa_shader_type_to_index(prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->Type)];

-

-      do {

-	 progress = false;

-

-	 /* Lowering */

-	 do_mat_op_to_vec(ir);

-	 lower_instructions(ir, (MOD_TO_FRACT | DIV_TO_MUL_RCP | EXP_TO_EXP2

-				 | LOG_TO_LOG2 | INT_DIV_TO_MUL_RCP

-				 | ((options->EmitNoPow) ? POW_TO_EXP2 : 0)));

-

-	 progress = do_lower_jumps(ir, true, true, options->EmitNoMainReturn, options->EmitNoCont, options->EmitNoLoops) || progress;

-

-	 progress = do_common_optimization(ir, true, options->MaxUnrollIterations) || progress;

-

-	 progress = lower_quadop_vector(ir, true) || progress;

-

-	 if (options->MaxIfDepth == 0)

-	    progress = lower_discard(ir) || progress;

-

-	 progress = lower_if_to_cond_assign(ir, options->MaxIfDepth) || progress;

-

-	 if (options->EmitNoNoise)

-	    progress = lower_noise(ir) || progress;

-

-	 /* If there are forms of indirect addressing that the driver

-	  * cannot handle, perform the lowering pass.

-	  */

-	 if (options->EmitNoIndirectInput || options->EmitNoIndirectOutput

-	     || options->EmitNoIndirectTemp || options->EmitNoIndirectUniform)

-	   progress =

-	     lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign(ir,

-						 options->EmitNoIndirectInput,

-						 options->EmitNoIndirectOutput,

-						 options->EmitNoIndirectTemp,

-						 options->EmitNoIndirectUniform)

-	     || progress;

-

-	 progress = do_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir) || progress;

-      } while (progress);

-

-      validate_ir_tree(ir);

-   }

-

-   for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) {

-      struct gl_program *linked_prog;

-

-      if (prog->_LinkedShaders[i] == NULL)

-	 continue;

-

-      linked_prog = get_mesa_program(ctx, prog, prog->_LinkedShaders[i]);

-

-      if (linked_prog) {

-         bool ok = true;

-

-         switch (prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->Type) {

-         case GL_VERTEX_SHADER:

-            _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &prog->VertexProgram,

-                                     (struct gl_vertex_program *)linked_prog);

-            ok = ctx->Driver.ProgramStringNotify(ctx, GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB,

-                                                 linked_prog);

-            break;

-         case GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER:

-            _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &prog->FragmentProgram,

-                                     (struct gl_fragment_program *)linked_prog);

-            ok = ctx->Driver.ProgramStringNotify(ctx, GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB,

-                                                 linked_prog);

-            break;

-         case GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER:

-            _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &prog->GeometryProgram,

-                                     (struct gl_geometry_program *)linked_prog);

-            ok = ctx->Driver.ProgramStringNotify(ctx, GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV,

-                                                 linked_prog);

-            break;

-         }

-         if (!ok) {

-            return GL_FALSE;

-         }

-      }

-

-      _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &linked_prog, NULL);

-   }

-

-   return GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Compile a GLSL shader.  Called via glCompileShader().

- */

-void

-_mesa_glsl_compile_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader)

-{

-   struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state =

-      new(shader) _mesa_glsl_parse_state(ctx, shader->Type, shader);

-

-   const char *source = shader->Source;

-   /* Check if the user called glCompileShader without first calling

-    * glShaderSource.  This should fail to compile, but not raise a GL_ERROR.

-    */

-   if (source == NULL) {

-      shader->CompileStatus = GL_FALSE;

-      return;

-   }

-

-   state->error = preprocess(state, &source, &state->info_log,

-			     &ctx->Extensions, ctx->API);

-

-   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {

-      printf("GLSL source for %s shader %d:\n",

-	     _mesa_glsl_shader_target_name(state->target), shader->Name);

-      printf("%s\n", shader->Source);

-   }

-

-   if (!state->error) {

-     _mesa_glsl_lexer_ctor(state, source);

-     _mesa_glsl_parse(state);

-     _mesa_glsl_lexer_dtor(state);

-   }

-

-   ralloc_free(shader->ir);

-   shader->ir = new(shader) exec_list;

-   if (!state->error && !state->translation_unit.is_empty())

-      _mesa_ast_to_hir(shader->ir, state);

-

-   if (!state->error && !shader->ir->is_empty()) {

-      validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);

-

-      /* Do some optimization at compile time to reduce shader IR size

-       * and reduce later work if the same shader is linked multiple times

-       */

-      while (do_common_optimization(shader->ir, false, 32))

-	 ;

-

-      validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);

-   }

-

-   shader->symbols = state->symbols;

-

-   shader->CompileStatus = !state->error;

-   shader->InfoLog = state->info_log;

-   shader->Version = state->language_version;

-   memcpy(shader->builtins_to_link, state->builtins_to_link,

-	  sizeof(shader->builtins_to_link[0]) * state->num_builtins_to_link);

-   shader->num_builtins_to_link = state->num_builtins_to_link;

-

-   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_LOG) {

-      _mesa_write_shader_to_file(shader);

-   }

-

-   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {

-      if (shader->CompileStatus) {

-	 printf("GLSL IR for shader %d:\n", shader->Name);

-	 _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, NULL);

-	 printf("\n\n");

-      } else {

-	 printf("GLSL shader %d failed to compile.\n", shader->Name);

-      }

-      if (shader->InfoLog && shader->InfoLog[0] != 0) {

-	 printf("GLSL shader %d info log:\n", shader->Name);

-	 printf("%s\n", shader->InfoLog);

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* Retain any live IR, but trash the rest. */

-   reparent_ir(shader->ir, shader->ir);

-

-   ralloc_free(state);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Link a GLSL shader program.  Called via glLinkProgram().

- */

-void

-_mesa_glsl_link_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog)

-{

-   unsigned int i;

-

-   _mesa_clear_shader_program_data(ctx, prog);

-

-   prog->LinkStatus = GL_TRUE;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumShaders; i++) {

-      if (!prog->Shaders[i]->CompileStatus) {

-	 linker_error(prog, "linking with uncompiled shader");

-	 prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE;

-      }

-   }

-

-   prog->Varying = _mesa_new_parameter_list();

-   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &prog->VertexProgram, NULL);

-   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &prog->FragmentProgram, NULL);

-   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &prog->GeometryProgram, NULL);

-

-   if (prog->LinkStatus) {

-      link_shaders(ctx, prog);

-   }

-

-   if (prog->LinkStatus) {

-      if (!ctx->Driver.LinkShader(ctx, prog)) {

-	 prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE;

-      }

-   }

-

-   set_uniform_initializers(ctx, prog);

-

-   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {

-      if (!prog->LinkStatus) {

-	 printf("GLSL shader program %d failed to link\n", prog->Name);

-      }

-

-      if (prog->InfoLog && prog->InfoLog[0] != 0) {

-	 printf("GLSL shader program %d info log:\n", prog->Name);

-	 printf("%s\n", prog->InfoLog);

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-} /* extern "C" */

+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2008  VMware, Inc.   All Rights Reserved.
+ * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file ir_to_mesa.cpp
+ *
+ * Translate GLSL IR to Mesa's gl_program representation.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "main/compiler.h"
+#include "ir.h"
+#include "ir_visitor.h"
+#include "ir_print_visitor.h"
+#include "ir_expression_flattening.h"
+#include "glsl_types.h"
+#include "glsl_parser_extras.h"
+#include "../glsl/program.h"
+#include "ir_optimization.h"
+#include "ast.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "main/shaderapi.h"
+#include "main/shaderobj.h"
+#include "main/uniforms.h"
+#include "program/hash_table.h"
+#include "program/prog_instruction.h"
+#include "program/prog_optimize.h"
+#include "program/prog_print.h"
+#include "program/program.h"
+#include "program/prog_uniform.h"
+#include "program/prog_parameter.h"
+#include "program/sampler.h"
+}
+
+class src_reg;
+class dst_reg;
+
+static int swizzle_for_size(int size);
+
+/**
+ * This struct is a corresponding struct to Mesa prog_src_register, with
+ * wider fields.
+ */
+class src_reg {
+public:
+   src_reg(gl_register_file file, int index, const glsl_type *type)
+   {
+      this->file = file;
+      this->index = index;
+      if (type && (type->is_scalar() || type->is_vector() || type->is_matrix()))
+	 this->swizzle = swizzle_for_size(type->vector_elements);
+      else
+	 this->swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+      this->negate = 0;
+      this->reladdr = NULL;
+   }
+
+   src_reg()
+   {
+      this->file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+      this->index = 0;
+      this->swizzle = 0;
+      this->negate = 0;
+      this->reladdr = NULL;
+   }
+
+   explicit src_reg(dst_reg reg);
+
+   gl_register_file file; /**< PROGRAM_* from Mesa */
+   int index; /**< temporary index, VERT_ATTRIB_*, FRAG_ATTRIB_*, etc. */
+   GLuint swizzle; /**< SWIZZLE_XYZWONEZERO swizzles from Mesa. */
+   int negate; /**< NEGATE_XYZW mask from mesa */
+   /** Register index should be offset by the integer in this reg. */
+   src_reg *reladdr;
+};
+
+class dst_reg {
+public:
+   dst_reg(gl_register_file file, int writemask)
+   {
+      this->file = file;
+      this->index = 0;
+      this->writemask = writemask;
+      this->cond_mask = COND_TR;
+      this->reladdr = NULL;
+   }
+
+   dst_reg()
+   {
+      this->file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+      this->index = 0;
+      this->writemask = 0;
+      this->cond_mask = COND_TR;
+      this->reladdr = NULL;
+   }
+
+   explicit dst_reg(src_reg reg);
+
+   gl_register_file file; /**< PROGRAM_* from Mesa */
+   int index; /**< temporary index, VERT_ATTRIB_*, FRAG_ATTRIB_*, etc. */
+   int writemask; /**< Bitfield of WRITEMASK_[XYZW] */
+   GLuint cond_mask:4;
+   /** Register index should be offset by the integer in this reg. */
+   src_reg *reladdr;
+};
+
+src_reg::src_reg(dst_reg reg)
+{
+   this->file = reg.file;
+   this->index = reg.index;
+   this->swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+   this->negate = 0;
+   this->reladdr = reg.reladdr;
+}
+
+dst_reg::dst_reg(src_reg reg)
+{
+   this->file = reg.file;
+   this->index = reg.index;
+   this->writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   this->cond_mask = COND_TR;
+   this->reladdr = reg.reladdr;
+}
+
+class ir_to_mesa_instruction : public exec_node {
+public:
+   /* Callers of this ralloc-based new need not call delete. It's
+    * easier to just ralloc_free 'ctx' (or any of its ancestors). */
+   static void* operator new(size_t size, void *ctx)
+   {
+      void *node;
+
+      node = rzalloc_size(ctx, size);
+      assert(node != NULL);
+
+      return node;
+   }
+
+   enum prog_opcode op;
+   dst_reg dst;
+   src_reg src[3];
+   /** Pointer to the ir source this tree came from for debugging */
+   ir_instruction *ir;
+   GLboolean cond_update;
+   bool saturate;
+   int sampler; /**< sampler index */
+   int tex_target; /**< One of TEXTURE_*_INDEX */
+   GLboolean tex_shadow;
+
+   class function_entry *function; /* Set on OPCODE_CAL or OPCODE_BGNSUB */
+};
+
+class variable_storage : public exec_node {
+public:
+   variable_storage(ir_variable *var, gl_register_file file, int index)
+      : file(file), index(index), var(var)
+   {
+      /* empty */
+   }
+
+   gl_register_file file;
+   int index;
+   ir_variable *var; /* variable that maps to this, if any */
+};
+
+class function_entry : public exec_node {
+public:
+   ir_function_signature *sig;
+
+   /**
+    * identifier of this function signature used by the program.
+    *
+    * At the point that Mesa instructions for function calls are
+    * generated, we don't know the address of the first instruction of
+    * the function body.  So we make the BranchTarget that is called a
+    * small integer and rewrite them during set_branchtargets().
+    */
+   int sig_id;
+
+   /**
+    * Pointer to first instruction of the function body.
+    *
+    * Set during function body emits after main() is processed.
+    */
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *bgn_inst;
+
+   /**
+    * Index of the first instruction of the function body in actual
+    * Mesa IR.
+    *
+    * Set after convertion from ir_to_mesa_instruction to prog_instruction.
+    */
+   int inst;
+
+   /** Storage for the return value. */
+   src_reg return_reg;
+};
+
+class ir_to_mesa_visitor : public ir_visitor {
+public:
+   ir_to_mesa_visitor();
+   ~ir_to_mesa_visitor();
+
+   function_entry *current_function;
+
+   struct gl_context *ctx;
+   struct gl_program *prog;
+   struct gl_shader_program *shader_program;
+   struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options;
+
+   int next_temp;
+
+   variable_storage *find_variable_storage(ir_variable *var);
+
+   function_entry *get_function_signature(ir_function_signature *sig);
+
+   src_reg get_temp(const glsl_type *type);
+   void reladdr_to_temp(ir_instruction *ir, src_reg *reg, int *num_reladdr);
+
+   src_reg src_reg_for_float(float val);
+
+   /**
+    * \name Visit methods
+    *
+    * As typical for the visitor pattern, there must be one \c visit method for
+    * each concrete subclass of \c ir_instruction.  Virtual base classes within
+    * the hierarchy should not have \c visit methods.
+    */
+   /*@{*/
+   virtual void visit(ir_variable *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_loop *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_loop_jump *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_function_signature *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_function *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_expression *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_swizzle *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_dereference_variable  *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_dereference_array *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_dereference_record *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_assignment *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_constant *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_call *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_return *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_discard *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_texture *);
+   virtual void visit(ir_if *);
+   /*@}*/
+
+   src_reg result;
+
+   /** List of variable_storage */
+   exec_list variables;
+
+   /** List of function_entry */
+   exec_list function_signatures;
+   int next_signature_id;
+
+   /** List of ir_to_mesa_instruction */
+   exec_list instructions;
+
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op);
+
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			        dst_reg dst, src_reg src0);
+
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			        dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1);
+
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			        dst_reg dst,
+			        src_reg src0, src_reg src1, src_reg src2);
+
+   /**
+    * Emit the correct dot-product instruction for the type of arguments
+    */
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction * emit_dp(ir_instruction *ir,
+				    dst_reg dst,
+				    src_reg src0,
+				    src_reg src1,
+				    unsigned elements);
+
+   void emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+		    dst_reg dst, src_reg src0);
+
+   void emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+		    dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1);
+
+   void emit_scs(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+		 dst_reg dst, const src_reg &src);
+
+   bool try_emit_mad(ir_expression *ir,
+			  int mul_operand);
+   bool try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir_expression *ir,
+				 int mul_operand);
+   bool try_emit_sat(ir_expression *ir);
+
+   void emit_swz(ir_expression *ir);
+
+   bool process_move_condition(ir_rvalue *ir);
+
+   void copy_propagate(void);
+
+   void *mem_ctx;
+};
+
+src_reg undef_src = src_reg(PROGRAM_UNDEFINED, 0, NULL);
+
+dst_reg undef_dst = dst_reg(PROGRAM_UNDEFINED, SWIZZLE_NOOP);
+
+dst_reg address_reg = dst_reg(PROGRAM_ADDRESS, WRITEMASK_X);
+
+static int
+swizzle_for_size(int size)
+{
+   int size_swizzles[4] = {
+      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X),
+      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y),
+      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z),
+      MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_W),
+   };
+
+   assert((size >= 1) && (size <= 4));
+   return size_swizzles[size - 1];
+}
+
+ir_to_mesa_instruction *
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			 dst_reg dst,
+			 src_reg src0, src_reg src1, src_reg src2)
+{
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = new(mem_ctx) ir_to_mesa_instruction();
+   int num_reladdr = 0;
+
+   /* If we have to do relative addressing, we want to load the ARL
+    * reg directly for one of the regs, and preload the other reladdr
+    * sources into temps.
+    */
+   num_reladdr += dst.reladdr != NULL;
+   num_reladdr += src0.reladdr != NULL;
+   num_reladdr += src1.reladdr != NULL;
+   num_reladdr += src2.reladdr != NULL;
+
+   reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src2, &num_reladdr);
+   reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src1, &num_reladdr);
+   reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src0, &num_reladdr);
+
+   if (dst.reladdr) {
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_ARL, address_reg, *dst.reladdr);
+      num_reladdr--;
+   }
+   assert(num_reladdr == 0);
+
+   inst->op = op;
+   inst->dst = dst;
+   inst->src[0] = src0;
+   inst->src[1] = src1;
+   inst->src[2] = src2;
+   inst->ir = ir;
+
+   inst->function = NULL;
+
+   this->instructions.push_tail(inst);
+
+   return inst;
+}
+
+
+ir_to_mesa_instruction *
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			 dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1)
+{
+   return emit(ir, op, dst, src0, src1, undef_src);
+}
+
+ir_to_mesa_instruction *
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			 dst_reg dst, src_reg src0)
+{
+   assert(dst.writemask != 0);
+   return emit(ir, op, dst, src0, undef_src, undef_src);
+}
+
+ir_to_mesa_instruction *
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op)
+{
+   return emit(ir, op, undef_dst, undef_src, undef_src, undef_src);
+}
+
+ir_to_mesa_instruction *
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_dp(ir_instruction *ir,
+			    dst_reg dst, src_reg src0, src_reg src1,
+			    unsigned elements)
+{
+   static const gl_inst_opcode dot_opcodes[] = {
+      OPCODE_DP2, OPCODE_DP3, OPCODE_DP4
+   };
+
+   return emit(ir, dot_opcodes[elements - 2], dst, src0, src1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Emits Mesa scalar opcodes to produce unique answers across channels.
+ *
+ * Some Mesa opcodes are scalar-only, like ARB_fp/vp.  The src X
+ * channel determines the result across all channels.  So to do a vec4
+ * of this operation, we want to emit a scalar per source channel used
+ * to produce dest channels.
+ */
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			        dst_reg dst,
+				src_reg orig_src0, src_reg orig_src1)
+{
+   int i, j;
+   int done_mask = ~dst.writemask;
+
+   /* Mesa RCP is a scalar operation splatting results to all channels,
+    * like ARB_fp/vp.  So emit as many RCPs as necessary to cover our
+    * dst channels.
+    */
+   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      GLuint this_mask = (1 << i);
+      ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst;
+      src_reg src0 = orig_src0;
+      src_reg src1 = orig_src1;
+
+      if (done_mask & this_mask)
+	 continue;
+
+      GLuint src0_swiz = GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, i);
+      GLuint src1_swiz = GET_SWZ(src1.swizzle, i);
+      for (j = i + 1; j < 4; j++) {
+	 /* If there is another enabled component in the destination that is
+	  * derived from the same inputs, generate its value on this pass as
+	  * well.
+	  */
+	 if (!(done_mask & (1 << j)) &&
+	     GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, j) == src0_swiz &&
+	     GET_SWZ(src1.swizzle, j) == src1_swiz) {
+	    this_mask |= (1 << j);
+	 }
+      }
+      src0.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src0_swiz, src0_swiz,
+				   src0_swiz, src0_swiz);
+      src1.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src1_swiz, src1_swiz,
+				  src1_swiz, src1_swiz);
+
+      inst = emit(ir, op, dst, src0, src1);
+      inst->dst.writemask = this_mask;
+      done_mask |= this_mask;
+   }
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			        dst_reg dst, src_reg src0)
+{
+   src_reg undef = undef_src;
+
+   undef.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+
+   emit_scalar(ir, op, dst, src0, undef);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Emit an OPCODE_SCS instruction
+ *
+ * The \c SCS opcode functions a bit differently than the other Mesa (or
+ * ARB_fragment_program) opcodes.  Instead of splatting its result across all
+ * four components of the destination, it writes one value to the \c x
+ * component and another value to the \c y component.
+ *
+ * \param ir        IR instruction being processed
+ * \param op        Either \c OPCODE_SIN or \c OPCODE_COS depending on which
+ *                  value is desired.
+ * \param dst       Destination register
+ * \param src       Source register
+ */
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_scs(ir_instruction *ir, enum prog_opcode op,
+			     dst_reg dst,
+			     const src_reg &src)
+{
+   /* Vertex programs cannot use the SCS opcode.
+    */
+   if (this->prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+      emit_scalar(ir, op, dst, src);
+      return;
+   }
+
+   const unsigned component = (op == OPCODE_SIN) ? 0 : 1;
+   const unsigned scs_mask = (1U << component);
+   int done_mask = ~dst.writemask;
+   src_reg tmp;
+
+   assert(op == OPCODE_SIN || op == OPCODE_COS);
+
+   /* If there are compnents in the destination that differ from the component
+    * that will be written by the SCS instrution, we'll need a temporary.
+    */
+   if (scs_mask != unsigned(dst.writemask)) {
+      tmp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
+   }
+
+   for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      unsigned this_mask = (1U << i);
+      src_reg src0 = src;
+
+      if ((done_mask & this_mask) != 0)
+	 continue;
+
+      /* The source swizzle specified which component of the source generates
+       * sine / cosine for the current component in the destination.  The SCS
+       * instruction requires that this value be swizzle to the X component.
+       * Replace the current swizzle with a swizzle that puts the source in
+       * the X component.
+       */
+      unsigned src0_swiz = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, i);
+
+      src0.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src0_swiz, src0_swiz,
+				   src0_swiz, src0_swiz);
+      for (unsigned j = i + 1; j < 4; j++) {
+	 /* If there is another enabled component in the destination that is
+	  * derived from the same inputs, generate its value on this pass as
+	  * well.
+	  */
+	 if (!(done_mask & (1 << j)) &&
+	     GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, j) == src0_swiz) {
+	    this_mask |= (1 << j);
+	 }
+      }
+
+      if (this_mask != scs_mask) {
+	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst;
+	 dst_reg tmp_dst = dst_reg(tmp);
+
+	 /* Emit the SCS instruction.
+	  */
+	 inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_SCS, tmp_dst, src0);
+	 inst->dst.writemask = scs_mask;
+
+	 /* Move the result of the SCS instruction to the desired location in
+	  * the destination.
+	  */
+	 tmp.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(component, component,
+				     component, component);
+	 inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_SCS, dst, tmp);
+	 inst->dst.writemask = this_mask;
+      } else {
+	 /* Emit the SCS instruction to write directly to the destination.
+	  */
+	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_SCS, dst, src0);
+	 inst->dst.writemask = scs_mask;
+      }
+
+      done_mask |= this_mask;
+   }
+}
+
+src_reg
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::src_reg_for_float(float val)
+{
+   src_reg src(PROGRAM_CONSTANT, -1, NULL);
+
+   src.index = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(this->prog->Parameters,
+					  (const gl_constant_value *)&val, 1, &src.swizzle);
+
+   return src;
+}
+
+static int
+type_size(const struct glsl_type *type)
+{
+   unsigned int i;
+   int size;
+
+   switch (type->base_type) {
+   case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
+   case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
+   case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
+   case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
+      if (type->is_matrix()) {
+	 return type->matrix_columns;
+      } else {
+	 /* Regardless of size of vector, it gets a vec4. This is bad
+	  * packing for things like floats, but otherwise arrays become a
+	  * mess.  Hopefully a later pass over the code can pack scalars
+	  * down if appropriate.
+	  */
+	 return 1;
+      }
+   case GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY:
+      assert(type->length > 0);
+      return type_size(type->fields.array) * type->length;
+   case GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT:
+      size = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
+	 size += type_size(type->fields.structure[i].type);
+      }
+      return size;
+   case GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER:
+      /* Samplers take up one slot in UNIFORMS[], but they're baked in
+       * at link time.
+       */
+      return 1;
+   default:
+      assert(0);
+      return 0;
+   }
+}
+
+/**
+ * In the initial pass of codegen, we assign temporary numbers to
+ * intermediate results.  (not SSA -- variable assignments will reuse
+ * storage).  Actual register allocation for the Mesa VM occurs in a
+ * pass over the Mesa IR later.
+ */
+src_reg
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::get_temp(const glsl_type *type)
+{
+   src_reg src;
+
+   src.file = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+   src.index = next_temp;
+   src.reladdr = NULL;
+   next_temp += type_size(type);
+
+   if (type->is_array() || type->is_record()) {
+      src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   } else {
+      src.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(type->vector_elements);
+   }
+   src.negate = 0;
+
+   return src;
+}
+
+variable_storage *
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::find_variable_storage(ir_variable *var)
+{
+   
+   variable_storage *entry;
+
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->variables) {
+      entry = (variable_storage *)iter.get();
+
+      if (entry->var == var)
+	 return entry;
+   }
+
+   return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_variable *ir)
+{
+   if (strcmp(ir->name, "gl_FragCoord") == 0) {
+      struct gl_fragment_program *fp = (struct gl_fragment_program *)this->prog;
+
+      fp->OriginUpperLeft = ir->origin_upper_left;
+      fp->PixelCenterInteger = ir->pixel_center_integer;
+
+   } else if (strcmp(ir->name, "gl_FragDepth") == 0) {
+      struct gl_fragment_program *fp = (struct gl_fragment_program *)this->prog;
+      switch (ir->depth_layout) {
+      case ir_depth_layout_none:
+	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_NONE;
+	 break;
+      case ir_depth_layout_any:
+	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_ANY;
+	 break;
+      case ir_depth_layout_greater:
+	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_GREATER;
+	 break;
+      case ir_depth_layout_less:
+	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_LESS;
+	 break;
+      case ir_depth_layout_unchanged:
+	 fp->FragDepthLayout = FRAG_DEPTH_LAYOUT_UNCHANGED;
+	 break;
+      default:
+	 assert(0);
+	 break;
+      }
+   }
+
+   if (ir->mode == ir_var_uniform && strncmp(ir->name, "gl_", 3) == 0) {
+      unsigned int i;
+      const ir_state_slot *const slots = ir->state_slots;
+      assert(ir->state_slots != NULL);
+
+      /* Check if this statevar's setup in the STATE file exactly
+       * matches how we'll want to reference it as a
+       * struct/array/whatever.  If not, then we need to move it into
+       * temporary storage and hope that it'll get copy-propagated
+       * out.
+       */
+      for (i = 0; i < ir->num_state_slots; i++) {
+	 if (slots[i].swizzle != SWIZZLE_XYZW) {
+	    break;
+	 }
+      }
+
+      variable_storage *storage;
+      dst_reg dst;
+      if (i == ir->num_state_slots) {
+	 /* We'll set the index later. */
+	 storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(ir, PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, -1);
+	 this->variables.push_tail(storage);
+
+	 dst = undef_dst;
+      } else {
+	 /* The variable_storage constructor allocates slots based on the size
+	  * of the type.  However, this had better match the number of state
+	  * elements that we're going to copy into the new temporary.
+	  */
+	 assert((int) ir->num_state_slots == type_size(ir->type));
+
+	 storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(ir, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,
+						 this->next_temp);
+	 this->variables.push_tail(storage);
+	 this->next_temp += type_size(ir->type);
+
+	 dst = dst_reg(src_reg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, storage->index, NULL));
+      }
+
+
+      for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ir->num_state_slots; i++) {
+	 int index = _mesa_add_state_reference(this->prog->Parameters,
+					       (gl_state_index *)slots[i].tokens);
+
+	 if (storage->file == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {
+	    if (storage->index == -1) {
+	       storage->index = index;
+	    } else {
+	       assert(index == storage->index + (int)i);
+	    }
+	 } else {
+	    src_reg src(PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, index, NULL);
+	    src.swizzle = slots[i].swizzle;
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, dst, src);
+	    /* even a float takes up a whole vec4 reg in a struct/array. */
+	    dst.index++;
+	 }
+      }
+
+      if (storage->file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
+	  dst.index != storage->index + (int) ir->num_state_slots) {
+	 linker_error(this->shader_program,
+		      "failed to load builtin uniform `%s' "
+		      "(%d/%d regs loaded)\n",
+		      ir->name, dst.index - storage->index,
+		      type_size(ir->type));
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_loop *ir)
+{
+   ir_dereference_variable *counter = NULL;
+
+   if (ir->counter != NULL)
+      counter = new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(ir->counter);
+
+   if (ir->from != NULL) {
+      assert(ir->counter != NULL);
+
+      ir_assignment *a =
+	new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(counter, ir->from, NULL);
+
+      a->accept(this);
+   }
+
+   emit(NULL, OPCODE_BGNLOOP);
+
+   if (ir->to) {
+      ir_expression *e =
+	 new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir->cmp, glsl_type::bool_type,
+					  counter, ir->to);
+      ir_if *if_stmt =  new(mem_ctx) ir_if(e);
+
+      ir_loop_jump *brk =
+	new(mem_ctx) ir_loop_jump(ir_loop_jump::jump_break);
+
+      if_stmt->then_instructions.push_tail(brk);
+
+      if_stmt->accept(this);
+   }
+
+   visit_exec_list(&ir->body_instructions, this);
+
+   if (ir->increment) {
+      ir_expression *e =
+	 new(mem_ctx) ir_expression(ir_binop_add, counter->type,
+					  counter, ir->increment);
+
+      ir_assignment *a =
+	new(mem_ctx) ir_assignment(counter, e, NULL);
+
+      a->accept(this);
+   }
+
+   emit(NULL, OPCODE_ENDLOOP);
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_loop_jump *ir)
+{
+   switch (ir->mode) {
+   case ir_loop_jump::jump_break:
+      emit(NULL, OPCODE_BRK);
+      break;
+   case ir_loop_jump::jump_continue:
+      emit(NULL, OPCODE_CONT);
+      break;
+   }
+}
+
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_function_signature *ir)
+{
+   assert(0);
+   (void)ir;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_function *ir)
+{
+   /* Ignore function bodies other than main() -- we shouldn't see calls to
+    * them since they should all be inlined before we get to ir_to_mesa.
+    */
+   if (strcmp(ir->name, "main") == 0) {
+      const ir_function_signature *sig;
+      exec_list empty;
+
+      sig = ir->matching_signature(&empty);
+
+      assert(sig);
+
+      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, sig->body) {
+	 ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
+
+	 ir->accept(this);
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+bool
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::try_emit_mad(ir_expression *ir, int mul_operand)
+{
+   int nonmul_operand = 1 - mul_operand;
+   src_reg a, b, c;
+
+   ir_expression *expr = ir->operands[mul_operand]->as_expression();
+   if (!expr || expr->operation != ir_binop_mul)
+      return false;
+
+   expr->operands[0]->accept(this);
+   a = this->result;
+   expr->operands[1]->accept(this);
+   b = this->result;
+   ir->operands[nonmul_operand]->accept(this);
+   c = this->result;
+
+   this->result = get_temp(ir->type);
+   emit(ir, OPCODE_MAD, dst_reg(this->result), a, b, c);
+
+   return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Emit OPCODE_MAD(a, -b, a) instead of AND(a, NOT(b))
+ *
+ * The logic values are 1.0 for true and 0.0 for false.  Logical-and is
+ * implemented using multiplication, and logical-or is implemented using
+ * addition.  Logical-not can be implemented as (true - x), or (1.0 - x).
+ * As result, the logical expression (a & !b) can be rewritten as:
+ *
+ *     - a * !b
+ *     - a * (1 - b)
+ *     - (a * 1) - (a * b)
+ *     - a + -(a * b)
+ *     - a + (a * -b)
+ *
+ * This final expression can be implemented as a single MAD(a, -b, a)
+ * instruction.
+ */
+bool
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir_expression *ir, int try_operand)
+{
+   const int other_operand = 1 - try_operand;
+   src_reg a, b;
+
+   ir_expression *expr = ir->operands[try_operand]->as_expression();
+   if (!expr || expr->operation != ir_unop_logic_not)
+      return false;
+
+   ir->operands[other_operand]->accept(this);
+   a = this->result;
+   expr->operands[0]->accept(this);
+   b = this->result;
+
+   b.negate = ~b.negate;
+
+   this->result = get_temp(ir->type);
+   emit(ir, OPCODE_MAD, dst_reg(this->result), a, b, a);
+
+   return true;
+}
+
+bool
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::try_emit_sat(ir_expression *ir)
+{
+   /* Saturates were only introduced to vertex programs in
+    * NV_vertex_program3, so don't give them to drivers in the VP.
+    */
+   if (this->prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)
+      return false;
+
+   ir_rvalue *sat_src = ir->as_rvalue_to_saturate();
+   if (!sat_src)
+      return false;
+
+   sat_src->accept(this);
+   src_reg src = this->result;
+
+   /* If we generated an expression instruction into a temporary in
+    * processing the saturate's operand, apply the saturate to that
+    * instruction.  Otherwise, generate a MOV to do the saturate.
+    *
+    * Note that we have to be careful to only do this optimization if
+    * the instruction in question was what generated src->result.  For
+    * example, ir_dereference_array might generate a MUL instruction
+    * to create the reladdr, and return us a src reg using that
+    * reladdr.  That MUL result is not the value we're trying to
+    * saturate.
+    */
+   ir_expression *sat_src_expr = sat_src->as_expression();
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *new_inst;
+   new_inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail();
+   if (sat_src_expr && (sat_src_expr->operation == ir_binop_mul ||
+			sat_src_expr->operation == ir_binop_add ||
+			sat_src_expr->operation == ir_binop_dot)) {
+      new_inst->saturate = true;
+   } else {
+      this->result = get_temp(ir->type);
+      ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst;
+      inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, dst_reg(this->result), src);
+      inst->saturate = true;
+   }
+
+   return true;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::reladdr_to_temp(ir_instruction *ir,
+				    src_reg *reg, int *num_reladdr)
+{
+   if (!reg->reladdr)
+      return;
+
+   emit(ir, OPCODE_ARL, address_reg, *reg->reladdr);
+
+   if (*num_reladdr != 1) {
+      src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
+
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, dst_reg(temp), *reg);
+      *reg = temp;
+   }
+
+   (*num_reladdr)--;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::emit_swz(ir_expression *ir)
+{
+   /* Assume that the vector operator is in a form compatible with OPCODE_SWZ.
+    * This means that each of the operands is either an immediate value of -1,
+    * 0, or 1, or is a component from one source register (possibly with
+    * negation).
+    */
+   uint8_t components[4] = { 0 };
+   bool negate[4] = { false };
+   ir_variable *var = NULL;
+
+   for (unsigned i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
+      ir_rvalue *op = ir->operands[i];
+
+      assert(op->type->is_scalar());
+
+      while (op != NULL) {
+	 switch (op->ir_type) {
+	 case ir_type_constant: {
+
+	    assert(op->type->is_scalar());
+
+	    const ir_constant *const c = op->as_constant();
+	    if (c->is_one()) {
+	       components[i] = SWIZZLE_ONE;
+	    } else if (c->is_zero()) {
+	       components[i] = SWIZZLE_ZERO;
+	    } else if (c->is_negative_one()) {
+	       components[i] = SWIZZLE_ONE;
+	       negate[i] = true;
+	    } else {
+	       assert(!"SWZ constant must be 0.0 or 1.0.");
+	    }
+
+	    op = NULL;
+	    break;
+	 }
+
+	 case ir_type_dereference_variable: {
+	    ir_dereference_variable *const deref =
+	       (ir_dereference_variable *) op;
+
+	    assert((var == NULL) || (deref->var == var));
+	    components[i] = SWIZZLE_X;
+	    var = deref->var;
+	    op = NULL;
+	    break;
+	 }
+
+	 case ir_type_expression: {
+	    ir_expression *const expr = (ir_expression *) op;
+
+	    assert(expr->operation == ir_unop_neg);
+	    negate[i] = true;
+
+	    op = expr->operands[0];
+	    break;
+	 }
+
+	 case ir_type_swizzle: {
+	    ir_swizzle *const swiz = (ir_swizzle *) op;
+
+	    components[i] = swiz->mask.x;
+	    op = swiz->val;
+	    break;
+	 }
+
+	 default:
+	    assert(!"Should not get here.");
+	    return;
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   assert(var != NULL);
+
+   ir_dereference_variable *const deref =
+      new(mem_ctx) ir_dereference_variable(var);
+
+   this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+   deref->accept(this);
+   if (this->result.file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
+      ir_print_visitor v;
+      printf("Failed to get tree for expression operand:\n");
+      deref->accept(&v);
+      exit(1);
+   }
+
+   src_reg src;
+
+   src = this->result;
+   src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(components[0],
+			       components[1],
+			       components[2],
+			       components[3]);
+   src.negate = ((unsigned(negate[0]) << 0)
+		 | (unsigned(negate[1]) << 1)
+		 | (unsigned(negate[2]) << 2)
+		 | (unsigned(negate[3]) << 3));
+
+   /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using the
+    * actual storage for the result here, instead.
+    */
+   const src_reg result_src = get_temp(ir->type);
+   dst_reg result_dst = dst_reg(result_src);
+
+   /* Limit writes to the channels that will be used by result_src later.
+    * This does limit this temp's use as a temporary for multi-instruction
+    * sequences.
+    */
+   result_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->type->vector_elements) - 1;
+
+   emit(ir, OPCODE_SWZ, result_dst, src);
+   this->result = result_src;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_expression *ir)
+{
+   unsigned int operand;
+   src_reg op[Elements(ir->operands)];
+   src_reg result_src;
+   dst_reg result_dst;
+
+   /* Quick peephole: Emit OPCODE_MAD(a, b, c) instead of ADD(MUL(a, b), c)
+    */
+   if (ir->operation == ir_binop_add) {
+      if (try_emit_mad(ir, 1))
+	 return;
+      if (try_emit_mad(ir, 0))
+	 return;
+   }
+
+   /* Quick peephole: Emit OPCODE_MAD(-a, -b, a) instead of AND(a, NOT(b))
+    */
+   if (ir->operation == ir_binop_logic_and) {
+      if (try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir, 1))
+	 return;
+      if (try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir, 0))
+	 return;
+   }
+
+   if (try_emit_sat(ir))
+      return;
+
+   if (ir->operation == ir_quadop_vector) {
+      this->emit_swz(ir);
+      return;
+   }
+
+   for (operand = 0; operand < ir->get_num_operands(); operand++) {
+      this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+      ir->operands[operand]->accept(this);
+      if (this->result.file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
+	 ir_print_visitor v;
+	 printf("Failed to get tree for expression operand:\n");
+	 ir->operands[operand]->accept(&v);
+	 exit(1);
+      }
+      op[operand] = this->result;
+
+      /* Matrix expression operands should have been broken down to vector
+       * operations already.
+       */
+      assert(!ir->operands[operand]->type->is_matrix());
+   }
+
+   int vector_elements = ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements;
+   if (ir->operands[1]) {
+      vector_elements = MAX2(vector_elements,
+			     ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements);
+   }
+
+   this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+
+   /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using
+    * the actual storage for the result here, instead.
+    */
+   result_src = get_temp(ir->type);
+   /* convenience for the emit functions below. */
+   result_dst = dst_reg(result_src);
+   /* Limit writes to the channels that will be used by result_src later.
+    * This does limit this temp's use as a temporary for multi-instruction
+    * sequences.
+    */
+   result_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->type->vector_elements) - 1;
+
+   switch (ir->operation) {
+   case ir_unop_logic_not:
+      /* Previously 'SEQ dst, src, 0.0' was used for this.  However, many
+       * older GPUs implement SEQ using multiple instructions (i915 uses two
+       * SGE instructions and a MUL instruction).  Since our logic values are
+       * 0.0 and 1.0, 1-x also implements !x.
+       */
+      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], src_reg_for_float(1.0));
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_neg:
+      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;
+      result_src = op[0];
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_abs:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_ABS, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_sign:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SSG, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_rcp:
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_RCP, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_unop_exp2:
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_EX2, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_exp:
+   case ir_unop_log:
+      assert(!"not reached: should be handled by ir_explog_to_explog2");
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_log2:
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_LG2, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_sin:
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_SIN, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_cos:
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_COS, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_sin_reduced:
+      emit_scs(ir, OPCODE_SIN, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_cos_reduced:
+      emit_scs(ir, OPCODE_COS, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_unop_dFdx:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_DDX, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_dFdy:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_DDY, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_unop_noise: {
+      const enum prog_opcode opcode =
+	 prog_opcode(OPCODE_NOISE1
+		     + (ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements) - 1);
+      assert((opcode >= OPCODE_NOISE1) && (opcode <= OPCODE_NOISE4));
+
+      emit(ir, opcode, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   }
+
+   case ir_binop_add:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_sub:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SUB, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_binop_mul:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_div:
+      assert(!"not reached: should be handled by ir_div_to_mul_rcp");
+   case ir_binop_mod:
+      assert(!"ir_binop_mod should have been converted to b * fract(a/b)");
+      break;
+
+   case ir_binop_less:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_greater:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SGT, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_lequal:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SLE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_gequal:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SGE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_equal:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SEQ, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_nequal:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_all_equal:
+      /* "==" operator producing a scalar boolean. */
+      if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() ||
+	  ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {
+	 src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, dst_reg(temp), op[0], op[1]);
+
+	 /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the
+	  * range [0,4].  Zero becomes 1.0, and positive values become zero.
+	  */
+	 emit_dp(ir, result_dst, temp, temp, vector_elements);
+
+	 /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the range
+	  * [-4, 0].  Zero becomes 1.0, and negative values become zero.  This
+	  * achieved using SGE.
+	  */
+	 src_reg sge_src = result_src;
+	 sge_src.negate = ~sge_src.negate;
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SGE, result_dst, sge_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));
+      } else {
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SEQ, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      }
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_any_nequal:
+      /* "!=" operator producing a scalar boolean. */
+      if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() ||
+	  ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {
+	 src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, dst_reg(temp), op[0], op[1]);
+
+	 /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the
+	  * range [0,4].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.
+	  */
+	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *const dp =
+	    emit_dp(ir, result_dst, temp, temp, vector_elements);
+	 if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+	    /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment
+	     * shader with a saturate.
+	     */
+	    dp->saturate = true;
+	 } else {
+	    /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the range
+	     * [-4, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become 1.0.  This
+	     * achieved using SLT.
+	     */
+	    src_reg slt_src = result_src;
+	    slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));
+	 }
+      } else {
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case ir_unop_any: {
+      assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector());
+
+      /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the
+       * range [0,4].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.
+       */
+      ir_to_mesa_instruction *const dp =
+	 emit_dp(ir, result_dst, op[0], op[0],
+		 ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements);
+      if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+	 /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment
+	  * shader with a saturate.
+	  */
+	 dp->saturate = true;
+      } else {
+	 /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the range
+	  * [-4, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become 1.0.  This
+	  * is achieved using SLT.
+	  */
+	 src_reg slt_src = result_src;
+	 slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));
+      }
+      break;
+   }
+
+   case ir_binop_logic_xor:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_binop_logic_or: {
+      /* After the addition, the value will be an integer on the
+       * range [0,2].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.
+       */
+      ir_to_mesa_instruction *add =
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+	 /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment
+	  * shader with a saturate.
+	  */
+	 add->saturate = true;
+      } else {
+	 /* Negating the result of the addition gives values on the range
+	  * [-2, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become 1.0.  This
+	  * is achieved using SLT.
+	  */
+	 src_reg slt_src = result_src;
+	 slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));
+      }
+      break;
+   }
+
+   case ir_binop_logic_and:
+      /* the bool args are stored as float 0.0 or 1.0, so "mul" gives us "and". */
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_binop_dot:
+      assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector());
+      assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type);
+      emit_dp(ir, result_dst, op[0], op[1],
+	      ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_unop_sqrt:
+      /* sqrt(x) = x * rsq(x). */
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_RSQ, result_dst, op[0]);
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, result_src, op[0]);
+      /* For incoming channels <= 0, set the result to 0. */
+      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_CMP, result_dst,
+			  op[0], result_src, src_reg_for_float(0.0));
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_rsq:
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_RSQ, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_i2f:
+   case ir_unop_u2f:
+   case ir_unop_b2f:
+   case ir_unop_b2i:
+   case ir_unop_i2u:
+   case ir_unop_u2i:
+      /* Mesa IR lacks types, ints are stored as truncated floats. */
+      result_src = op[0];
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_f2i:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_TRUNC, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_f2b:
+   case ir_unop_i2b:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_SNE, result_dst,
+			  op[0], src_reg_for_float(0.0));
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_trunc:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_TRUNC, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_ceil:
+      op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_FLR, result_dst, op[0]);
+      result_src.negate = ~result_src.negate;
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_floor:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_FLR, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+   case ir_unop_fract:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_FRC, result_dst, op[0]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_binop_min:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MIN, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_max:
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MAX, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+   case ir_binop_pow:
+      emit_scalar(ir, OPCODE_POW, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
+      break;
+
+   case ir_unop_bit_not:
+   case ir_binop_lshift:
+   case ir_binop_rshift:
+   case ir_binop_bit_and:
+   case ir_binop_bit_xor:
+   case ir_binop_bit_or:
+   case ir_unop_round_even:
+      assert(!"GLSL 1.30 features unsupported");
+      break;
+
+   case ir_quadop_vector:
+      /* This operation should have already been handled.
+       */
+      assert(!"Should not get here.");
+      break;
+   }
+
+   this->result = result_src;
+}
+
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_swizzle *ir)
+{
+   src_reg src;
+   int i;
+   int swizzle[4];
+
+   /* Note that this is only swizzles in expressions, not those on the left
+    * hand side of an assignment, which do write masking.  See ir_assignment
+    * for that.
+    */
+
+   ir->val->accept(this);
+   src = this->result;
+   assert(src.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      if (i < ir->type->vector_elements) {
+	 switch (i) {
+	 case 0:
+	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.x);
+	    break;
+	 case 1:
+	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.y);
+	    break;
+	 case 2:
+	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.z);
+	    break;
+	 case 3:
+	    swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.w);
+	    break;
+	 }
+      } else {
+	 /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last
+	  * channel out.
+	  */
+	 swizzle[i] = swizzle[ir->type->vector_elements - 1];
+      }
+   }
+
+   src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzle[0], swizzle[1], swizzle[2], swizzle[3]);
+
+   this->result = src;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
+{
+   variable_storage *entry = find_variable_storage(ir->var);
+   ir_variable *var = ir->var;
+
+   if (!entry) {
+      switch (var->mode) {
+      case ir_var_uniform:
+	 entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var, PROGRAM_UNIFORM,
+					       var->location);
+	 this->variables.push_tail(entry);
+	 break;
+      case ir_var_in:
+      case ir_var_inout:
+	 /* The linker assigns locations for varyings and attributes,
+	  * including deprecated builtins (like gl_Color),
+	  * user-assigned generic attributes (glBindVertexLocation),
+	  * and user-defined varyings.
+	  *
+	  * FINISHME: We would hit this path for function arguments.  Fix!
+	  */
+	 assert(var->location != -1);
+         entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,
+                                               PROGRAM_INPUT,
+                                               var->location);
+         if (this->prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB &&
+             var->location >= VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0) {
+            _mesa_add_attribute(this->prog->Attributes,
+                                var->name,
+                                _mesa_sizeof_glsl_type(var->type->gl_type),
+                                var->type->gl_type,
+                                var->location - VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0);
+         }
+         break;
+      case ir_var_out:
+	 assert(var->location != -1);
+         entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,
+                                               PROGRAM_OUTPUT,
+                                               var->location);
+	 break;
+      case ir_var_system_value:
+         entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,
+                                               PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE,
+                                               var->location);
+         break;
+      case ir_var_auto:
+      case ir_var_temporary:
+	 entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,
+					       this->next_temp);
+	 this->variables.push_tail(entry);
+
+	 next_temp += type_size(var->type);
+	 break;
+      }
+
+      if (!entry) {
+	 printf("Failed to make storage for %s\n", var->name);
+	 exit(1);
+      }
+   }
+
+   this->result = src_reg(entry->file, entry->index, var->type);
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_array *ir)
+{
+   ir_constant *index;
+   src_reg src;
+   int element_size = type_size(ir->type);
+
+   index = ir->array_index->constant_expression_value();
+
+   ir->array->accept(this);
+   src = this->result;
+
+   if (index) {
+      src.index += index->value.i[0] * element_size;
+   } else {
+      /* Variable index array dereference.  It eats the "vec4" of the
+       * base of the array and an index that offsets the Mesa register
+       * index.
+       */
+      ir->array_index->accept(this);
+
+      src_reg index_reg;
+
+      if (element_size == 1) {
+	 index_reg = this->result;
+      } else {
+	 index_reg = get_temp(glsl_type::float_type);
+
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, dst_reg(index_reg),
+	      this->result, src_reg_for_float(element_size));
+      }
+
+      /* If there was already a relative address register involved, add the
+       * new and the old together to get the new offset.
+       */
+      if (src.reladdr != NULL)  {
+	 src_reg accum_reg = get_temp(glsl_type::float_type);
+
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_ADD, dst_reg(accum_reg),
+	      index_reg, *src.reladdr);
+
+	 index_reg = accum_reg;
+      }
+
+      src.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, src_reg);
+      memcpy(src.reladdr, &index_reg, sizeof(index_reg));
+   }
+
+   /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last channel out. */
+   if (ir->type->is_scalar() || ir->type->is_vector())
+      src.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(ir->type->vector_elements);
+   else
+      src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+
+   this->result = src;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_record *ir)
+{
+   unsigned int i;
+   const glsl_type *struct_type = ir->record->type;
+   int offset = 0;
+
+   ir->record->accept(this);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < struct_type->length; i++) {
+      if (strcmp(struct_type->fields.structure[i].name, ir->field) == 0)
+	 break;
+      offset += type_size(struct_type->fields.structure[i].type);
+   }
+
+   /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last channel out. */
+   if (ir->type->is_scalar() || ir->type->is_vector())
+      this->result.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(ir->type->vector_elements);
+   else
+      this->result.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+
+   this->result.index += offset;
+}
+
+/**
+ * We want to be careful in assignment setup to hit the actual storage
+ * instead of potentially using a temporary like we might with the
+ * ir_dereference handler.
+ */
+static dst_reg
+get_assignment_lhs(ir_dereference *ir, ir_to_mesa_visitor *v)
+{
+   /* The LHS must be a dereference.  If the LHS is a variable indexed array
+    * access of a vector, it must be separated into a series conditional moves
+    * before reaching this point (see ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign).
+    */
+   assert(ir->as_dereference());
+   ir_dereference_array *deref_array = ir->as_dereference_array();
+   if (deref_array) {
+      assert(!deref_array->array->type->is_vector());
+   }
+
+   /* Use the rvalue deref handler for the most part.  We'll ignore
+    * swizzles in it and write swizzles using writemask, though.
+    */
+   ir->accept(v);
+   return dst_reg(v->result);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Process the condition of a conditional assignment
+ *
+ * Examines the condition of a conditional assignment to generate the optimal
+ * first operand of a \c CMP instruction.  If the condition is a relational
+ * operator with 0 (e.g., \c ir_binop_less), the value being compared will be
+ * used as the source for the \c CMP instruction.  Otherwise the comparison
+ * is processed to a boolean result, and the boolean result is used as the
+ * operand to the CMP instruction.
+ */
+bool
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::process_move_condition(ir_rvalue *ir)
+{
+   ir_rvalue *src_ir = ir;
+   bool negate = true;
+   bool switch_order = false;
+
+   ir_expression *const expr = ir->as_expression();
+   if ((expr != NULL) && (expr->get_num_operands() == 2)) {
+      bool zero_on_left = false;
+
+      if (expr->operands[0]->is_zero()) {
+	 src_ir = expr->operands[1];
+	 zero_on_left = true;
+      } else if (expr->operands[1]->is_zero()) {
+	 src_ir = expr->operands[0];
+	 zero_on_left = false;
+      }
+
+      /*      a is -  0  +            -  0  +
+       * (a <  0)  T  F  F  ( a < 0)  T  F  F
+       * (0 <  a)  F  F  T  (-a < 0)  F  F  T
+       * (a <= 0)  T  T  F  (-a < 0)  F  F  T  (swap order of other operands)
+       * (0 <= a)  F  T  T  ( a < 0)  T  F  F  (swap order of other operands)
+       * (a >  0)  F  F  T  (-a < 0)  F  F  T
+       * (0 >  a)  T  F  F  ( a < 0)  T  F  F
+       * (a >= 0)  F  T  T  ( a < 0)  T  F  F  (swap order of other operands)
+       * (0 >= a)  T  T  F  (-a < 0)  F  F  T  (swap order of other operands)
+       *
+       * Note that exchanging the order of 0 and 'a' in the comparison simply
+       * means that the value of 'a' should be negated.
+       */
+      if (src_ir != ir) {
+	 switch (expr->operation) {
+	 case ir_binop_less:
+	    switch_order = false;
+	    negate = zero_on_left;
+	    break;
+
+	 case ir_binop_greater:
+	    switch_order = false;
+	    negate = !zero_on_left;
+	    break;
+
+	 case ir_binop_lequal:
+	    switch_order = true;
+	    negate = !zero_on_left;
+	    break;
+
+	 case ir_binop_gequal:
+	    switch_order = true;
+	    negate = zero_on_left;
+	    break;
+
+	 default:
+	    /* This isn't the right kind of comparison afterall, so make sure
+	     * the whole condition is visited.
+	     */
+	    src_ir = ir;
+	    break;
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   src_ir->accept(this);
+
+   /* We use the OPCODE_CMP (a < 0 ? b : c) for conditional moves, and the
+    * condition we produced is 0.0 or 1.0.  By flipping the sign, we can
+    * choose which value OPCODE_CMP produces without an extra instruction
+    * computing the condition.
+    */
+   if (negate)
+      this->result.negate = ~this->result.negate;
+
+   return switch_order;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_assignment *ir)
+{
+   dst_reg l;
+   src_reg r;
+   int i;
+
+   ir->rhs->accept(this);
+   r = this->result;
+
+   l = get_assignment_lhs(ir->lhs, this);
+
+   /* FINISHME: This should really set to the correct maximal writemask for each
+    * FINISHME: component written (in the loops below).  This case can only
+    * FINISHME: occur for matrices, arrays, and structures.
+    */
+   if (ir->write_mask == 0) {
+      assert(!ir->lhs->type->is_scalar() && !ir->lhs->type->is_vector());
+      l.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   } else if (ir->lhs->type->is_scalar()) {
+      /* FINISHME: This hack makes writing to gl_FragDepth, which lives in the
+       * FINISHME: W component of fragment shader output zero, work correctly.
+       */
+      l.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   } else {
+      int swizzles[4];
+      int first_enabled_chan = 0;
+      int rhs_chan = 0;
+
+      assert(ir->lhs->type->is_vector());
+      l.writemask = ir->write_mask;
+
+      for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+	 if (l.writemask & (1 << i)) {
+	    first_enabled_chan = GET_SWZ(r.swizzle, i);
+	    break;
+	 }
+      }
+
+      /* Swizzle a small RHS vector into the channels being written.
+       *
+       * glsl ir treats write_mask as dictating how many channels are
+       * present on the RHS while Mesa IR treats write_mask as just
+       * showing which channels of the vec4 RHS get written.
+       */
+      for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+	 if (l.writemask & (1 << i))
+	    swizzles[i] = GET_SWZ(r.swizzle, rhs_chan++);
+	 else
+	    swizzles[i] = first_enabled_chan;
+      }
+      r.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzles[0], swizzles[1],
+				swizzles[2], swizzles[3]);
+   }
+
+   assert(l.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
+   assert(r.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
+
+   if (ir->condition) {
+      const bool switch_order = this->process_move_condition(ir->condition);
+      src_reg condition = this->result;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < type_size(ir->lhs->type); i++) {
+	 if (switch_order) {
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_CMP, l, condition, src_reg(l), r);
+	 } else {
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_CMP, l, condition, r, src_reg(l));
+	 }
+
+	 l.index++;
+	 r.index++;
+      }
+   } else {
+      for (i = 0; i < type_size(ir->lhs->type); i++) {
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);
+	 l.index++;
+	 r.index++;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_constant *ir)
+{
+   src_reg src;
+   GLfloat stack_vals[4] = { 0 };
+   GLfloat *values = stack_vals;
+   unsigned int i;
+
+   /* Unfortunately, 4 floats is all we can get into
+    * _mesa_add_unnamed_constant.  So, make a temp to store an
+    * aggregate constant and move each constant value into it.  If we
+    * get lucky, copy propagation will eliminate the extra moves.
+    */
+
+   if (ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT) {
+      src_reg temp_base = get_temp(ir->type);
+      dst_reg temp = dst_reg(temp_base);
+
+      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, ir->components) {
+	 ir_constant *field_value = (ir_constant *)iter.get();
+	 int size = type_size(field_value->type);
+
+	 assert(size > 0);
+
+	 field_value->accept(this);
+	 src = this->result;
+
+	 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int)size; i++) {
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, temp, src);
+
+	    src.index++;
+	    temp.index++;
+	 }
+      }
+      this->result = temp_base;
+      return;
+   }
+
+   if (ir->type->is_array()) {
+      src_reg temp_base = get_temp(ir->type);
+      dst_reg temp = dst_reg(temp_base);
+      int size = type_size(ir->type->fields.array);
+
+      assert(size > 0);
+
+      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++) {
+	 ir->array_elements[i]->accept(this);
+	 src = this->result;
+	 for (int j = 0; j < size; j++) {
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, temp, src);
+
+	    src.index++;
+	    temp.index++;
+	 }
+      }
+      this->result = temp_base;
+      return;
+   }
+
+   if (ir->type->is_matrix()) {
+      src_reg mat = get_temp(ir->type);
+      dst_reg mat_column = dst_reg(mat);
+
+      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->matrix_columns; i++) {
+	 assert(ir->type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
+	 values = &ir->value.f[i * ir->type->vector_elements];
+
+	 src = src_reg(PROGRAM_CONSTANT, -1, NULL);
+	 src.index = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(this->prog->Parameters,
+						(gl_constant_value *) values,
+						ir->type->vector_elements,
+						&src.swizzle);
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, mat_column, src);
+
+	 mat_column.index++;
+      }
+
+      this->result = mat;
+      return;
+   }
+
+   src.file = PROGRAM_CONSTANT;
+   switch (ir->type->base_type) {
+   case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
+      values = &ir->value.f[0];
+      break;
+   case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
+      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
+	 values[i] = ir->value.u[i];
+      }
+      break;
+   case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
+      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
+	 values[i] = ir->value.i[i];
+      }
+      break;
+   case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
+      for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
+	 values[i] = ir->value.b[i];
+      }
+      break;
+   default:
+      assert(!"Non-float/uint/int/bool constant");
+   }
+
+   this->result = src_reg(PROGRAM_CONSTANT, -1, ir->type);
+   this->result.index = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(this->prog->Parameters,
+						   (gl_constant_value *) values,
+						   ir->type->vector_elements,
+						   &this->result.swizzle);
+}
+
+function_entry *
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::get_function_signature(ir_function_signature *sig)
+{
+   function_entry *entry;
+
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->function_signatures) {
+      entry = (function_entry *)iter.get();
+
+      if (entry->sig == sig)
+	 return entry;
+   }
+
+   entry = ralloc(mem_ctx, function_entry);
+   entry->sig = sig;
+   entry->sig_id = this->next_signature_id++;
+   entry->bgn_inst = NULL;
+
+   /* Allocate storage for all the parameters. */
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, sig->parameters) {
+      ir_variable *param = (ir_variable *)iter.get();
+      variable_storage *storage;
+
+      storage = find_variable_storage(param);
+      assert(!storage);
+
+      storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(param, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,
+					      this->next_temp);
+      this->variables.push_tail(storage);
+
+      this->next_temp += type_size(param->type);
+   }
+
+   if (!sig->return_type->is_void()) {
+      entry->return_reg = get_temp(sig->return_type);
+   } else {
+      entry->return_reg = undef_src;
+   }
+
+   this->function_signatures.push_tail(entry);
+   return entry;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_call *ir)
+{
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *call_inst;
+   ir_function_signature *sig = ir->get_callee();
+   function_entry *entry = get_function_signature(sig);
+   int i;
+
+   /* Process in parameters. */
+   exec_list_iterator sig_iter = sig->parameters.iterator();
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
+      ir_rvalue *param_rval = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
+      ir_variable *param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get();
+
+      if (param->mode == ir_var_in ||
+	  param->mode == ir_var_inout) {
+	 variable_storage *storage = find_variable_storage(param);
+	 assert(storage);
+
+	 param_rval->accept(this);
+	 src_reg r = this->result;
+
+	 dst_reg l;
+	 l.file = storage->file;
+	 l.index = storage->index;
+	 l.reladdr = NULL;
+	 l.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+	 l.cond_mask = COND_TR;
+
+	 for (i = 0; i < type_size(param->type); i++) {
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);
+	    l.index++;
+	    r.index++;
+	 }
+      }
+
+      sig_iter.next();
+   }
+   assert(!sig_iter.has_next());
+
+   /* Emit call instruction */
+   call_inst = emit(ir, OPCODE_CAL);
+   call_inst->function = entry;
+
+   /* Process out parameters. */
+   sig_iter = sig->parameters.iterator();
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *ir) {
+      ir_rvalue *param_rval = (ir_rvalue *)iter.get();
+      ir_variable *param = (ir_variable *)sig_iter.get();
+
+      if (param->mode == ir_var_out ||
+	  param->mode == ir_var_inout) {
+	 variable_storage *storage = find_variable_storage(param);
+	 assert(storage);
+
+	 src_reg r;
+	 r.file = storage->file;
+	 r.index = storage->index;
+	 r.reladdr = NULL;
+	 r.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+	 r.negate = 0;
+
+	 param_rval->accept(this);
+	 dst_reg l = dst_reg(this->result);
+
+	 for (i = 0; i < type_size(param->type); i++) {
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);
+	    l.index++;
+	    r.index++;
+	 }
+      }
+
+      sig_iter.next();
+   }
+   assert(!sig_iter.has_next());
+
+   /* Process return value. */
+   this->result = entry->return_reg;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_texture *ir)
+{
+   src_reg result_src, coord, lod_info, projector, dx, dy;
+   dst_reg result_dst, coord_dst;
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = NULL;
+   prog_opcode opcode = OPCODE_NOP;
+
+   if (ir->op == ir_txs)
+      this->result = src_reg_for_float(0.0);
+   else
+      ir->coordinate->accept(this);
+
+   /* Put our coords in a temp.  We'll need to modify them for shadow,
+    * projection, or LOD, so the only case we'd use it as is is if
+    * we're doing plain old texturing.  Mesa IR optimization should
+    * handle cleaning up our mess in that case.
+    */
+   coord = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
+   coord_dst = dst_reg(coord);
+   emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, this->result);
+
+   if (ir->projector) {
+      ir->projector->accept(this);
+      projector = this->result;
+   }
+
+   /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using
+    * the actual storage for the result here, instead.
+    */
+   result_src = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
+   result_dst = dst_reg(result_src);
+
+   switch (ir->op) {
+   case ir_tex:
+   case ir_txs:
+      opcode = OPCODE_TEX;
+      break;
+   case ir_txb:
+      opcode = OPCODE_TXB;
+      ir->lod_info.bias->accept(this);
+      lod_info = this->result;
+      break;
+   case ir_txl:
+      opcode = OPCODE_TXL;
+      ir->lod_info.lod->accept(this);
+      lod_info = this->result;
+      break;
+   case ir_txd:
+      opcode = OPCODE_TXD;
+      ir->lod_info.grad.dPdx->accept(this);
+      dx = this->result;
+      ir->lod_info.grad.dPdy->accept(this);
+      dy = this->result;
+      break;
+   case ir_txf:
+      assert(!"GLSL 1.30 features unsupported");
+      break;
+   }
+
+   const glsl_type *sampler_type = ir->sampler->type;
+
+   if (ir->projector) {
+      if (opcode == OPCODE_TEX) {
+	 /* Slot the projector in as the last component of the coord. */
+	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, projector);
+	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+	 opcode = OPCODE_TXP;
+      } else {
+	 src_reg coord_w = coord;
+	 coord_w.swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+
+	 /* For the other TEX opcodes there's no projective version
+	  * since the last slot is taken up by lod info.  Do the
+	  * projective divide now.
+	  */
+	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_RCP, coord_dst, projector);
+
+	 /* In the case where we have to project the coordinates "by hand,"
+	  * the shadow comparitor value must also be projected.
+	  */
+	 src_reg tmp_src = coord;
+	 if (ir->shadow_comparitor) {
+	    /* Slot the shadow value in as the second to last component of the
+	     * coord.
+	     */
+	    ir->shadow_comparitor->accept(this);
+
+	    tmp_src = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
+	    dst_reg tmp_dst = dst_reg(tmp_src);
+
+	    /* Projective division not allowed for array samplers. */
+	    assert(!sampler_type->sampler_array);
+
+	    tmp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, tmp_dst, this->result);
+
+	    tmp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XY;
+	    emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, tmp_dst, coord);
+	 }
+
+	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MUL, coord_dst, tmp_src, coord_w);
+
+	 coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+	 coord.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* If projection is done and the opcode is not OPCODE_TXP, then the shadow
+    * comparitor was put in the correct place (and projected) by the code,
+    * above, that handles by-hand projection.
+    */
+   if (ir->shadow_comparitor && (!ir->projector || opcode == OPCODE_TXP)) {
+      /* Slot the shadow value in as the second to last component of the
+       * coord.
+       */
+      ir->shadow_comparitor->accept(this);
+
+      /* XXX This will need to be updated for cubemap array samplers. */
+      if (sampler_type->sampler_dimensionality == GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_2D &&
+          sampler_type->sampler_array) {
+         coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
+      } else {
+         coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;
+      }
+
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, this->result);
+      coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   }
+
+   if (opcode == OPCODE_TXL || opcode == OPCODE_TXB) {
+      /* Mesa IR stores lod or lod bias in the last channel of the coords. */
+      coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, lod_info);
+      coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   }
+
+   if (opcode == OPCODE_TXD)
+      inst = emit(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord, dx, dy);
+   else
+      inst = emit(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord);
+
+   if (ir->shadow_comparitor)
+      inst->tex_shadow = GL_TRUE;
+
+   inst->sampler = _mesa_get_sampler_uniform_value(ir->sampler,
+						   this->shader_program,
+						   this->prog);
+
+   switch (sampler_type->sampler_dimensionality) {
+   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_1D:
+      inst->tex_target = (sampler_type->sampler_array)
+	 ? TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX : TEXTURE_1D_INDEX;
+      break;
+   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_2D:
+      inst->tex_target = (sampler_type->sampler_array)
+	 ? TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX : TEXTURE_2D_INDEX;
+      break;
+   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_3D:
+      inst->tex_target = TEXTURE_3D_INDEX;
+      break;
+   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_CUBE:
+      inst->tex_target = TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX;
+      break;
+   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_RECT:
+      inst->tex_target = TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX;
+      break;
+   case GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_BUF:
+      assert(!"FINISHME: Implement ARB_texture_buffer_object");
+      break;
+   default:
+      assert(!"Should not get here.");
+   }
+
+   this->result = result_src;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_return *ir)
+{
+   if (ir->get_value()) {
+      dst_reg l;
+      int i;
+
+      assert(current_function);
+
+      ir->get_value()->accept(this);
+      src_reg r = this->result;
+
+      l = dst_reg(current_function->return_reg);
+
+      for (i = 0; i < type_size(current_function->sig->return_type); i++) {
+	 emit(ir, OPCODE_MOV, l, r);
+	 l.index++;
+	 r.index++;
+      }
+   }
+
+   emit(ir, OPCODE_RET);
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_discard *ir)
+{
+   struct gl_fragment_program *fp = (struct gl_fragment_program *)this->prog;
+
+   if (ir->condition) {
+      ir->condition->accept(this);
+      this->result.negate = ~this->result.negate;
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_KIL, undef_dst, this->result);
+   } else {
+      emit(ir, OPCODE_KIL_NV);
+   }
+
+   fp->UsesKill = GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::visit(ir_if *ir)
+{
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *cond_inst, *if_inst;
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction *prev_inst;
+
+   prev_inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail();
+
+   ir->condition->accept(this);
+   assert(this->result.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
+
+   if (this->options->EmitCondCodes) {
+      cond_inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail();
+
+      /* See if we actually generated any instruction for generating
+       * the condition.  If not, then cook up a move to a temp so we
+       * have something to set cond_update on.
+       */
+      if (cond_inst == prev_inst) {
+	 src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::bool_type);
+	 cond_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_MOV, dst_reg(temp), result);
+      }
+      cond_inst->cond_update = GL_TRUE;
+
+      if_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_IF);
+      if_inst->dst.cond_mask = COND_NE;
+   } else {
+      if_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_IF, undef_dst, this->result);
+   }
+
+   this->instructions.push_tail(if_inst);
+
+   visit_exec_list(&ir->then_instructions, this);
+
+   if (!ir->else_instructions.is_empty()) {
+      emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_ELSE);
+      visit_exec_list(&ir->else_instructions, this);
+   }
+
+   if_inst = emit(ir->condition, OPCODE_ENDIF);
+}
+
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::ir_to_mesa_visitor()
+{
+   result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+   next_temp = 1;
+   next_signature_id = 1;
+   current_function = NULL;
+   mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL);
+}
+
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::~ir_to_mesa_visitor()
+{
+   ralloc_free(mem_ctx);
+}
+
+static struct prog_src_register
+mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(src_reg reg)
+{
+   struct prog_src_register mesa_reg;
+
+   mesa_reg.File = reg.file;
+   assert(reg.index < (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+   mesa_reg.Index = reg.index;
+   mesa_reg.Swizzle = reg.swizzle;
+   mesa_reg.RelAddr = reg.reladdr != NULL;
+   mesa_reg.Negate = reg.negate;
+   mesa_reg.Abs = 0;
+   mesa_reg.HasIndex2 = GL_FALSE;
+   mesa_reg.RelAddr2 = 0;
+   mesa_reg.Index2 = 0;
+
+   return mesa_reg;
+}
+
+static void
+set_branchtargets(ir_to_mesa_visitor *v,
+		  struct prog_instruction *mesa_instructions,
+		  int num_instructions)
+{
+   int if_count = 0, loop_count = 0;
+   int *if_stack, *loop_stack;
+   int if_stack_pos = 0, loop_stack_pos = 0;
+   int i, j;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < num_instructions; i++) {
+      switch (mesa_instructions[i].Opcode) {
+      case OPCODE_IF:
+	 if_count++;
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+	 loop_count++;
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_BRK:
+      case OPCODE_CONT:
+	 mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget = -1;
+	 break;
+      default:
+	 break;
+      }
+   }
+
+   if_stack = rzalloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, if_count);
+   loop_stack = rzalloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, loop_count);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < num_instructions; i++) {
+      switch (mesa_instructions[i].Opcode) {
+      case OPCODE_IF:
+	 if_stack[if_stack_pos] = i;
+	 if_stack_pos++;
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_ELSE:
+	 mesa_instructions[if_stack[if_stack_pos - 1]].BranchTarget = i;
+	 if_stack[if_stack_pos - 1] = i;
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_ENDIF:
+	 mesa_instructions[if_stack[if_stack_pos - 1]].BranchTarget = i;
+	 if_stack_pos--;
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+	 loop_stack[loop_stack_pos] = i;
+	 loop_stack_pos++;
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
+	 loop_stack_pos--;
+	 /* Rewrite any breaks/conts at this nesting level (haven't
+	  * already had a BranchTarget assigned) to point to the end
+	  * of the loop.
+	  */
+	 for (j = loop_stack[loop_stack_pos]; j < i; j++) {
+	    if (mesa_instructions[j].Opcode == OPCODE_BRK ||
+		mesa_instructions[j].Opcode == OPCODE_CONT) {
+	       if (mesa_instructions[j].BranchTarget == -1) {
+		  mesa_instructions[j].BranchTarget = i;
+	       }
+	    }
+	 }
+	 /* The loop ends point at each other. */
+	 mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget = loop_stack[loop_stack_pos];
+	 mesa_instructions[loop_stack[loop_stack_pos]].BranchTarget = i;
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_CAL:
+	 foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v->function_signatures) {
+	    function_entry *entry = (function_entry *)iter.get();
+
+	    if (entry->sig_id == mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget) {
+	       mesa_instructions[i].BranchTarget = entry->inst;
+	       break;
+	    }
+	 }
+	 break;
+      default:
+	 break;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+static void
+print_program(struct prog_instruction *mesa_instructions,
+	      ir_instruction **mesa_instruction_annotation,
+	      int num_instructions)
+{
+   ir_instruction *last_ir = NULL;
+   int i;
+   int indent = 0;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < num_instructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *mesa_inst = mesa_instructions + i;
+      ir_instruction *ir = mesa_instruction_annotation[i];
+
+      fprintf(stdout, "%3d: ", i);
+
+      if (last_ir != ir && ir) {
+	 int j;
+
+	 for (j = 0; j < indent; j++) {
+	    fprintf(stdout, " ");
+	 }
+	 ir->print();
+	 printf("\n");
+	 last_ir = ir;
+
+	 fprintf(stdout, "     "); /* line number spacing. */
+      }
+
+      indent = _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(stdout, mesa_inst, indent,
+					    PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, NULL);
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Count resources used by the given gpu program (number of texture
+ * samplers, etc).
+ */
+static void
+count_resources(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   unsigned int i;
+
+   prog->SamplersUsed = 0;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = &prog->Instructions[i];
+
+      if (_mesa_is_tex_instruction(inst->Opcode)) {
+	 prog->SamplerTargets[inst->TexSrcUnit] =
+	    (gl_texture_index)inst->TexSrcTarget;
+	 prog->SamplersUsed |= 1 << inst->TexSrcUnit;
+	 if (inst->TexShadow) {
+	    prog->ShadowSamplers |= 1 << inst->TexSrcUnit;
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   _mesa_update_shader_textures_used(prog);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given vertex/fragment/shader program is within the
+ * resource limits of the context (number of texture units, etc).
+ * If any of those checks fail, record a linker error.
+ *
+ * XXX more checks are needed...
+ */
+static void
+check_resources(const struct gl_context *ctx,
+                struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,
+                struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   switch (prog->Target) {
+   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB:
+      if (_mesa_bitcount(prog->SamplersUsed) >
+          ctx->Const.MaxVertexTextureImageUnits) {
+         linker_error(shader_program,
+		      "Too many vertex shader texture samplers");
+      }
+      if (prog->Parameters->NumParameters > MAX_UNIFORMS) {
+         linker_error(shader_program, "Too many vertex shader constants");
+      }
+      break;
+   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:
+      if (_mesa_bitcount(prog->SamplersUsed) >
+          ctx->Const.MaxGeometryTextureImageUnits) {
+         linker_error(shader_program,
+		      "Too many geometry shader texture samplers");
+      }
+      if (prog->Parameters->NumParameters >
+          MAX_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS / 4) {
+         linker_error(shader_program, "Too many geometry shader constants");
+      }
+      break;
+   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:
+      if (_mesa_bitcount(prog->SamplersUsed) >
+          ctx->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits) {
+         linker_error(shader_program,
+		      "Too many fragment shader texture samplers");
+      }
+      if (prog->Parameters->NumParameters > MAX_UNIFORMS) {
+         linker_error(shader_program, "Too many fragment shader constants");
+      }
+      break;
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(ctx, "unexpected program type in check_resources()");
+   }
+}
+
+
+
+struct uniform_sort {
+   struct gl_uniform *u;
+   int pos;
+};
+
+/* The shader_program->Uniforms list is almost sorted in increasing
+ * uniform->{Frag,Vert}Pos locations, but not quite when there are
+ * uniforms shared between targets.  We need to add parameters in
+ * increasing order for the targets.
+ */
+static int
+sort_uniforms(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+   struct uniform_sort *u1 = (struct uniform_sort *)a;
+   struct uniform_sort *u2 = (struct uniform_sort *)b;
+
+   return u1->pos - u2->pos;
+}
+
+/* Add the uniforms to the parameters.  The linker chose locations
+ * in our parameters lists (which weren't created yet), which the
+ * uniforms code will use to poke values into our parameters list
+ * when uniforms are updated.
+ */
+static void
+add_uniforms_to_parameters_list(struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,
+				struct gl_shader *shader,
+				struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   unsigned int i;
+   unsigned int next_sampler = 0, num_uniforms = 0;
+   struct uniform_sort *sorted_uniforms;
+
+   sorted_uniforms = ralloc_array(NULL, struct uniform_sort,
+				  shader_program->Uniforms->NumUniforms);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < shader_program->Uniforms->NumUniforms; i++) {
+      struct gl_uniform *uniform = shader_program->Uniforms->Uniforms + i;
+      int parameter_index = -1;
+
+      switch (shader->Type) {
+      case GL_VERTEX_SHADER:
+	 parameter_index = uniform->VertPos;
+	 break;
+      case GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER:
+	 parameter_index = uniform->FragPos;
+	 break;
+      case GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER:
+	 parameter_index = uniform->GeomPos;
+	 break;
+      }
+
+      /* Only add uniforms used in our target. */
+      if (parameter_index != -1) {
+	 sorted_uniforms[num_uniforms].pos = parameter_index;
+	 sorted_uniforms[num_uniforms].u = uniform;
+	 num_uniforms++;
+      }
+   }
+
+   qsort(sorted_uniforms, num_uniforms, sizeof(struct uniform_sort),
+	 sort_uniforms);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < num_uniforms; i++) {
+      struct gl_uniform *uniform = sorted_uniforms[i].u;
+      int parameter_index = sorted_uniforms[i].pos;
+      const glsl_type *type = uniform->Type;
+      unsigned int size;
+
+      if (type->is_vector() ||
+	  type->is_scalar()) {
+	 size = type->vector_elements;
+      } else {
+	 size = type_size(type) * 4;
+      }
+
+      gl_register_file file;
+      if (type->is_sampler() ||
+	  (type->is_array() && type->fields.array->is_sampler())) {
+	 file = PROGRAM_SAMPLER;
+      } else {
+	 file = PROGRAM_UNIFORM;
+      }
+
+      GLint index = _mesa_lookup_parameter_index(prog->Parameters, -1,
+						 uniform->Name);
+
+      if (index < 0) {
+	 index = _mesa_add_parameter(prog->Parameters, file,
+				     uniform->Name, size, type->gl_type,
+				     NULL, NULL, 0x0);
+
+	 /* Sampler uniform values are stored in prog->SamplerUnits,
+	  * and the entry in that array is selected by this index we
+	  * store in ParameterValues[].
+	  */
+	 if (file == PROGRAM_SAMPLER) {
+	    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < size / 4; j++)
+	       prog->Parameters->ParameterValues[index + j][0].f = next_sampler++;
+	 }
+
+	 /* The location chosen in the Parameters list here (returned
+	  * from _mesa_add_uniform) has to match what the linker chose.
+	  */
+	 if (index != parameter_index) {
+	    linker_error(shader_program,
+			 "Allocation of uniform `%s' to target failed "
+			 "(%d vs %d)\n",
+			 uniform->Name, index, parameter_index);
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   ralloc_free(sorted_uniforms);
+}
+
+static void
+set_uniform_initializer(struct gl_context *ctx, void *mem_ctx,
+			struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,
+			const char *name, const glsl_type *type,
+			ir_constant *val)
+{
+   if (type->is_record()) {
+      ir_constant *field_constant;
+
+      field_constant = (ir_constant *)val->components.get_head();
+
+      for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
+	 const glsl_type *field_type = type->fields.structure[i].type;
+	 const char *field_name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name,
+					    type->fields.structure[i].name);
+	 set_uniform_initializer(ctx, mem_ctx, shader_program, field_name,
+				 field_type, field_constant);
+	 field_constant = (ir_constant *)field_constant->next;
+      }
+      return;
+   }
+
+   int loc = _mesa_get_uniform_location(ctx, shader_program, name);
+
+   if (loc == -1) {
+      linker_error(shader_program,
+		   "Couldn't find uniform for initializer %s\n", name);
+      return;
+   }
+
+   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < (type->is_array() ? type->length : 1); i++) {
+      ir_constant *element;
+      const glsl_type *element_type;
+      if (type->is_array()) {
+	 element = val->array_elements[i];
+	 element_type = type->fields.array;
+      } else {
+	 element = val;
+	 element_type = type;
+      }
+
+      void *values;
+
+      if (element_type->base_type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL) {
+	 int *conv = ralloc_array(mem_ctx, int, element_type->components());
+	 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < element_type->components(); j++) {
+	    conv[j] = element->value.b[j];
+	 }
+	 values = (void *)conv;
+	 element_type = glsl_type::get_instance(GLSL_TYPE_INT,
+						element_type->vector_elements,
+						1);
+      } else {
+	 values = &element->value;
+      }
+
+      if (element_type->is_matrix()) {
+	 _mesa_uniform_matrix(ctx, shader_program,
+			      element_type->matrix_columns,
+			      element_type->vector_elements,
+			      loc, 1, GL_FALSE, (GLfloat *)values);
+	 loc += element_type->matrix_columns;
+      } else {
+	 _mesa_uniform(ctx, shader_program, loc, element_type->matrix_columns,
+		       values, element_type->gl_type);
+	 loc += type_size(element_type);
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+static void
+set_uniform_initializers(struct gl_context *ctx,
+			 struct gl_shader_program *shader_program)
+{
+   void *mem_ctx = NULL;
+
+   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) {
+      struct gl_shader *shader = shader_program->_LinkedShaders[i];
+
+      if (shader == NULL)
+	 continue;
+
+      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, *shader->ir) {
+	 ir_instruction *ir = (ir_instruction *)iter.get();
+	 ir_variable *var = ir->as_variable();
+
+	 if (!var || var->mode != ir_var_uniform || !var->constant_value)
+	    continue;
+
+	 if (!mem_ctx)
+	    mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL);
+
+	 set_uniform_initializer(ctx, mem_ctx, shader_program, var->name,
+				 var->type, var->constant_value);
+      }
+   }
+
+   ralloc_free(mem_ctx);
+}
+
+/*
+ * On a basic block basis, tracks available PROGRAM_TEMPORARY register
+ * channels for copy propagation and updates following instructions to
+ * use the original versions.
+ *
+ * The ir_to_mesa_visitor lazily produces code assuming that this pass
+ * will occur.  As an example, a TXP production before this pass:
+ *
+ * 0: MOV TEMP[1], INPUT[4].xyyy;
+ * 1: MOV TEMP[1].w, INPUT[4].wwww;
+ * 2: TXP TEMP[2], TEMP[1], texture[0], 2D;
+ *
+ * and after:
+ *
+ * 0: MOV TEMP[1], INPUT[4].xyyy;
+ * 1: MOV TEMP[1].w, INPUT[4].wwww;
+ * 2: TXP TEMP[2], INPUT[4].xyyw, texture[0], 2D;
+ *
+ * which allows for dead code elimination on TEMP[1]'s writes.
+ */
+void
+ir_to_mesa_visitor::copy_propagate(void)
+{
+   ir_to_mesa_instruction **acp = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx,
+						    ir_to_mesa_instruction *,
+						    this->next_temp * 4);
+   int *acp_level = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, int, this->next_temp * 4);
+   int level = 0;
+
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, this->instructions) {
+      ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)iter.get();
+
+      assert(inst->dst.file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY
+	     || inst->dst.index < this->next_temp);
+
+      /* First, do any copy propagation possible into the src regs. */
+      for (int r = 0; r < 3; r++) {
+	 ir_to_mesa_instruction *first = NULL;
+	 bool good = true;
+	 int acp_base = inst->src[r].index * 4;
+
+	 if (inst->src[r].file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||
+	     inst->src[r].reladdr)
+	    continue;
+
+	 /* See if we can find entries in the ACP consisting of MOVs
+	  * from the same src register for all the swizzled channels
+	  * of this src register reference.
+	  */
+	 for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+	    int src_chan = GET_SWZ(inst->src[r].swizzle, i);
+	    ir_to_mesa_instruction *copy_chan = acp[acp_base + src_chan];
+
+	    if (!copy_chan) {
+	       good = false;
+	       break;
+	    }
+
+	    assert(acp_level[acp_base + src_chan] <= level);
+
+	    if (!first) {
+	       first = copy_chan;
+	    } else {
+	       if (first->src[0].file != copy_chan->src[0].file ||
+		   first->src[0].index != copy_chan->src[0].index) {
+		  good = false;
+		  break;
+	       }
+	    }
+	 }
+
+	 if (good) {
+	    /* We've now validated that we can copy-propagate to
+	     * replace this src register reference.  Do it.
+	     */
+	    inst->src[r].file = first->src[0].file;
+	    inst->src[r].index = first->src[0].index;
+
+	    int swizzle = 0;
+	    for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+	       int src_chan = GET_SWZ(inst->src[r].swizzle, i);
+	       ir_to_mesa_instruction *copy_inst = acp[acp_base + src_chan];
+	       swizzle |= (GET_SWZ(copy_inst->src[0].swizzle, src_chan) <<
+			   (3 * i));
+	    }
+	    inst->src[r].swizzle = swizzle;
+	 }
+      }
+
+      switch (inst->op) {
+      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
+	 /* End of a basic block, clear the ACP entirely. */
+	 memset(acp, 0, sizeof(*acp) * this->next_temp * 4);
+	 break;
+
+      case OPCODE_IF:
+	 ++level;
+	 break;
+
+      case OPCODE_ENDIF:
+      case OPCODE_ELSE:
+	 /* Clear all channels written inside the block from the ACP, but
+	  * leaving those that were not touched.
+	  */
+	 for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
+	    for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
+	       if (!acp[4 * r + c])
+		  continue;
+
+	       if (acp_level[4 * r + c] >= level)
+		  acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;
+	    }
+	 }
+	 if (inst->op == OPCODE_ENDIF)
+	    --level;
+	 break;
+
+      default:
+	 /* Continuing the block, clear any written channels from
+	  * the ACP.
+	  */
+	 if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY && inst->dst.reladdr) {
+	    /* Any temporary might be written, so no copy propagation
+	     * across this instruction.
+	     */
+	    memset(acp, 0, sizeof(*acp) * this->next_temp * 4);
+	 } else if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT &&
+		    inst->dst.reladdr) {
+	    /* Any output might be written, so no copy propagation
+	     * from outputs across this instruction.
+	     */
+	    for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
+	       for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
+		  if (!acp[4 * r + c])
+		     continue;
+
+		  if (acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT)
+		     acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;
+	       }
+	    }
+	 } else if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||
+		    inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
+	    /* Clear where it's used as dst. */
+	    if (inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+	       for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
+		  if (inst->dst.writemask & (1 << c)) {
+		     acp[4 * inst->dst.index + c] = NULL;
+		  }
+	       }
+	    }
+
+	    /* Clear where it's used as src. */
+	    for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
+	       for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
+		  if (!acp[4 * r + c])
+		     continue;
+
+		  int src_chan = GET_SWZ(acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].swizzle, c);
+
+		  if (acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].file == inst->dst.file &&
+		      acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].index == inst->dst.index &&
+		      inst->dst.writemask & (1 << src_chan))
+		  {
+		     acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;
+		  }
+	       }
+	    }
+	 }
+	 break;
+      }
+
+      /* If this is a copy, add it to the ACP. */
+      if (inst->op == OPCODE_MOV &&
+	  inst->dst.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
+	  !inst->dst.reladdr &&
+	  !inst->saturate &&
+	  !inst->src[0].reladdr &&
+	  !inst->src[0].negate) {
+	 for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+	    if (inst->dst.writemask & (1 << i)) {
+	       acp[4 * inst->dst.index + i] = inst;
+	       acp_level[4 * inst->dst.index + i] = level;
+	    }
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   ralloc_free(acp_level);
+   ralloc_free(acp);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Convert a shader's GLSL IR into a Mesa gl_program.
+ */
+static struct gl_program *
+get_mesa_program(struct gl_context *ctx,
+                 struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,
+		 struct gl_shader *shader)
+{
+   ir_to_mesa_visitor v;
+   struct prog_instruction *mesa_instructions, *mesa_inst;
+   ir_instruction **mesa_instruction_annotation;
+   int i;
+   struct gl_program *prog;
+   GLenum target;
+   const char *target_string;
+   GLboolean progress;
+   struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options =
+         &ctx->ShaderCompilerOptions[_mesa_shader_type_to_index(shader->Type)];
+
+   switch (shader->Type) {
+   case GL_VERTEX_SHADER:
+      target = GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB;
+      target_string = "vertex";
+      break;
+   case GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER:
+      target = GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB;
+      target_string = "fragment";
+      break;
+   case GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER:
+      target = GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV;
+      target_string = "geometry";
+      break;
+   default:
+      assert(!"should not be reached");
+      return NULL;
+   }
+
+   validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);
+
+   prog = ctx->Driver.NewProgram(ctx, target, shader_program->Name);
+   if (!prog)
+      return NULL;
+   prog->Parameters = _mesa_new_parameter_list();
+   prog->Varying = _mesa_new_parameter_list();
+   prog->Attributes = _mesa_new_parameter_list();
+   v.ctx = ctx;
+   v.prog = prog;
+   v.shader_program = shader_program;
+   v.options = options;
+
+   add_uniforms_to_parameters_list(shader_program, shader, prog);
+
+   /* Emit Mesa IR for main(). */
+   visit_exec_list(shader->ir, &v);
+   v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_END);
+
+   /* Now emit bodies for any functions that were used. */
+   do {
+      progress = GL_FALSE;
+
+      foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.function_signatures) {
+	 function_entry *entry = (function_entry *)iter.get();
+
+	 if (!entry->bgn_inst) {
+	    v.current_function = entry;
+
+	    entry->bgn_inst = v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_BGNSUB);
+	    entry->bgn_inst->function = entry;
+
+	    visit_exec_list(&entry->sig->body, &v);
+
+	    ir_to_mesa_instruction *last;
+	    last = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)v.instructions.get_tail();
+	    if (last->op != OPCODE_RET)
+	       v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_RET);
+
+	    ir_to_mesa_instruction *end;
+	    end = v.emit(NULL, OPCODE_ENDSUB);
+	    end->function = entry;
+
+	    progress = GL_TRUE;
+	 }
+      }
+   } while (progress);
+
+   prog->NumTemporaries = v.next_temp;
+
+   int num_instructions = 0;
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.instructions) {
+      num_instructions++;
+   }
+
+   mesa_instructions =
+      (struct prog_instruction *)calloc(num_instructions,
+					sizeof(*mesa_instructions));
+   mesa_instruction_annotation = ralloc_array(v.mem_ctx, ir_instruction *,
+					      num_instructions);
+
+   v.copy_propagate();
+
+   /* Convert ir_mesa_instructions into prog_instructions.
+    */
+   mesa_inst = mesa_instructions;
+   i = 0;
+   foreach_iter(exec_list_iterator, iter, v.instructions) {
+      const ir_to_mesa_instruction *inst = (ir_to_mesa_instruction *)iter.get();
+
+      mesa_inst->Opcode = inst->op;
+      mesa_inst->CondUpdate = inst->cond_update;
+      if (inst->saturate)
+	 mesa_inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;
+      mesa_inst->DstReg.File = inst->dst.file;
+      mesa_inst->DstReg.Index = inst->dst.index;
+      mesa_inst->DstReg.CondMask = inst->dst.cond_mask;
+      mesa_inst->DstReg.WriteMask = inst->dst.writemask;
+      mesa_inst->DstReg.RelAddr = inst->dst.reladdr != NULL;
+      mesa_inst->SrcReg[0] = mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(inst->src[0]);
+      mesa_inst->SrcReg[1] = mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(inst->src[1]);
+      mesa_inst->SrcReg[2] = mesa_src_reg_from_ir_src_reg(inst->src[2]);
+      mesa_inst->TexSrcUnit = inst->sampler;
+      mesa_inst->TexSrcTarget = inst->tex_target;
+      mesa_inst->TexShadow = inst->tex_shadow;
+      mesa_instruction_annotation[i] = inst->ir;
+
+      /* Set IndirectRegisterFiles. */
+      if (mesa_inst->DstReg.RelAddr)
+         prog->IndirectRegisterFiles |= 1 << mesa_inst->DstReg.File;
+
+      /* Update program's bitmask of indirectly accessed register files */
+      for (unsigned src = 0; src < 3; src++)
+         if (mesa_inst->SrcReg[src].RelAddr)
+            prog->IndirectRegisterFiles |= 1 << mesa_inst->SrcReg[src].File;
+
+      switch (mesa_inst->Opcode) {
+      case OPCODE_IF:
+	 if (options->MaxIfDepth == 0) {
+	    linker_warning(shader_program,
+			   "Couldn't flatten if-statement.  "
+			   "This will likely result in software "
+			   "rasterization.\n");
+	 }
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+	 if (options->EmitNoLoops) {
+	    linker_warning(shader_program,
+			   "Couldn't unroll loop.  "
+			   "This will likely result in software "
+			   "rasterization.\n");
+	 }
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_CONT:
+	 if (options->EmitNoCont) {
+	    linker_warning(shader_program,
+			   "Couldn't lower continue-statement.  "
+			   "This will likely result in software "
+			   "rasterization.\n");
+	 }
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_BGNSUB:
+	 inst->function->inst = i;
+	 mesa_inst->Comment = strdup(inst->function->sig->function_name());
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_ENDSUB:
+	 mesa_inst->Comment = strdup(inst->function->sig->function_name());
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_CAL:
+	 mesa_inst->BranchTarget = inst->function->sig_id; /* rewritten later */
+	 break;
+      case OPCODE_ARL:
+	 prog->NumAddressRegs = 1;
+	 break;
+      default:
+	 break;
+      }
+
+      mesa_inst++;
+      i++;
+
+      if (!shader_program->LinkStatus)
+         break;
+   }
+
+   if (!shader_program->LinkStatus) {
+      free(mesa_instructions);
+      _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &shader->Program, NULL);
+      return NULL;
+   }
+
+   set_branchtargets(&v, mesa_instructions, num_instructions);
+
+   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {
+      printf("\n");
+      printf("GLSL IR for linked %s program %d:\n", target_string,
+	     shader_program->Name);
+      _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, NULL);
+      printf("\n");
+      printf("\n");
+      printf("Mesa IR for linked %s program %d:\n", target_string,
+	     shader_program->Name);
+      print_program(mesa_instructions, mesa_instruction_annotation,
+		    num_instructions);
+   }
+
+   prog->Instructions = mesa_instructions;
+   prog->NumInstructions = num_instructions;
+
+   do_set_program_inouts(shader->ir, prog);
+   count_resources(prog);
+
+   check_resources(ctx, shader_program, prog);
+
+   _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &shader->Program, prog);
+
+   if ((ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_NO_OPT) == 0) {
+      _mesa_optimize_program(ctx, prog);
+   }
+
+   return prog;
+}
+
+extern "C" {
+
+/**
+ * Link a shader.
+ * Called via ctx->Driver.LinkShader()
+ * This actually involves converting GLSL IR into Mesa gl_programs with
+ * code lowering and other optimizations.
+ */
+GLboolean
+_mesa_ir_link_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog)
+{
+   assert(prog->LinkStatus);
+
+   for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) {
+      if (prog->_LinkedShaders[i] == NULL)
+	 continue;
+
+      bool progress;
+      exec_list *ir = prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->ir;
+      const struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options =
+            &ctx->ShaderCompilerOptions[_mesa_shader_type_to_index(prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->Type)];
+
+      do {
+	 progress = false;
+
+	 /* Lowering */
+	 do_mat_op_to_vec(ir);
+	 lower_instructions(ir, (MOD_TO_FRACT | DIV_TO_MUL_RCP | EXP_TO_EXP2
+				 | LOG_TO_LOG2 | INT_DIV_TO_MUL_RCP
+				 | ((options->EmitNoPow) ? POW_TO_EXP2 : 0)));
+
+	 progress = do_lower_jumps(ir, true, true, options->EmitNoMainReturn, options->EmitNoCont, options->EmitNoLoops) || progress;
+
+	 progress = do_common_optimization(ir, true, options->MaxUnrollIterations) || progress;
+
+	 progress = lower_quadop_vector(ir, true) || progress;
+
+	 if (options->MaxIfDepth == 0)
+	    progress = lower_discard(ir) || progress;
+
+	 progress = lower_if_to_cond_assign(ir, options->MaxIfDepth) || progress;
+
+	 if (options->EmitNoNoise)
+	    progress = lower_noise(ir) || progress;
+
+	 /* If there are forms of indirect addressing that the driver
+	  * cannot handle, perform the lowering pass.
+	  */
+	 if (options->EmitNoIndirectInput || options->EmitNoIndirectOutput
+	     || options->EmitNoIndirectTemp || options->EmitNoIndirectUniform)
+	   progress =
+	     lower_variable_index_to_cond_assign(ir,
+						 options->EmitNoIndirectInput,
+						 options->EmitNoIndirectOutput,
+						 options->EmitNoIndirectTemp,
+						 options->EmitNoIndirectUniform)
+	     || progress;
+
+	 progress = do_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir) || progress;
+      } while (progress);
+
+      validate_ir_tree(ir);
+   }
+
+   for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_TYPES; i++) {
+      struct gl_program *linked_prog;
+
+      if (prog->_LinkedShaders[i] == NULL)
+	 continue;
+
+      linked_prog = get_mesa_program(ctx, prog, prog->_LinkedShaders[i]);
+
+      if (linked_prog) {
+         bool ok = true;
+
+         switch (prog->_LinkedShaders[i]->Type) {
+         case GL_VERTEX_SHADER:
+            _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &prog->VertexProgram,
+                                     (struct gl_vertex_program *)linked_prog);
+            ok = ctx->Driver.ProgramStringNotify(ctx, GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB,
+                                                 linked_prog);
+            break;
+         case GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER:
+            _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &prog->FragmentProgram,
+                                     (struct gl_fragment_program *)linked_prog);
+            ok = ctx->Driver.ProgramStringNotify(ctx, GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB,
+                                                 linked_prog);
+            break;
+         case GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER:
+            _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &prog->GeometryProgram,
+                                     (struct gl_geometry_program *)linked_prog);
+            ok = ctx->Driver.ProgramStringNotify(ctx, GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV,
+                                                 linked_prog);
+            break;
+         }
+         if (!ok) {
+            return GL_FALSE;
+         }
+      }
+
+      _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &linked_prog, NULL);
+   }
+
+   return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Compile a GLSL shader.  Called via glCompileShader().
+ */
+void
+_mesa_glsl_compile_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader)
+{
+   struct _mesa_glsl_parse_state *state =
+      new(shader) _mesa_glsl_parse_state(ctx, shader->Type, shader);
+
+   const char *source = shader->Source;
+   /* Check if the user called glCompileShader without first calling
+    * glShaderSource.  This should fail to compile, but not raise a GL_ERROR.
+    */
+   if (source == NULL) {
+      shader->CompileStatus = GL_FALSE;
+      return;
+   }
+
+   state->error = preprocess(state, &source, &state->info_log,
+			     &ctx->Extensions, ctx->API);
+
+   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {
+      printf("GLSL source for %s shader %d:\n",
+	     _mesa_glsl_shader_target_name(state->target), shader->Name);
+      printf("%s\n", shader->Source);
+   }
+
+   if (!state->error) {
+     _mesa_glsl_lexer_ctor(state, source);
+     _mesa_glsl_parse(state);
+     _mesa_glsl_lexer_dtor(state);
+   }
+
+   ralloc_free(shader->ir);
+   shader->ir = new(shader) exec_list;
+   if (!state->error && !state->translation_unit.is_empty())
+      _mesa_ast_to_hir(shader->ir, state);
+
+   if (!state->error && !shader->ir->is_empty()) {
+      validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);
+
+      /* Do some optimization at compile time to reduce shader IR size
+       * and reduce later work if the same shader is linked multiple times
+       */
+      while (do_common_optimization(shader->ir, false, 32))
+	 ;
+
+      validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);
+   }
+
+   shader->symbols = state->symbols;
+
+   shader->CompileStatus = !state->error;
+   shader->InfoLog = state->info_log;
+   shader->Version = state->language_version;
+   memcpy(shader->builtins_to_link, state->builtins_to_link,
+	  sizeof(shader->builtins_to_link[0]) * state->num_builtins_to_link);
+   shader->num_builtins_to_link = state->num_builtins_to_link;
+
+   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_LOG) {
+      _mesa_write_shader_to_file(shader);
+   }
+
+   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {
+      if (shader->CompileStatus) {
+	 printf("GLSL IR for shader %d:\n", shader->Name);
+	 _mesa_print_ir(shader->ir, NULL);
+	 printf("\n\n");
+      } else {
+	 printf("GLSL shader %d failed to compile.\n", shader->Name);
+      }
+      if (shader->InfoLog && shader->InfoLog[0] != 0) {
+	 printf("GLSL shader %d info log:\n", shader->Name);
+	 printf("%s\n", shader->InfoLog);
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* Retain any live IR, but trash the rest. */
+   reparent_ir(shader->ir, shader->ir);
+
+   ralloc_free(state);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Link a GLSL shader program.  Called via glLinkProgram().
+ */
+void
+_mesa_glsl_link_shader(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog)
+{
+   unsigned int i;
+
+   _mesa_clear_shader_program_data(ctx, prog);
+
+   prog->LinkStatus = GL_TRUE;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumShaders; i++) {
+      if (!prog->Shaders[i]->CompileStatus) {
+	 linker_error(prog, "linking with uncompiled shader");
+	 prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE;
+      }
+   }
+
+   prog->Varying = _mesa_new_parameter_list();
+   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &prog->VertexProgram, NULL);
+   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &prog->FragmentProgram, NULL);
+   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &prog->GeometryProgram, NULL);
+
+   if (prog->LinkStatus) {
+      link_shaders(ctx, prog);
+   }
+
+   if (prog->LinkStatus) {
+      if (!ctx->Driver.LinkShader(ctx, prog)) {
+	 prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE;
+      }
+   }
+
+   set_uniform_initializers(ctx, prog);
+
+   if (ctx->Shader.Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {
+      if (!prog->LinkStatus) {
+	 printf("GLSL shader program %d failed to link\n", prog->Name);
+      }
+
+      if (prog->InfoLog && prog->InfoLog[0] != 0) {
+	 printf("GLSL shader program %d info log:\n", prog->Name);
+	 printf("%s\n", prog->InfoLog);
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+} /* extern "C" */
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_instruction.h b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_instruction.h
index 19e9b95a3..db2b594e7 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_instruction.h
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_instruction.h
@@ -1,454 +1,454 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  7.3

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2008  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-

-/**

- * \file prog_instruction.h

- *

- * Vertex/fragment program instruction datatypes and constants.

- *

- * \author Brian Paul

- * \author Keith Whitwell

- * \author Ian Romanick <idr@us.ibm.com>

- */

-

-

-#ifndef PROG_INSTRUCTION_H

-#define PROG_INSTRUCTION_H

-

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-

-

-/**

- * Swizzle indexes.

- * Do not change!

- */

-/*@{*/

-#define SWIZZLE_X    0

-#define SWIZZLE_Y    1

-#define SWIZZLE_Z    2

-#define SWIZZLE_W    3

-#define SWIZZLE_ZERO 4   /**< For SWZ instruction only */

-#define SWIZZLE_ONE  5   /**< For SWZ instruction only */

-#define SWIZZLE_NIL  7   /**< used during shader code gen (undefined value) */

-/*@}*/

-

-#define MAKE_SWIZZLE4(a,b,c,d) (((a)<<0) | ((b)<<3) | ((c)<<6) | ((d)<<9))

-#define SWIZZLE_NOOP           MAKE_SWIZZLE4(0,1,2,3)

-#define GET_SWZ(swz, idx)      (((swz) >> ((idx)*3)) & 0x7)

-#define GET_BIT(msk, idx)      (((msk) >> (idx)) & 0x1)

-

-#define SWIZZLE_XYZW MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_W)

-#define SWIZZLE_XXXX MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X)

-#define SWIZZLE_YYYY MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y)

-#define SWIZZLE_ZZZZ MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z)

-#define SWIZZLE_WWWW MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_W, SWIZZLE_W, SWIZZLE_W, SWIZZLE_W)

-

-

-/**

- * Writemask values, 1 bit per component.

- */

-/*@{*/

-#define WRITEMASK_X     0x1

-#define WRITEMASK_Y     0x2

-#define WRITEMASK_XY    0x3

-#define WRITEMASK_Z     0x4

-#define WRITEMASK_XZ    0x5

-#define WRITEMASK_YZ    0x6

-#define WRITEMASK_XYZ   0x7

-#define WRITEMASK_W     0x8

-#define WRITEMASK_XW    0x9

-#define WRITEMASK_YW    0xa

-#define WRITEMASK_XYW   0xb

-#define WRITEMASK_ZW    0xc

-#define WRITEMASK_XZW   0xd

-#define WRITEMASK_YZW   0xe

-#define WRITEMASK_XYZW  0xf

-/*@}*/

-

-

-/**

- * Condition codes

- */

-/*@{*/

-#define COND_GT  1  /**< greater than zero */

-#define COND_EQ  2  /**< equal to zero */

-#define COND_LT  3  /**< less than zero */

-#define COND_UN  4  /**< unordered (NaN) */

-#define COND_GE  5  /**< greater than or equal to zero */

-#define COND_LE  6  /**< less than or equal to zero */

-#define COND_NE  7  /**< not equal to zero */

-#define COND_TR  8  /**< always true */

-#define COND_FL  9  /**< always false */

-/*@}*/

-

-

-/**

- * Instruction precision for GL_NV_fragment_program

- */

-/*@{*/

-#define FLOAT32  0x1

-#define FLOAT16  0x2

-#define FIXED12  0x4

-/*@}*/

-

-

-/**

- * Saturation modes when storing values.

- */

-/*@{*/

-#define SATURATE_OFF            0

-#define SATURATE_ZERO_ONE       1

-/*@}*/

-

-

-/**

- * Per-component negation masks

- */

-/*@{*/

-#define NEGATE_X    0x1

-#define NEGATE_Y    0x2

-#define NEGATE_Z    0x4

-#define NEGATE_W    0x8

-#define NEGATE_XYZ  0x7

-#define NEGATE_XYZW 0xf

-#define NEGATE_NONE 0x0

-/*@}*/

-

-

-/**

- * Program instruction opcodes for vertex, fragment and geometry programs.

- */

-typedef enum prog_opcode {

-                     /* ARB_vp   ARB_fp   NV_vp   NV_fp     GLSL */

-                     /*------------------------------------------*/

-   OPCODE_NOP = 0,   /*                                      X   */

-   OPCODE_ABS,       /*   X        X       1.1               X   */

-   OPCODE_ADD,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_AND,       /*                                          */

-   OPCODE_ARA,       /*                    2                     */

-   OPCODE_ARL,       /*   X                X                 X   */

-   OPCODE_ARL_NV,    /*                    2                     */

-   OPCODE_ARR,       /*                    2                     */

-   OPCODE_BGNLOOP,   /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_BGNSUB,    /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_BRA,       /*                    2                     */

-   OPCODE_BRK,       /*                    2                opt  */

-   OPCODE_CAL,       /*                    2       2        opt  */

-   OPCODE_CMP,       /*            X                         X   */

-   OPCODE_CONT,      /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_COS,       /*            X       2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_DDX,       /*                            X         X   */

-   OPCODE_DDY,       /*                            X         X   */

-   OPCODE_DP2,       /*                            2         X   */

-   OPCODE_DP2A,      /*                            2             */

-   OPCODE_DP3,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_DP4,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_DPH,       /*   X        X       1.1                   */

-   OPCODE_DST,       /*   X        X       X       X             */

-   OPCODE_ELSE,      /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_EMIT_VERTEX,/*                                     X   */

-   OPCODE_END,       /*   X        X       X       X        opt  */

-   OPCODE_END_PRIMITIVE,/*                                   X   */

-   OPCODE_ENDIF,     /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_ENDLOOP,   /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_ENDSUB,    /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_EX2,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_EXP,       /*   X                X                     */

-   OPCODE_FLR,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_FRC,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_IF,        /*                                     opt  */

-   OPCODE_KIL,       /*            X                         X   */

-   OPCODE_KIL_NV,    /*                            X         X   */

-   OPCODE_LG2,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_LIT,       /*   X        X       X       X             */

-   OPCODE_LOG,       /*   X                X                     */

-   OPCODE_LRP,       /*            X               X             */

-   OPCODE_MAD,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_MAX,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_MIN,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_MOV,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_MUL,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_NOISE1,    /*                                      X   */

-   OPCODE_NOISE2,    /*                                      X   */

-   OPCODE_NOISE3,    /*                                      X   */

-   OPCODE_NOISE4,    /*                                      X   */

-   OPCODE_NOT,       /*                                          */

-   OPCODE_NRM3,      /*                                          */

-   OPCODE_NRM4,      /*                                          */

-   OPCODE_OR,        /*                                          */

-   OPCODE_PK2H,      /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_PK2US,     /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_PK4B,      /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_PK4UB,     /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_POW,       /*   X        X               X         X   */

-   OPCODE_POPA,      /*                    3                     */

-   OPCODE_PRINT,     /*                    X       X             */

-   OPCODE_PUSHA,     /*                    3                     */

-   OPCODE_RCC,       /*                    1.1                   */

-   OPCODE_RCP,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_RET,       /*                    2       2        opt  */

-   OPCODE_RFL,       /*            X               X             */

-   OPCODE_RSQ,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SCS,       /*            X                         X   */

-   OPCODE_SEQ,       /*                    2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SFL,       /*                    2       X             */

-   OPCODE_SGE,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SGT,       /*                    2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SIN,       /*            X       2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SLE,       /*                    2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SLT,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SNE,       /*                    2       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SSG,       /*                    2                 X   */

-   OPCODE_STR,       /*                    2       X             */

-   OPCODE_SUB,       /*   X        X       1.1     X         X   */

-   OPCODE_SWZ,       /*   X        X                         X   */

-   OPCODE_TEX,       /*            X       3       X         X   */

-   OPCODE_TXB,       /*            X       3                 X   */

-   OPCODE_TXD,       /*                            X         X   */

-   OPCODE_TXL,       /*                    3       2         X   */

-   OPCODE_TXP,       /*            X                         X   */

-   OPCODE_TXP_NV,    /*                    3       X             */

-   OPCODE_TRUNC,     /*                                      X   */

-   OPCODE_UP2H,      /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_UP2US,     /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_UP4B,      /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_UP4UB,     /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_X2D,       /*                            X             */

-   OPCODE_XOR,       /*                                          */

-   OPCODE_XPD,       /*   X        X                             */

-   MAX_OPCODE

-} gl_inst_opcode;

-

-

-/**

- * Number of bits for the src/dst register Index field.

- * This limits the size of temp/uniform register files.

- */

-#define INST_INDEX_BITS 12

-

-

-/**

- * Instruction source register.

- */

-struct prog_src_register

-{

-   GLuint File:4;	/**< One of the PROGRAM_* register file values. */

-   GLint Index:(INST_INDEX_BITS+1); /**< Extra bit here for sign bit.

-                                     * May be negative for relative addressing.

-                                     */

-   GLuint Swizzle:12;

-   GLuint RelAddr:1;

-

-   /** Take the component-wise absolute value */

-   GLuint Abs:1;

-

-   /**

-    * Post-Abs negation.

-    * This will either be NEGATE_NONE or NEGATE_XYZW, except for the SWZ

-    * instruction which allows per-component negation.

-    */

-   GLuint Negate:4;

-

-   /**

-    * Is the register two-dimensional.

-    * Two dimensional registers are of the

-    * REGISTER[index][index2] format.

-    * They are used by the geometry shaders where

-    * the first index is the index within an array

-    * and the second index is the semantic of the

-    * array, e.g. gl_PositionIn[index] would become

-    * INPUT[index][gl_PositionIn]

-    */

-   GLuint HasIndex2:1;

-   GLuint RelAddr2:1;

-   GLint Index2:(INST_INDEX_BITS+1); /**< Extra bit here for sign bit.

-                                       * May be negative for relative

-                                       * addressing. */

-};

-

-

-/**

- * Instruction destination register.

- */

-struct prog_dst_register

-{

-   GLuint File:4;      /**< One of the PROGRAM_* register file values */

-   GLuint Index:INST_INDEX_BITS;  /**< Unsigned, never negative */

-   GLuint WriteMask:4;

-   GLuint RelAddr:1;

-

-   /**

-    * \name Conditional destination update control.

-    *

-    * \since

-    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program2,

-    * NV_vertex_program2_option.

-    */

-   /*@{*/

-   /**

-    * Takes one of the 9 possible condition values (EQ, FL, GT, GE, LE, LT,

-    * NE, TR, or UN).  Dest reg is only written to if the matching

-    * (swizzled) condition code value passes.  When a conditional update mask

-    * is not specified, this will be \c COND_TR.

-    */

-   GLuint CondMask:4;

-

-   /**

-    * Condition code swizzle value.

-    */

-   GLuint CondSwizzle:12;

-

-   /**

-    * Selects the condition code register to use for conditional destination

-    * update masking.  In NV_fragmnet_program or NV_vertex_program2 mode, only

-    * condition code register 0 is available.  In NV_vertex_program3 mode,

-    * condition code registers 0 and 1 are available.

-    */

-   GLuint CondSrc:1;

-   /*@}*/

-};

-

-

-/**

- * Vertex/fragment program instruction.

- */

-struct prog_instruction

-{

-   gl_inst_opcode Opcode;

-   struct prog_src_register SrcReg[3];

-   struct prog_dst_register DstReg;

-

-   /**

-    * Indicates that the instruction should update the condition code

-    * register.

-    *

-    * \since

-    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program2,

-    * NV_vertex_program2_option.

-    */

-   GLuint CondUpdate:1;

-

-   /**

-    * If prog_instruction::CondUpdate is \c GL_TRUE, this value selects the

-    * condition code register that is to be updated.

-    *

-    * In GL_NV_fragment_program or GL_NV_vertex_program2 mode, only condition

-    * code register 0 is available.  In GL_NV_vertex_program3 mode, condition

-    * code registers 0 and 1 are available.

-    *

-    * \since

-    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program2,

-    * NV_vertex_program2_option.

-    */

-   GLuint CondDst:1;

-

-   /**

-    * Saturate each value of the vectored result to the range [0,1] or the

-    * range [-1,1].  \c SSAT mode (i.e., saturation to the range [-1,1]) is

-    * only available in NV_fragment_program2 mode.

-    * Value is one of the SATURATE_* tokens.

-    *

-    * \since

-    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program3.

-    */

-   GLuint SaturateMode:2;

-

-   /**

-    * Per-instruction selectable precision: FLOAT32, FLOAT16, FIXED12.

-    *

-    * \since

-    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option.

-    */

-   GLuint Precision:3;

-

-   /**

-    * \name Extra fields for TEX, TXB, TXD, TXL, TXP instructions.

-    */

-   /*@{*/

-   /** Source texture unit. */

-   GLuint TexSrcUnit:5;

-

-   /** Source texture target, one of TEXTURE_{1D,2D,3D,CUBE,RECT}_INDEX */

-   GLuint TexSrcTarget:3;

-

-   /** True if tex instruction should do shadow comparison */

-   GLuint TexShadow:1;

-   /*@}*/

-

-   /**

-    * For BRA and CAL instructions, the location to jump to.

-    * For BGNLOOP, points to ENDLOOP (and vice-versa).

-    * For BRK, points to ENDLOOP

-    * For IF, points to ELSE or ENDIF.

-    * For ELSE, points to ENDIF.

-    */

-   GLint BranchTarget;

-

-   /** for debugging purposes */

-   const char *Comment;

-

-   /** Arbitrary data.  Used for OPCODE_PRINT and some drivers */

-   void *Data;

-

-   /** for driver use (try to remove someday) */

-   GLint Aux;

-};

-

-

-extern void

-_mesa_init_instructions(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint count);

-

-extern struct prog_instruction *

-_mesa_alloc_instructions(GLuint numInst);

-

-extern struct prog_instruction *

-_mesa_realloc_instructions(struct prog_instruction *oldInst,

-                           GLuint numOldInst, GLuint numNewInst);

-

-extern struct prog_instruction *

-_mesa_copy_instructions(struct prog_instruction *dest,

-                        const struct prog_instruction *src, GLuint n);

-

-extern void

-_mesa_free_instructions(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint count);

-

-extern GLuint

-_mesa_num_inst_src_regs(gl_inst_opcode opcode);

-

-extern GLuint

-_mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(gl_inst_opcode opcode);

-

-extern GLboolean

-_mesa_is_tex_instruction(gl_inst_opcode opcode);

-

-extern GLboolean

-_mesa_check_soa_dependencies(const struct prog_instruction *inst);

-

-extern const char *

-_mesa_opcode_string(gl_inst_opcode opcode);

-

-

-#endif /* PROG_INSTRUCTION_H */

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  7.3
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2008  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * \file prog_instruction.h
+ *
+ * Vertex/fragment program instruction datatypes and constants.
+ *
+ * \author Brian Paul
+ * \author Keith Whitwell
+ * \author Ian Romanick <idr@us.ibm.com>
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef PROG_INSTRUCTION_H
+#define PROG_INSTRUCTION_H
+
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Swizzle indexes.
+ * Do not change!
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SWIZZLE_X    0
+#define SWIZZLE_Y    1
+#define SWIZZLE_Z    2
+#define SWIZZLE_W    3
+#define SWIZZLE_ZERO 4   /**< For SWZ instruction only */
+#define SWIZZLE_ONE  5   /**< For SWZ instruction only */
+#define SWIZZLE_NIL  7   /**< used during shader code gen (undefined value) */
+/*@}*/
+
+#define MAKE_SWIZZLE4(a,b,c,d) (((a)<<0) | ((b)<<3) | ((c)<<6) | ((d)<<9))
+#define SWIZZLE_NOOP           MAKE_SWIZZLE4(0,1,2,3)
+#define GET_SWZ(swz, idx)      (((swz) >> ((idx)*3)) & 0x7)
+#define GET_BIT(msk, idx)      (((msk) >> (idx)) & 0x1)
+
+#define SWIZZLE_XYZW MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_W)
+#define SWIZZLE_XXXX MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X)
+#define SWIZZLE_YYYY MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y)
+#define SWIZZLE_ZZZZ MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z)
+#define SWIZZLE_WWWW MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_W, SWIZZLE_W, SWIZZLE_W, SWIZZLE_W)
+
+
+/**
+ * Writemask values, 1 bit per component.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define WRITEMASK_X     0x1
+#define WRITEMASK_Y     0x2
+#define WRITEMASK_XY    0x3
+#define WRITEMASK_Z     0x4
+#define WRITEMASK_XZ    0x5
+#define WRITEMASK_YZ    0x6
+#define WRITEMASK_XYZ   0x7
+#define WRITEMASK_W     0x8
+#define WRITEMASK_XW    0x9
+#define WRITEMASK_YW    0xa
+#define WRITEMASK_XYW   0xb
+#define WRITEMASK_ZW    0xc
+#define WRITEMASK_XZW   0xd
+#define WRITEMASK_YZW   0xe
+#define WRITEMASK_XYZW  0xf
+/*@}*/
+
+
+/**
+ * Condition codes
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define COND_GT  1  /**< greater than zero */
+#define COND_EQ  2  /**< equal to zero */
+#define COND_LT  3  /**< less than zero */
+#define COND_UN  4  /**< unordered (NaN) */
+#define COND_GE  5  /**< greater than or equal to zero */
+#define COND_LE  6  /**< less than or equal to zero */
+#define COND_NE  7  /**< not equal to zero */
+#define COND_TR  8  /**< always true */
+#define COND_FL  9  /**< always false */
+/*@}*/
+
+
+/**
+ * Instruction precision for GL_NV_fragment_program
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define FLOAT32  0x1
+#define FLOAT16  0x2
+#define FIXED12  0x4
+/*@}*/
+
+
+/**
+ * Saturation modes when storing values.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SATURATE_OFF            0
+#define SATURATE_ZERO_ONE       1
+/*@}*/
+
+
+/**
+ * Per-component negation masks
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define NEGATE_X    0x1
+#define NEGATE_Y    0x2
+#define NEGATE_Z    0x4
+#define NEGATE_W    0x8
+#define NEGATE_XYZ  0x7
+#define NEGATE_XYZW 0xf
+#define NEGATE_NONE 0x0
+/*@}*/
+
+
+/**
+ * Program instruction opcodes for vertex, fragment and geometry programs.
+ */
+typedef enum prog_opcode {
+                     /* ARB_vp   ARB_fp   NV_vp   NV_fp     GLSL */
+                     /*------------------------------------------*/
+   OPCODE_NOP = 0,   /*                                      X   */
+   OPCODE_ABS,       /*   X        X       1.1               X   */
+   OPCODE_ADD,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_AND,       /*                                          */
+   OPCODE_ARA,       /*                    2                     */
+   OPCODE_ARL,       /*   X                X                 X   */
+   OPCODE_ARL_NV,    /*                    2                     */
+   OPCODE_ARR,       /*                    2                     */
+   OPCODE_BGNLOOP,   /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_BGNSUB,    /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_BRA,       /*                    2                     */
+   OPCODE_BRK,       /*                    2                opt  */
+   OPCODE_CAL,       /*                    2       2        opt  */
+   OPCODE_CMP,       /*            X                         X   */
+   OPCODE_CONT,      /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_COS,       /*            X       2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_DDX,       /*                            X         X   */
+   OPCODE_DDY,       /*                            X         X   */
+   OPCODE_DP2,       /*                            2         X   */
+   OPCODE_DP2A,      /*                            2             */
+   OPCODE_DP3,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_DP4,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_DPH,       /*   X        X       1.1                   */
+   OPCODE_DST,       /*   X        X       X       X             */
+   OPCODE_ELSE,      /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_EMIT_VERTEX,/*                                     X   */
+   OPCODE_END,       /*   X        X       X       X        opt  */
+   OPCODE_END_PRIMITIVE,/*                                   X   */
+   OPCODE_ENDIF,     /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_ENDLOOP,   /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_ENDSUB,    /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_EX2,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_EXP,       /*   X                X                     */
+   OPCODE_FLR,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_FRC,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_IF,        /*                                     opt  */
+   OPCODE_KIL,       /*            X                         X   */
+   OPCODE_KIL_NV,    /*                            X         X   */
+   OPCODE_LG2,       /*   X        X       2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_LIT,       /*   X        X       X       X             */
+   OPCODE_LOG,       /*   X                X                     */
+   OPCODE_LRP,       /*            X               X             */
+   OPCODE_MAD,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_MAX,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_MIN,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_MOV,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_MUL,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_NOISE1,    /*                                      X   */
+   OPCODE_NOISE2,    /*                                      X   */
+   OPCODE_NOISE3,    /*                                      X   */
+   OPCODE_NOISE4,    /*                                      X   */
+   OPCODE_NOT,       /*                                          */
+   OPCODE_NRM3,      /*                                          */
+   OPCODE_NRM4,      /*                                          */
+   OPCODE_OR,        /*                                          */
+   OPCODE_PK2H,      /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_PK2US,     /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_PK4B,      /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_PK4UB,     /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_POW,       /*   X        X               X         X   */
+   OPCODE_POPA,      /*                    3                     */
+   OPCODE_PRINT,     /*                    X       X             */
+   OPCODE_PUSHA,     /*                    3                     */
+   OPCODE_RCC,       /*                    1.1                   */
+   OPCODE_RCP,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_RET,       /*                    2       2        opt  */
+   OPCODE_RFL,       /*            X               X             */
+   OPCODE_RSQ,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SCS,       /*            X                         X   */
+   OPCODE_SEQ,       /*                    2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SFL,       /*                    2       X             */
+   OPCODE_SGE,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SGT,       /*                    2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SIN,       /*            X       2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SLE,       /*                    2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SLT,       /*   X        X       X       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SNE,       /*                    2       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SSG,       /*                    2                 X   */
+   OPCODE_STR,       /*                    2       X             */
+   OPCODE_SUB,       /*   X        X       1.1     X         X   */
+   OPCODE_SWZ,       /*   X        X                         X   */
+   OPCODE_TEX,       /*            X       3       X         X   */
+   OPCODE_TXB,       /*            X       3                 X   */
+   OPCODE_TXD,       /*                            X         X   */
+   OPCODE_TXL,       /*                    3       2         X   */
+   OPCODE_TXP,       /*            X                         X   */
+   OPCODE_TXP_NV,    /*                    3       X             */
+   OPCODE_TRUNC,     /*                                      X   */
+   OPCODE_UP2H,      /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_UP2US,     /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_UP4B,      /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_UP4UB,     /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_X2D,       /*                            X             */
+   OPCODE_XOR,       /*                                          */
+   OPCODE_XPD,       /*   X        X                             */
+   MAX_OPCODE
+} gl_inst_opcode;
+
+
+/**
+ * Number of bits for the src/dst register Index field.
+ * This limits the size of temp/uniform register files.
+ */
+#define INST_INDEX_BITS 12
+
+
+/**
+ * Instruction source register.
+ */
+struct prog_src_register
+{
+   GLuint File:4;	/**< One of the PROGRAM_* register file values. */
+   GLint Index:(INST_INDEX_BITS+1); /**< Extra bit here for sign bit.
+                                     * May be negative for relative addressing.
+                                     */
+   GLuint Swizzle:12;
+   GLuint RelAddr:1;
+
+   /** Take the component-wise absolute value */
+   GLuint Abs:1;
+
+   /**
+    * Post-Abs negation.
+    * This will either be NEGATE_NONE or NEGATE_XYZW, except for the SWZ
+    * instruction which allows per-component negation.
+    */
+   GLuint Negate:4;
+
+   /**
+    * Is the register two-dimensional.
+    * Two dimensional registers are of the
+    * REGISTER[index][index2] format.
+    * They are used by the geometry shaders where
+    * the first index is the index within an array
+    * and the second index is the semantic of the
+    * array, e.g. gl_PositionIn[index] would become
+    * INPUT[index][gl_PositionIn]
+    */
+   GLuint HasIndex2:1;
+   GLuint RelAddr2:1;
+   GLint Index2:(INST_INDEX_BITS+1); /**< Extra bit here for sign bit.
+                                       * May be negative for relative
+                                       * addressing. */
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Instruction destination register.
+ */
+struct prog_dst_register
+{
+   GLuint File:4;      /**< One of the PROGRAM_* register file values */
+   GLuint Index:INST_INDEX_BITS;  /**< Unsigned, never negative */
+   GLuint WriteMask:4;
+   GLuint RelAddr:1;
+
+   /**
+    * \name Conditional destination update control.
+    *
+    * \since
+    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program2,
+    * NV_vertex_program2_option.
+    */
+   /*@{*/
+   /**
+    * Takes one of the 9 possible condition values (EQ, FL, GT, GE, LE, LT,
+    * NE, TR, or UN).  Dest reg is only written to if the matching
+    * (swizzled) condition code value passes.  When a conditional update mask
+    * is not specified, this will be \c COND_TR.
+    */
+   GLuint CondMask:4;
+
+   /**
+    * Condition code swizzle value.
+    */
+   GLuint CondSwizzle:12;
+
+   /**
+    * Selects the condition code register to use for conditional destination
+    * update masking.  In NV_fragmnet_program or NV_vertex_program2 mode, only
+    * condition code register 0 is available.  In NV_vertex_program3 mode,
+    * condition code registers 0 and 1 are available.
+    */
+   GLuint CondSrc:1;
+   /*@}*/
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Vertex/fragment program instruction.
+ */
+struct prog_instruction
+{
+   gl_inst_opcode Opcode;
+   struct prog_src_register SrcReg[3];
+   struct prog_dst_register DstReg;
+
+   /**
+    * Indicates that the instruction should update the condition code
+    * register.
+    *
+    * \since
+    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program2,
+    * NV_vertex_program2_option.
+    */
+   GLuint CondUpdate:1;
+
+   /**
+    * If prog_instruction::CondUpdate is \c GL_TRUE, this value selects the
+    * condition code register that is to be updated.
+    *
+    * In GL_NV_fragment_program or GL_NV_vertex_program2 mode, only condition
+    * code register 0 is available.  In GL_NV_vertex_program3 mode, condition
+    * code registers 0 and 1 are available.
+    *
+    * \since
+    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program2,
+    * NV_vertex_program2_option.
+    */
+   GLuint CondDst:1;
+
+   /**
+    * Saturate each value of the vectored result to the range [0,1] or the
+    * range [-1,1].  \c SSAT mode (i.e., saturation to the range [-1,1]) is
+    * only available in NV_fragment_program2 mode.
+    * Value is one of the SATURATE_* tokens.
+    *
+    * \since
+    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option, NV_vertex_program3.
+    */
+   GLuint SaturateMode:2;
+
+   /**
+    * Per-instruction selectable precision: FLOAT32, FLOAT16, FIXED12.
+    *
+    * \since
+    * NV_fragment_program, NV_fragment_program_option.
+    */
+   GLuint Precision:3;
+
+   /**
+    * \name Extra fields for TEX, TXB, TXD, TXL, TXP instructions.
+    */
+   /*@{*/
+   /** Source texture unit. */
+   GLuint TexSrcUnit:5;
+
+   /** Source texture target, one of TEXTURE_{1D,2D,3D,CUBE,RECT}_INDEX */
+   GLuint TexSrcTarget:3;
+
+   /** True if tex instruction should do shadow comparison */
+   GLuint TexShadow:1;
+   /*@}*/
+
+   /**
+    * For BRA and CAL instructions, the location to jump to.
+    * For BGNLOOP, points to ENDLOOP (and vice-versa).
+    * For BRK, points to ENDLOOP
+    * For IF, points to ELSE or ENDIF.
+    * For ELSE, points to ENDIF.
+    */
+   GLint BranchTarget;
+
+   /** for debugging purposes */
+   const char *Comment;
+
+   /** Arbitrary data.  Used for OPCODE_PRINT and some drivers */
+   void *Data;
+
+   /** for driver use (try to remove someday) */
+   GLint Aux;
+};
+
+
+extern void
+_mesa_init_instructions(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint count);
+
+extern struct prog_instruction *
+_mesa_alloc_instructions(GLuint numInst);
+
+extern struct prog_instruction *
+_mesa_realloc_instructions(struct prog_instruction *oldInst,
+                           GLuint numOldInst, GLuint numNewInst);
+
+extern struct prog_instruction *
+_mesa_copy_instructions(struct prog_instruction *dest,
+                        const struct prog_instruction *src, GLuint n);
+
+extern void
+_mesa_free_instructions(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint count);
+
+extern GLuint
+_mesa_num_inst_src_regs(gl_inst_opcode opcode);
+
+extern GLuint
+_mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(gl_inst_opcode opcode);
+
+extern GLboolean
+_mesa_is_tex_instruction(gl_inst_opcode opcode);
+
+extern GLboolean
+_mesa_check_soa_dependencies(const struct prog_instruction *inst);
+
+extern const char *
+_mesa_opcode_string(gl_inst_opcode opcode);
+
+
+#endif /* PROG_INSTRUCTION_H */
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_optimize.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_optimize.c
index 1fe1c9add..25d9684b1 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_optimize.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_optimize.c
@@ -1,1366 +1,1366 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  7.5

- *

- * Copyright (C) 2009  VMware, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * VMWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-#include "main/context.h"

-#include "main/macros.h"

-#include "program.h"

-#include "prog_instruction.h"

-#include "prog_optimize.h"

-#include "prog_print.h"

-

-

-#define MAX_LOOP_NESTING 50

-/* MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS is a low number (256), and we want to be able to

- * register allocate many temporary values into that small number of

- * temps.  So allow large temporary indices coming into the register

- * allocator.

- */

-#define REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS	((1 << INST_INDEX_BITS) - 1)

-

-static GLboolean dbg = GL_FALSE;

-

-#define NO_MASK 0xf

-

-/**

- * Returns the mask of channels (bitmask of WRITEMASK_X,Y,Z,W) which

- * are read from the given src in this instruction, We also provide

- * one optional masks which may mask other components in the dst

- * register

- */

-static GLuint

-get_src_arg_mask(const struct prog_instruction *inst,

-                 GLuint arg, GLuint dst_mask)

-{

-   GLuint read_mask, channel_mask;

-   GLuint comp;

-

-   ASSERT(arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode));

-

-   /* Form the dst register, find the written channels */

-   if (inst->CondUpdate) {

-      channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   }

-   else {

-      switch (inst->Opcode) {

-      case OPCODE_MOV:

-      case OPCODE_MIN:

-      case OPCODE_MAX:

-      case OPCODE_ABS:

-      case OPCODE_ADD:

-      case OPCODE_MAD:

-      case OPCODE_MUL:

-      case OPCODE_SUB:

-      case OPCODE_CMP:

-      case OPCODE_FLR:

-      case OPCODE_FRC:

-      case OPCODE_LRP:

-      case OPCODE_SEQ:

-      case OPCODE_SGE:

-      case OPCODE_SGT:

-      case OPCODE_SLE:

-      case OPCODE_SLT:

-      case OPCODE_SNE:

-      case OPCODE_SSG:

-         channel_mask = inst->DstReg.WriteMask & dst_mask;

-         break;

-      case OPCODE_RCP:

-      case OPCODE_SIN:

-      case OPCODE_COS:

-      case OPCODE_RSQ:

-      case OPCODE_POW:

-      case OPCODE_EX2:

-      case OPCODE_LOG:

-         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_X;

-         break;

-      case OPCODE_DP2:

-         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XY;

-         break;

-      case OPCODE_DP3:

-      case OPCODE_XPD:

-         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;

-         break;

-      default:

-         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-         break;

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* Now, given the src swizzle and the written channels, find which

-    * components are actually read

-    */

-   read_mask = 0x0;

-   for (comp = 0; comp < 4; ++comp) {

-      const GLuint coord = GET_SWZ(inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle, comp);

-      ASSERT(coord < 4);

-      if (channel_mask & (1 << comp) && coord <= SWIZZLE_W)

-         read_mask |= 1 << coord;

-   }

-

-   return read_mask;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * For a MOV instruction, compute a write mask when src register also has

- * a mask

- */

-static GLuint

-get_dst_mask_for_mov(const struct prog_instruction *mov, GLuint src_mask)

-{

-   const GLuint mask = mov->DstReg.WriteMask;

-   GLuint comp;

-   GLuint updated_mask = 0x0;

-

-   ASSERT(mov->Opcode == OPCODE_MOV);

-

-   for (comp = 0; comp < 4; ++comp) {

-      GLuint src_comp;

-      if ((mask & (1 << comp)) == 0)

-         continue;

-      src_comp = GET_SWZ(mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, comp);

-      if ((src_mask & (1 << src_comp)) == 0)

-         continue;

-      updated_mask |= 1 << comp;

-   }

-

-   return updated_mask;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Ensure that the swizzle is regular.  That is, all of the swizzle

- * terms are SWIZZLE_X,Y,Z,W and not SWIZZLE_ZERO or SWIZZLE_ONE.

- */

-static GLboolean

-is_swizzle_regular(GLuint swz)

-{

-   return GET_SWZ(swz,0) <= SWIZZLE_W &&

-          GET_SWZ(swz,1) <= SWIZZLE_W &&

-          GET_SWZ(swz,2) <= SWIZZLE_W &&

-          GET_SWZ(swz,3) <= SWIZZLE_W;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * In 'prog' remove instruction[i] if removeFlags[i] == TRUE.

- * \return number of instructions removed

- */

-static GLuint

-remove_instructions(struct gl_program *prog, const GLboolean *removeFlags)

-{

-   GLint i, removeEnd = 0, removeCount = 0;

-   GLuint totalRemoved = 0;

-

-   /* go backward */

-   for (i = prog->NumInstructions - 1; i >= 0; i--) {

-      if (removeFlags[i]) {

-         totalRemoved++;

-         if (removeCount == 0) {

-            /* begin a run of instructions to remove */

-            removeEnd = i;

-            removeCount = 1;

-         }

-         else {

-            /* extend the run of instructions to remove */

-            removeCount++;

-         }

-      }

-      else {

-         /* don't remove this instruction, but check if the preceeding

-          * instructions are to be removed.

-          */

-         if (removeCount > 0) {

-            GLint removeStart = removeEnd - removeCount + 1;

-            _mesa_delete_instructions(prog, removeStart, removeCount);

-            removeStart = removeCount = 0; /* reset removal info */

-         }

-      }

-   }

-   /* Finish removing if the first instruction was to be removed. */

-   if (removeCount > 0) {

-      GLint removeStart = removeEnd - removeCount + 1;

-      _mesa_delete_instructions(prog, removeStart, removeCount);

-   }

-   return totalRemoved;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Remap register indexes according to map.

- * \param prog  the program to search/replace

- * \param file  the type of register file to search/replace

- * \param map  maps old register indexes to new indexes

- */

-static void

-replace_regs(struct gl_program *prog, gl_register_file file, const GLint map[])

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);

-      GLuint j;

-      for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {

-         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == file) {

-            GLuint index = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;

-            ASSERT(map[index] >= 0);

-            inst->SrcReg[j].Index = map[index];

-         }

-      }

-      if (inst->DstReg.File == file) {

-         const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;

-         ASSERT(map[index] >= 0);

-         inst->DstReg.Index = map[index];

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Remove dead instructions from the given program.

- * This is very primitive for now.  Basically look for temp registers

- * that are written to but never read.  Remove any instructions that

- * write to such registers.  Be careful with condition code setters.

- */

-static GLboolean

-_mesa_remove_dead_code_global(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLboolean tempRead[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS][4];

-   GLboolean *removeInst; /* per-instruction removal flag */

-   GLuint i, rem = 0, comp;

-

-   memset(tempRead, 0, sizeof(tempRead));

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: Begin dead code removal\n");

-      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/

-   }

-

-   removeInst = (GLboolean *)

-      calloc(1, prog->NumInstructions * sizeof(GLboolean));

-

-   /* Determine which temps are read and written */

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);

-      GLuint j;

-

-      /* check src regs */

-      for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {

-         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {

-            const GLuint index = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;

-            GLuint read_mask;

-            ASSERT(index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);

-	    read_mask = get_src_arg_mask(inst, j, NO_MASK);

-

-            if (inst->SrcReg[j].RelAddr) {

-               if (dbg)

-                  printf("abort remove dead code (indirect temp)\n");

-               goto done;

-            }

-

-	    for (comp = 0; comp < 4; comp++) {

-	       const GLuint swz = GET_SWZ(inst->SrcReg[j].Swizzle, comp);

-	       ASSERT(swz < 4);

-               if ((read_mask & (1 << swz)) == 0)

-		  continue;

-               if (swz <= SWIZZLE_W)

-                  tempRead[index][swz] = GL_TRUE;

-	    }

-         }

-      }

-

-      /* check dst reg */

-      if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {

-         const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;

-         ASSERT(index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);

-

-         if (inst->DstReg.RelAddr) {

-            if (dbg)

-               printf("abort remove dead code (indirect temp)\n");

-            goto done;

-         }

-

-         if (inst->CondUpdate) {

-            /* If we're writing to this register and setting condition

-             * codes we cannot remove the instruction.  Prevent removal

-             * by setting the 'read' flag.

-             */

-            tempRead[index][0] = GL_TRUE;

-            tempRead[index][1] = GL_TRUE;

-            tempRead[index][2] = GL_TRUE;

-            tempRead[index][3] = GL_TRUE;

-         }

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* find instructions that write to dead registers, flag for removal */

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      const GLuint numDst = _mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(inst->Opcode);

-

-      if (numDst != 0 && inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {

-         GLint chan, index = inst->DstReg.Index;

-

-	 for (chan = 0; chan < 4; chan++) {

-	    if (!tempRead[index][chan] &&

-		inst->DstReg.WriteMask & (1 << chan)) {

-	       if (dbg) {

-		  printf("Remove writemask on %u.%c\n", i,

-			       chan == 3 ? 'w' : 'x' + chan);

-	       }

-	       inst->DstReg.WriteMask &= ~(1 << chan);

-	       rem++;

-	    }

-	 }

-

-	 if (inst->DstReg.WriteMask == 0) {

-	    /* If we cleared all writes, the instruction can be removed. */

-	    if (dbg)

-	       printf("Remove instruction %u: \n", i);

-	    removeInst[i] = GL_TRUE;

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* now remove the instructions which aren't needed */

-   rem = remove_instructions(prog, removeInst);

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: End dead code removal.\n");

-      printf("  %u channel writes removed\n", rem);

-      printf("  %u instructions removed\n", rem);

-      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/

-   }

-

-done:

-   free(removeInst);

-   return rem != 0;

-}

-

-

-enum inst_use

-{

-   READ,

-   WRITE,

-   FLOW,

-   END

-};

-

-

-/**

- * Scan forward in program from 'start' for the next occurances of TEMP[index].

- * We look if an instruction reads the component given by the masks and if they

- * are overwritten.

- * Return READ, WRITE, FLOW or END to indicate the next usage or an indicator

- * that we can't look further.

- */

-static enum inst_use

-find_next_use(const struct gl_program *prog,

-              GLuint start,

-              GLuint index,

-              GLuint mask)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   for (i = start; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      switch (inst->Opcode) {

-      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-      case OPCODE_BGNSUB:

-      case OPCODE_BRA:

-      case OPCODE_CAL:

-      case OPCODE_CONT:

-      case OPCODE_IF:

-      case OPCODE_ELSE:

-      case OPCODE_ENDIF:

-      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:

-      case OPCODE_ENDSUB:

-      case OPCODE_RET:

-         return FLOW;

-      case OPCODE_END:

-         return END;

-      default:

-         {

-            const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);

-            GLuint j;

-            for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {

-               if (inst->SrcReg[j].RelAddr ||

-                   (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&

-                   inst->SrcReg[j].Index == index &&

-                   (get_src_arg_mask(inst,j,NO_MASK) & mask)))

-                  return READ;

-            }

-            if (_mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(inst->Opcode) == 1 &&

-                inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&

-                inst->DstReg.Index == index) {

-               mask &= ~inst->DstReg.WriteMask;

-               if (mask == 0)

-                  return WRITE;

-            }

-         }

-      }

-   }

-   return END;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Is the given instruction opcode a flow-control opcode?

- * XXX maybe move this into prog_instruction.[ch]

- */

-static GLboolean

-_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(enum prog_opcode opcode)

-{

-   switch (opcode) {

-   case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-   case OPCODE_BGNSUB:

-   case OPCODE_BRA:

-   case OPCODE_CAL:

-   case OPCODE_CONT:

-   case OPCODE_IF:

-   case OPCODE_ELSE:

-   case OPCODE_END:

-   case OPCODE_ENDIF:

-   case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:

-   case OPCODE_ENDSUB:

-   case OPCODE_RET:

-      return GL_TRUE;

-   default:

-      return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Test if the given instruction is a simple MOV (no conditional updating,

- * not relative addressing, no negation/abs, etc).

- */

-static GLboolean

-can_downward_mov_be_modifed(const struct prog_instruction *mov)

-{

-   return

-      mov->Opcode == OPCODE_MOV &&

-      mov->CondUpdate == GL_FALSE &&

-      mov->SrcReg[0].RelAddr == 0 &&

-      mov->SrcReg[0].Negate == 0 &&

-      mov->SrcReg[0].Abs == 0 &&

-      mov->SrcReg[0].HasIndex2 == 0 &&

-      mov->SrcReg[0].RelAddr2 == 0 &&

-      mov->DstReg.RelAddr == 0 &&

-      mov->DstReg.CondMask == COND_TR;

-}

-

-

-static GLboolean

-can_upward_mov_be_modifed(const struct prog_instruction *mov)

-{

-   return

-      can_downward_mov_be_modifed(mov) &&

-      mov->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&

-      mov->SaturateMode == SATURATE_OFF;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Try to remove use of extraneous MOV instructions, to free them up for dead

- * code removal.

- */

-static void

-_mesa_remove_extra_move_use(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLuint i, j;

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: Begin remove extra move use\n");

-      _mesa_print_program(prog);

-   }

-

-   /*

-    * Look for sequences such as this:

-    *    MOV tmpX, arg0;

-    *    ...

-    *    FOO tmpY, tmpX, arg1;

-    * and convert into:

-    *    MOV tmpX, arg0;

-    *    ...

-    *    FOO tmpY, arg0, arg1;

-    */

-

-   for (i = 0; i + 1 < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *mov = prog->Instructions + i;

-      GLuint dst_mask, src_mask;

-      if (can_upward_mov_be_modifed(mov) == GL_FALSE)

-         continue;

-

-      /* Scanning the code, we maintain the components which are still active in

-       * these two masks

-       */

-      dst_mask = mov->DstReg.WriteMask;

-      src_mask = get_src_arg_mask(mov, 0, NO_MASK);

-

-      /* Walk through remaining instructions until the or src reg gets

-       * rewritten or we get into some flow-control, eliminating the use of

-       * this MOV.

-       */

-      for (j = i + 1; j < prog->NumInstructions; j++) {

-	 struct prog_instruction *inst2 = prog->Instructions + j;

-         GLuint arg;

-

-	 if (_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(inst2->Opcode))

-	     break;

-

-	 /* First rewrite this instruction's args if appropriate. */

-	 for (arg = 0; arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst2->Opcode); arg++) {

-	    GLuint comp, read_mask;

-

-	    if (inst2->SrcReg[arg].File != mov->DstReg.File ||

-		inst2->SrcReg[arg].Index != mov->DstReg.Index ||

-		inst2->SrcReg[arg].RelAddr ||

-		inst2->SrcReg[arg].Abs)

-	       continue;

-            read_mask = get_src_arg_mask(inst2, arg, NO_MASK);

-

-	    /* Adjust the swizzles of inst2 to point at MOV's source if ALL the

-             * components read still come from the mov instructions

-             */

-            if (is_swizzle_regular(inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle) &&

-               (read_mask & dst_mask) == read_mask) {

-               for (comp = 0; comp < 4; comp++) {

-                  const GLuint inst2_swz =

-                     GET_SWZ(inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle, comp);

-                  const GLuint s = GET_SWZ(mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, inst2_swz);

-                  inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle &= ~(7 << (3 * comp));

-                  inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle |= s << (3 * comp);

-                  inst2->SrcReg[arg].Negate ^= (((mov->SrcReg[0].Negate >>

-                                                  inst2_swz) & 0x1) << comp);

-               }

-               inst2->SrcReg[arg].File = mov->SrcReg[0].File;

-               inst2->SrcReg[arg].Index = mov->SrcReg[0].Index;

-            }

-	 }

-

-	 /* The source of MOV is written. This potentially deactivates some

-          * components from the src and dst of the MOV instruction

-          */

-	 if (inst2->DstReg.File == mov->DstReg.File &&

-	     (inst2->DstReg.RelAddr ||

-	      inst2->DstReg.Index == mov->DstReg.Index)) {

-            dst_mask &= ~inst2->DstReg.WriteMask;

-            src_mask = get_src_arg_mask(mov, 0, dst_mask);

-         }

-

-         /* Idem when the destination of mov is written */

-	 if (inst2->DstReg.File == mov->SrcReg[0].File &&

-	     (inst2->DstReg.RelAddr ||

-	      inst2->DstReg.Index == mov->SrcReg[0].Index)) {

-            src_mask &= ~inst2->DstReg.WriteMask;

-            dst_mask &= get_dst_mask_for_mov(mov, src_mask);

-         }

-         if (dst_mask == 0)

-            break;

-      }

-   }

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: End remove extra move use.\n");

-      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Complements dead_code_global. Try to remove code in block of code by

- * carefully monitoring the swizzles. Both functions should be merged into one

- * with a proper control flow graph

- */

-static GLboolean

-_mesa_remove_dead_code_local(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLboolean *removeInst;

-   GLuint i, arg, rem = 0;

-

-   removeInst = (GLboolean *)

-      calloc(1, prog->NumInstructions * sizeof(GLboolean));

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;

-      const GLuint mask = inst->DstReg.WriteMask;

-      enum inst_use use;

-

-      /* We must deactivate the pass as soon as some indirection is used */

-      if (inst->DstReg.RelAddr)

-         goto done;

-      for (arg = 0; arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode); arg++)

-         if (inst->SrcReg[arg].RelAddr)

-            goto done;

-

-      if (_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(inst->Opcode) ||

-          _mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(inst->Opcode) == 0 ||

-          inst->DstReg.File != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||

-          inst->DstReg.RelAddr)

-         continue;

-

-      use = find_next_use(prog, i+1, index, mask);

-      if (use == WRITE || use == END)

-         removeInst[i] = GL_TRUE;

-   }

-

-   rem = remove_instructions(prog, removeInst);

-

-done:

-   free(removeInst);

-   return rem != 0;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Try to inject the destination of mov as the destination of inst and recompute

- * the swizzles operators for the sources of inst if required. Return GL_TRUE

- * of the substitution was possible, GL_FALSE otherwise

- */

-static GLboolean

-_mesa_merge_mov_into_inst(struct prog_instruction *inst,

-                          const struct prog_instruction *mov)

-{

-   /* Indirection table which associates destination and source components for

-    * the mov instruction

-    */

-   const GLuint mask = get_src_arg_mask(mov, 0, NO_MASK);

-

-   /* Some components are not written by inst. We cannot remove the mov */

-   if (mask != (inst->DstReg.WriteMask & mask))

-      return GL_FALSE;

-

-   inst->SaturateMode |= mov->SaturateMode;

-

-   /* Depending on the instruction, we may need to recompute the swizzles.

-    * Also, some other instructions (like TEX) are not linear. We will only

-    * consider completely active sources and destinations

-    */

-   switch (inst->Opcode) {

-

-   /* Carstesian instructions: we compute the swizzle */

-   case OPCODE_MOV:

-   case OPCODE_MIN:

-   case OPCODE_MAX:

-   case OPCODE_ABS:

-   case OPCODE_ADD:

-   case OPCODE_MAD:

-   case OPCODE_MUL:

-   case OPCODE_SUB:

-   {

-      GLuint dst_to_src_comp[4] = {0,0,0,0};

-      GLuint dst_comp, arg;

-      for (dst_comp = 0; dst_comp < 4; ++dst_comp) {

-         if (mov->DstReg.WriteMask & (1 << dst_comp)) {

-            const GLuint src_comp = GET_SWZ(mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dst_comp);

-            ASSERT(src_comp < 4);

-            dst_to_src_comp[dst_comp] = src_comp;

-         }

-      }

-

-      /* Patch each source of the instruction */

-      for (arg = 0; arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode); arg++) {

-         const GLuint arg_swz = inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle;

-         inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle = 0;

-

-         /* Reset each active component of the swizzle */

-         for (dst_comp = 0; dst_comp < 4; ++dst_comp) {

-            GLuint src_comp, arg_comp;

-            if ((mov->DstReg.WriteMask & (1 << dst_comp)) == 0)

-               continue;

-            src_comp = dst_to_src_comp[dst_comp];

-            ASSERT(src_comp < 4);

-            arg_comp = GET_SWZ(arg_swz, src_comp);

-            ASSERT(arg_comp < 4);

-            inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle |= arg_comp << (3*dst_comp);

-         }

-      }

-      inst->DstReg = mov->DstReg;

-      return GL_TRUE;

-   }

-

-   /* Dot products and scalar instructions: we only change the destination */

-   case OPCODE_RCP:

-   case OPCODE_SIN:

-   case OPCODE_COS:

-   case OPCODE_RSQ:

-   case OPCODE_POW:

-   case OPCODE_EX2:

-   case OPCODE_LOG:

-   case OPCODE_DP2:

-   case OPCODE_DP3:

-   case OPCODE_DP4:

-      inst->DstReg = mov->DstReg;

-      return GL_TRUE;

-

-   /* All other instructions require fully active components with no swizzle */

-   default:

-      if (mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle != SWIZZLE_XYZW ||

-          inst->DstReg.WriteMask != WRITEMASK_XYZW)

-         return GL_FALSE;

-      inst->DstReg = mov->DstReg;

-      return GL_TRUE;

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Try to remove extraneous MOV instructions from the given program.

- */

-static GLboolean

-_mesa_remove_extra_moves(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLboolean *removeInst; /* per-instruction removal flag */

-   GLuint i, rem = 0, nesting = 0;

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: Begin remove extra moves\n");

-      _mesa_print_program(prog);

-   }

-

-   removeInst = (GLboolean *)

-      calloc(1, prog->NumInstructions * sizeof(GLboolean));

-

-   /*

-    * Look for sequences such as this:

-    *    FOO tmpX, arg0, arg1;

-    *    MOV tmpY, tmpX;

-    * and convert into:

-    *    FOO tmpY, arg0, arg1;

-    */

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *mov = prog->Instructions + i;

-

-      switch (mov->Opcode) {

-      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-      case OPCODE_BGNSUB:

-      case OPCODE_IF:

-         nesting++;

-         break;

-      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:

-      case OPCODE_ENDSUB:

-      case OPCODE_ENDIF:

-         nesting--;

-         break;

-      case OPCODE_MOV:

-         if (i > 0 &&

-             can_downward_mov_be_modifed(mov) &&

-             mov->SrcReg[0].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&

-             nesting == 0)

-         {

-

-            /* see if this MOV can be removed */

-            const GLuint id = mov->SrcReg[0].Index;

-            struct prog_instruction *prevInst;

-            GLuint prevI;

-

-            /* get pointer to previous instruction */

-            prevI = i - 1;

-            while (prevI > 0 && removeInst[prevI])

-               prevI--;

-            prevInst = prog->Instructions + prevI;

-

-            if (prevInst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&

-                prevInst->DstReg.Index == id &&

-                prevInst->DstReg.RelAddr == 0 &&

-                prevInst->DstReg.CondSrc == 0 && 

-                prevInst->DstReg.CondMask == COND_TR) {

-

-               const GLuint dst_mask = prevInst->DstReg.WriteMask;

-               enum inst_use next_use = find_next_use(prog, i+1, id, dst_mask);

-

-               if (next_use == WRITE || next_use == END) {

-                  /* OK, we can safely remove this MOV instruction.

-                   * Transform:

-                   *   prevI: FOO tempIndex, x, y;

-                   *       i: MOV z, tempIndex;

-                   * Into:

-                   *   prevI: FOO z, x, y;

-                   */

-                  if (_mesa_merge_mov_into_inst(prevInst, mov)) {

-                     removeInst[i] = GL_TRUE;

-                     if (dbg) {

-                        printf("Remove MOV at %u\n", i);

-                        printf("new prev inst %u: ", prevI);

-                        _mesa_print_instruction(prevInst);

-                     }

-                  }

-               }

-            }

-         }

-         break;

-      default:

-         ; /* nothing */

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* now remove the instructions which aren't needed */

-   rem = remove_instructions(prog, removeInst);

-

-   free(removeInst);

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: End remove extra moves.  %u instructions removed\n", rem);

-      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/

-   }

-

-   return rem != 0;

-}

-

-

-/** A live register interval */

-struct interval

-{

-   GLuint Reg;         /** The temporary register index */

-   GLuint Start, End;  /** Start/end instruction numbers */

-};

-

-

-/** A list of register intervals */

-struct interval_list

-{

-   GLuint Num;

-   struct interval Intervals[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-};

-

-

-static void

-append_interval(struct interval_list *list, const struct interval *inv)

-{

-   list->Intervals[list->Num++] = *inv;

-}

-

-

-/** Insert interval inv into list, sorted by interval end */

-static void

-insert_interval_by_end(struct interval_list *list, const struct interval *inv)

-{

-   /* XXX we could do a binary search insertion here since list is sorted */

-   GLint i = list->Num - 1;

-   while (i >= 0 && list->Intervals[i].End > inv->End) {

-      list->Intervals[i + 1] = list->Intervals[i];

-      i--;

-   }

-   list->Intervals[i + 1] = *inv;

-   list->Num++;

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-   {

-      GLuint i;

-      for (i = 0; i + 1 < list->Num; i++) {

-         ASSERT(list->Intervals[i].End <= list->Intervals[i + 1].End);

-      }

-   }

-#endif

-}

-

-

-/** Remove the given interval from the interval list */

-static void

-remove_interval(struct interval_list *list, const struct interval *inv)

-{

-   /* XXX we could binary search since list is sorted */

-   GLuint k;

-   for (k = 0; k < list->Num; k++) {

-      if (list->Intervals[k].Reg == inv->Reg) {

-         /* found, remove it */

-         ASSERT(list->Intervals[k].Start == inv->Start);

-         ASSERT(list->Intervals[k].End == inv->End);

-         while (k < list->Num - 1) {

-            list->Intervals[k] = list->Intervals[k + 1];

-            k++;

-         }

-         list->Num--;

-         return;

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/** called by qsort() */

-static int

-compare_start(const void *a, const void *b)

-{

-   const struct interval *ia = (const struct interval *) a;

-   const struct interval *ib = (const struct interval *) b;

-   if (ia->Start < ib->Start)

-      return -1;

-   else if (ia->Start > ib->Start)

-      return +1;

-   else

-      return 0;

-}

-

-

-/** sort the interval list according to interval starts */

-static void

-sort_interval_list_by_start(struct interval_list *list)

-{

-   qsort(list->Intervals, list->Num, sizeof(struct interval), compare_start);

-#ifdef DEBUG

-   {

-      GLuint i;

-      for (i = 0; i + 1 < list->Num; i++) {

-         ASSERT(list->Intervals[i].Start <= list->Intervals[i + 1].Start);

-      }

-   }

-#endif

-}

-

-struct loop_info

-{

-   GLuint Start, End;  /**< Start, end instructions of loop */

-};

-

-/**

- * Update the intermediate interval info for register 'index' and

- * instruction 'ic'.

- */

-static void

-update_interval(GLint intBegin[], GLint intEnd[],

-		struct loop_info *loopStack, GLuint loopStackDepth,

-		GLuint index, GLuint ic)

-{

-   int i;

-   GLuint begin = ic;

-   GLuint end = ic;

-

-   /* If the register is used in a loop, extend its lifetime through the end

-    * of the outermost loop that doesn't contain its definition.

-    */

-   for (i = 0; i < loopStackDepth; i++) {

-      if (intBegin[index] < loopStack[i].Start) {

-	 end = loopStack[i].End;

-	 break;

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* Variables that are live at the end of a loop will also be live at the

-    * beginning, so an instruction inside of a loop should have its live

-    * interval begin at the start of the outermost loop.

-    */

-   if (loopStackDepth > 0 && ic > loopStack[0].Start && ic < loopStack[0].End) {

-      begin = loopStack[0].Start;

-   }

-

-   ASSERT(index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);

-   if (intBegin[index] == -1) {

-      ASSERT(intEnd[index] == -1);

-      intBegin[index] = begin;

-      intEnd[index] = end;

-   }

-   else {

-      intEnd[index] = end;

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Find first/last instruction that references each temporary register.

- */

-GLboolean

-_mesa_find_temp_intervals(const struct prog_instruction *instructions,

-                          GLuint numInstructions,

-                          GLint intBegin[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS],

-                          GLint intEnd[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS])

-{

-   struct loop_info loopStack[MAX_LOOP_NESTING];

-   GLuint loopStackDepth = 0;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++){

-      intBegin[i] = intEnd[i] = -1;

-   }

-

-   /* Scan instructions looking for temporary registers */

-   for (i = 0; i < numInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *inst = instructions + i;

-      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_BGNLOOP) {

-         loopStack[loopStackDepth].Start = i;

-         loopStack[loopStackDepth].End = inst->BranchTarget;

-         loopStackDepth++;

-      }

-      else if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDLOOP) {

-         loopStackDepth--;

-      }

-      else if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_CAL) {

-         return GL_FALSE;

-      }

-      else {

-         const GLuint numSrc = 3;/*_mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);*/

-         GLuint j;

-         for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {

-            if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {

-               const GLuint index = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;

-               if (inst->SrcReg[j].RelAddr)

-                  return GL_FALSE;

-               update_interval(intBegin, intEnd, loopStack, loopStackDepth,

-			       index, i);

-            }

-         }

-         if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {

-            const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;

-            if (inst->DstReg.RelAddr)

-               return GL_FALSE;

-            update_interval(intBegin, intEnd, loopStack, loopStackDepth,

-			    index, i);

-         }

-      }

-   }

-

-   return GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Find the live intervals for each temporary register in the program.

- * For register R, the interval [A,B] indicates that R is referenced

- * from instruction A through instruction B.

- * Special consideration is needed for loops and subroutines.

- * \return GL_TRUE if success, GL_FALSE if we cannot proceed for some reason

- */

-static GLboolean

-find_live_intervals(struct gl_program *prog,

-                    struct interval_list *liveIntervals)

-{

-   GLint intBegin[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-   GLint intEnd[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-   GLuint i;

-

-   /*

-    * Note: we'll return GL_FALSE below if we find relative indexing

-    * into the TEMP register file.  We can't handle that yet.

-    * We also give up on subroutines for now.

-    */

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: Begin find intervals\n");

-   }

-

-   /* build intermediate arrays */

-   if (!_mesa_find_temp_intervals(prog->Instructions, prog->NumInstructions,

-                                  intBegin, intEnd))

-      return GL_FALSE;

-

-   /* Build live intervals list from intermediate arrays */

-   liveIntervals->Num = 0;

-   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++) {

-      if (intBegin[i] >= 0) {

-         struct interval inv;

-         inv.Reg = i;

-         inv.Start = intBegin[i];

-         inv.End = intEnd[i];

-         append_interval(liveIntervals, &inv);

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* Sort the list according to interval starts */

-   sort_interval_list_by_start(liveIntervals);

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      /* print interval info */

-      for (i = 0; i < liveIntervals->Num; i++) {

-         const struct interval *inv = liveIntervals->Intervals + i;

-         printf("Reg[%d] live [%d, %d]:",

-                      inv->Reg, inv->Start, inv->End);

-         if (1) {

-            GLuint j;

-            for (j = 0; j < inv->Start; j++)

-               printf(" ");

-            for (j = inv->Start; j <= inv->End; j++)

-               printf("x");

-         }

-         printf("\n");

-      }

-   }

-

-   return GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/** Scan the array of used register flags to find free entry */

-static GLint

-alloc_register(GLboolean usedRegs[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS])

-{

-   GLuint k;

-   for (k = 0; k < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; k++) {

-      if (!usedRegs[k]) {

-         usedRegs[k] = GL_TRUE;

-         return k;

-      }

-   }

-   return -1;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * This function implements "Linear Scan Register Allocation" to reduce

- * the number of temporary registers used by the program.

- *

- * We compute the "live interval" for all temporary registers then

- * examine the overlap of the intervals to allocate new registers.

- * Basically, if two intervals do not overlap, they can use the same register.

- */

-static void

-_mesa_reallocate_registers(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   struct interval_list liveIntervals;

-   GLint registerMap[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-   GLboolean usedRegs[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-   GLuint i;

-   GLint maxTemp = -1;

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: Begin live-interval register reallocation\n");

-      _mesa_print_program(prog);

-   }

-

-   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++){

-      registerMap[i] = -1;

-      usedRegs[i] = GL_FALSE;

-   }

-

-   if (!find_live_intervals(prog, &liveIntervals)) {

-      if (dbg)

-         printf("Aborting register reallocation\n");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   {

-      struct interval_list activeIntervals;

-      activeIntervals.Num = 0;

-

-      /* loop over live intervals, allocating a new register for each */

-      for (i = 0; i < liveIntervals.Num; i++) {

-         const struct interval *live = liveIntervals.Intervals + i;

-

-         if (dbg)

-            printf("Consider register %u\n", live->Reg);

-

-         /* Expire old intervals.  Intervals which have ended with respect

-          * to the live interval can have their remapped registers freed.

-          */

-         {

-            GLint j;

-            for (j = 0; j < (GLint) activeIntervals.Num; j++) {

-               const struct interval *inv = activeIntervals.Intervals + j;

-               if (inv->End >= live->Start) {

-                  /* Stop now.  Since the activeInterval list is sorted

-                   * we know we don't have to go further.

-                   */

-                  break;

-               }

-               else {

-                  /* Interval 'inv' has expired */

-                  const GLint regNew = registerMap[inv->Reg];

-                  ASSERT(regNew >= 0);

-

-                  if (dbg)

-                     printf("  expire interval for reg %u\n", inv->Reg);

-

-                  /* remove interval j from active list */

-                  remove_interval(&activeIntervals, inv);

-                  j--;  /* counter-act j++ in for-loop above */

-

-                  /* return register regNew to the free pool */

-                  if (dbg)

-                     printf("  free reg %d\n", regNew);

-                  ASSERT(usedRegs[regNew] == GL_TRUE);

-                  usedRegs[regNew] = GL_FALSE;

-               }

-            }

-         }

-

-         /* find a free register for this live interval */

-         {

-            const GLint k = alloc_register(usedRegs);

-            if (k < 0) {

-               /* out of registers, give up */

-               return;

-            }

-            registerMap[live->Reg] = k;

-            maxTemp = MAX2(maxTemp, k);

-            if (dbg)

-               printf("  remap register %u -> %d\n", live->Reg, k);

-         }

-

-         /* Insert this live interval into the active list which is sorted

-          * by increasing end points.

-          */

-         insert_interval_by_end(&activeIntervals, live);

-      }

-   }

-

-   if (maxTemp + 1 < (GLint) liveIntervals.Num) {

-      /* OK, we've reduced the number of registers needed.

-       * Scan the program and replace all the old temporary register

-       * indexes with the new indexes.

-       */

-      replace_regs(prog, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, registerMap);

-

-      prog->NumTemporaries = maxTemp + 1;

-   }

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: End live-interval register reallocation\n");

-      printf("Num temp regs before: %u  after: %u\n",

-                   liveIntervals.Num, maxTemp + 1);

-      _mesa_print_program(prog);

-   }

-}

-

-

-#if 0

-static void

-print_it(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *program, const char *txt) {

-   fprintf(stderr, "%s (%u inst):\n", txt, program->NumInstructions);

-   _mesa_print_program(program);

-   _mesa_print_program_parameters(ctx, program);

-   fprintf(stderr, "\n\n");

-}

-#endif

-

-/**

- * This pass replaces CMP T0, T1 T2 T0 with MOV T0, T2 when the CMP

- * instruction is the first instruction to write to register T0.  The are

- * several lowering passes done in GLSL IR (e.g. branches and

- * relative addressing) that create a large number of conditional assignments

- * that ir_to_mesa converts to CMP instructions like the one mentioned above.

- *

- * Here is why this conversion is safe:

- * CMP T0, T1 T2 T0 can be expanded to:

- * if (T1 < 0.0)

- * 	MOV T0, T2;

- * else

- * 	MOV T0, T0;

- *

- * If (T1 < 0.0) evaluates to true then our replacement MOV T0, T2 is the same

- * as the original program.  If (T1 < 0.0) evaluates to false, executing

- * MOV T0, T0 will store a garbage value in T0 since T0 is uninitialized.

- * Therefore, it doesn't matter that we are replacing MOV T0, T0 with MOV T0, T2

- * because any instruction that was going to read from T0 after this was going

- * to read a garbage value anyway.

- */

-static void

-_mesa_simplify_cmp(struct gl_program * program)

-{

-   GLuint tempWrites[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-   GLuint outputWrites[MAX_PROGRAM_OUTPUTS];

-   GLuint i;

-

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: Begin reads without writes\n");

-      _mesa_print_program(program);

-   }

-

-   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++) {

-      tempWrites[i] = 0;

-   }

-

-   for (i = 0; i < MAX_PROGRAM_OUTPUTS; i++) {

-      outputWrites[i] = 0;

-   }

-

-   for (i = 0; i < program->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = program->Instructions + i;

-      GLuint prevWriteMask;

-

-      /* Give up if we encounter relative addressing or flow control. */

-      if (_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(inst->Opcode) || inst->DstReg.RelAddr) {

-         return;

-      }

-

-      if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {

-         assert(inst->DstReg.Index < MAX_PROGRAM_OUTPUTS);

-         prevWriteMask = outputWrites[inst->DstReg.Index];

-         outputWrites[inst->DstReg.Index] |= inst->DstReg.WriteMask;

-      } else if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {

-         assert(inst->DstReg.Index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);

-         prevWriteMask = tempWrites[inst->DstReg.Index];

-         tempWrites[inst->DstReg.Index] |= inst->DstReg.WriteMask;

-      } else {

-         /* No other register type can be a destination register. */

-         continue;

-      }

-

-      /* For a CMP to be considered a conditional write, the destination

-       * register and source register two must be the same. */

-      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_CMP

-          && !(inst->DstReg.WriteMask & prevWriteMask)

-          && inst->SrcReg[2].File == inst->DstReg.File

-          && inst->SrcReg[2].Index == inst->DstReg.Index

-          && inst->DstReg.WriteMask == get_src_arg_mask(inst, 2, NO_MASK)) {

-

-         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;

-         inst->SrcReg[0] = inst->SrcReg[1];

-

-	 /* Unused operands are expected to have the file set to

-	  * PROGRAM_UNDEFINED.  This is how _mesa_init_instructions initializes

-	  * all of the sources.

-	  */

-	 inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-	 inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-	 inst->SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-	 inst->SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-      }

-   }

-   if (dbg) {

-      printf("Optimize: End reads without writes\n");

-      _mesa_print_program(program);

-   }

-}

-

-/**

- * Apply optimizations to the given program to eliminate unnecessary

- * instructions, temp regs, etc.

- */

-void

-_mesa_optimize_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *program)

-{

-   GLboolean any_change;

-

-   _mesa_simplify_cmp(program);

-   /* Stop when no modifications were output */

-   do {

-      any_change = GL_FALSE;

-      _mesa_remove_extra_move_use(program);

-      if (_mesa_remove_dead_code_global(program))

-         any_change = GL_TRUE;

-      if (_mesa_remove_extra_moves(program))

-         any_change = GL_TRUE;

-      if (_mesa_remove_dead_code_local(program))

-         any_change = GL_TRUE;

-

-      any_change = _mesa_constant_fold(program) || any_change;

-      _mesa_reallocate_registers(program);

-   } while (any_change);

-}

-

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  7.5
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009  VMware, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * VMWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "main/macros.h"
+#include "program.h"
+#include "prog_instruction.h"
+#include "prog_optimize.h"
+#include "prog_print.h"
+
+
+#define MAX_LOOP_NESTING 50
+/* MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS is a low number (256), and we want to be able to
+ * register allocate many temporary values into that small number of
+ * temps.  So allow large temporary indices coming into the register
+ * allocator.
+ */
+#define REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS	((1 << INST_INDEX_BITS) - 1)
+
+static GLboolean dbg = GL_FALSE;
+
+#define NO_MASK 0xf
+
+/**
+ * Returns the mask of channels (bitmask of WRITEMASK_X,Y,Z,W) which
+ * are read from the given src in this instruction, We also provide
+ * one optional masks which may mask other components in the dst
+ * register
+ */
+static GLuint
+get_src_arg_mask(const struct prog_instruction *inst,
+                 GLuint arg, GLuint dst_mask)
+{
+   GLuint read_mask, channel_mask;
+   GLuint comp;
+
+   ASSERT(arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode));
+
+   /* Form the dst register, find the written channels */
+   if (inst->CondUpdate) {
+      channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   }
+   else {
+      switch (inst->Opcode) {
+      case OPCODE_MOV:
+      case OPCODE_MIN:
+      case OPCODE_MAX:
+      case OPCODE_ABS:
+      case OPCODE_ADD:
+      case OPCODE_MAD:
+      case OPCODE_MUL:
+      case OPCODE_SUB:
+      case OPCODE_CMP:
+      case OPCODE_FLR:
+      case OPCODE_FRC:
+      case OPCODE_LRP:
+      case OPCODE_SEQ:
+      case OPCODE_SGE:
+      case OPCODE_SGT:
+      case OPCODE_SLE:
+      case OPCODE_SLT:
+      case OPCODE_SNE:
+      case OPCODE_SSG:
+         channel_mask = inst->DstReg.WriteMask & dst_mask;
+         break;
+      case OPCODE_RCP:
+      case OPCODE_SIN:
+      case OPCODE_COS:
+      case OPCODE_RSQ:
+      case OPCODE_POW:
+      case OPCODE_EX2:
+      case OPCODE_LOG:
+         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_X;
+         break;
+      case OPCODE_DP2:
+         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XY;
+         break;
+      case OPCODE_DP3:
+      case OPCODE_XPD:
+         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;
+         break;
+      default:
+         channel_mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+         break;
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* Now, given the src swizzle and the written channels, find which
+    * components are actually read
+    */
+   read_mask = 0x0;
+   for (comp = 0; comp < 4; ++comp) {
+      const GLuint coord = GET_SWZ(inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle, comp);
+      ASSERT(coord < 4);
+      if (channel_mask & (1 << comp) && coord <= SWIZZLE_W)
+         read_mask |= 1 << coord;
+   }
+
+   return read_mask;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * For a MOV instruction, compute a write mask when src register also has
+ * a mask
+ */
+static GLuint
+get_dst_mask_for_mov(const struct prog_instruction *mov, GLuint src_mask)
+{
+   const GLuint mask = mov->DstReg.WriteMask;
+   GLuint comp;
+   GLuint updated_mask = 0x0;
+
+   ASSERT(mov->Opcode == OPCODE_MOV);
+
+   for (comp = 0; comp < 4; ++comp) {
+      GLuint src_comp;
+      if ((mask & (1 << comp)) == 0)
+         continue;
+      src_comp = GET_SWZ(mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, comp);
+      if ((src_mask & (1 << src_comp)) == 0)
+         continue;
+      updated_mask |= 1 << comp;
+   }
+
+   return updated_mask;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that the swizzle is regular.  That is, all of the swizzle
+ * terms are SWIZZLE_X,Y,Z,W and not SWIZZLE_ZERO or SWIZZLE_ONE.
+ */
+static GLboolean
+is_swizzle_regular(GLuint swz)
+{
+   return GET_SWZ(swz,0) <= SWIZZLE_W &&
+          GET_SWZ(swz,1) <= SWIZZLE_W &&
+          GET_SWZ(swz,2) <= SWIZZLE_W &&
+          GET_SWZ(swz,3) <= SWIZZLE_W;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * In 'prog' remove instruction[i] if removeFlags[i] == TRUE.
+ * \return number of instructions removed
+ */
+static GLuint
+remove_instructions(struct gl_program *prog, const GLboolean *removeFlags)
+{
+   GLint i, removeEnd = 0, removeCount = 0;
+   GLuint totalRemoved = 0;
+
+   /* go backward */
+   for (i = prog->NumInstructions - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+      if (removeFlags[i]) {
+         totalRemoved++;
+         if (removeCount == 0) {
+            /* begin a run of instructions to remove */
+            removeEnd = i;
+            removeCount = 1;
+         }
+         else {
+            /* extend the run of instructions to remove */
+            removeCount++;
+         }
+      }
+      else {
+         /* don't remove this instruction, but check if the preceeding
+          * instructions are to be removed.
+          */
+         if (removeCount > 0) {
+            GLint removeStart = removeEnd - removeCount + 1;
+            _mesa_delete_instructions(prog, removeStart, removeCount);
+            removeStart = removeCount = 0; /* reset removal info */
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   /* Finish removing if the first instruction was to be removed. */
+   if (removeCount > 0) {
+      GLint removeStart = removeEnd - removeCount + 1;
+      _mesa_delete_instructions(prog, removeStart, removeCount);
+   }
+   return totalRemoved;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Remap register indexes according to map.
+ * \param prog  the program to search/replace
+ * \param file  the type of register file to search/replace
+ * \param map  maps old register indexes to new indexes
+ */
+static void
+replace_regs(struct gl_program *prog, gl_register_file file, const GLint map[])
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
+      GLuint j;
+      for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {
+         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == file) {
+            GLuint index = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;
+            ASSERT(map[index] >= 0);
+            inst->SrcReg[j].Index = map[index];
+         }
+      }
+      if (inst->DstReg.File == file) {
+         const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;
+         ASSERT(map[index] >= 0);
+         inst->DstReg.Index = map[index];
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Remove dead instructions from the given program.
+ * This is very primitive for now.  Basically look for temp registers
+ * that are written to but never read.  Remove any instructions that
+ * write to such registers.  Be careful with condition code setters.
+ */
+static GLboolean
+_mesa_remove_dead_code_global(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLboolean tempRead[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS][4];
+   GLboolean *removeInst; /* per-instruction removal flag */
+   GLuint i, rem = 0, comp;
+
+   memset(tempRead, 0, sizeof(tempRead));
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: Begin dead code removal\n");
+      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/
+   }
+
+   removeInst = (GLboolean *)
+      calloc(1, prog->NumInstructions * sizeof(GLboolean));
+
+   /* Determine which temps are read and written */
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
+      GLuint j;
+
+      /* check src regs */
+      for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {
+         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+            const GLuint index = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;
+            GLuint read_mask;
+            ASSERT(index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);
+	    read_mask = get_src_arg_mask(inst, j, NO_MASK);
+
+            if (inst->SrcReg[j].RelAddr) {
+               if (dbg)
+                  printf("abort remove dead code (indirect temp)\n");
+               goto done;
+            }
+
+	    for (comp = 0; comp < 4; comp++) {
+	       const GLuint swz = GET_SWZ(inst->SrcReg[j].Swizzle, comp);
+	       ASSERT(swz < 4);
+               if ((read_mask & (1 << swz)) == 0)
+		  continue;
+               if (swz <= SWIZZLE_W)
+                  tempRead[index][swz] = GL_TRUE;
+	    }
+         }
+      }
+
+      /* check dst reg */
+      if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+         const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;
+         ASSERT(index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);
+
+         if (inst->DstReg.RelAddr) {
+            if (dbg)
+               printf("abort remove dead code (indirect temp)\n");
+            goto done;
+         }
+
+         if (inst->CondUpdate) {
+            /* If we're writing to this register and setting condition
+             * codes we cannot remove the instruction.  Prevent removal
+             * by setting the 'read' flag.
+             */
+            tempRead[index][0] = GL_TRUE;
+            tempRead[index][1] = GL_TRUE;
+            tempRead[index][2] = GL_TRUE;
+            tempRead[index][3] = GL_TRUE;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* find instructions that write to dead registers, flag for removal */
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      const GLuint numDst = _mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(inst->Opcode);
+
+      if (numDst != 0 && inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+         GLint chan, index = inst->DstReg.Index;
+
+	 for (chan = 0; chan < 4; chan++) {
+	    if (!tempRead[index][chan] &&
+		inst->DstReg.WriteMask & (1 << chan)) {
+	       if (dbg) {
+		  printf("Remove writemask on %u.%c\n", i,
+			       chan == 3 ? 'w' : 'x' + chan);
+	       }
+	       inst->DstReg.WriteMask &= ~(1 << chan);
+	       rem++;
+	    }
+	 }
+
+	 if (inst->DstReg.WriteMask == 0) {
+	    /* If we cleared all writes, the instruction can be removed. */
+	    if (dbg)
+	       printf("Remove instruction %u: \n", i);
+	    removeInst[i] = GL_TRUE;
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* now remove the instructions which aren't needed */
+   rem = remove_instructions(prog, removeInst);
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: End dead code removal.\n");
+      printf("  %u channel writes removed\n", rem);
+      printf("  %u instructions removed\n", rem);
+      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/
+   }
+
+done:
+   free(removeInst);
+   return rem != 0;
+}
+
+
+enum inst_use
+{
+   READ,
+   WRITE,
+   FLOW,
+   END
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Scan forward in program from 'start' for the next occurances of TEMP[index].
+ * We look if an instruction reads the component given by the masks and if they
+ * are overwritten.
+ * Return READ, WRITE, FLOW or END to indicate the next usage or an indicator
+ * that we can't look further.
+ */
+static enum inst_use
+find_next_use(const struct gl_program *prog,
+              GLuint start,
+              GLuint index,
+              GLuint mask)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   for (i = start; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      switch (inst->Opcode) {
+      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+      case OPCODE_BGNSUB:
+      case OPCODE_BRA:
+      case OPCODE_CAL:
+      case OPCODE_CONT:
+      case OPCODE_IF:
+      case OPCODE_ELSE:
+      case OPCODE_ENDIF:
+      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
+      case OPCODE_ENDSUB:
+      case OPCODE_RET:
+         return FLOW;
+      case OPCODE_END:
+         return END;
+      default:
+         {
+            const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
+            GLuint j;
+            for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {
+               if (inst->SrcReg[j].RelAddr ||
+                   (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
+                   inst->SrcReg[j].Index == index &&
+                   (get_src_arg_mask(inst,j,NO_MASK) & mask)))
+                  return READ;
+            }
+            if (_mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(inst->Opcode) == 1 &&
+                inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
+                inst->DstReg.Index == index) {
+               mask &= ~inst->DstReg.WriteMask;
+               if (mask == 0)
+                  return WRITE;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   return END;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Is the given instruction opcode a flow-control opcode?
+ * XXX maybe move this into prog_instruction.[ch]
+ */
+static GLboolean
+_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(enum prog_opcode opcode)
+{
+   switch (opcode) {
+   case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+   case OPCODE_BGNSUB:
+   case OPCODE_BRA:
+   case OPCODE_CAL:
+   case OPCODE_CONT:
+   case OPCODE_IF:
+   case OPCODE_ELSE:
+   case OPCODE_END:
+   case OPCODE_ENDIF:
+   case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
+   case OPCODE_ENDSUB:
+   case OPCODE_RET:
+      return GL_TRUE;
+   default:
+      return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Test if the given instruction is a simple MOV (no conditional updating,
+ * not relative addressing, no negation/abs, etc).
+ */
+static GLboolean
+can_downward_mov_be_modifed(const struct prog_instruction *mov)
+{
+   return
+      mov->Opcode == OPCODE_MOV &&
+      mov->CondUpdate == GL_FALSE &&
+      mov->SrcReg[0].RelAddr == 0 &&
+      mov->SrcReg[0].Negate == 0 &&
+      mov->SrcReg[0].Abs == 0 &&
+      mov->SrcReg[0].HasIndex2 == 0 &&
+      mov->SrcReg[0].RelAddr2 == 0 &&
+      mov->DstReg.RelAddr == 0 &&
+      mov->DstReg.CondMask == COND_TR;
+}
+
+
+static GLboolean
+can_upward_mov_be_modifed(const struct prog_instruction *mov)
+{
+   return
+      can_downward_mov_be_modifed(mov) &&
+      mov->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
+      mov->SaturateMode == SATURATE_OFF;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Try to remove use of extraneous MOV instructions, to free them up for dead
+ * code removal.
+ */
+static void
+_mesa_remove_extra_move_use(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLuint i, j;
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: Begin remove extra move use\n");
+      _mesa_print_program(prog);
+   }
+
+   /*
+    * Look for sequences such as this:
+    *    MOV tmpX, arg0;
+    *    ...
+    *    FOO tmpY, tmpX, arg1;
+    * and convert into:
+    *    MOV tmpX, arg0;
+    *    ...
+    *    FOO tmpY, arg0, arg1;
+    */
+
+   for (i = 0; i + 1 < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *mov = prog->Instructions + i;
+      GLuint dst_mask, src_mask;
+      if (can_upward_mov_be_modifed(mov) == GL_FALSE)
+         continue;
+
+      /* Scanning the code, we maintain the components which are still active in
+       * these two masks
+       */
+      dst_mask = mov->DstReg.WriteMask;
+      src_mask = get_src_arg_mask(mov, 0, NO_MASK);
+
+      /* Walk through remaining instructions until the or src reg gets
+       * rewritten or we get into some flow-control, eliminating the use of
+       * this MOV.
+       */
+      for (j = i + 1; j < prog->NumInstructions; j++) {
+	 struct prog_instruction *inst2 = prog->Instructions + j;
+         GLuint arg;
+
+	 if (_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(inst2->Opcode))
+	     break;
+
+	 /* First rewrite this instruction's args if appropriate. */
+	 for (arg = 0; arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst2->Opcode); arg++) {
+	    GLuint comp, read_mask;
+
+	    if (inst2->SrcReg[arg].File != mov->DstReg.File ||
+		inst2->SrcReg[arg].Index != mov->DstReg.Index ||
+		inst2->SrcReg[arg].RelAddr ||
+		inst2->SrcReg[arg].Abs)
+	       continue;
+            read_mask = get_src_arg_mask(inst2, arg, NO_MASK);
+
+	    /* Adjust the swizzles of inst2 to point at MOV's source if ALL the
+             * components read still come from the mov instructions
+             */
+            if (is_swizzle_regular(inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle) &&
+               (read_mask & dst_mask) == read_mask) {
+               for (comp = 0; comp < 4; comp++) {
+                  const GLuint inst2_swz =
+                     GET_SWZ(inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle, comp);
+                  const GLuint s = GET_SWZ(mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, inst2_swz);
+                  inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle &= ~(7 << (3 * comp));
+                  inst2->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle |= s << (3 * comp);
+                  inst2->SrcReg[arg].Negate ^= (((mov->SrcReg[0].Negate >>
+                                                  inst2_swz) & 0x1) << comp);
+               }
+               inst2->SrcReg[arg].File = mov->SrcReg[0].File;
+               inst2->SrcReg[arg].Index = mov->SrcReg[0].Index;
+            }
+	 }
+
+	 /* The source of MOV is written. This potentially deactivates some
+          * components from the src and dst of the MOV instruction
+          */
+	 if (inst2->DstReg.File == mov->DstReg.File &&
+	     (inst2->DstReg.RelAddr ||
+	      inst2->DstReg.Index == mov->DstReg.Index)) {
+            dst_mask &= ~inst2->DstReg.WriteMask;
+            src_mask = get_src_arg_mask(mov, 0, dst_mask);
+         }
+
+         /* Idem when the destination of mov is written */
+	 if (inst2->DstReg.File == mov->SrcReg[0].File &&
+	     (inst2->DstReg.RelAddr ||
+	      inst2->DstReg.Index == mov->SrcReg[0].Index)) {
+            src_mask &= ~inst2->DstReg.WriteMask;
+            dst_mask &= get_dst_mask_for_mov(mov, src_mask);
+         }
+         if (dst_mask == 0)
+            break;
+      }
+   }
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: End remove extra move use.\n");
+      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Complements dead_code_global. Try to remove code in block of code by
+ * carefully monitoring the swizzles. Both functions should be merged into one
+ * with a proper control flow graph
+ */
+static GLboolean
+_mesa_remove_dead_code_local(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLboolean *removeInst;
+   GLuint i, arg, rem = 0;
+
+   removeInst = (GLboolean *)
+      calloc(1, prog->NumInstructions * sizeof(GLboolean));
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;
+      const GLuint mask = inst->DstReg.WriteMask;
+      enum inst_use use;
+
+      /* We must deactivate the pass as soon as some indirection is used */
+      if (inst->DstReg.RelAddr)
+         goto done;
+      for (arg = 0; arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode); arg++)
+         if (inst->SrcReg[arg].RelAddr)
+            goto done;
+
+      if (_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(inst->Opcode) ||
+          _mesa_num_inst_dst_regs(inst->Opcode) == 0 ||
+          inst->DstReg.File != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||
+          inst->DstReg.RelAddr)
+         continue;
+
+      use = find_next_use(prog, i+1, index, mask);
+      if (use == WRITE || use == END)
+         removeInst[i] = GL_TRUE;
+   }
+
+   rem = remove_instructions(prog, removeInst);
+
+done:
+   free(removeInst);
+   return rem != 0;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Try to inject the destination of mov as the destination of inst and recompute
+ * the swizzles operators for the sources of inst if required. Return GL_TRUE
+ * of the substitution was possible, GL_FALSE otherwise
+ */
+static GLboolean
+_mesa_merge_mov_into_inst(struct prog_instruction *inst,
+                          const struct prog_instruction *mov)
+{
+   /* Indirection table which associates destination and source components for
+    * the mov instruction
+    */
+   const GLuint mask = get_src_arg_mask(mov, 0, NO_MASK);
+
+   /* Some components are not written by inst. We cannot remove the mov */
+   if (mask != (inst->DstReg.WriteMask & mask))
+      return GL_FALSE;
+
+   inst->SaturateMode |= mov->SaturateMode;
+
+   /* Depending on the instruction, we may need to recompute the swizzles.
+    * Also, some other instructions (like TEX) are not linear. We will only
+    * consider completely active sources and destinations
+    */
+   switch (inst->Opcode) {
+
+   /* Carstesian instructions: we compute the swizzle */
+   case OPCODE_MOV:
+   case OPCODE_MIN:
+   case OPCODE_MAX:
+   case OPCODE_ABS:
+   case OPCODE_ADD:
+   case OPCODE_MAD:
+   case OPCODE_MUL:
+   case OPCODE_SUB:
+   {
+      GLuint dst_to_src_comp[4] = {0,0,0,0};
+      GLuint dst_comp, arg;
+      for (dst_comp = 0; dst_comp < 4; ++dst_comp) {
+         if (mov->DstReg.WriteMask & (1 << dst_comp)) {
+            const GLuint src_comp = GET_SWZ(mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dst_comp);
+            ASSERT(src_comp < 4);
+            dst_to_src_comp[dst_comp] = src_comp;
+         }
+      }
+
+      /* Patch each source of the instruction */
+      for (arg = 0; arg < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode); arg++) {
+         const GLuint arg_swz = inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle;
+         inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle = 0;
+
+         /* Reset each active component of the swizzle */
+         for (dst_comp = 0; dst_comp < 4; ++dst_comp) {
+            GLuint src_comp, arg_comp;
+            if ((mov->DstReg.WriteMask & (1 << dst_comp)) == 0)
+               continue;
+            src_comp = dst_to_src_comp[dst_comp];
+            ASSERT(src_comp < 4);
+            arg_comp = GET_SWZ(arg_swz, src_comp);
+            ASSERT(arg_comp < 4);
+            inst->SrcReg[arg].Swizzle |= arg_comp << (3*dst_comp);
+         }
+      }
+      inst->DstReg = mov->DstReg;
+      return GL_TRUE;
+   }
+
+   /* Dot products and scalar instructions: we only change the destination */
+   case OPCODE_RCP:
+   case OPCODE_SIN:
+   case OPCODE_COS:
+   case OPCODE_RSQ:
+   case OPCODE_POW:
+   case OPCODE_EX2:
+   case OPCODE_LOG:
+   case OPCODE_DP2:
+   case OPCODE_DP3:
+   case OPCODE_DP4:
+      inst->DstReg = mov->DstReg;
+      return GL_TRUE;
+
+   /* All other instructions require fully active components with no swizzle */
+   default:
+      if (mov->SrcReg[0].Swizzle != SWIZZLE_XYZW ||
+          inst->DstReg.WriteMask != WRITEMASK_XYZW)
+         return GL_FALSE;
+      inst->DstReg = mov->DstReg;
+      return GL_TRUE;
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Try to remove extraneous MOV instructions from the given program.
+ */
+static GLboolean
+_mesa_remove_extra_moves(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLboolean *removeInst; /* per-instruction removal flag */
+   GLuint i, rem = 0, nesting = 0;
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: Begin remove extra moves\n");
+      _mesa_print_program(prog);
+   }
+
+   removeInst = (GLboolean *)
+      calloc(1, prog->NumInstructions * sizeof(GLboolean));
+
+   /*
+    * Look for sequences such as this:
+    *    FOO tmpX, arg0, arg1;
+    *    MOV tmpY, tmpX;
+    * and convert into:
+    *    FOO tmpY, arg0, arg1;
+    */
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *mov = prog->Instructions + i;
+
+      switch (mov->Opcode) {
+      case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+      case OPCODE_BGNSUB:
+      case OPCODE_IF:
+         nesting++;
+         break;
+      case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
+      case OPCODE_ENDSUB:
+      case OPCODE_ENDIF:
+         nesting--;
+         break;
+      case OPCODE_MOV:
+         if (i > 0 &&
+             can_downward_mov_be_modifed(mov) &&
+             mov->SrcReg[0].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
+             nesting == 0)
+         {
+
+            /* see if this MOV can be removed */
+            const GLuint id = mov->SrcReg[0].Index;
+            struct prog_instruction *prevInst;
+            GLuint prevI;
+
+            /* get pointer to previous instruction */
+            prevI = i - 1;
+            while (prevI > 0 && removeInst[prevI])
+               prevI--;
+            prevInst = prog->Instructions + prevI;
+
+            if (prevInst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
+                prevInst->DstReg.Index == id &&
+                prevInst->DstReg.RelAddr == 0 &&
+                prevInst->DstReg.CondSrc == 0 && 
+                prevInst->DstReg.CondMask == COND_TR) {
+
+               const GLuint dst_mask = prevInst->DstReg.WriteMask;
+               enum inst_use next_use = find_next_use(prog, i+1, id, dst_mask);
+
+               if (next_use == WRITE || next_use == END) {
+                  /* OK, we can safely remove this MOV instruction.
+                   * Transform:
+                   *   prevI: FOO tempIndex, x, y;
+                   *       i: MOV z, tempIndex;
+                   * Into:
+                   *   prevI: FOO z, x, y;
+                   */
+                  if (_mesa_merge_mov_into_inst(prevInst, mov)) {
+                     removeInst[i] = GL_TRUE;
+                     if (dbg) {
+                        printf("Remove MOV at %u\n", i);
+                        printf("new prev inst %u: ", prevI);
+                        _mesa_print_instruction(prevInst);
+                     }
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         break;
+      default:
+         ; /* nothing */
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* now remove the instructions which aren't needed */
+   rem = remove_instructions(prog, removeInst);
+
+   free(removeInst);
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: End remove extra moves.  %u instructions removed\n", rem);
+      /*_mesa_print_program(prog);*/
+   }
+
+   return rem != 0;
+}
+
+
+/** A live register interval */
+struct interval
+{
+   GLuint Reg;         /** The temporary register index */
+   GLuint Start, End;  /** Start/end instruction numbers */
+};
+
+
+/** A list of register intervals */
+struct interval_list
+{
+   GLuint Num;
+   struct interval Intervals[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+};
+
+
+static void
+append_interval(struct interval_list *list, const struct interval *inv)
+{
+   list->Intervals[list->Num++] = *inv;
+}
+
+
+/** Insert interval inv into list, sorted by interval end */
+static void
+insert_interval_by_end(struct interval_list *list, const struct interval *inv)
+{
+   /* XXX we could do a binary search insertion here since list is sorted */
+   GLint i = list->Num - 1;
+   while (i >= 0 && list->Intervals[i].End > inv->End) {
+      list->Intervals[i + 1] = list->Intervals[i];
+      i--;
+   }
+   list->Intervals[i + 1] = *inv;
+   list->Num++;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+   {
+      GLuint i;
+      for (i = 0; i + 1 < list->Num; i++) {
+         ASSERT(list->Intervals[i].End <= list->Intervals[i + 1].End);
+      }
+   }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** Remove the given interval from the interval list */
+static void
+remove_interval(struct interval_list *list, const struct interval *inv)
+{
+   /* XXX we could binary search since list is sorted */
+   GLuint k;
+   for (k = 0; k < list->Num; k++) {
+      if (list->Intervals[k].Reg == inv->Reg) {
+         /* found, remove it */
+         ASSERT(list->Intervals[k].Start == inv->Start);
+         ASSERT(list->Intervals[k].End == inv->End);
+         while (k < list->Num - 1) {
+            list->Intervals[k] = list->Intervals[k + 1];
+            k++;
+         }
+         list->Num--;
+         return;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/** called by qsort() */
+static int
+compare_start(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+   const struct interval *ia = (const struct interval *) a;
+   const struct interval *ib = (const struct interval *) b;
+   if (ia->Start < ib->Start)
+      return -1;
+   else if (ia->Start > ib->Start)
+      return +1;
+   else
+      return 0;
+}
+
+
+/** sort the interval list according to interval starts */
+static void
+sort_interval_list_by_start(struct interval_list *list)
+{
+   qsort(list->Intervals, list->Num, sizeof(struct interval), compare_start);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+   {
+      GLuint i;
+      for (i = 0; i + 1 < list->Num; i++) {
+         ASSERT(list->Intervals[i].Start <= list->Intervals[i + 1].Start);
+      }
+   }
+#endif
+}
+
+struct loop_info
+{
+   GLuint Start, End;  /**< Start, end instructions of loop */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Update the intermediate interval info for register 'index' and
+ * instruction 'ic'.
+ */
+static void
+update_interval(GLint intBegin[], GLint intEnd[],
+		struct loop_info *loopStack, GLuint loopStackDepth,
+		GLuint index, GLuint ic)
+{
+   int i;
+   GLuint begin = ic;
+   GLuint end = ic;
+
+   /* If the register is used in a loop, extend its lifetime through the end
+    * of the outermost loop that doesn't contain its definition.
+    */
+   for (i = 0; i < loopStackDepth; i++) {
+      if (intBegin[index] < loopStack[i].Start) {
+	 end = loopStack[i].End;
+	 break;
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* Variables that are live at the end of a loop will also be live at the
+    * beginning, so an instruction inside of a loop should have its live
+    * interval begin at the start of the outermost loop.
+    */
+   if (loopStackDepth > 0 && ic > loopStack[0].Start && ic < loopStack[0].End) {
+      begin = loopStack[0].Start;
+   }
+
+   ASSERT(index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);
+   if (intBegin[index] == -1) {
+      ASSERT(intEnd[index] == -1);
+      intBegin[index] = begin;
+      intEnd[index] = end;
+   }
+   else {
+      intEnd[index] = end;
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Find first/last instruction that references each temporary register.
+ */
+GLboolean
+_mesa_find_temp_intervals(const struct prog_instruction *instructions,
+                          GLuint numInstructions,
+                          GLint intBegin[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS],
+                          GLint intEnd[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS])
+{
+   struct loop_info loopStack[MAX_LOOP_NESTING];
+   GLuint loopStackDepth = 0;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++){
+      intBegin[i] = intEnd[i] = -1;
+   }
+
+   /* Scan instructions looking for temporary registers */
+   for (i = 0; i < numInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *inst = instructions + i;
+      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_BGNLOOP) {
+         loopStack[loopStackDepth].Start = i;
+         loopStack[loopStackDepth].End = inst->BranchTarget;
+         loopStackDepth++;
+      }
+      else if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDLOOP) {
+         loopStackDepth--;
+      }
+      else if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_CAL) {
+         return GL_FALSE;
+      }
+      else {
+         const GLuint numSrc = 3;/*_mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);*/
+         GLuint j;
+         for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {
+            if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+               const GLuint index = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;
+               if (inst->SrcReg[j].RelAddr)
+                  return GL_FALSE;
+               update_interval(intBegin, intEnd, loopStack, loopStackDepth,
+			       index, i);
+            }
+         }
+         if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+            const GLuint index = inst->DstReg.Index;
+            if (inst->DstReg.RelAddr)
+               return GL_FALSE;
+            update_interval(intBegin, intEnd, loopStack, loopStackDepth,
+			    index, i);
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Find the live intervals for each temporary register in the program.
+ * For register R, the interval [A,B] indicates that R is referenced
+ * from instruction A through instruction B.
+ * Special consideration is needed for loops and subroutines.
+ * \return GL_TRUE if success, GL_FALSE if we cannot proceed for some reason
+ */
+static GLboolean
+find_live_intervals(struct gl_program *prog,
+                    struct interval_list *liveIntervals)
+{
+   GLint intBegin[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+   GLint intEnd[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+   GLuint i;
+
+   /*
+    * Note: we'll return GL_FALSE below if we find relative indexing
+    * into the TEMP register file.  We can't handle that yet.
+    * We also give up on subroutines for now.
+    */
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: Begin find intervals\n");
+   }
+
+   /* build intermediate arrays */
+   if (!_mesa_find_temp_intervals(prog->Instructions, prog->NumInstructions,
+                                  intBegin, intEnd))
+      return GL_FALSE;
+
+   /* Build live intervals list from intermediate arrays */
+   liveIntervals->Num = 0;
+   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++) {
+      if (intBegin[i] >= 0) {
+         struct interval inv;
+         inv.Reg = i;
+         inv.Start = intBegin[i];
+         inv.End = intEnd[i];
+         append_interval(liveIntervals, &inv);
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* Sort the list according to interval starts */
+   sort_interval_list_by_start(liveIntervals);
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      /* print interval info */
+      for (i = 0; i < liveIntervals->Num; i++) {
+         const struct interval *inv = liveIntervals->Intervals + i;
+         printf("Reg[%d] live [%d, %d]:",
+                      inv->Reg, inv->Start, inv->End);
+         if (1) {
+            GLuint j;
+            for (j = 0; j < inv->Start; j++)
+               printf(" ");
+            for (j = inv->Start; j <= inv->End; j++)
+               printf("x");
+         }
+         printf("\n");
+      }
+   }
+
+   return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/** Scan the array of used register flags to find free entry */
+static GLint
+alloc_register(GLboolean usedRegs[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS])
+{
+   GLuint k;
+   for (k = 0; k < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; k++) {
+      if (!usedRegs[k]) {
+         usedRegs[k] = GL_TRUE;
+         return k;
+      }
+   }
+   return -1;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * This function implements "Linear Scan Register Allocation" to reduce
+ * the number of temporary registers used by the program.
+ *
+ * We compute the "live interval" for all temporary registers then
+ * examine the overlap of the intervals to allocate new registers.
+ * Basically, if two intervals do not overlap, they can use the same register.
+ */
+static void
+_mesa_reallocate_registers(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   struct interval_list liveIntervals;
+   GLint registerMap[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+   GLboolean usedRegs[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+   GLuint i;
+   GLint maxTemp = -1;
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: Begin live-interval register reallocation\n");
+      _mesa_print_program(prog);
+   }
+
+   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++){
+      registerMap[i] = -1;
+      usedRegs[i] = GL_FALSE;
+   }
+
+   if (!find_live_intervals(prog, &liveIntervals)) {
+      if (dbg)
+         printf("Aborting register reallocation\n");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   {
+      struct interval_list activeIntervals;
+      activeIntervals.Num = 0;
+
+      /* loop over live intervals, allocating a new register for each */
+      for (i = 0; i < liveIntervals.Num; i++) {
+         const struct interval *live = liveIntervals.Intervals + i;
+
+         if (dbg)
+            printf("Consider register %u\n", live->Reg);
+
+         /* Expire old intervals.  Intervals which have ended with respect
+          * to the live interval can have their remapped registers freed.
+          */
+         {
+            GLint j;
+            for (j = 0; j < (GLint) activeIntervals.Num; j++) {
+               const struct interval *inv = activeIntervals.Intervals + j;
+               if (inv->End >= live->Start) {
+                  /* Stop now.  Since the activeInterval list is sorted
+                   * we know we don't have to go further.
+                   */
+                  break;
+               }
+               else {
+                  /* Interval 'inv' has expired */
+                  const GLint regNew = registerMap[inv->Reg];
+                  ASSERT(regNew >= 0);
+
+                  if (dbg)
+                     printf("  expire interval for reg %u\n", inv->Reg);
+
+                  /* remove interval j from active list */
+                  remove_interval(&activeIntervals, inv);
+                  j--;  /* counter-act j++ in for-loop above */
+
+                  /* return register regNew to the free pool */
+                  if (dbg)
+                     printf("  free reg %d\n", regNew);
+                  ASSERT(usedRegs[regNew] == GL_TRUE);
+                  usedRegs[regNew] = GL_FALSE;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+
+         /* find a free register for this live interval */
+         {
+            const GLint k = alloc_register(usedRegs);
+            if (k < 0) {
+               /* out of registers, give up */
+               return;
+            }
+            registerMap[live->Reg] = k;
+            maxTemp = MAX2(maxTemp, k);
+            if (dbg)
+               printf("  remap register %u -> %d\n", live->Reg, k);
+         }
+
+         /* Insert this live interval into the active list which is sorted
+          * by increasing end points.
+          */
+         insert_interval_by_end(&activeIntervals, live);
+      }
+   }
+
+   if (maxTemp + 1 < (GLint) liveIntervals.Num) {
+      /* OK, we've reduced the number of registers needed.
+       * Scan the program and replace all the old temporary register
+       * indexes with the new indexes.
+       */
+      replace_regs(prog, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, registerMap);
+
+      prog->NumTemporaries = maxTemp + 1;
+   }
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: End live-interval register reallocation\n");
+      printf("Num temp regs before: %u  after: %u\n",
+                   liveIntervals.Num, maxTemp + 1);
+      _mesa_print_program(prog);
+   }
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+static void
+print_it(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *program, const char *txt) {
+   fprintf(stderr, "%s (%u inst):\n", txt, program->NumInstructions);
+   _mesa_print_program(program);
+   _mesa_print_program_parameters(ctx, program);
+   fprintf(stderr, "\n\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * This pass replaces CMP T0, T1 T2 T0 with MOV T0, T2 when the CMP
+ * instruction is the first instruction to write to register T0.  The are
+ * several lowering passes done in GLSL IR (e.g. branches and
+ * relative addressing) that create a large number of conditional assignments
+ * that ir_to_mesa converts to CMP instructions like the one mentioned above.
+ *
+ * Here is why this conversion is safe:
+ * CMP T0, T1 T2 T0 can be expanded to:
+ * if (T1 < 0.0)
+ * 	MOV T0, T2;
+ * else
+ * 	MOV T0, T0;
+ *
+ * If (T1 < 0.0) evaluates to true then our replacement MOV T0, T2 is the same
+ * as the original program.  If (T1 < 0.0) evaluates to false, executing
+ * MOV T0, T0 will store a garbage value in T0 since T0 is uninitialized.
+ * Therefore, it doesn't matter that we are replacing MOV T0, T0 with MOV T0, T2
+ * because any instruction that was going to read from T0 after this was going
+ * to read a garbage value anyway.
+ */
+static void
+_mesa_simplify_cmp(struct gl_program * program)
+{
+   GLuint tempWrites[REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+   GLuint outputWrites[MAX_PROGRAM_OUTPUTS];
+   GLuint i;
+
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: Begin reads without writes\n");
+      _mesa_print_program(program);
+   }
+
+   for (i = 0; i < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS; i++) {
+      tempWrites[i] = 0;
+   }
+
+   for (i = 0; i < MAX_PROGRAM_OUTPUTS; i++) {
+      outputWrites[i] = 0;
+   }
+
+   for (i = 0; i < program->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = program->Instructions + i;
+      GLuint prevWriteMask;
+
+      /* Give up if we encounter relative addressing or flow control. */
+      if (_mesa_is_flow_control_opcode(inst->Opcode) || inst->DstReg.RelAddr) {
+         return;
+      }
+
+      if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
+         assert(inst->DstReg.Index < MAX_PROGRAM_OUTPUTS);
+         prevWriteMask = outputWrites[inst->DstReg.Index];
+         outputWrites[inst->DstReg.Index] |= inst->DstReg.WriteMask;
+      } else if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+         assert(inst->DstReg.Index < REG_ALLOCATE_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);
+         prevWriteMask = tempWrites[inst->DstReg.Index];
+         tempWrites[inst->DstReg.Index] |= inst->DstReg.WriteMask;
+      } else {
+         /* No other register type can be a destination register. */
+         continue;
+      }
+
+      /* For a CMP to be considered a conditional write, the destination
+       * register and source register two must be the same. */
+      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_CMP
+          && !(inst->DstReg.WriteMask & prevWriteMask)
+          && inst->SrcReg[2].File == inst->DstReg.File
+          && inst->SrcReg[2].Index == inst->DstReg.Index
+          && inst->DstReg.WriteMask == get_src_arg_mask(inst, 2, NO_MASK)) {
+
+         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+         inst->SrcReg[0] = inst->SrcReg[1];
+
+	 /* Unused operands are expected to have the file set to
+	  * PROGRAM_UNDEFINED.  This is how _mesa_init_instructions initializes
+	  * all of the sources.
+	  */
+	 inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+	 inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+	 inst->SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+	 inst->SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+      }
+   }
+   if (dbg) {
+      printf("Optimize: End reads without writes\n");
+      _mesa_print_program(program);
+   }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Apply optimizations to the given program to eliminate unnecessary
+ * instructions, temp regs, etc.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_optimize_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *program)
+{
+   GLboolean any_change;
+
+   _mesa_simplify_cmp(program);
+   /* Stop when no modifications were output */
+   do {
+      any_change = GL_FALSE;
+      _mesa_remove_extra_move_use(program);
+      if (_mesa_remove_dead_code_global(program))
+         any_change = GL_TRUE;
+      if (_mesa_remove_extra_moves(program))
+         any_change = GL_TRUE;
+      if (_mesa_remove_dead_code_local(program))
+         any_change = GL_TRUE;
+
+      any_change = _mesa_constant_fold(program) || any_change;
+      _mesa_reallocate_registers(program);
+   } while (any_change);
+}
+
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_print.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_print.c
index 2cfec13ec..70412b1fa 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_print.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_print.c
@@ -1,1096 +1,1096 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  7.3

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2008  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- * Copyright (C) 2009  VMware, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * \file prog_print.c

- * Print vertex/fragment programs - for debugging.

- * \author Brian Paul

- */

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-#include "main/context.h"

-#include "main/imports.h"

-#include "prog_instruction.h"

-#include "prog_parameter.h"

-#include "prog_print.h"

-#include "prog_statevars.h"

-

-

-

-/**

- * Return string name for given program/register file.

- */

-const char *

-_mesa_register_file_name(gl_register_file f)

-{

-   switch (f) {

-   case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:

-      return "TEMP";

-   case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:

-      return "LOCAL";

-   case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:

-      return "ENV";

-   case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:

-      return "STATE";

-   case PROGRAM_INPUT:

-      return "INPUT";

-   case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:

-      return "OUTPUT";

-   case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:

-      return "NAMED";

-   case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:

-      return "CONST";

-   case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:

-      return "UNIFORM";

-   case PROGRAM_VARYING:

-      return "VARYING";

-   case PROGRAM_WRITE_ONLY:

-      return "WRITE_ONLY";

-   case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:

-      return "ADDR";

-   case PROGRAM_SAMPLER:

-      return "SAMPLER";

-   case PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE:

-      return "SYSVAL";

-   case PROGRAM_UNDEFINED:

-      return "UNDEFINED";

-   default:

-      {

-         static char s[20];

-         _mesa_snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "FILE%u", f);

-         return s;

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Return ARB_v/f_prog-style input attrib string.

- */

-static const char *

-arb_input_attrib_string(GLint index, GLenum progType)

-{

-   /*

-    * These strings should match the VERT_ATTRIB_x and FRAG_ATTRIB_x tokens.

-    */

-   const char *vertAttribs[] = {

-      "vertex.position",

-      "vertex.weight",

-      "vertex.normal",

-      "vertex.color.primary",

-      "vertex.color.secondary",

-      "vertex.fogcoord",

-      "vertex.(six)",

-      "vertex.(seven)",

-      "vertex.texcoord[0]",

-      "vertex.texcoord[1]",

-      "vertex.texcoord[2]",

-      "vertex.texcoord[3]",

-      "vertex.texcoord[4]",

-      "vertex.texcoord[5]",

-      "vertex.texcoord[6]",

-      "vertex.texcoord[7]",

-      "vertex.attrib[0]",

-      "vertex.attrib[1]",

-      "vertex.attrib[2]",

-      "vertex.attrib[3]",

-      "vertex.attrib[4]",

-      "vertex.attrib[5]",

-      "vertex.attrib[6]",

-      "vertex.attrib[7]",

-      "vertex.attrib[8]",

-      "vertex.attrib[9]",

-      "vertex.attrib[10]",

-      "vertex.attrib[11]",

-      "vertex.attrib[12]",

-      "vertex.attrib[13]",

-      "vertex.attrib[14]",

-      "vertex.attrib[15]"

-   };

-   const char *fragAttribs[] = {

-      "fragment.position",

-      "fragment.color.primary",

-      "fragment.color.secondary",

-      "fragment.fogcoord",

-      "fragment.texcoord[0]",

-      "fragment.texcoord[1]",

-      "fragment.texcoord[2]",

-      "fragment.texcoord[3]",

-      "fragment.texcoord[4]",

-      "fragment.texcoord[5]",

-      "fragment.texcoord[6]",

-      "fragment.texcoord[7]",

-      "fragment.varying[0]",

-      "fragment.varying[1]",

-      "fragment.varying[2]",

-      "fragment.varying[3]",

-      "fragment.varying[4]",

-      "fragment.varying[5]",

-      "fragment.varying[6]",

-      "fragment.varying[7]"

-   };

-

-   /* sanity checks */

-   assert(strcmp(vertAttribs[VERT_ATTRIB_TEX0], "vertex.texcoord[0]") == 0);

-   assert(strcmp(vertAttribs[VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC15], "vertex.attrib[15]") == 0);

-

-   if (progType == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-      assert(index < sizeof(vertAttribs) / sizeof(vertAttribs[0]));

-      return vertAttribs[index];

-   }

-   else {

-      assert(index < sizeof(fragAttribs) / sizeof(fragAttribs[0]));

-      return fragAttribs[index];

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print a vertex program's InputsRead field in human-readable format.

- * For debugging.

- */

-void

-_mesa_print_vp_inputs(GLbitfield inputs)

-{

-   printf("VP Inputs 0x%x: \n", inputs);

-   while (inputs) {

-      GLint attr = _mesa_ffs(inputs) - 1;

-      const char *name = arb_input_attrib_string(attr,

-                                                 GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB);

-      printf("  %d: %s\n", attr, name);

-      inputs &= ~(1 << attr);

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print a fragment program's InputsRead field in human-readable format.

- * For debugging.

- */

-void

-_mesa_print_fp_inputs(GLbitfield inputs)

-{

-   printf("FP Inputs 0x%x: \n", inputs);

-   while (inputs) {

-      GLint attr = _mesa_ffs(inputs) - 1;

-      const char *name = arb_input_attrib_string(attr,

-                                                 GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB);

-      printf("  %d: %s\n", attr, name);

-      inputs &= ~(1 << attr);

-   }

-}

-

-

-

-/**

- * Return ARB_v/f_prog-style output attrib string.

- */

-static const char *

-arb_output_attrib_string(GLint index, GLenum progType)

-{

-   /*

-    * These strings should match the VERT_RESULT_x and FRAG_RESULT_x tokens.

-    */

-   const char *vertResults[] = {

-      "result.position",

-      "result.color.primary",

-      "result.color.secondary",

-      "result.fogcoord",

-      "result.texcoord[0]",

-      "result.texcoord[1]",

-      "result.texcoord[2]",

-      "result.texcoord[3]",

-      "result.texcoord[4]",

-      "result.texcoord[5]",

-      "result.texcoord[6]",

-      "result.texcoord[7]",

-      "result.varying[0]",

-      "result.varying[1]",

-      "result.varying[2]",

-      "result.varying[3]",

-      "result.varying[4]",

-      "result.varying[5]",

-      "result.varying[6]",

-      "result.varying[7]"

-   };

-   const char *fragResults[] = {

-      "result.color",

-      "result.color(half)",

-      "result.depth",

-      "result.color[0]",

-      "result.color[1]",

-      "result.color[2]",

-      "result.color[3]"

-   };

-

-   if (progType == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-      assert(index < sizeof(vertResults) / sizeof(vertResults[0]));

-      return vertResults[index];

-   }

-   else {

-      assert(index < sizeof(fragResults) / sizeof(fragResults[0]));

-      return fragResults[index];

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Return string representation of the given register.

- * Note that some types of registers (like PROGRAM_UNIFORM) aren't defined

- * by the ARB/NV program languages so we've taken some liberties here.

- * \param f  the register file (PROGRAM_INPUT, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, etc)

- * \param index  number of the register in the register file

- * \param mode  the output format/mode/style

- * \param prog  pointer to containing program

- */

-static const char *

-reg_string(gl_register_file f, GLint index, gl_prog_print_mode mode,

-           GLboolean relAddr, const struct gl_program *prog,

-           GLboolean hasIndex2, GLboolean relAddr2, GLint index2)

-{

-   static char str[100];

-   const char *addr = relAddr ? "ADDR+" : "";

-

-   str[0] = 0;

-

-   switch (mode) {

-   case PROG_PRINT_DEBUG:

-      sprintf(str, "%s[%s%d]",

-              _mesa_register_file_name(f), addr, index);

-      if (hasIndex2) {

-         int offset = strlen(str);

-         const char *addr2 = relAddr2 ? "ADDR+" : "";

-         sprintf(str+offset, "[%s%d]", addr2, index2);

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case PROG_PRINT_ARB:

-      switch (f) {

-      case PROGRAM_INPUT:

-         sprintf(str, "%s", arb_input_attrib_string(index, prog->Target));

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:

-         sprintf(str, "%s", arb_output_attrib_string(index, prog->Target));

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:

-         sprintf(str, "temp%d", index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:

-         sprintf(str, "program.env[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:

-         sprintf(str, "program.local[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_VARYING: /* extension */

-         sprintf(str, "varying[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_CONSTANT: /* extension */

-         sprintf(str, "constant[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_UNIFORM: /* extension */

-         sprintf(str, "uniform[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE:

-         sprintf(str, "sysvalue[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:

-         {

-            struct gl_program_parameter *param

-               = prog->Parameters->Parameters + index;

-            char *state = _mesa_program_state_string(param->StateIndexes);

-            sprintf(str, "%s", state);

-            free(state);

-         }

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:

-         sprintf(str, "A%d", index);

-         break;

-      default:

-         _mesa_problem(NULL, "bad file in reg_string()");

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case PROG_PRINT_NV:

-      switch (f) {

-      case PROGRAM_INPUT:

-         if (prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)

-            sprintf(str, "v[%d]", index);

-         else

-            sprintf(str, "f[%d]", index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:

-         sprintf(str, "o[%d]", index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:

-         sprintf(str, "R%d", index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:

-         sprintf(str, "c[%d]", index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_VARYING: /* extension */

-         sprintf(str, "varying[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_UNIFORM: /* extension */

-         sprintf(str, "uniform[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_CONSTANT: /* extension */

-         sprintf(str, "constant[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR: /* extension */

-         sprintf(str, "state[%s%d]", addr, index);

-         break;

-      default:

-         _mesa_problem(NULL, "bad file in reg_string()");

-      }

-      break;

-

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(NULL, "bad mode in reg_string()");

-   }

-

-   return str;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Return a string representation of the given swizzle word.

- * If extended is true, use extended (comma-separated) format.

- * \param swizzle  the swizzle field

- * \param negateBase  4-bit negation vector

- * \param extended  if true, also allow 0, 1 values

- */

-const char *

-_mesa_swizzle_string(GLuint swizzle, GLuint negateMask, GLboolean extended)

-{

-   static const char swz[] = "xyzw01!?";  /* See SWIZZLE_x definitions */

-   static char s[20];

-   GLuint i = 0;

-

-   if (!extended && swizzle == SWIZZLE_NOOP && negateMask == 0)

-      return ""; /* no swizzle/negation */

-

-   if (!extended)

-      s[i++] = '.';

-

-   if (negateMask & NEGATE_X)

-      s[i++] = '-';

-   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 0)];

-

-   if (extended) {

-      s[i++] = ',';

-   }

-

-   if (negateMask & NEGATE_Y)

-      s[i++] = '-';

-   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 1)];

-

-   if (extended) {

-      s[i++] = ',';

-   }

-

-   if (negateMask & NEGATE_Z)

-      s[i++] = '-';

-   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 2)];

-

-   if (extended) {

-      s[i++] = ',';

-   }

-

-   if (negateMask & NEGATE_W)

-      s[i++] = '-';

-   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 3)];

-

-   s[i] = 0;

-   return s;

-}

-

-

-void

-_mesa_print_swizzle(GLuint swizzle)

-{

-   if (swizzle == SWIZZLE_XYZW) {

-      printf(".xyzw\n");

-   }

-   else {

-      const char *s = _mesa_swizzle_string(swizzle, 0, 0);

-      printf("%s\n", s);

-   }

-}

-

-

-const char *

-_mesa_writemask_string(GLuint writeMask)

-{

-   static char s[10];

-   GLuint i = 0;

-

-   if (writeMask == WRITEMASK_XYZW)

-      return "";

-

-   s[i++] = '.';

-   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_X)

-      s[i++] = 'x';

-   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_Y)

-      s[i++] = 'y';

-   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_Z)

-      s[i++] = 'z';

-   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_W)

-      s[i++] = 'w';

-

-   s[i] = 0;

-   return s;

-}

-

-

-const char *

-_mesa_condcode_string(GLuint condcode)

-{

-   switch (condcode) {

-   case COND_GT:  return "GT";

-   case COND_EQ:  return "EQ";

-   case COND_LT:  return "LT";

-   case COND_UN:  return "UN";

-   case COND_GE:  return "GE";

-   case COND_LE:  return "LE";

-   case COND_NE:  return "NE";

-   case COND_TR:  return "TR";

-   case COND_FL:  return "FL";

-   default: return "cond???";

-   }

-}

-

-

-static void

-fprint_dst_reg(FILE * f,

-               const struct prog_dst_register *dstReg,

-               gl_prog_print_mode mode,

-               const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   fprintf(f, "%s%s",

-	   reg_string((gl_register_file) dstReg->File,

-		      dstReg->Index, mode, dstReg->RelAddr, prog,

-                      GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE, 0),

-	   _mesa_writemask_string(dstReg->WriteMask));

-   

-   if (dstReg->CondMask != COND_TR) {

-      fprintf(f, " (%s.%s)",

-	      _mesa_condcode_string(dstReg->CondMask),

-	      _mesa_swizzle_string(dstReg->CondSwizzle,

-				   GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE));

-   }

-

-#if 0

-   fprintf(f, "%s[%d]%s",

-	   _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) dstReg->File),

-	   dstReg->Index,

-	   _mesa_writemask_string(dstReg->WriteMask));

-#endif

-}

-

-

-static void

-fprint_src_reg(FILE *f,

-               const struct prog_src_register *srcReg, 

-               gl_prog_print_mode mode,

-               const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   const char *abs = srcReg->Abs ? "|" : "";

-

-   fprintf(f, "%s%s%s%s",

-	   abs,

-	   reg_string((gl_register_file) srcReg->File,

-		      srcReg->Index, mode, srcReg->RelAddr, prog,

-                      srcReg->HasIndex2, srcReg->RelAddr2, srcReg->Index2),

-	   _mesa_swizzle_string(srcReg->Swizzle,

-				srcReg->Negate, GL_FALSE),

-	   abs);

-#if 0

-   fprintf(f, "%s[%d]%s",

-	   _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) srcReg->File),

-	   srcReg->Index,

-	   _mesa_swizzle_string(srcReg->Swizzle,

-				srcReg->Negate, GL_FALSE));

-#endif

-}

-

-

-static void

-fprint_comment(FILE *f, const struct prog_instruction *inst)

-{

-   if (inst->Comment)

-      fprintf(f, ";  # %s\n", inst->Comment);

-   else

-      fprintf(f, ";\n");

-}

-

-

-void

-_mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(FILE *f,

-			     const struct prog_instruction *inst,

-			     const char *opcode_string, GLuint numRegs,

-			     gl_prog_print_mode mode,

-			     const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLuint j;

-

-   fprintf(f, "%s", opcode_string);

-   if (inst->CondUpdate)

-      fprintf(f, ".C");

-

-   /* frag prog only */

-   if (inst->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)

-      fprintf(f, "_SAT");

-

-   fprintf(f, " ");

-   if (inst->DstReg.File != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {

-      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);

-   }

-   else {

-      fprintf(f, " ???");

-   }

-

-   if (numRegs > 0)

-      fprintf(f, ", ");

-

-   for (j = 0; j < numRegs; j++) {

-      fprint_src_reg(f, inst->SrcReg + j, mode, prog);

-      if (j + 1 < numRegs)

-	 fprintf(f, ", ");

-   }

-

-   fprint_comment(f, inst);

-}

-

-

-void

-_mesa_print_alu_instruction(const struct prog_instruction *inst,

-                            const char *opcode_string, GLuint numRegs)

-{

-   _mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(stderr, inst, opcode_string,

-				numRegs, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, NULL);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print a single vertex/fragment program instruction.

- */

-GLint

-_mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(FILE *f,

-                            const struct prog_instruction *inst,

-                            GLint indent,

-                            gl_prog_print_mode mode,

-                            const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLint i;

-

-   if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ELSE ||

-       inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDIF ||

-       inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDLOOP ||

-       inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDSUB) {

-      indent -= 3;

-   }

-   for (i = 0; i < indent; i++) {

-      fprintf(f, " ");

-   }

-

-   switch (inst->Opcode) {

-   case OPCODE_PRINT:

-      fprintf(f, "PRINT '%s'", (char *) inst->Data);

-      if (inst->SrcReg[0].File != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {

-         fprintf(f, ", ");

-         fprintf(f, "%s[%d]%s",

-                 _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) inst->SrcReg[0].File),

-		 inst->SrcReg[0].Index,

-		 _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle,

-				      inst->SrcReg[0].Negate, GL_FALSE));

-      }

-      if (inst->Comment)

-         fprintf(f, "  # %s", inst->Comment);

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_SWZ:

-      fprintf(f, "SWZ");

-      if (inst->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)

-         fprintf(f, "_SAT");

-      fprintf(f, " ");

-      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);

-      fprintf(f, ", %s[%d], %s",

-	      _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) inst->SrcReg[0].File),

-	      inst->SrcReg[0].Index,

-	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle,

-				   inst->SrcReg[0].Negate, GL_TRUE));

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_TEX:

-   case OPCODE_TXP:

-   case OPCODE_TXL:

-   case OPCODE_TXB:

-   case OPCODE_TXD:

-      fprintf(f, "%s", _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode));

-      if (inst->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)

-         fprintf(f, "_SAT");

-      fprintf(f, " ");

-      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);

-      fprintf(f, ", ");

-      fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);

-      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_TXD) {

-         fprintf(f, ", ");

-         fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[1], mode, prog);

-         fprintf(f, ", ");

-         fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[2], mode, prog);

-      }

-      fprintf(f, ", texture[%d], ", inst->TexSrcUnit);

-      switch (inst->TexSrcTarget) {

-      case TEXTURE_1D_INDEX:   fprintf(f, "1D");    break;

-      case TEXTURE_2D_INDEX:   fprintf(f, "2D");    break;

-      case TEXTURE_3D_INDEX:   fprintf(f, "3D");    break;

-      case TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX: fprintf(f, "CUBE");  break;

-      case TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX: fprintf(f, "RECT");  break;

-      case TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX: fprintf(f, "1D_ARRAY"); break;

-      case TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX: fprintf(f, "2D_ARRAY"); break;

-      default:

-         ;

-      }

-      if (inst->TexShadow)

-         fprintf(f, " SHADOW");

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-

-   case OPCODE_KIL:

-      fprintf(f, "%s", _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode));

-      fprintf(f, " ");

-      fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_KIL_NV:

-      fprintf(f, "%s", _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode));

-      fprintf(f, " ");

-      fprintf(f, "%s.%s",

-	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),

-	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle,

-				   GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE));

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-

-   case OPCODE_ARL:

-      fprintf(f, "ARL ");

-      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);

-      fprintf(f, ", ");

-      fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_BRA:

-      fprintf(f, "BRA %d (%s%s)",

-	      inst->BranchTarget,

-	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),

-	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle, 0, GL_FALSE));

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_IF:

-      if (inst->SrcReg[0].File != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {

-         /* Use ordinary register */

-         fprintf(f, "IF ");

-         fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);

-         fprintf(f, "; ");

-      }

-      else {

-         /* Use cond codes */

-         fprintf(f, "IF (%s%s);",

-		 _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),

-		 _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle,

-				      0, GL_FALSE));

-      }

-      fprintf(f, " # (if false, goto %d)", inst->BranchTarget);

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      return indent + 3;

-   case OPCODE_ELSE:

-      fprintf(f, "ELSE; # (goto %d)\n", inst->BranchTarget);

-      return indent + 3;

-   case OPCODE_ENDIF:

-      fprintf(f, "ENDIF;\n");

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:

-      fprintf(f, "BGNLOOP; # (end at %d)\n", inst->BranchTarget);

-      return indent + 3;

-   case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:

-      fprintf(f, "ENDLOOP; # (goto %d)\n", inst->BranchTarget);

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_BRK:

-   case OPCODE_CONT:

-      fprintf(f, "%s (%s%s); # (goto %d)",

-	      _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode),

-	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),

-	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle, 0, GL_FALSE),

-	      inst->BranchTarget);

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-

-   case OPCODE_BGNSUB:

-      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV) {

-         fprintf(f, "%s:\n", inst->Comment); /* comment is label */

-         return indent;

-      }

-      else {

-         fprintf(f, "BGNSUB");

-         fprint_comment(f, inst);

-         return indent + 3;

-      }

-   case OPCODE_ENDSUB:

-      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_DEBUG) {

-         fprintf(f, "ENDSUB");

-         fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      }

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_CAL:

-      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV) {

-         fprintf(f, "CAL %s;  # (goto %d)\n", inst->Comment, inst->BranchTarget);

-      }

-      else {

-         fprintf(f, "CAL %u", inst->BranchTarget);

-         fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      }

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_RET:

-      fprintf(f, "RET (%s%s)",

-	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),

-	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle, 0, GL_FALSE));

-      fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      break;

-

-   case OPCODE_END:

-      fprintf(f, "END\n");

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_NOP:

-      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_DEBUG) {

-         fprintf(f, "NOP");

-         fprint_comment(f, inst);

-      }

-      else if (inst->Comment) {

-         /* ARB/NV extensions don't have NOP instruction */

-         fprintf(f, "# %s\n", inst->Comment);

-      }

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_EMIT_VERTEX:

-      fprintf(f, "EMIT_VERTEX\n");

-      break;

-   case OPCODE_END_PRIMITIVE:

-      fprintf(f, "END_PRIMITIVE\n");

-      break;

-   /* XXX may need other special-case instructions */

-   default:

-      if (inst->Opcode < MAX_OPCODE) {

-         /* typical alu instruction */

-         _mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(f, inst,

-				      _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode),

-				      _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode),

-				      mode, prog);

-      }

-      else {

-         _mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(f, inst,

-				      _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode),

-				      3/*_mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode)*/,

-				      mode, prog);

-      }

-      break;

-   }

-   return indent;

-}

-

-

-GLint

-_mesa_print_instruction_opt(const struct prog_instruction *inst,

-                            GLint indent,

-                            gl_prog_print_mode mode,

-                            const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   return _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(stderr, inst, indent, mode, prog);

-}

-

-

-void

-_mesa_print_instruction(const struct prog_instruction *inst)

-{

-   /* note: 4th param should be ignored for PROG_PRINT_DEBUG */

-   _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(stderr, inst, 0, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, NULL);

-}

-

-

-

-/**

- * Print program, with options.

- */

-void

-_mesa_fprint_program_opt(FILE *f,

-                         const struct gl_program *prog,

-                         gl_prog_print_mode mode,

-                         GLboolean lineNumbers)

-{

-   GLuint i, indent = 0;

-

-   switch (prog->Target) {

-   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB:

-      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_ARB)

-         fprintf(f, "!!ARBvp1.0\n");

-      else if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV)

-         fprintf(f, "!!VP1.0\n");

-      else

-         fprintf(f, "# Vertex Program/Shader %u\n", prog->Id);

-      break;

-   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:

-   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV:

-      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_ARB)

-         fprintf(f, "!!ARBfp1.0\n");

-      else if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV)

-         fprintf(f, "!!FP1.0\n");

-      else

-         fprintf(f, "# Fragment Program/Shader %u\n", prog->Id);

-      break;

-   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:

-      fprintf(f, "# Geometry Shader\n");

-   }

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      if (lineNumbers)

-         fprintf(f, "%3d: ", i);

-      indent = _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(f, prog->Instructions + i,

-                                           indent, mode, prog);

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print program to stderr, default options.

- */

-void

-_mesa_print_program(const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   _mesa_fprint_program_opt(stderr, prog, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, GL_TRUE);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Return binary representation of 64-bit value (as a string).

- * Insert a comma to separate each group of 8 bits.

- * Note we return a pointer to local static storage so this is not

- * re-entrant, etc.

- * XXX move to imports.[ch] if useful elsewhere.

- */

-static const char *

-binary(GLbitfield64 val)

-{

-   static char buf[80];

-   GLint i, len = 0;

-   for (i = 63; i >= 0; --i) {

-      if (val & (BITFIELD64_BIT(i)))

-         buf[len++] = '1';

-      else if (len > 0 || i == 0)

-         buf[len++] = '0';

-      if (len > 0 && ((i-1) % 8) == 7)

-         buf[len++] = ',';

-   }

-   buf[len] = '\0';

-   return buf;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print all of a program's parameters/fields to given file.

- */

-static void

-_mesa_fprint_program_parameters(FILE *f,

-                                struct gl_context *ctx,

-                                const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   fprintf(f, "InputsRead: 0x%x (0b%s)\n",

-                 prog->InputsRead, binary(prog->InputsRead));

-   fprintf(f, "OutputsWritten: 0x%llx (0b%s)\n",

-                 (unsigned long long)prog->OutputsWritten, 

-		 binary(prog->OutputsWritten));

-   fprintf(f, "NumInstructions=%d\n", prog->NumInstructions);

-   fprintf(f, "NumTemporaries=%d\n", prog->NumTemporaries);

-   fprintf(f, "NumParameters=%d\n", prog->NumParameters);

-   fprintf(f, "NumAttributes=%d\n", prog->NumAttributes);

-   fprintf(f, "NumAddressRegs=%d\n", prog->NumAddressRegs);

-   fprintf(f, "IndirectRegisterFiles: 0x%x (0b%s)\n",

-           prog->IndirectRegisterFiles, binary(prog->IndirectRegisterFiles));

-   fprintf(f, "SamplersUsed: 0x%x (0b%s)\n",

-                 prog->SamplersUsed, binary(prog->SamplersUsed));

-   fprintf(f, "Samplers=[ ");

-   for (i = 0; i < MAX_SAMPLERS; i++) {

-      fprintf(f, "%d ", prog->SamplerUnits[i]);

-   }

-   fprintf(f, "]\n");

-

-   _mesa_load_state_parameters(ctx, prog->Parameters);

-

-#if 0

-   fprintf(f, "Local Params:\n");

-   for (i = 0; i < MAX_PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAMS; i++){

-      const GLfloat *p = prog->LocalParams[i];

-      fprintf(f, "%2d: %f, %f, %f, %f\n", i, p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3]);

-   }

-#endif	

-   _mesa_print_parameter_list(prog->Parameters);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print all of a program's parameters/fields to stderr.

- */

-void

-_mesa_print_program_parameters(struct gl_context *ctx, const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   _mesa_fprint_program_parameters(stderr, ctx, prog);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print a program parameter list to given file.

- */

-static void

-_mesa_fprint_parameter_list(FILE *f,

-                            const struct gl_program_parameter_list *list)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   if (!list)

-      return;

-

-   if (0)

-      fprintf(f, "param list %p\n", (void *) list);

-   fprintf(f, "dirty state flags: 0x%x\n", list->StateFlags);

-   for (i = 0; i < list->NumParameters; i++){

-      struct gl_program_parameter *param = list->Parameters + i;

-      const GLfloat *v = (GLfloat *) list->ParameterValues[i];

-      fprintf(f, "param[%d] sz=%d %s %s = {%.3g, %.3g, %.3g, %.3g}",

-	      i, param->Size,

-	      _mesa_register_file_name(list->Parameters[i].Type),

-	      param->Name, v[0], v[1], v[2], v[3]);

-      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_CENTROID)

-         fprintf(f, " Centroid");

-      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_INVARIANT)

-         fprintf(f, " Invariant");

-      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_FLAT)

-         fprintf(f, " Flat");

-      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_LINEAR)

-         fprintf(f, " Linear");

-      fprintf(f, "\n");

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Print a program parameter list to stderr.

- */

-void

-_mesa_print_parameter_list(const struct gl_program_parameter_list *list)

-{

-   _mesa_fprint_parameter_list(stderr, list);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Write shader and associated info to a file.

- */

-void

-_mesa_write_shader_to_file(const struct gl_shader *shader)

-{

-   const char *type;

-   char filename[100];

-   FILE *f;

-

-   if (shader->Type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)

-      type = "frag";

-   else if (shader->Type == GL_VERTEX_SHADER)

-      type = "vert";

-   else

-      type = "geom";

-

-   _mesa_snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "shader_%u.%s", shader->Name, type);

-   f = fopen(filename, "w");

-   if (!f) {

-      fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open %s for writing\n", filename);

-      return;

-   }

-

-   fprintf(f, "/* Shader %u source, checksum %u */\n", shader->Name, shader->SourceChecksum);

-   fputs(shader->Source, f);

-   fprintf(f, "\n");

-

-   fprintf(f, "/* Compile status: %s */\n",

-           shader->CompileStatus ? "ok" : "fail");

-   fprintf(f, "/* Log Info: */\n");

-   if (shader->InfoLog) {

-      fputs(shader->InfoLog, f);

-   }

-   if (shader->CompileStatus && shader->Program) {

-      fprintf(f, "/* GPU code */\n");

-      fprintf(f, "/*\n");

-      _mesa_fprint_program_opt(f, shader->Program, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, GL_TRUE);

-      fprintf(f, "*/\n");

-      fprintf(f, "/* Parameters / constants */\n");

-      fprintf(f, "/*\n");

-      _mesa_fprint_parameter_list(f, shader->Program->Parameters);

-      fprintf(f, "*/\n");

-   }

-

-   fclose(f);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Append the shader's uniform info/values to the shader log file.

- * The log file will typically have been created by the

- * _mesa_write_shader_to_file function.

- */

-void

-_mesa_append_uniforms_to_file(const struct gl_shader *shader,

-                              const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   const char *type;

-   char filename[100];

-   FILE *f;

-

-   if (shader->Type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)

-      type = "frag";

-   else

-      type = "vert";

-

-   _mesa_snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "shader_%u.%s", shader->Name, type);

-   f = fopen(filename, "a"); /* append */

-   if (!f) {

-      fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open %s for appending\n", filename);

-      return;

-   }

-

-   fprintf(f, "/* First-draw parameters / constants */\n");

-   fprintf(f, "/*\n");

-   _mesa_fprint_parameter_list(f, prog->Parameters);

-   fprintf(f, "*/\n");

-

-   fclose(f);

-}

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  7.3
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2008  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2009  VMware, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file prog_print.c
+ * Print vertex/fragment programs - for debugging.
+ * \author Brian Paul
+ */
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "prog_instruction.h"
+#include "prog_parameter.h"
+#include "prog_print.h"
+#include "prog_statevars.h"
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Return string name for given program/register file.
+ */
+const char *
+_mesa_register_file_name(gl_register_file f)
+{
+   switch (f) {
+   case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+      return "TEMP";
+   case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:
+      return "LOCAL";
+   case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
+      return "ENV";
+   case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
+      return "STATE";
+   case PROGRAM_INPUT:
+      return "INPUT";
+   case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
+      return "OUTPUT";
+   case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:
+      return "NAMED";
+   case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
+      return "CONST";
+   case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:
+      return "UNIFORM";
+   case PROGRAM_VARYING:
+      return "VARYING";
+   case PROGRAM_WRITE_ONLY:
+      return "WRITE_ONLY";
+   case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:
+      return "ADDR";
+   case PROGRAM_SAMPLER:
+      return "SAMPLER";
+   case PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE:
+      return "SYSVAL";
+   case PROGRAM_UNDEFINED:
+      return "UNDEFINED";
+   default:
+      {
+         static char s[20];
+         _mesa_snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "FILE%u", f);
+         return s;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return ARB_v/f_prog-style input attrib string.
+ */
+static const char *
+arb_input_attrib_string(GLint index, GLenum progType)
+{
+   /*
+    * These strings should match the VERT_ATTRIB_x and FRAG_ATTRIB_x tokens.
+    */
+   const char *vertAttribs[] = {
+      "vertex.position",
+      "vertex.weight",
+      "vertex.normal",
+      "vertex.color.primary",
+      "vertex.color.secondary",
+      "vertex.fogcoord",
+      "vertex.(six)",
+      "vertex.(seven)",
+      "vertex.texcoord[0]",
+      "vertex.texcoord[1]",
+      "vertex.texcoord[2]",
+      "vertex.texcoord[3]",
+      "vertex.texcoord[4]",
+      "vertex.texcoord[5]",
+      "vertex.texcoord[6]",
+      "vertex.texcoord[7]",
+      "vertex.attrib[0]",
+      "vertex.attrib[1]",
+      "vertex.attrib[2]",
+      "vertex.attrib[3]",
+      "vertex.attrib[4]",
+      "vertex.attrib[5]",
+      "vertex.attrib[6]",
+      "vertex.attrib[7]",
+      "vertex.attrib[8]",
+      "vertex.attrib[9]",
+      "vertex.attrib[10]",
+      "vertex.attrib[11]",
+      "vertex.attrib[12]",
+      "vertex.attrib[13]",
+      "vertex.attrib[14]",
+      "vertex.attrib[15]"
+   };
+   const char *fragAttribs[] = {
+      "fragment.position",
+      "fragment.color.primary",
+      "fragment.color.secondary",
+      "fragment.fogcoord",
+      "fragment.texcoord[0]",
+      "fragment.texcoord[1]",
+      "fragment.texcoord[2]",
+      "fragment.texcoord[3]",
+      "fragment.texcoord[4]",
+      "fragment.texcoord[5]",
+      "fragment.texcoord[6]",
+      "fragment.texcoord[7]",
+      "fragment.varying[0]",
+      "fragment.varying[1]",
+      "fragment.varying[2]",
+      "fragment.varying[3]",
+      "fragment.varying[4]",
+      "fragment.varying[5]",
+      "fragment.varying[6]",
+      "fragment.varying[7]"
+   };
+
+   /* sanity checks */
+   assert(strcmp(vertAttribs[VERT_ATTRIB_TEX0], "vertex.texcoord[0]") == 0);
+   assert(strcmp(vertAttribs[VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC15], "vertex.attrib[15]") == 0);
+
+   if (progType == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+      assert(index < sizeof(vertAttribs) / sizeof(vertAttribs[0]));
+      return vertAttribs[index];
+   }
+   else {
+      assert(index < sizeof(fragAttribs) / sizeof(fragAttribs[0]));
+      return fragAttribs[index];
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print a vertex program's InputsRead field in human-readable format.
+ * For debugging.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_print_vp_inputs(GLbitfield inputs)
+{
+   printf("VP Inputs 0x%x: \n", inputs);
+   while (inputs) {
+      GLint attr = _mesa_ffs(inputs) - 1;
+      const char *name = arb_input_attrib_string(attr,
+                                                 GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB);
+      printf("  %d: %s\n", attr, name);
+      inputs &= ~(1 << attr);
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print a fragment program's InputsRead field in human-readable format.
+ * For debugging.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_print_fp_inputs(GLbitfield inputs)
+{
+   printf("FP Inputs 0x%x: \n", inputs);
+   while (inputs) {
+      GLint attr = _mesa_ffs(inputs) - 1;
+      const char *name = arb_input_attrib_string(attr,
+                                                 GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB);
+      printf("  %d: %s\n", attr, name);
+      inputs &= ~(1 << attr);
+   }
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Return ARB_v/f_prog-style output attrib string.
+ */
+static const char *
+arb_output_attrib_string(GLint index, GLenum progType)
+{
+   /*
+    * These strings should match the VERT_RESULT_x and FRAG_RESULT_x tokens.
+    */
+   const char *vertResults[] = {
+      "result.position",
+      "result.color.primary",
+      "result.color.secondary",
+      "result.fogcoord",
+      "result.texcoord[0]",
+      "result.texcoord[1]",
+      "result.texcoord[2]",
+      "result.texcoord[3]",
+      "result.texcoord[4]",
+      "result.texcoord[5]",
+      "result.texcoord[6]",
+      "result.texcoord[7]",
+      "result.varying[0]",
+      "result.varying[1]",
+      "result.varying[2]",
+      "result.varying[3]",
+      "result.varying[4]",
+      "result.varying[5]",
+      "result.varying[6]",
+      "result.varying[7]"
+   };
+   const char *fragResults[] = {
+      "result.color",
+      "result.color(half)",
+      "result.depth",
+      "result.color[0]",
+      "result.color[1]",
+      "result.color[2]",
+      "result.color[3]"
+   };
+
+   if (progType == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+      assert(index < sizeof(vertResults) / sizeof(vertResults[0]));
+      return vertResults[index];
+   }
+   else {
+      assert(index < sizeof(fragResults) / sizeof(fragResults[0]));
+      return fragResults[index];
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return string representation of the given register.
+ * Note that some types of registers (like PROGRAM_UNIFORM) aren't defined
+ * by the ARB/NV program languages so we've taken some liberties here.
+ * \param f  the register file (PROGRAM_INPUT, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, etc)
+ * \param index  number of the register in the register file
+ * \param mode  the output format/mode/style
+ * \param prog  pointer to containing program
+ */
+static const char *
+reg_string(gl_register_file f, GLint index, gl_prog_print_mode mode,
+           GLboolean relAddr, const struct gl_program *prog,
+           GLboolean hasIndex2, GLboolean relAddr2, GLint index2)
+{
+   static char str[100];
+   const char *addr = relAddr ? "ADDR+" : "";
+
+   str[0] = 0;
+
+   switch (mode) {
+   case PROG_PRINT_DEBUG:
+      sprintf(str, "%s[%s%d]",
+              _mesa_register_file_name(f), addr, index);
+      if (hasIndex2) {
+         int offset = strlen(str);
+         const char *addr2 = relAddr2 ? "ADDR+" : "";
+         sprintf(str+offset, "[%s%d]", addr2, index2);
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case PROG_PRINT_ARB:
+      switch (f) {
+      case PROGRAM_INPUT:
+         sprintf(str, "%s", arb_input_attrib_string(index, prog->Target));
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
+         sprintf(str, "%s", arb_output_attrib_string(index, prog->Target));
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+         sprintf(str, "temp%d", index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
+         sprintf(str, "program.env[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:
+         sprintf(str, "program.local[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_VARYING: /* extension */
+         sprintf(str, "varying[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_CONSTANT: /* extension */
+         sprintf(str, "constant[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_UNIFORM: /* extension */
+         sprintf(str, "uniform[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE:
+         sprintf(str, "sysvalue[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
+         {
+            struct gl_program_parameter *param
+               = prog->Parameters->Parameters + index;
+            char *state = _mesa_program_state_string(param->StateIndexes);
+            sprintf(str, "%s", state);
+            free(state);
+         }
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:
+         sprintf(str, "A%d", index);
+         break;
+      default:
+         _mesa_problem(NULL, "bad file in reg_string()");
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case PROG_PRINT_NV:
+      switch (f) {
+      case PROGRAM_INPUT:
+         if (prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)
+            sprintf(str, "v[%d]", index);
+         else
+            sprintf(str, "f[%d]", index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
+         sprintf(str, "o[%d]", index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+         sprintf(str, "R%d", index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
+         sprintf(str, "c[%d]", index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_VARYING: /* extension */
+         sprintf(str, "varying[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_UNIFORM: /* extension */
+         sprintf(str, "uniform[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_CONSTANT: /* extension */
+         sprintf(str, "constant[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR: /* extension */
+         sprintf(str, "state[%s%d]", addr, index);
+         break;
+      default:
+         _mesa_problem(NULL, "bad file in reg_string()");
+      }
+      break;
+
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(NULL, "bad mode in reg_string()");
+   }
+
+   return str;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return a string representation of the given swizzle word.
+ * If extended is true, use extended (comma-separated) format.
+ * \param swizzle  the swizzle field
+ * \param negateBase  4-bit negation vector
+ * \param extended  if true, also allow 0, 1 values
+ */
+const char *
+_mesa_swizzle_string(GLuint swizzle, GLuint negateMask, GLboolean extended)
+{
+   static const char swz[] = "xyzw01!?";  /* See SWIZZLE_x definitions */
+   static char s[20];
+   GLuint i = 0;
+
+   if (!extended && swizzle == SWIZZLE_NOOP && negateMask == 0)
+      return ""; /* no swizzle/negation */
+
+   if (!extended)
+      s[i++] = '.';
+
+   if (negateMask & NEGATE_X)
+      s[i++] = '-';
+   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 0)];
+
+   if (extended) {
+      s[i++] = ',';
+   }
+
+   if (negateMask & NEGATE_Y)
+      s[i++] = '-';
+   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 1)];
+
+   if (extended) {
+      s[i++] = ',';
+   }
+
+   if (negateMask & NEGATE_Z)
+      s[i++] = '-';
+   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 2)];
+
+   if (extended) {
+      s[i++] = ',';
+   }
+
+   if (negateMask & NEGATE_W)
+      s[i++] = '-';
+   s[i++] = swz[GET_SWZ(swizzle, 3)];
+
+   s[i] = 0;
+   return s;
+}
+
+
+void
+_mesa_print_swizzle(GLuint swizzle)
+{
+   if (swizzle == SWIZZLE_XYZW) {
+      printf(".xyzw\n");
+   }
+   else {
+      const char *s = _mesa_swizzle_string(swizzle, 0, 0);
+      printf("%s\n", s);
+   }
+}
+
+
+const char *
+_mesa_writemask_string(GLuint writeMask)
+{
+   static char s[10];
+   GLuint i = 0;
+
+   if (writeMask == WRITEMASK_XYZW)
+      return "";
+
+   s[i++] = '.';
+   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_X)
+      s[i++] = 'x';
+   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_Y)
+      s[i++] = 'y';
+   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_Z)
+      s[i++] = 'z';
+   if (writeMask & WRITEMASK_W)
+      s[i++] = 'w';
+
+   s[i] = 0;
+   return s;
+}
+
+
+const char *
+_mesa_condcode_string(GLuint condcode)
+{
+   switch (condcode) {
+   case COND_GT:  return "GT";
+   case COND_EQ:  return "EQ";
+   case COND_LT:  return "LT";
+   case COND_UN:  return "UN";
+   case COND_GE:  return "GE";
+   case COND_LE:  return "LE";
+   case COND_NE:  return "NE";
+   case COND_TR:  return "TR";
+   case COND_FL:  return "FL";
+   default: return "cond???";
+   }
+}
+
+
+static void
+fprint_dst_reg(FILE * f,
+               const struct prog_dst_register *dstReg,
+               gl_prog_print_mode mode,
+               const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   fprintf(f, "%s%s",
+	   reg_string((gl_register_file) dstReg->File,
+		      dstReg->Index, mode, dstReg->RelAddr, prog,
+                      GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE, 0),
+	   _mesa_writemask_string(dstReg->WriteMask));
+   
+   if (dstReg->CondMask != COND_TR) {
+      fprintf(f, " (%s.%s)",
+	      _mesa_condcode_string(dstReg->CondMask),
+	      _mesa_swizzle_string(dstReg->CondSwizzle,
+				   GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE));
+   }
+
+#if 0
+   fprintf(f, "%s[%d]%s",
+	   _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) dstReg->File),
+	   dstReg->Index,
+	   _mesa_writemask_string(dstReg->WriteMask));
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static void
+fprint_src_reg(FILE *f,
+               const struct prog_src_register *srcReg, 
+               gl_prog_print_mode mode,
+               const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   const char *abs = srcReg->Abs ? "|" : "";
+
+   fprintf(f, "%s%s%s%s",
+	   abs,
+	   reg_string((gl_register_file) srcReg->File,
+		      srcReg->Index, mode, srcReg->RelAddr, prog,
+                      srcReg->HasIndex2, srcReg->RelAddr2, srcReg->Index2),
+	   _mesa_swizzle_string(srcReg->Swizzle,
+				srcReg->Negate, GL_FALSE),
+	   abs);
+#if 0
+   fprintf(f, "%s[%d]%s",
+	   _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) srcReg->File),
+	   srcReg->Index,
+	   _mesa_swizzle_string(srcReg->Swizzle,
+				srcReg->Negate, GL_FALSE));
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static void
+fprint_comment(FILE *f, const struct prog_instruction *inst)
+{
+   if (inst->Comment)
+      fprintf(f, ";  # %s\n", inst->Comment);
+   else
+      fprintf(f, ";\n");
+}
+
+
+void
+_mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(FILE *f,
+			     const struct prog_instruction *inst,
+			     const char *opcode_string, GLuint numRegs,
+			     gl_prog_print_mode mode,
+			     const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLuint j;
+
+   fprintf(f, "%s", opcode_string);
+   if (inst->CondUpdate)
+      fprintf(f, ".C");
+
+   /* frag prog only */
+   if (inst->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)
+      fprintf(f, "_SAT");
+
+   fprintf(f, " ");
+   if (inst->DstReg.File != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
+      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);
+   }
+   else {
+      fprintf(f, " ???");
+   }
+
+   if (numRegs > 0)
+      fprintf(f, ", ");
+
+   for (j = 0; j < numRegs; j++) {
+      fprint_src_reg(f, inst->SrcReg + j, mode, prog);
+      if (j + 1 < numRegs)
+	 fprintf(f, ", ");
+   }
+
+   fprint_comment(f, inst);
+}
+
+
+void
+_mesa_print_alu_instruction(const struct prog_instruction *inst,
+                            const char *opcode_string, GLuint numRegs)
+{
+   _mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(stderr, inst, opcode_string,
+				numRegs, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print a single vertex/fragment program instruction.
+ */
+GLint
+_mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(FILE *f,
+                            const struct prog_instruction *inst,
+                            GLint indent,
+                            gl_prog_print_mode mode,
+                            const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLint i;
+
+   if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ELSE ||
+       inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDIF ||
+       inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDLOOP ||
+       inst->Opcode == OPCODE_ENDSUB) {
+      indent -= 3;
+   }
+   for (i = 0; i < indent; i++) {
+      fprintf(f, " ");
+   }
+
+   switch (inst->Opcode) {
+   case OPCODE_PRINT:
+      fprintf(f, "PRINT '%s'", (char *) inst->Data);
+      if (inst->SrcReg[0].File != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
+         fprintf(f, ", ");
+         fprintf(f, "%s[%d]%s",
+                 _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) inst->SrcReg[0].File),
+		 inst->SrcReg[0].Index,
+		 _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle,
+				      inst->SrcReg[0].Negate, GL_FALSE));
+      }
+      if (inst->Comment)
+         fprintf(f, "  # %s", inst->Comment);
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_SWZ:
+      fprintf(f, "SWZ");
+      if (inst->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)
+         fprintf(f, "_SAT");
+      fprintf(f, " ");
+      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);
+      fprintf(f, ", %s[%d], %s",
+	      _mesa_register_file_name((gl_register_file) inst->SrcReg[0].File),
+	      inst->SrcReg[0].Index,
+	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle,
+				   inst->SrcReg[0].Negate, GL_TRUE));
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_TEX:
+   case OPCODE_TXP:
+   case OPCODE_TXL:
+   case OPCODE_TXB:
+   case OPCODE_TXD:
+      fprintf(f, "%s", _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode));
+      if (inst->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)
+         fprintf(f, "_SAT");
+      fprintf(f, " ");
+      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);
+      fprintf(f, ", ");
+      fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);
+      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_TXD) {
+         fprintf(f, ", ");
+         fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[1], mode, prog);
+         fprintf(f, ", ");
+         fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[2], mode, prog);
+      }
+      fprintf(f, ", texture[%d], ", inst->TexSrcUnit);
+      switch (inst->TexSrcTarget) {
+      case TEXTURE_1D_INDEX:   fprintf(f, "1D");    break;
+      case TEXTURE_2D_INDEX:   fprintf(f, "2D");    break;
+      case TEXTURE_3D_INDEX:   fprintf(f, "3D");    break;
+      case TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX: fprintf(f, "CUBE");  break;
+      case TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX: fprintf(f, "RECT");  break;
+      case TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX: fprintf(f, "1D_ARRAY"); break;
+      case TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX: fprintf(f, "2D_ARRAY"); break;
+      default:
+         ;
+      }
+      if (inst->TexShadow)
+         fprintf(f, " SHADOW");
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+
+   case OPCODE_KIL:
+      fprintf(f, "%s", _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode));
+      fprintf(f, " ");
+      fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_KIL_NV:
+      fprintf(f, "%s", _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode));
+      fprintf(f, " ");
+      fprintf(f, "%s.%s",
+	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),
+	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle,
+				   GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE));
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+
+   case OPCODE_ARL:
+      fprintf(f, "ARL ");
+      fprint_dst_reg(f, &inst->DstReg, mode, prog);
+      fprintf(f, ", ");
+      fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_BRA:
+      fprintf(f, "BRA %d (%s%s)",
+	      inst->BranchTarget,
+	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),
+	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle, 0, GL_FALSE));
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_IF:
+      if (inst->SrcReg[0].File != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
+         /* Use ordinary register */
+         fprintf(f, "IF ");
+         fprint_src_reg(f, &inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);
+         fprintf(f, "; ");
+      }
+      else {
+         /* Use cond codes */
+         fprintf(f, "IF (%s%s);",
+		 _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),
+		 _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle,
+				      0, GL_FALSE));
+      }
+      fprintf(f, " # (if false, goto %d)", inst->BranchTarget);
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      return indent + 3;
+   case OPCODE_ELSE:
+      fprintf(f, "ELSE; # (goto %d)\n", inst->BranchTarget);
+      return indent + 3;
+   case OPCODE_ENDIF:
+      fprintf(f, "ENDIF;\n");
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
+      fprintf(f, "BGNLOOP; # (end at %d)\n", inst->BranchTarget);
+      return indent + 3;
+   case OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
+      fprintf(f, "ENDLOOP; # (goto %d)\n", inst->BranchTarget);
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_BRK:
+   case OPCODE_CONT:
+      fprintf(f, "%s (%s%s); # (goto %d)",
+	      _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode),
+	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),
+	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle, 0, GL_FALSE),
+	      inst->BranchTarget);
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+
+   case OPCODE_BGNSUB:
+      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV) {
+         fprintf(f, "%s:\n", inst->Comment); /* comment is label */
+         return indent;
+      }
+      else {
+         fprintf(f, "BGNSUB");
+         fprint_comment(f, inst);
+         return indent + 3;
+      }
+   case OPCODE_ENDSUB:
+      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_DEBUG) {
+         fprintf(f, "ENDSUB");
+         fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      }
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_CAL:
+      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV) {
+         fprintf(f, "CAL %s;  # (goto %d)\n", inst->Comment, inst->BranchTarget);
+      }
+      else {
+         fprintf(f, "CAL %u", inst->BranchTarget);
+         fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      }
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_RET:
+      fprintf(f, "RET (%s%s)",
+	      _mesa_condcode_string(inst->DstReg.CondMask),
+	      _mesa_swizzle_string(inst->DstReg.CondSwizzle, 0, GL_FALSE));
+      fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      break;
+
+   case OPCODE_END:
+      fprintf(f, "END\n");
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_NOP:
+      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_DEBUG) {
+         fprintf(f, "NOP");
+         fprint_comment(f, inst);
+      }
+      else if (inst->Comment) {
+         /* ARB/NV extensions don't have NOP instruction */
+         fprintf(f, "# %s\n", inst->Comment);
+      }
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_EMIT_VERTEX:
+      fprintf(f, "EMIT_VERTEX\n");
+      break;
+   case OPCODE_END_PRIMITIVE:
+      fprintf(f, "END_PRIMITIVE\n");
+      break;
+   /* XXX may need other special-case instructions */
+   default:
+      if (inst->Opcode < MAX_OPCODE) {
+         /* typical alu instruction */
+         _mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(f, inst,
+				      _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode),
+				      _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode),
+				      mode, prog);
+      }
+      else {
+         _mesa_fprint_alu_instruction(f, inst,
+				      _mesa_opcode_string(inst->Opcode),
+				      3/*_mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode)*/,
+				      mode, prog);
+      }
+      break;
+   }
+   return indent;
+}
+
+
+GLint
+_mesa_print_instruction_opt(const struct prog_instruction *inst,
+                            GLint indent,
+                            gl_prog_print_mode mode,
+                            const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   return _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(stderr, inst, indent, mode, prog);
+}
+
+
+void
+_mesa_print_instruction(const struct prog_instruction *inst)
+{
+   /* note: 4th param should be ignored for PROG_PRINT_DEBUG */
+   _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(stderr, inst, 0, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, NULL);
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Print program, with options.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_fprint_program_opt(FILE *f,
+                         const struct gl_program *prog,
+                         gl_prog_print_mode mode,
+                         GLboolean lineNumbers)
+{
+   GLuint i, indent = 0;
+
+   switch (prog->Target) {
+   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB:
+      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_ARB)
+         fprintf(f, "!!ARBvp1.0\n");
+      else if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV)
+         fprintf(f, "!!VP1.0\n");
+      else
+         fprintf(f, "# Vertex Program/Shader %u\n", prog->Id);
+      break;
+   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:
+   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV:
+      if (mode == PROG_PRINT_ARB)
+         fprintf(f, "!!ARBfp1.0\n");
+      else if (mode == PROG_PRINT_NV)
+         fprintf(f, "!!FP1.0\n");
+      else
+         fprintf(f, "# Fragment Program/Shader %u\n", prog->Id);
+      break;
+   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:
+      fprintf(f, "# Geometry Shader\n");
+   }
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      if (lineNumbers)
+         fprintf(f, "%3d: ", i);
+      indent = _mesa_fprint_instruction_opt(f, prog->Instructions + i,
+                                           indent, mode, prog);
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print program to stderr, default options.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_print_program(const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   _mesa_fprint_program_opt(stderr, prog, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, GL_TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return binary representation of 64-bit value (as a string).
+ * Insert a comma to separate each group of 8 bits.
+ * Note we return a pointer to local static storage so this is not
+ * re-entrant, etc.
+ * XXX move to imports.[ch] if useful elsewhere.
+ */
+static const char *
+binary(GLbitfield64 val)
+{
+   static char buf[80];
+   GLint i, len = 0;
+   for (i = 63; i >= 0; --i) {
+      if (val & (BITFIELD64_BIT(i)))
+         buf[len++] = '1';
+      else if (len > 0 || i == 0)
+         buf[len++] = '0';
+      if (len > 0 && ((i-1) % 8) == 7)
+         buf[len++] = ',';
+   }
+   buf[len] = '\0';
+   return buf;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print all of a program's parameters/fields to given file.
+ */
+static void
+_mesa_fprint_program_parameters(FILE *f,
+                                struct gl_context *ctx,
+                                const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   fprintf(f, "InputsRead: 0x%x (0b%s)\n",
+                 prog->InputsRead, binary(prog->InputsRead));
+   fprintf(f, "OutputsWritten: 0x%llx (0b%s)\n",
+                 (unsigned long long)prog->OutputsWritten, 
+		 binary(prog->OutputsWritten));
+   fprintf(f, "NumInstructions=%d\n", prog->NumInstructions);
+   fprintf(f, "NumTemporaries=%d\n", prog->NumTemporaries);
+   fprintf(f, "NumParameters=%d\n", prog->NumParameters);
+   fprintf(f, "NumAttributes=%d\n", prog->NumAttributes);
+   fprintf(f, "NumAddressRegs=%d\n", prog->NumAddressRegs);
+   fprintf(f, "IndirectRegisterFiles: 0x%x (0b%s)\n",
+           prog->IndirectRegisterFiles, binary(prog->IndirectRegisterFiles));
+   fprintf(f, "SamplersUsed: 0x%x (0b%s)\n",
+                 prog->SamplersUsed, binary(prog->SamplersUsed));
+   fprintf(f, "Samplers=[ ");
+   for (i = 0; i < MAX_SAMPLERS; i++) {
+      fprintf(f, "%d ", prog->SamplerUnits[i]);
+   }
+   fprintf(f, "]\n");
+
+   _mesa_load_state_parameters(ctx, prog->Parameters);
+
+#if 0
+   fprintf(f, "Local Params:\n");
+   for (i = 0; i < MAX_PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAMS; i++){
+      const GLfloat *p = prog->LocalParams[i];
+      fprintf(f, "%2d: %f, %f, %f, %f\n", i, p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3]);
+   }
+#endif	
+   _mesa_print_parameter_list(prog->Parameters);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print all of a program's parameters/fields to stderr.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_print_program_parameters(struct gl_context *ctx, const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   _mesa_fprint_program_parameters(stderr, ctx, prog);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print a program parameter list to given file.
+ */
+static void
+_mesa_fprint_parameter_list(FILE *f,
+                            const struct gl_program_parameter_list *list)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   if (!list)
+      return;
+
+   if (0)
+      fprintf(f, "param list %p\n", (void *) list);
+   fprintf(f, "dirty state flags: 0x%x\n", list->StateFlags);
+   for (i = 0; i < list->NumParameters; i++){
+      struct gl_program_parameter *param = list->Parameters + i;
+      const GLfloat *v = (GLfloat *) list->ParameterValues[i];
+      fprintf(f, "param[%d] sz=%d %s %s = {%.3g, %.3g, %.3g, %.3g}",
+	      i, param->Size,
+	      _mesa_register_file_name(list->Parameters[i].Type),
+	      param->Name, v[0], v[1], v[2], v[3]);
+      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_CENTROID)
+         fprintf(f, " Centroid");
+      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_INVARIANT)
+         fprintf(f, " Invariant");
+      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_FLAT)
+         fprintf(f, " Flat");
+      if (param->Flags & PROG_PARAM_BIT_LINEAR)
+         fprintf(f, " Linear");
+      fprintf(f, "\n");
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Print a program parameter list to stderr.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_print_parameter_list(const struct gl_program_parameter_list *list)
+{
+   _mesa_fprint_parameter_list(stderr, list);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Write shader and associated info to a file.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_write_shader_to_file(const struct gl_shader *shader)
+{
+   const char *type;
+   char filename[100];
+   FILE *f;
+
+   if (shader->Type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)
+      type = "frag";
+   else if (shader->Type == GL_VERTEX_SHADER)
+      type = "vert";
+   else
+      type = "geom";
+
+   _mesa_snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "shader_%u.%s", shader->Name, type);
+   f = fopen(filename, "w");
+   if (!f) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open %s for writing\n", filename);
+      return;
+   }
+
+   fprintf(f, "/* Shader %u source, checksum %u */\n", shader->Name, shader->SourceChecksum);
+   fputs(shader->Source, f);
+   fprintf(f, "\n");
+
+   fprintf(f, "/* Compile status: %s */\n",
+           shader->CompileStatus ? "ok" : "fail");
+   fprintf(f, "/* Log Info: */\n");
+   if (shader->InfoLog) {
+      fputs(shader->InfoLog, f);
+   }
+   if (shader->CompileStatus && shader->Program) {
+      fprintf(f, "/* GPU code */\n");
+      fprintf(f, "/*\n");
+      _mesa_fprint_program_opt(f, shader->Program, PROG_PRINT_DEBUG, GL_TRUE);
+      fprintf(f, "*/\n");
+      fprintf(f, "/* Parameters / constants */\n");
+      fprintf(f, "/*\n");
+      _mesa_fprint_parameter_list(f, shader->Program->Parameters);
+      fprintf(f, "*/\n");
+   }
+
+   fclose(f);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Append the shader's uniform info/values to the shader log file.
+ * The log file will typically have been created by the
+ * _mesa_write_shader_to_file function.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_append_uniforms_to_file(const struct gl_shader *shader,
+                              const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   const char *type;
+   char filename[100];
+   FILE *f;
+
+   if (shader->Type == GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)
+      type = "frag";
+   else
+      type = "vert";
+
+   _mesa_snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), "shader_%u.%s", shader->Name, type);
+   f = fopen(filename, "a"); /* append */
+   if (!f) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open %s for appending\n", filename);
+      return;
+   }
+
+   fprintf(f, "/* First-draw parameters / constants */\n");
+   fprintf(f, "/*\n");
+   _mesa_fprint_parameter_list(f, prog->Parameters);
+   fprintf(f, "*/\n");
+
+   fclose(f);
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.c
index c68e1643a..6aa2409e8 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.c
@@ -1,1208 +1,1208 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  7.1

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * \file prog_statevars.c

- * Program state variable management.

- * \author Brian Paul

- */

-

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-#include "main/context.h"

-#include "main/imports.h"

-#include "main/macros.h"

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-#include "prog_statevars.h"

-#include "prog_parameter.h"

-

-

-/**

- * Use the list of tokens in the state[] array to find global GL state

- * and return it in <value>.  Usually, four values are returned in <value>

- * but matrix queries may return as many as 16 values.

- * This function is used for ARB vertex/fragment programs.

- * The program parser will produce the state[] values.

- */

-static void

-_mesa_fetch_state(struct gl_context *ctx, const gl_state_index state[],

-                  GLfloat *value)

-{

-   switch (state[0]) {

-   case STATE_MATERIAL:

-      {

-         /* state[1] is either 0=front or 1=back side */

-         const GLuint face = (GLuint) state[1];

-         const struct gl_material *mat = &ctx->Light.Material;

-         ASSERT(face == 0 || face == 1);

-         /* we rely on tokens numbered so that _BACK_ == _FRONT_+ 1 */

-         ASSERT(MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT + 1 == MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_AMBIENT);

-         /* XXX we could get rid of this switch entirely with a little

-          * work in arbprogparse.c's parse_state_single_item().

-          */

-         /* state[2] is the material attribute */

-         switch (state[2]) {

-         case STATE_AMBIENT:

-            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT + face]);

-            return;

-         case STATE_DIFFUSE:

-            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE + face]);

-            return;

-         case STATE_SPECULAR:

-            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SPECULAR + face]);

-            return;

-         case STATE_EMISSION:

-            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_EMISSION + face]);

-            return;

-         case STATE_SHININESS:

-            value[0] = mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SHININESS + face][0];

-            value[1] = 0.0F;

-            value[2] = 0.0F;

-            value[3] = 1.0F;

-            return;

-         default:

-            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid material state in fetch_state");

-            return;

-         }

-      }

-   case STATE_LIGHT:

-      {

-         /* state[1] is the light number */

-         const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[1];

-         /* state[2] is the light attribute */

-         switch (state[2]) {

-         case STATE_AMBIENT:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].Ambient);

-            return;

-         case STATE_DIFFUSE:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].Diffuse);

-            return;

-         case STATE_SPECULAR:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].Specular);

-            return;

-         case STATE_POSITION:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].EyePosition);

-            return;

-         case STATE_ATTENUATION:

-            value[0] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].ConstantAttenuation;

-            value[1] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].LinearAttenuation;

-            value[2] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].QuadraticAttenuation;

-            value[3] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].SpotExponent;

-            return;

-         case STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION:

-            COPY_3V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].SpotDirection);

-            value[3] = ctx->Light.Light[ln]._CosCutoff;

-            return;

-         case STATE_SPOT_CUTOFF:

-            value[0] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].SpotCutoff;

-            return;

-         case STATE_HALF_VECTOR:

-            {

-               static const GLfloat eye_z[] = {0, 0, 1};

-               GLfloat p[3];

-               /* Compute infinite half angle vector:

-                *   halfVector = normalize(normalize(lightPos) + (0, 0, 1))

-		* light.EyePosition.w should be 0 for infinite lights.

-                */

-               COPY_3V(p, ctx->Light.Light[ln].EyePosition);

-               NORMALIZE_3FV(p);

-	       ADD_3V(value, p, eye_z);

-	       NORMALIZE_3FV(value);

-	       value[3] = 1.0;

-            }

-            return;

-         default:

-            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid light state in fetch_state");

-            return;

-         }

-      }

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:

-      COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Model.Ambient);

-      return;

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:

-      if (state[1] == 0) {

-         /* front */

-         GLint i;

-         for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {

-            value[i] = ctx->Light.Model.Ambient[i]

-               * ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT][i]

-               + ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_EMISSION][i];

-         }

-	 value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE][3];

-      }

-      else {

-         /* back */

-         GLint i;

-         for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {

-            value[i] = ctx->Light.Model.Ambient[i]

-               * ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_AMBIENT][i]

-               + ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_EMISSION][i];

-         }

-	 value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_DIFFUSE][3];

-      }

-      return;

-   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:

-      {

-         const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[1];

-         const GLuint face = (GLuint) state[2];

-         GLint i;

-         ASSERT(face == 0 || face == 1);

-         switch (state[3]) {

-            case STATE_AMBIENT:

-               for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {

-                  value[i] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].Ambient[i] *

-                     ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT+face][i];

-               }

-               /* [3] = material alpha */

-               value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT+face][3];

-               return;

-            case STATE_DIFFUSE:

-               for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {

-                  value[i] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].Diffuse[i] *

-                     ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE+face][i];

-               }

-               /* [3] = material alpha */

-               value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE+face][3];

-               return;

-            case STATE_SPECULAR:

-               for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {

-                  value[i] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].Specular[i] *

-                     ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SPECULAR+face][i];

-               }

-               /* [3] = material alpha */

-               value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SPECULAR+face][3];

-               return;

-            default:

-               _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid lightprod state in fetch_state");

-               return;

-         }

-      }

-   case STATE_TEXGEN:

-      {

-         /* state[1] is the texture unit */

-         const GLuint unit = (GLuint) state[1];

-         /* state[2] is the texgen attribute */

-         switch (state[2]) {

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenS.EyePlane);

-            return;

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenT.EyePlane);

-            return;

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenR.EyePlane);

-            return;

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenQ.EyePlane);

-            return;

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenS.ObjectPlane);

-            return;

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_T:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenT.ObjectPlane);

-            return;

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_R:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenR.ObjectPlane);

-            return;

-         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_Q:

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenQ.ObjectPlane);

-            return;

-         default:

-            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid texgen state in fetch_state");

-            return;

-         }

-      }

-   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:

-      {

-         /* state[1] is the texture unit */

-         const GLuint unit = (GLuint) state[1];

-         if(ctx->Color._ClampFragmentColor)

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].EnvColor);

-         else

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].EnvColorUnclamped);

-      }

-      return;

-   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:

-      if(ctx->Color._ClampFragmentColor)

-         COPY_4V(value, ctx->Fog.Color);

-      else

-         COPY_4V(value, ctx->Fog.ColorUnclamped);

-      return;

-   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:

-      value[0] = ctx->Fog.Density;

-      value[1] = ctx->Fog.Start;

-      value[2] = ctx->Fog.End;

-      value[3] = (ctx->Fog.End == ctx->Fog.Start)

-         ? 1.0f : (GLfloat)(1.0 / (ctx->Fog.End - ctx->Fog.Start));

-      return;

-   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:

-      {

-         const GLuint plane = (GLuint) state[1];

-         COPY_4V(value, ctx->Transform.EyeUserPlane[plane]);

-      }

-      return;

-   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:

-      value[0] = ctx->Point.Size;

-      value[1] = ctx->Point.MinSize;

-      value[2] = ctx->Point.MaxSize;

-      value[3] = ctx->Point.Threshold;

-      return;

-   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:

-      value[0] = ctx->Point.Params[0];

-      value[1] = ctx->Point.Params[1];

-      value[2] = ctx->Point.Params[2];

-      value[3] = 1.0F;

-      return;

-   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:

-      {

-         /* state[0] = modelview, projection, texture, etc. */

-         /* state[1] = which texture matrix or program matrix */

-         /* state[2] = first row to fetch */

-         /* state[3] = last row to fetch */

-         /* state[4] = transpose, inverse or invtrans */

-         const GLmatrix *matrix;

-         const gl_state_index mat = state[0];

-         const GLuint index = (GLuint) state[1];

-         const GLuint firstRow = (GLuint) state[2];

-         const GLuint lastRow = (GLuint) state[3];

-         const gl_state_index modifier = state[4];

-         const GLfloat *m;

-         GLuint row, i;

-         ASSERT(firstRow >= 0);

-         ASSERT(firstRow < 4);

-         ASSERT(lastRow >= 0);

-         ASSERT(lastRow < 4);

-         if (mat == STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX) {

-            matrix = ctx->ModelviewMatrixStack.Top;

-         }

-         else if (mat == STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX) {

-            matrix = ctx->ProjectionMatrixStack.Top;

-         }

-         else if (mat == STATE_MVP_MATRIX) {

-            matrix = &ctx->_ModelProjectMatrix;

-         }

-         else if (mat == STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX) {

-            ASSERT(index < Elements(ctx->TextureMatrixStack));

-            matrix = ctx->TextureMatrixStack[index].Top;

-         }

-         else if (mat == STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX) {

-            ASSERT(index < Elements(ctx->ProgramMatrixStack));

-            matrix = ctx->ProgramMatrixStack[index].Top;

-         }

-         else {

-            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Bad matrix name in _mesa_fetch_state()");

-            return;

-         }

-         if (modifier == STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE ||

-             modifier == STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS) {

-            /* Be sure inverse is up to date:

-	     */

-            _math_matrix_alloc_inv( (GLmatrix *) matrix );

-	    _math_matrix_analyse( (GLmatrix*) matrix );

-            m = matrix->inv;

-         }

-         else {

-            m = matrix->m;

-         }

-         if (modifier == STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE ||

-             modifier == STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS) {

-            for (i = 0, row = firstRow; row <= lastRow; row++) {

-               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 0];

-               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 1];

-               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 2];

-               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 3];

-            }

-         }

-         else {

-            for (i = 0, row = firstRow; row <= lastRow; row++) {

-               value[i++] = m[row + 0];

-               value[i++] = m[row + 4];

-               value[i++] = m[row + 8];

-               value[i++] = m[row + 12];

-            }

-         }

-      }

-      return;

-   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:

-      value[0] = ctx->Viewport.Near;                     /* near       */

-      value[1] = ctx->Viewport.Far;                      /* far        */

-      value[2] = ctx->Viewport.Far - ctx->Viewport.Near; /* far - near */

-      value[3] = 1.0;

-      return;

-   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:

-      {

-         /* state[1] = {STATE_ENV, STATE_LOCAL} */

-         /* state[2] = parameter index          */

-         const int idx = (int) state[2];

-         switch (state[1]) {

-            case STATE_ENV:

-               COPY_4V(value, ctx->FragmentProgram.Parameters[idx]);

-               return;

-            case STATE_LOCAL:

-               COPY_4V(value, ctx->FragmentProgram.Current->Base.LocalParams[idx]);

-               return;

-            default:

-               _mesa_problem(ctx, "Bad state switch in _mesa_fetch_state()");

-               return;

-         }

-      }

-      return;

-

-   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:

-      {

-         /* state[1] = {STATE_ENV, STATE_LOCAL} */

-         /* state[2] = parameter index          */

-         const int idx = (int) state[2];

-         switch (state[1]) {

-            case STATE_ENV:

-               COPY_4V(value, ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters[idx]);

-               return;

-            case STATE_LOCAL:

-               COPY_4V(value, ctx->VertexProgram.Current->Base.LocalParams[idx]);

-               return;

-            default:

-               _mesa_problem(ctx, "Bad state switch in _mesa_fetch_state()");

-               return;

-         }

-      }

-      return;

-

-   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:

-      ASSIGN_4V(value, ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 0, 0, 1);

-      return;

-

-   case STATE_INTERNAL:

-      switch (state[1]) {

-      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB:

-         {

-            const GLuint idx = (GLuint) state[2];

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Current.Attrib[idx]);

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB_MAYBE_VP_CLAMPED:

-         {

-            const GLuint idx = (GLuint) state[2];

-            if(ctx->Light._ClampVertexColor &&

-               (idx == VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0 ||

-                idx == VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR1)) {

-               value[0] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][0], 0.0f, 1.0f);

-               value[1] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][1], 0.0f, 1.0f);

-               value[2] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][2], 0.0f, 1.0f);

-               value[3] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][3], 0.0f, 1.0f);

-            }

-            else

-               COPY_4V(value, ctx->Current.Attrib[idx]);

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:

-         ASSIGN_4V(value, 

-                   ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 

-                   ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 

-                   ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 

-                   1);

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE:

-         /* Value = { 1/texWidth, 1/texHeight, 0, 1 }.

-          * Used to convert unnormalized texcoords to normalized texcoords.

-          */

-         {

-            const int unit = (int) state[2];

-            const struct gl_texture_object *texObj

-               = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit]._Current;

-            if (texObj) {

-               struct gl_texture_image *texImage = texObj->Image[0][0];

-               ASSIGN_4V(value,

-                         (GLfloat) (1.0 / texImage->Width),

-                         (GLfloat) (1.0 / texImage->Height),

-                         0.0f, 1.0f);

-            }

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED:

-         /* for simpler per-vertex/pixel fog calcs. POW (for EXP/EXP2 fog)

-          * might be more expensive than EX2 on some hw, plus it needs

-          * another constant (e) anyway. Linear fog can now be done with a

-          * single MAD.

-          * linear: fogcoord * -1/(end-start) + end/(end-start)

-          * exp: 2^-(density/ln(2) * fogcoord)

-          * exp2: 2^-((density/(ln(2)^2) * fogcoord)^2)

-          */

-         value[0] = (ctx->Fog.End == ctx->Fog.Start)

-            ? 1.0f : (GLfloat)(-1.0F / (ctx->Fog.End - ctx->Fog.Start));

-         value[1] = ctx->Fog.End * -value[0];

-         value[2] = (GLfloat)(ctx->Fog.Density * M_LOG2E); /* M_LOG2E == 1/ln(2) */

-         value[3] = (GLfloat)(ctx->Fog.Density * ONE_DIV_SQRT_LN2);

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED:

-         {

-           /* this includes implementation dependent limits, to avoid

-            * another potentially necessary clamp.

-            * Note: for sprites, point smooth (point AA) is ignored

-            * and we'll clamp to MinPointSizeAA and MaxPointSize, because we

-            * expect drivers will want to say their minimum for AA size is 0.0

-            * but for non-AA it's 1.0 (because normal points with size below 1.0

-            * need to get rounded up to 1.0, hence never disappear). GL does

-            * not specify max clamp size for sprites, other than it needs to be

-            * at least as large as max AA size, hence use non-AA size there.

-            */

-            GLfloat minImplSize;

-            GLfloat maxImplSize;

-            if (ctx->Point.PointSprite) {

-               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;

-               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;

-            }

-            else if (ctx->Point.SmoothFlag || ctx->Multisample._Enabled) {

-               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;

-               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSizeAA;

-            }

-            else {

-               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSize;

-               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;

-            }

-            value[0] = ctx->Point.Size;

-            value[1] = ctx->Point.MinSize >= minImplSize ? ctx->Point.MinSize : minImplSize;

-            value[2] = ctx->Point.MaxSize <= maxImplSize ? ctx->Point.MaxSize : maxImplSize;

-            value[3] = ctx->Point.Threshold;

-         }

-         return;

-      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP:

-         {

-           /* for implementation clamp only in vs */

-            GLfloat minImplSize;

-            GLfloat maxImplSize;

-            if (ctx->Point.PointSprite) {

-               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;

-               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;

-            }

-            else if (ctx->Point.SmoothFlag || ctx->Multisample._Enabled) {

-               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;

-               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSizeAA;

-            }

-            else {

-               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSize;

-               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;

-            }

-            value[0] = ctx->Point.Size;

-            value[1] = minImplSize;

-            value[2] = maxImplSize;

-            value[3] = ctx->Point.Threshold;

-         }

-         return;

-      case STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED:

-         {

-            /* here, state[2] is the light number */

-            /* pre-normalize spot dir */

-            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];

-            COPY_3V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._NormSpotDirection);

-            value[3] = ctx->Light.Light[ln]._CosCutoff;

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION:

-         {

-            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._Position);

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED:

-         {

-            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];

-            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._Position);

-            NORMALIZE_3FV( value );

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR:

-         {

-            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];

-            GLfloat p[3];

-            /* Compute infinite half angle vector:

-             *   halfVector = normalize(normalize(lightPos) + (0, 0, 1))

-             * light.EyePosition.w should be 0 for infinite lights.

-             */

-            COPY_3V(p, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._Position);

-            NORMALIZE_3FV(p);

-            ADD_3V(value, p, ctx->_EyeZDir);

-            NORMALIZE_3FV(value);

-            value[3] = 1.0;

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_PT_SCALE:

-         value[0] = ctx->Pixel.RedScale;

-         value[1] = ctx->Pixel.GreenScale;

-         value[2] = ctx->Pixel.BlueScale;

-         value[3] = ctx->Pixel.AlphaScale;

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_PT_BIAS:

-         value[0] = ctx->Pixel.RedBias;

-         value[1] = ctx->Pixel.GreenBias;

-         value[2] = ctx->Pixel.BlueBias;

-         value[3] = ctx->Pixel.AlphaBias;

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT:

-         {

-            const int unit = (int) state[2];

-            const struct gl_texture_object *texObj

-               = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit]._Current;

-            if (texObj) {

-               value[0] =

-               value[1] =

-               value[2] =

-               value[3] = texObj->Sampler.CompareFailValue;

-            }

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_FB_SIZE:

-         value[0] = (GLfloat) (ctx->DrawBuffer->Width - 1);

-         value[1] = (GLfloat) (ctx->DrawBuffer->Height - 1);

-         value[2] = 0.0F;

-         value[3] = 0.0F;

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM:

-         /* A driver may negate this conditional by using ZW swizzle

-          * instead of XY (based on e.g. some other state). */

-         if (ctx->DrawBuffer->Name != 0) {

-            /* Identity (XY) followed by flipping Y upside down (ZW). */

-            value[0] = 1.0F;

-            value[1] = 0.0F;

-            value[2] = -1.0F;

-            value[3] = (GLfloat) ctx->DrawBuffer->Height;

-         } else {

-            /* Flipping Y upside down (XY) followed by identity (ZW). */

-            value[0] = -1.0F;

-            value[1] = (GLfloat) ctx->DrawBuffer->Height;

-            value[2] = 1.0F;

-            value[3] = 0.0F;

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0:

-         {

-            const int unit = (int) state[2];

-            GLfloat *rotMat22 = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].RotMatrix;

-            value[0] = rotMat22[0]; 

-            value[1] = rotMat22[2];

-            value[2] = 0.0;

-            value[3] = 0.0;

-         }

-         return;

-

-      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1:

-         {

-            const int unit = (int) state[2];

-            GLfloat *rotMat22 = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].RotMatrix;

-            value[0] = rotMat22[1];

-            value[1] = rotMat22[3];

-            value[2] = 0.0;

-            value[3] = 0.0;

-         }

-         return;

-

-      /* XXX: make sure new tokens added here are also handled in the 

-       * _mesa_program_state_flags() switch, below.

-       */

-      default:

-         /* Unknown state indexes are silently ignored here.

-          * Drivers may do something special.

-          */

-         return;

-      }

-      return;

-

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid state in _mesa_fetch_state");

-      return;

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Return a bitmask of the Mesa state flags (_NEW_* values) which would

- * indicate that the given context state may have changed.

- * The bitmask is used during validation to determine if we need to update

- * vertex/fragment program parameters (like "state.material.color") when

- * some GL state has changed.

- */

-GLbitfield

-_mesa_program_state_flags(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH])

-{

-   switch (state[0]) {

-   case STATE_MATERIAL:

-   case STATE_LIGHT:

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:

-   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:

-      return _NEW_LIGHT;

-

-   case STATE_TEXGEN:

-      return _NEW_TEXTURE;

-   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:

-      return _NEW_TEXTURE | _NEW_BUFFERS | _NEW_FRAG_CLAMP;

-

-   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:

-      return _NEW_FOG | _NEW_BUFFERS | _NEW_FRAG_CLAMP;

-   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:

-      return _NEW_FOG;

-

-   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:

-      return _NEW_TRANSFORM;

-

-   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:

-   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:

-      return _NEW_POINT;

-

-   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:

-      return _NEW_MODELVIEW;

-   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:

-      return _NEW_PROJECTION;

-   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:

-      return _NEW_MODELVIEW | _NEW_PROJECTION;

-   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:

-      return _NEW_TEXTURE_MATRIX;

-   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:

-      return _NEW_TRACK_MATRIX;

-

-   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:

-      return _NEW_VIEWPORT;

-

-   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:

-   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:

-      return _NEW_PROGRAM;

-

-   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:

-      return _NEW_MODELVIEW;

-

-   case STATE_INTERNAL:

-      switch (state[1]) {

-      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB:

-         return _NEW_CURRENT_ATTRIB;

-      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB_MAYBE_VP_CLAMPED:

-         return _NEW_CURRENT_ATTRIB | _NEW_LIGHT | _NEW_BUFFERS;

-

-      case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:

-         return _NEW_MODELVIEW;

-

-      case STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE:

-      case STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT:

-      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0:

-      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1:

-	 return _NEW_TEXTURE;

-      case STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED:

-	 return _NEW_FOG;

-      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED:

-      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP:

-         return _NEW_POINT | _NEW_MULTISAMPLE;

-      case STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED:

-      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION:

-      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED:

-      case STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR:

-         return _NEW_LIGHT;

-

-      case STATE_PT_SCALE:

-      case STATE_PT_BIAS:

-         return _NEW_PIXEL;

-

-      case STATE_FB_SIZE:

-      case STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM:

-         return _NEW_BUFFERS;

-

-      default:

-         /* unknown state indexes are silently ignored and

-         *  no flag set, since it is handled by the driver.

-         */

-	 return 0;

-      }

-

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(NULL, "unexpected state[0] in make_state_flags()");

-      return 0;

-   }

-}

-

-

-static void

-append(char *dst, const char *src)

-{

-   while (*dst)

-      dst++;

-   while (*src)

-     *dst++ = *src++;

-   *dst = 0;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Convert token 'k' to a string, append it onto 'dst' string.

- */

-static void

-append_token(char *dst, gl_state_index k)

-{

-   switch (k) {

-   case STATE_MATERIAL:

-      append(dst, "material");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHT:

-      append(dst, "light");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:

-      append(dst, "lightmodel.ambient");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:

-      append(dst, "lightprod");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN:

-      append(dst, "texgen");

-      break;

-   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:

-      append(dst, "fog.color");

-      break;

-   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:

-      append(dst, "fog.params");

-      break;

-   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:

-      append(dst, "clip");

-      break;

-   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:

-      append(dst, "point.size");

-      break;

-   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:

-      append(dst, "point.attenuation");

-      break;

-   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:

-      append(dst, "matrix.modelview");

-      break;

-   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:

-      append(dst, "matrix.projection");

-      break;

-   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:

-      append(dst, "matrix.mvp");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:

-      append(dst, "matrix.texture");

-      break;

-   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:

-      append(dst, "matrix.program");

-      break;

-   case STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE:

-      append(dst, ".inverse");

-      break;

-   case STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE:

-      append(dst, ".transpose");

-      break;

-   case STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS:

-      append(dst, ".invtrans");

-      break;

-   case STATE_AMBIENT:

-      append(dst, ".ambient");

-      break;

-   case STATE_DIFFUSE:

-      append(dst, ".diffuse");

-      break;

-   case STATE_SPECULAR:

-      append(dst, ".specular");

-      break;

-   case STATE_EMISSION:

-      append(dst, ".emission");

-      break;

-   case STATE_SHININESS:

-      append(dst, "lshininess");

-      break;

-   case STATE_HALF_VECTOR:

-      append(dst, ".half");

-      break;

-   case STATE_POSITION:

-      append(dst, ".position");

-      break;

-   case STATE_ATTENUATION:

-      append(dst, ".attenuation");

-      break;

-   case STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION:

-      append(dst, ".spot.direction");

-      break;

-   case STATE_SPOT_CUTOFF:

-      append(dst, ".spot.cutoff");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S:

-      append(dst, ".eye.s");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T:

-      append(dst, ".eye.t");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R:

-      append(dst, ".eye.r");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q:

-      append(dst, ".eye.q");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S:

-      append(dst, ".object.s");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_T:

-      append(dst, ".object.t");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_R:

-      append(dst, ".object.r");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_Q:

-      append(dst, ".object.q");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:

-      append(dst, "texenv");

-      break;

-   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:

-      append(dst, "depth.range");

-      break;

-   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:

-   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:

-      break;

-   case STATE_ENV:

-      append(dst, "env");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LOCAL:

-      append(dst, "local");

-      break;

-   /* BEGIN internal state vars */

-   case STATE_INTERNAL:

-      append(dst, ".internal.");

-      break;

-   case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB:

-      append(dst, "current");

-      break;

-   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:

-      append(dst, "normalScale");

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE:

-      append(dst, "texrectScale");

-      break;

-   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED:

-      append(dst, "fogParamsOptimized");

-      break;

-   case STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED:

-      append(dst, "pointSizeClamped");

-      break;

-   case STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP:

-      append(dst, "pointSizeImplClamp");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED:

-      append(dst, "lightSpotDirNormalized");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION:

-      append(dst, "lightPosition");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED:

-      append(dst, "light.position.normalized");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR:

-      append(dst, "lightHalfVector");

-      break;

-   case STATE_PT_SCALE:

-      append(dst, "PTscale");

-      break;

-   case STATE_PT_BIAS:

-      append(dst, "PTbias");

-      break;

-   case STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT:

-      append(dst, "CompareFailValue");

-      break;

-   case STATE_FB_SIZE:

-      append(dst, "FbSize");

-      break;

-   case STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM:

-      append(dst, "FbWposYTransform");

-      break;

-   case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0:

-      append(dst, "rotMatrixRow0");

-      break;

-   case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1:

-      append(dst, "rotMatrixRow1");

-      break;

-   default:

-      /* probably STATE_INTERNAL_DRIVER+i (driver private state) */

-      append(dst, "driverState");

-   }

-}

-

-static void

-append_face(char *dst, GLint face)

-{

-   if (face == 0)

-      append(dst, "front.");

-   else

-      append(dst, "back.");

-}

-

-static void

-append_index(char *dst, GLint index)

-{

-   char s[20];

-   sprintf(s, "[%d]", index);

-   append(dst, s);

-}

-

-/**

- * Make a string from the given state vector.

- * For example, return "state.matrix.texture[2].inverse".

- * Use free() to deallocate the string.

- */

-char *

-_mesa_program_state_string(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH])

-{

-   char str[1000] = "";

-   char tmp[30];

-

-   append(str, "state.");

-   append_token(str, state[0]);

-

-   switch (state[0]) {

-   case STATE_MATERIAL:

-      append_face(str, state[1]);

-      append_token(str, state[2]);

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHT:

-      append_index(str, state[1]); /* light number [i]. */

-      append_token(str, state[2]); /* coefficients */

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:

-      append(str, "lightmodel.ambient");

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:

-      if (state[1] == 0) {

-         append(str, "lightmodel.front.scenecolor");

-      }

-      else {

-         append(str, "lightmodel.back.scenecolor");

-      }

-      break;

-   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:

-      append_index(str, state[1]); /* light number [i]. */

-      append_face(str, state[2]);

-      append_token(str, state[3]);

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXGEN:

-      append_index(str, state[1]); /* tex unit [i] */

-      append_token(str, state[2]); /* plane coef */

-      break;

-   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:

-      append_index(str, state[1]); /* tex unit [i] */

-      append(str, "color");

-      break;

-   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:

-      append_index(str, state[1]); /* plane [i] */

-      append(str, ".plane");

-      break;

-   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:

-   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:

-      {

-         /* state[0] = modelview, projection, texture, etc. */

-         /* state[1] = which texture matrix or program matrix */

-         /* state[2] = first row to fetch */

-         /* state[3] = last row to fetch */

-         /* state[4] = transpose, inverse or invtrans */

-         const gl_state_index mat = state[0];

-         const GLuint index = (GLuint) state[1];

-         const GLuint firstRow = (GLuint) state[2];

-         const GLuint lastRow = (GLuint) state[3];

-         const gl_state_index modifier = state[4];

-         if (index ||

-             mat == STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX ||

-             mat == STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX)

-            append_index(str, index);

-         if (modifier)

-            append_token(str, modifier);

-         if (firstRow == lastRow)

-            sprintf(tmp, ".row[%d]", firstRow);

-         else

-            sprintf(tmp, ".row[%d..%d]", firstRow, lastRow);

-         append(str, tmp);

-      }

-      break;

-   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:

-      break;

-   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:

-      break;

-   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:

-      break;

-   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:

-      break;

-   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:

-      break;

-   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:

-   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:

-      /* state[1] = {STATE_ENV, STATE_LOCAL} */

-      /* state[2] = parameter index          */

-      append_token(str, state[1]);

-      append_index(str, state[2]);

-      break;

-   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:

-      break;

-   case STATE_INTERNAL:

-      append_token(str, state[1]);

-      if (state[1] == STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB)

-         append_index(str, state[2]);

-       break;

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(NULL, "Invalid state in _mesa_program_state_string");

-      break;

-   }

-

-   return _mesa_strdup(str);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Loop over all the parameters in a parameter list.  If the parameter

- * is a GL state reference, look up the current value of that state

- * variable and put it into the parameter's Value[4] array.

- * Other parameter types never change or are explicitly set by the user

- * with glUniform() or glProgramParameter(), etc.

- * This would be called at glBegin time.

- */

-void

-_mesa_load_state_parameters(struct gl_context *ctx,

-                            struct gl_program_parameter_list *paramList)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   if (!paramList)

-      return;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < paramList->NumParameters; i++) {

-      if (paramList->Parameters[i].Type == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {

-         _mesa_fetch_state(ctx,

-			   paramList->Parameters[i].StateIndexes,

-                           &paramList->ParameterValues[i][0].f);

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Copy the 16 elements of a matrix into four consecutive program

- * registers starting at 'pos'.

- */

-static void

-load_matrix(GLfloat registers[][4], GLuint pos, const GLfloat mat[16])

-{

-   GLuint i;

-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-      registers[pos + i][0] = mat[0 + i];

-      registers[pos + i][1] = mat[4 + i];

-      registers[pos + i][2] = mat[8 + i];

-      registers[pos + i][3] = mat[12 + i];

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * As above, but transpose the matrix.

- */

-static void

-load_transpose_matrix(GLfloat registers[][4], GLuint pos,

-                      const GLfloat mat[16])

-{

-   memcpy(registers[pos], mat, 16 * sizeof(GLfloat));

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Load current vertex program's parameter registers with tracked

- * matrices (if NV program).  This only needs to be done per

- * glBegin/glEnd, not per-vertex.

- */

-void

-_mesa_load_tracked_matrices(struct gl_context *ctx)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < MAX_NV_VERTEX_PROGRAM_PARAMS / 4; i++) {

-      /* point 'mat' at source matrix */

-      GLmatrix *mat;

-      if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_MODELVIEW) {

-         mat = ctx->ModelviewMatrixStack.Top;

-      }

-      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_PROJECTION) {

-         mat = ctx->ProjectionMatrixStack.Top;

-      }

-      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_TEXTURE) {

-         GLuint unit = MIN2(ctx->Texture.CurrentUnit,

-                            Elements(ctx->TextureMatrixStack) - 1);

-         mat = ctx->TextureMatrixStack[unit].Top;

-      }

-      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i]==GL_MODELVIEW_PROJECTION_NV) {

-         /* XXX verify the combined matrix is up to date */

-         mat = &ctx->_ModelProjectMatrix;

-      }

-      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] >= GL_MATRIX0_NV &&

-               ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] <= GL_MATRIX7_NV) {

-         GLuint n = ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] - GL_MATRIX0_NV;

-         ASSERT(n < Elements(ctx->ProgramMatrixStack));

-         mat = ctx->ProgramMatrixStack[n].Top;

-      }

-      else {

-         /* no matrix is tracked, but we leave the register values as-is */

-         assert(ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_NONE);

-         continue;

-      }

-

-      /* load the matrix values into sequential registers */

-      if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] == GL_IDENTITY_NV) {

-         load_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->m);

-      }

-      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] == GL_INVERSE_NV) {

-         _math_matrix_analyse(mat); /* update the inverse */

-         ASSERT(!_math_matrix_is_dirty(mat));

-         load_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->inv);

-      }

-      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] == GL_TRANSPOSE_NV) {

-         load_transpose_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->m);

-      }

-      else {

-         assert(ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i]

-                == GL_INVERSE_TRANSPOSE_NV);

-         _math_matrix_analyse(mat); /* update the inverse */

-         ASSERT(!_math_matrix_is_dirty(mat));

-         load_transpose_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->inv);

-      }

-   }

-}

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  7.1
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file prog_statevars.c
+ * Program state variable management.
+ * \author Brian Paul
+ */
+
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "main/macros.h"
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "prog_statevars.h"
+#include "prog_parameter.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Use the list of tokens in the state[] array to find global GL state
+ * and return it in <value>.  Usually, four values are returned in <value>
+ * but matrix queries may return as many as 16 values.
+ * This function is used for ARB vertex/fragment programs.
+ * The program parser will produce the state[] values.
+ */
+static void
+_mesa_fetch_state(struct gl_context *ctx, const gl_state_index state[],
+                  GLfloat *value)
+{
+   switch (state[0]) {
+   case STATE_MATERIAL:
+      {
+         /* state[1] is either 0=front or 1=back side */
+         const GLuint face = (GLuint) state[1];
+         const struct gl_material *mat = &ctx->Light.Material;
+         ASSERT(face == 0 || face == 1);
+         /* we rely on tokens numbered so that _BACK_ == _FRONT_+ 1 */
+         ASSERT(MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT + 1 == MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_AMBIENT);
+         /* XXX we could get rid of this switch entirely with a little
+          * work in arbprogparse.c's parse_state_single_item().
+          */
+         /* state[2] is the material attribute */
+         switch (state[2]) {
+         case STATE_AMBIENT:
+            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT + face]);
+            return;
+         case STATE_DIFFUSE:
+            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE + face]);
+            return;
+         case STATE_SPECULAR:
+            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SPECULAR + face]);
+            return;
+         case STATE_EMISSION:
+            COPY_4V(value, mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_EMISSION + face]);
+            return;
+         case STATE_SHININESS:
+            value[0] = mat->Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SHININESS + face][0];
+            value[1] = 0.0F;
+            value[2] = 0.0F;
+            value[3] = 1.0F;
+            return;
+         default:
+            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid material state in fetch_state");
+            return;
+         }
+      }
+   case STATE_LIGHT:
+      {
+         /* state[1] is the light number */
+         const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[1];
+         /* state[2] is the light attribute */
+         switch (state[2]) {
+         case STATE_AMBIENT:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].Ambient);
+            return;
+         case STATE_DIFFUSE:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].Diffuse);
+            return;
+         case STATE_SPECULAR:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].Specular);
+            return;
+         case STATE_POSITION:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].EyePosition);
+            return;
+         case STATE_ATTENUATION:
+            value[0] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].ConstantAttenuation;
+            value[1] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].LinearAttenuation;
+            value[2] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].QuadraticAttenuation;
+            value[3] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].SpotExponent;
+            return;
+         case STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION:
+            COPY_3V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln].SpotDirection);
+            value[3] = ctx->Light.Light[ln]._CosCutoff;
+            return;
+         case STATE_SPOT_CUTOFF:
+            value[0] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].SpotCutoff;
+            return;
+         case STATE_HALF_VECTOR:
+            {
+               static const GLfloat eye_z[] = {0, 0, 1};
+               GLfloat p[3];
+               /* Compute infinite half angle vector:
+                *   halfVector = normalize(normalize(lightPos) + (0, 0, 1))
+		* light.EyePosition.w should be 0 for infinite lights.
+                */
+               COPY_3V(p, ctx->Light.Light[ln].EyePosition);
+               NORMALIZE_3FV(p);
+	       ADD_3V(value, p, eye_z);
+	       NORMALIZE_3FV(value);
+	       value[3] = 1.0;
+            }
+            return;
+         default:
+            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid light state in fetch_state");
+            return;
+         }
+      }
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:
+      COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Model.Ambient);
+      return;
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:
+      if (state[1] == 0) {
+         /* front */
+         GLint i;
+         for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+            value[i] = ctx->Light.Model.Ambient[i]
+               * ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT][i]
+               + ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_EMISSION][i];
+         }
+	 value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE][3];
+      }
+      else {
+         /* back */
+         GLint i;
+         for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+            value[i] = ctx->Light.Model.Ambient[i]
+               * ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_AMBIENT][i]
+               + ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_EMISSION][i];
+         }
+	 value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_BACK_DIFFUSE][3];
+      }
+      return;
+   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:
+      {
+         const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[1];
+         const GLuint face = (GLuint) state[2];
+         GLint i;
+         ASSERT(face == 0 || face == 1);
+         switch (state[3]) {
+            case STATE_AMBIENT:
+               for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+                  value[i] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].Ambient[i] *
+                     ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT+face][i];
+               }
+               /* [3] = material alpha */
+               value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_AMBIENT+face][3];
+               return;
+            case STATE_DIFFUSE:
+               for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+                  value[i] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].Diffuse[i] *
+                     ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE+face][i];
+               }
+               /* [3] = material alpha */
+               value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_DIFFUSE+face][3];
+               return;
+            case STATE_SPECULAR:
+               for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+                  value[i] = ctx->Light.Light[ln].Specular[i] *
+                     ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SPECULAR+face][i];
+               }
+               /* [3] = material alpha */
+               value[3] = ctx->Light.Material.Attrib[MAT_ATTRIB_FRONT_SPECULAR+face][3];
+               return;
+            default:
+               _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid lightprod state in fetch_state");
+               return;
+         }
+      }
+   case STATE_TEXGEN:
+      {
+         /* state[1] is the texture unit */
+         const GLuint unit = (GLuint) state[1];
+         /* state[2] is the texgen attribute */
+         switch (state[2]) {
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenS.EyePlane);
+            return;
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenT.EyePlane);
+            return;
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenR.EyePlane);
+            return;
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenQ.EyePlane);
+            return;
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenS.ObjectPlane);
+            return;
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_T:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenT.ObjectPlane);
+            return;
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_R:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenR.ObjectPlane);
+            return;
+         case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_Q:
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].GenQ.ObjectPlane);
+            return;
+         default:
+            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid texgen state in fetch_state");
+            return;
+         }
+      }
+   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:
+      {
+         /* state[1] is the texture unit */
+         const GLuint unit = (GLuint) state[1];
+         if(ctx->Color._ClampFragmentColor)
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].EnvColor);
+         else
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].EnvColorUnclamped);
+      }
+      return;
+   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:
+      if(ctx->Color._ClampFragmentColor)
+         COPY_4V(value, ctx->Fog.Color);
+      else
+         COPY_4V(value, ctx->Fog.ColorUnclamped);
+      return;
+   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:
+      value[0] = ctx->Fog.Density;
+      value[1] = ctx->Fog.Start;
+      value[2] = ctx->Fog.End;
+      value[3] = (ctx->Fog.End == ctx->Fog.Start)
+         ? 1.0f : (GLfloat)(1.0 / (ctx->Fog.End - ctx->Fog.Start));
+      return;
+   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:
+      {
+         const GLuint plane = (GLuint) state[1];
+         COPY_4V(value, ctx->Transform.EyeUserPlane[plane]);
+      }
+      return;
+   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:
+      value[0] = ctx->Point.Size;
+      value[1] = ctx->Point.MinSize;
+      value[2] = ctx->Point.MaxSize;
+      value[3] = ctx->Point.Threshold;
+      return;
+   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:
+      value[0] = ctx->Point.Params[0];
+      value[1] = ctx->Point.Params[1];
+      value[2] = ctx->Point.Params[2];
+      value[3] = 1.0F;
+      return;
+   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:
+      {
+         /* state[0] = modelview, projection, texture, etc. */
+         /* state[1] = which texture matrix or program matrix */
+         /* state[2] = first row to fetch */
+         /* state[3] = last row to fetch */
+         /* state[4] = transpose, inverse or invtrans */
+         const GLmatrix *matrix;
+         const gl_state_index mat = state[0];
+         const GLuint index = (GLuint) state[1];
+         const GLuint firstRow = (GLuint) state[2];
+         const GLuint lastRow = (GLuint) state[3];
+         const gl_state_index modifier = state[4];
+         const GLfloat *m;
+         GLuint row, i;
+         ASSERT(firstRow >= 0);
+         ASSERT(firstRow < 4);
+         ASSERT(lastRow >= 0);
+         ASSERT(lastRow < 4);
+         if (mat == STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX) {
+            matrix = ctx->ModelviewMatrixStack.Top;
+         }
+         else if (mat == STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX) {
+            matrix = ctx->ProjectionMatrixStack.Top;
+         }
+         else if (mat == STATE_MVP_MATRIX) {
+            matrix = &ctx->_ModelProjectMatrix;
+         }
+         else if (mat == STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX) {
+            ASSERT(index < Elements(ctx->TextureMatrixStack));
+            matrix = ctx->TextureMatrixStack[index].Top;
+         }
+         else if (mat == STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX) {
+            ASSERT(index < Elements(ctx->ProgramMatrixStack));
+            matrix = ctx->ProgramMatrixStack[index].Top;
+         }
+         else {
+            _mesa_problem(ctx, "Bad matrix name in _mesa_fetch_state()");
+            return;
+         }
+         if (modifier == STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE ||
+             modifier == STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS) {
+            /* Be sure inverse is up to date:
+	     */
+            _math_matrix_alloc_inv( (GLmatrix *) matrix );
+	    _math_matrix_analyse( (GLmatrix*) matrix );
+            m = matrix->inv;
+         }
+         else {
+            m = matrix->m;
+         }
+         if (modifier == STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE ||
+             modifier == STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS) {
+            for (i = 0, row = firstRow; row <= lastRow; row++) {
+               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 0];
+               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 1];
+               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 2];
+               value[i++] = m[row * 4 + 3];
+            }
+         }
+         else {
+            for (i = 0, row = firstRow; row <= lastRow; row++) {
+               value[i++] = m[row + 0];
+               value[i++] = m[row + 4];
+               value[i++] = m[row + 8];
+               value[i++] = m[row + 12];
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:
+      value[0] = ctx->Viewport.Near;                     /* near       */
+      value[1] = ctx->Viewport.Far;                      /* far        */
+      value[2] = ctx->Viewport.Far - ctx->Viewport.Near; /* far - near */
+      value[3] = 1.0;
+      return;
+   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:
+      {
+         /* state[1] = {STATE_ENV, STATE_LOCAL} */
+         /* state[2] = parameter index          */
+         const int idx = (int) state[2];
+         switch (state[1]) {
+            case STATE_ENV:
+               COPY_4V(value, ctx->FragmentProgram.Parameters[idx]);
+               return;
+            case STATE_LOCAL:
+               COPY_4V(value, ctx->FragmentProgram.Current->Base.LocalParams[idx]);
+               return;
+            default:
+               _mesa_problem(ctx, "Bad state switch in _mesa_fetch_state()");
+               return;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+
+   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:
+      {
+         /* state[1] = {STATE_ENV, STATE_LOCAL} */
+         /* state[2] = parameter index          */
+         const int idx = (int) state[2];
+         switch (state[1]) {
+            case STATE_ENV:
+               COPY_4V(value, ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters[idx]);
+               return;
+            case STATE_LOCAL:
+               COPY_4V(value, ctx->VertexProgram.Current->Base.LocalParams[idx]);
+               return;
+            default:
+               _mesa_problem(ctx, "Bad state switch in _mesa_fetch_state()");
+               return;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+
+   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:
+      ASSIGN_4V(value, ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 0, 0, 1);
+      return;
+
+   case STATE_INTERNAL:
+      switch (state[1]) {
+      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB:
+         {
+            const GLuint idx = (GLuint) state[2];
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Current.Attrib[idx]);
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB_MAYBE_VP_CLAMPED:
+         {
+            const GLuint idx = (GLuint) state[2];
+            if(ctx->Light._ClampVertexColor &&
+               (idx == VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0 ||
+                idx == VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR1)) {
+               value[0] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][0], 0.0f, 1.0f);
+               value[1] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][1], 0.0f, 1.0f);
+               value[2] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][2], 0.0f, 1.0f);
+               value[3] = CLAMP(ctx->Current.Attrib[idx][3], 0.0f, 1.0f);
+            }
+            else
+               COPY_4V(value, ctx->Current.Attrib[idx]);
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:
+         ASSIGN_4V(value, 
+                   ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 
+                   ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 
+                   ctx->_ModelViewInvScale, 
+                   1);
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE:
+         /* Value = { 1/texWidth, 1/texHeight, 0, 1 }.
+          * Used to convert unnormalized texcoords to normalized texcoords.
+          */
+         {
+            const int unit = (int) state[2];
+            const struct gl_texture_object *texObj
+               = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit]._Current;
+            if (texObj) {
+               struct gl_texture_image *texImage = texObj->Image[0][0];
+               ASSIGN_4V(value,
+                         (GLfloat) (1.0 / texImage->Width),
+                         (GLfloat) (1.0 / texImage->Height),
+                         0.0f, 1.0f);
+            }
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED:
+         /* for simpler per-vertex/pixel fog calcs. POW (for EXP/EXP2 fog)
+          * might be more expensive than EX2 on some hw, plus it needs
+          * another constant (e) anyway. Linear fog can now be done with a
+          * single MAD.
+          * linear: fogcoord * -1/(end-start) + end/(end-start)
+          * exp: 2^-(density/ln(2) * fogcoord)
+          * exp2: 2^-((density/(ln(2)^2) * fogcoord)^2)
+          */
+         value[0] = (ctx->Fog.End == ctx->Fog.Start)
+            ? 1.0f : (GLfloat)(-1.0F / (ctx->Fog.End - ctx->Fog.Start));
+         value[1] = ctx->Fog.End * -value[0];
+         value[2] = (GLfloat)(ctx->Fog.Density * M_LOG2E); /* M_LOG2E == 1/ln(2) */
+         value[3] = (GLfloat)(ctx->Fog.Density * ONE_DIV_SQRT_LN2);
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED:
+         {
+           /* this includes implementation dependent limits, to avoid
+            * another potentially necessary clamp.
+            * Note: for sprites, point smooth (point AA) is ignored
+            * and we'll clamp to MinPointSizeAA and MaxPointSize, because we
+            * expect drivers will want to say their minimum for AA size is 0.0
+            * but for non-AA it's 1.0 (because normal points with size below 1.0
+            * need to get rounded up to 1.0, hence never disappear). GL does
+            * not specify max clamp size for sprites, other than it needs to be
+            * at least as large as max AA size, hence use non-AA size there.
+            */
+            GLfloat minImplSize;
+            GLfloat maxImplSize;
+            if (ctx->Point.PointSprite) {
+               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;
+               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;
+            }
+            else if (ctx->Point.SmoothFlag || ctx->Multisample._Enabled) {
+               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;
+               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSizeAA;
+            }
+            else {
+               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSize;
+               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;
+            }
+            value[0] = ctx->Point.Size;
+            value[1] = ctx->Point.MinSize >= minImplSize ? ctx->Point.MinSize : minImplSize;
+            value[2] = ctx->Point.MaxSize <= maxImplSize ? ctx->Point.MaxSize : maxImplSize;
+            value[3] = ctx->Point.Threshold;
+         }
+         return;
+      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP:
+         {
+           /* for implementation clamp only in vs */
+            GLfloat minImplSize;
+            GLfloat maxImplSize;
+            if (ctx->Point.PointSprite) {
+               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;
+               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;
+            }
+            else if (ctx->Point.SmoothFlag || ctx->Multisample._Enabled) {
+               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSizeAA;
+               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSizeAA;
+            }
+            else {
+               minImplSize = ctx->Const.MinPointSize;
+               maxImplSize = ctx->Const.MaxPointSize;
+            }
+            value[0] = ctx->Point.Size;
+            value[1] = minImplSize;
+            value[2] = maxImplSize;
+            value[3] = ctx->Point.Threshold;
+         }
+         return;
+      case STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED:
+         {
+            /* here, state[2] is the light number */
+            /* pre-normalize spot dir */
+            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];
+            COPY_3V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._NormSpotDirection);
+            value[3] = ctx->Light.Light[ln]._CosCutoff;
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION:
+         {
+            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._Position);
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED:
+         {
+            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];
+            COPY_4V(value, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._Position);
+            NORMALIZE_3FV( value );
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR:
+         {
+            const GLuint ln = (GLuint) state[2];
+            GLfloat p[3];
+            /* Compute infinite half angle vector:
+             *   halfVector = normalize(normalize(lightPos) + (0, 0, 1))
+             * light.EyePosition.w should be 0 for infinite lights.
+             */
+            COPY_3V(p, ctx->Light.Light[ln]._Position);
+            NORMALIZE_3FV(p);
+            ADD_3V(value, p, ctx->_EyeZDir);
+            NORMALIZE_3FV(value);
+            value[3] = 1.0;
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_PT_SCALE:
+         value[0] = ctx->Pixel.RedScale;
+         value[1] = ctx->Pixel.GreenScale;
+         value[2] = ctx->Pixel.BlueScale;
+         value[3] = ctx->Pixel.AlphaScale;
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_PT_BIAS:
+         value[0] = ctx->Pixel.RedBias;
+         value[1] = ctx->Pixel.GreenBias;
+         value[2] = ctx->Pixel.BlueBias;
+         value[3] = ctx->Pixel.AlphaBias;
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT:
+         {
+            const int unit = (int) state[2];
+            const struct gl_texture_object *texObj
+               = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit]._Current;
+            if (texObj) {
+               value[0] =
+               value[1] =
+               value[2] =
+               value[3] = texObj->Sampler.CompareFailValue;
+            }
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_FB_SIZE:
+         value[0] = (GLfloat) (ctx->DrawBuffer->Width - 1);
+         value[1] = (GLfloat) (ctx->DrawBuffer->Height - 1);
+         value[2] = 0.0F;
+         value[3] = 0.0F;
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM:
+         /* A driver may negate this conditional by using ZW swizzle
+          * instead of XY (based on e.g. some other state). */
+         if (ctx->DrawBuffer->Name != 0) {
+            /* Identity (XY) followed by flipping Y upside down (ZW). */
+            value[0] = 1.0F;
+            value[1] = 0.0F;
+            value[2] = -1.0F;
+            value[3] = (GLfloat) ctx->DrawBuffer->Height;
+         } else {
+            /* Flipping Y upside down (XY) followed by identity (ZW). */
+            value[0] = -1.0F;
+            value[1] = (GLfloat) ctx->DrawBuffer->Height;
+            value[2] = 1.0F;
+            value[3] = 0.0F;
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0:
+         {
+            const int unit = (int) state[2];
+            GLfloat *rotMat22 = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].RotMatrix;
+            value[0] = rotMat22[0]; 
+            value[1] = rotMat22[2];
+            value[2] = 0.0;
+            value[3] = 0.0;
+         }
+         return;
+
+      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1:
+         {
+            const int unit = (int) state[2];
+            GLfloat *rotMat22 = ctx->Texture.Unit[unit].RotMatrix;
+            value[0] = rotMat22[1];
+            value[1] = rotMat22[3];
+            value[2] = 0.0;
+            value[3] = 0.0;
+         }
+         return;
+
+      /* XXX: make sure new tokens added here are also handled in the 
+       * _mesa_program_state_flags() switch, below.
+       */
+      default:
+         /* Unknown state indexes are silently ignored here.
+          * Drivers may do something special.
+          */
+         return;
+      }
+      return;
+
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(ctx, "Invalid state in _mesa_fetch_state");
+      return;
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return a bitmask of the Mesa state flags (_NEW_* values) which would
+ * indicate that the given context state may have changed.
+ * The bitmask is used during validation to determine if we need to update
+ * vertex/fragment program parameters (like "state.material.color") when
+ * some GL state has changed.
+ */
+GLbitfield
+_mesa_program_state_flags(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH])
+{
+   switch (state[0]) {
+   case STATE_MATERIAL:
+   case STATE_LIGHT:
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:
+   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:
+      return _NEW_LIGHT;
+
+   case STATE_TEXGEN:
+      return _NEW_TEXTURE;
+   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:
+      return _NEW_TEXTURE | _NEW_BUFFERS | _NEW_FRAG_CLAMP;
+
+   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:
+      return _NEW_FOG | _NEW_BUFFERS | _NEW_FRAG_CLAMP;
+   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:
+      return _NEW_FOG;
+
+   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:
+      return _NEW_TRANSFORM;
+
+   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:
+   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:
+      return _NEW_POINT;
+
+   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:
+      return _NEW_MODELVIEW;
+   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:
+      return _NEW_PROJECTION;
+   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:
+      return _NEW_MODELVIEW | _NEW_PROJECTION;
+   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:
+      return _NEW_TEXTURE_MATRIX;
+   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:
+      return _NEW_TRACK_MATRIX;
+
+   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:
+      return _NEW_VIEWPORT;
+
+   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:
+   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:
+      return _NEW_PROGRAM;
+
+   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:
+      return _NEW_MODELVIEW;
+
+   case STATE_INTERNAL:
+      switch (state[1]) {
+      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB:
+         return _NEW_CURRENT_ATTRIB;
+      case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB_MAYBE_VP_CLAMPED:
+         return _NEW_CURRENT_ATTRIB | _NEW_LIGHT | _NEW_BUFFERS;
+
+      case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:
+         return _NEW_MODELVIEW;
+
+      case STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE:
+      case STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT:
+      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0:
+      case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1:
+	 return _NEW_TEXTURE;
+      case STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED:
+	 return _NEW_FOG;
+      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED:
+      case STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP:
+         return _NEW_POINT | _NEW_MULTISAMPLE;
+      case STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED:
+      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION:
+      case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED:
+      case STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR:
+         return _NEW_LIGHT;
+
+      case STATE_PT_SCALE:
+      case STATE_PT_BIAS:
+         return _NEW_PIXEL;
+
+      case STATE_FB_SIZE:
+      case STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM:
+         return _NEW_BUFFERS;
+
+      default:
+         /* unknown state indexes are silently ignored and
+         *  no flag set, since it is handled by the driver.
+         */
+	 return 0;
+      }
+
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(NULL, "unexpected state[0] in make_state_flags()");
+      return 0;
+   }
+}
+
+
+static void
+append(char *dst, const char *src)
+{
+   while (*dst)
+      dst++;
+   while (*src)
+     *dst++ = *src++;
+   *dst = 0;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Convert token 'k' to a string, append it onto 'dst' string.
+ */
+static void
+append_token(char *dst, gl_state_index k)
+{
+   switch (k) {
+   case STATE_MATERIAL:
+      append(dst, "material");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHT:
+      append(dst, "light");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:
+      append(dst, "lightmodel.ambient");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:
+      append(dst, "lightprod");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN:
+      append(dst, "texgen");
+      break;
+   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:
+      append(dst, "fog.color");
+      break;
+   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:
+      append(dst, "fog.params");
+      break;
+   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:
+      append(dst, "clip");
+      break;
+   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:
+      append(dst, "point.size");
+      break;
+   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:
+      append(dst, "point.attenuation");
+      break;
+   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:
+      append(dst, "matrix.modelview");
+      break;
+   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:
+      append(dst, "matrix.projection");
+      break;
+   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:
+      append(dst, "matrix.mvp");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:
+      append(dst, "matrix.texture");
+      break;
+   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:
+      append(dst, "matrix.program");
+      break;
+   case STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE:
+      append(dst, ".inverse");
+      break;
+   case STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE:
+      append(dst, ".transpose");
+      break;
+   case STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS:
+      append(dst, ".invtrans");
+      break;
+   case STATE_AMBIENT:
+      append(dst, ".ambient");
+      break;
+   case STATE_DIFFUSE:
+      append(dst, ".diffuse");
+      break;
+   case STATE_SPECULAR:
+      append(dst, ".specular");
+      break;
+   case STATE_EMISSION:
+      append(dst, ".emission");
+      break;
+   case STATE_SHININESS:
+      append(dst, "lshininess");
+      break;
+   case STATE_HALF_VECTOR:
+      append(dst, ".half");
+      break;
+   case STATE_POSITION:
+      append(dst, ".position");
+      break;
+   case STATE_ATTENUATION:
+      append(dst, ".attenuation");
+      break;
+   case STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION:
+      append(dst, ".spot.direction");
+      break;
+   case STATE_SPOT_CUTOFF:
+      append(dst, ".spot.cutoff");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S:
+      append(dst, ".eye.s");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T:
+      append(dst, ".eye.t");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R:
+      append(dst, ".eye.r");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q:
+      append(dst, ".eye.q");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S:
+      append(dst, ".object.s");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_T:
+      append(dst, ".object.t");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_R:
+      append(dst, ".object.r");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_Q:
+      append(dst, ".object.q");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:
+      append(dst, "texenv");
+      break;
+   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:
+      append(dst, "depth.range");
+      break;
+   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:
+   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:
+      break;
+   case STATE_ENV:
+      append(dst, "env");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LOCAL:
+      append(dst, "local");
+      break;
+   /* BEGIN internal state vars */
+   case STATE_INTERNAL:
+      append(dst, ".internal.");
+      break;
+   case STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB:
+      append(dst, "current");
+      break;
+   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:
+      append(dst, "normalScale");
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE:
+      append(dst, "texrectScale");
+      break;
+   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED:
+      append(dst, "fogParamsOptimized");
+      break;
+   case STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED:
+      append(dst, "pointSizeClamped");
+      break;
+   case STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP:
+      append(dst, "pointSizeImplClamp");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED:
+      append(dst, "lightSpotDirNormalized");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION:
+      append(dst, "lightPosition");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED:
+      append(dst, "light.position.normalized");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR:
+      append(dst, "lightHalfVector");
+      break;
+   case STATE_PT_SCALE:
+      append(dst, "PTscale");
+      break;
+   case STATE_PT_BIAS:
+      append(dst, "PTbias");
+      break;
+   case STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT:
+      append(dst, "CompareFailValue");
+      break;
+   case STATE_FB_SIZE:
+      append(dst, "FbSize");
+      break;
+   case STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM:
+      append(dst, "FbWposYTransform");
+      break;
+   case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0:
+      append(dst, "rotMatrixRow0");
+      break;
+   case STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1:
+      append(dst, "rotMatrixRow1");
+      break;
+   default:
+      /* probably STATE_INTERNAL_DRIVER+i (driver private state) */
+      append(dst, "driverState");
+   }
+}
+
+static void
+append_face(char *dst, GLint face)
+{
+   if (face == 0)
+      append(dst, "front.");
+   else
+      append(dst, "back.");
+}
+
+static void
+append_index(char *dst, GLint index)
+{
+   char s[20];
+   sprintf(s, "[%d]", index);
+   append(dst, s);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Make a string from the given state vector.
+ * For example, return "state.matrix.texture[2].inverse".
+ * Use free() to deallocate the string.
+ */
+char *
+_mesa_program_state_string(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH])
+{
+   char str[1000] = "";
+   char tmp[30];
+
+   append(str, "state.");
+   append_token(str, state[0]);
+
+   switch (state[0]) {
+   case STATE_MATERIAL:
+      append_face(str, state[1]);
+      append_token(str, state[2]);
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHT:
+      append_index(str, state[1]); /* light number [i]. */
+      append_token(str, state[2]); /* coefficients */
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT:
+      append(str, "lightmodel.ambient");
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR:
+      if (state[1] == 0) {
+         append(str, "lightmodel.front.scenecolor");
+      }
+      else {
+         append(str, "lightmodel.back.scenecolor");
+      }
+      break;
+   case STATE_LIGHTPROD:
+      append_index(str, state[1]); /* light number [i]. */
+      append_face(str, state[2]);
+      append_token(str, state[3]);
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXGEN:
+      append_index(str, state[1]); /* tex unit [i] */
+      append_token(str, state[2]); /* plane coef */
+      break;
+   case STATE_TEXENV_COLOR:
+      append_index(str, state[1]); /* tex unit [i] */
+      append(str, "color");
+      break;
+   case STATE_CLIPPLANE:
+      append_index(str, state[1]); /* plane [i] */
+      append(str, ".plane");
+      break;
+   case STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_MVP_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX:
+   case STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX:
+      {
+         /* state[0] = modelview, projection, texture, etc. */
+         /* state[1] = which texture matrix or program matrix */
+         /* state[2] = first row to fetch */
+         /* state[3] = last row to fetch */
+         /* state[4] = transpose, inverse or invtrans */
+         const gl_state_index mat = state[0];
+         const GLuint index = (GLuint) state[1];
+         const GLuint firstRow = (GLuint) state[2];
+         const GLuint lastRow = (GLuint) state[3];
+         const gl_state_index modifier = state[4];
+         if (index ||
+             mat == STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX ||
+             mat == STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX)
+            append_index(str, index);
+         if (modifier)
+            append_token(str, modifier);
+         if (firstRow == lastRow)
+            sprintf(tmp, ".row[%d]", firstRow);
+         else
+            sprintf(tmp, ".row[%d..%d]", firstRow, lastRow);
+         append(str, tmp);
+      }
+      break;
+   case STATE_POINT_SIZE:
+      break;
+   case STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION:
+      break;
+   case STATE_FOG_PARAMS:
+      break;
+   case STATE_FOG_COLOR:
+      break;
+   case STATE_DEPTH_RANGE:
+      break;
+   case STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM:
+   case STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM:
+      /* state[1] = {STATE_ENV, STATE_LOCAL} */
+      /* state[2] = parameter index          */
+      append_token(str, state[1]);
+      append_index(str, state[2]);
+      break;
+   case STATE_NORMAL_SCALE:
+      break;
+   case STATE_INTERNAL:
+      append_token(str, state[1]);
+      if (state[1] == STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB)
+         append_index(str, state[2]);
+       break;
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(NULL, "Invalid state in _mesa_program_state_string");
+      break;
+   }
+
+   return _mesa_strdup(str);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Loop over all the parameters in a parameter list.  If the parameter
+ * is a GL state reference, look up the current value of that state
+ * variable and put it into the parameter's Value[4] array.
+ * Other parameter types never change or are explicitly set by the user
+ * with glUniform() or glProgramParameter(), etc.
+ * This would be called at glBegin time.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_load_state_parameters(struct gl_context *ctx,
+                            struct gl_program_parameter_list *paramList)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   if (!paramList)
+      return;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < paramList->NumParameters; i++) {
+      if (paramList->Parameters[i].Type == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {
+         _mesa_fetch_state(ctx,
+			   paramList->Parameters[i].StateIndexes,
+                           &paramList->ParameterValues[i][0].f);
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Copy the 16 elements of a matrix into four consecutive program
+ * registers starting at 'pos'.
+ */
+static void
+load_matrix(GLfloat registers[][4], GLuint pos, const GLfloat mat[16])
+{
+   GLuint i;
+   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      registers[pos + i][0] = mat[0 + i];
+      registers[pos + i][1] = mat[4 + i];
+      registers[pos + i][2] = mat[8 + i];
+      registers[pos + i][3] = mat[12 + i];
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * As above, but transpose the matrix.
+ */
+static void
+load_transpose_matrix(GLfloat registers[][4], GLuint pos,
+                      const GLfloat mat[16])
+{
+   memcpy(registers[pos], mat, 16 * sizeof(GLfloat));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Load current vertex program's parameter registers with tracked
+ * matrices (if NV program).  This only needs to be done per
+ * glBegin/glEnd, not per-vertex.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_load_tracked_matrices(struct gl_context *ctx)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < MAX_NV_VERTEX_PROGRAM_PARAMS / 4; i++) {
+      /* point 'mat' at source matrix */
+      GLmatrix *mat;
+      if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_MODELVIEW) {
+         mat = ctx->ModelviewMatrixStack.Top;
+      }
+      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_PROJECTION) {
+         mat = ctx->ProjectionMatrixStack.Top;
+      }
+      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_TEXTURE) {
+         GLuint unit = MIN2(ctx->Texture.CurrentUnit,
+                            Elements(ctx->TextureMatrixStack) - 1);
+         mat = ctx->TextureMatrixStack[unit].Top;
+      }
+      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i]==GL_MODELVIEW_PROJECTION_NV) {
+         /* XXX verify the combined matrix is up to date */
+         mat = &ctx->_ModelProjectMatrix;
+      }
+      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] >= GL_MATRIX0_NV &&
+               ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] <= GL_MATRIX7_NV) {
+         GLuint n = ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] - GL_MATRIX0_NV;
+         ASSERT(n < Elements(ctx->ProgramMatrixStack));
+         mat = ctx->ProgramMatrixStack[n].Top;
+      }
+      else {
+         /* no matrix is tracked, but we leave the register values as-is */
+         assert(ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] == GL_NONE);
+         continue;
+      }
+
+      /* load the matrix values into sequential registers */
+      if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] == GL_IDENTITY_NV) {
+         load_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->m);
+      }
+      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] == GL_INVERSE_NV) {
+         _math_matrix_analyse(mat); /* update the inverse */
+         ASSERT(!_math_matrix_is_dirty(mat));
+         load_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->inv);
+      }
+      else if (ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] == GL_TRANSPOSE_NV) {
+         load_transpose_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->m);
+      }
+      else {
+         assert(ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i]
+                == GL_INVERSE_TRANSPOSE_NV);
+         _math_matrix_analyse(mat); /* update the inverse */
+         ASSERT(!_math_matrix_is_dirty(mat));
+         load_transpose_matrix(ctx->VertexProgram.Parameters, i*4, mat->inv);
+      }
+   }
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.h b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.h
index 07e0a2798..04af3f4cf 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.h
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/prog_statevars.h
@@ -1,148 +1,148 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  7.1

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-#ifndef PROG_STATEVARS_H

-#define PROG_STATEVARS_H

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-

-struct gl_context;

-struct gl_program_parameter_list;

-

-/**

- * Number of STATE_* values we need to address any GL state.

- * Used to dimension arrays.

- */

-#define STATE_LENGTH 5

-

-

-/**

- * Used for describing GL state referenced from inside ARB vertex and

- * fragment programs.

- * A string such as "state.light[0].ambient" gets translated into a

- * sequence of tokens such as [ STATE_LIGHT, 0, STATE_AMBIENT ].

- *

- * For state that's an array, like STATE_CLIPPLANE, the 2nd token [1] should

- * always be the array index.

- */

-typedef enum gl_state_index_ {

-   STATE_MATERIAL = 100,  /* start at 100 so small ints are seen as ints */

-

-   STATE_LIGHT,

-   STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT,

-   STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR,

-   STATE_LIGHTPROD,

-

-   STATE_TEXGEN,

-

-   STATE_FOG_COLOR,

-   STATE_FOG_PARAMS,

-

-   STATE_CLIPPLANE,

-

-   STATE_POINT_SIZE,

-   STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION,

-

-   STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX,

-   STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX,

-   STATE_MVP_MATRIX,

-   STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX,

-   STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX,

-   STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE,

-   STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE,

-   STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS,

-

-   STATE_AMBIENT,

-   STATE_DIFFUSE,

-   STATE_SPECULAR,

-   STATE_EMISSION,

-   STATE_SHININESS,

-   STATE_HALF_VECTOR,

-

-   STATE_POSITION,       /**< xyzw = position */

-   STATE_ATTENUATION,    /**< xyz = attenuation, w = spot exponent */

-   STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION, /**< xyz = direction, w = cos(cutoff) */

-   STATE_SPOT_CUTOFF,    /**< x = cutoff, yzw = undefined */

-

-   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S,

-   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T,

-   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R,

-   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q,

-   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S,

-   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_T,

-   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_R,

-   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_Q,

-

-   STATE_TEXENV_COLOR,

-

-   STATE_DEPTH_RANGE,

-

-   STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM,

-   STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM,

-

-   STATE_ENV,

-   STATE_LOCAL,

-

-   STATE_INTERNAL,		/* Mesa additions */

-   STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB,        /* ctx->Current vertex attrib value */

-   STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB_MAYBE_VP_CLAMPED,        /* ctx->Current vertex attrib value after passthrough vertex processing */

-   STATE_NORMAL_SCALE,

-   STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE,

-   STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED,  /* for faster fog calc */

-   STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED,    /* includes implementation dependent size clamp */

-   STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP, /* for implementation clamp only in vs */

-   STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED,   /* pre-normalized spot dir */

-   STATE_LIGHT_POSITION,              /* object vs eye space */

-   STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED,   /* object vs eye space */

-   STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR,           /* object vs eye space */

-   STATE_PT_SCALE,              /**< Pixel transfer RGBA scale */

-   STATE_PT_BIAS,               /**< Pixel transfer RGBA bias */

-   STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT,        /**< ARB_shadow_ambient fail value; token[2] is texture unit index */

-   STATE_FB_SIZE,               /**< (width-1, height-1, 0, 0) */

-   STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM,   /**< (1, 0, -1, height) if a FBO is bound, (-1, height, 1, 0) otherwise */

-   STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0,          /**< ATI_envmap_bumpmap, rot matrix row 0 */

-   STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1,          /**< ATI_envmap_bumpmap, rot matrix row 1 */

-   STATE_INTERNAL_DRIVER	/* first available state index for drivers (must be last) */

-} gl_state_index;

-

-

-

-extern void

-_mesa_load_state_parameters(struct gl_context *ctx,

-                            struct gl_program_parameter_list *paramList);

-

-

-extern GLbitfield

-_mesa_program_state_flags(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH]);

-

-

-extern char *

-_mesa_program_state_string(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH]);

-

-

-extern void

-_mesa_load_tracked_matrices(struct gl_context *ctx);

-

-

-#endif /* PROG_STATEVARS_H */

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  7.1
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PROG_STATEVARS_H
+#define PROG_STATEVARS_H
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+
+struct gl_context;
+struct gl_program_parameter_list;
+
+/**
+ * Number of STATE_* values we need to address any GL state.
+ * Used to dimension arrays.
+ */
+#define STATE_LENGTH 5
+
+
+/**
+ * Used for describing GL state referenced from inside ARB vertex and
+ * fragment programs.
+ * A string such as "state.light[0].ambient" gets translated into a
+ * sequence of tokens such as [ STATE_LIGHT, 0, STATE_AMBIENT ].
+ *
+ * For state that's an array, like STATE_CLIPPLANE, the 2nd token [1] should
+ * always be the array index.
+ */
+typedef enum gl_state_index_ {
+   STATE_MATERIAL = 100,  /* start at 100 so small ints are seen as ints */
+
+   STATE_LIGHT,
+   STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT,
+   STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR,
+   STATE_LIGHTPROD,
+
+   STATE_TEXGEN,
+
+   STATE_FOG_COLOR,
+   STATE_FOG_PARAMS,
+
+   STATE_CLIPPLANE,
+
+   STATE_POINT_SIZE,
+   STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION,
+
+   STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX,
+   STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX,
+   STATE_MVP_MATRIX,
+   STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX,
+   STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX,
+   STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE,
+   STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE,
+   STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS,
+
+   STATE_AMBIENT,
+   STATE_DIFFUSE,
+   STATE_SPECULAR,
+   STATE_EMISSION,
+   STATE_SHININESS,
+   STATE_HALF_VECTOR,
+
+   STATE_POSITION,       /**< xyzw = position */
+   STATE_ATTENUATION,    /**< xyz = attenuation, w = spot exponent */
+   STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION, /**< xyz = direction, w = cos(cutoff) */
+   STATE_SPOT_CUTOFF,    /**< x = cutoff, yzw = undefined */
+
+   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S,
+   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T,
+   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R,
+   STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q,
+   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S,
+   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_T,
+   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_R,
+   STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_Q,
+
+   STATE_TEXENV_COLOR,
+
+   STATE_DEPTH_RANGE,
+
+   STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM,
+   STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM,
+
+   STATE_ENV,
+   STATE_LOCAL,
+
+   STATE_INTERNAL,		/* Mesa additions */
+   STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB,        /* ctx->Current vertex attrib value */
+   STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB_MAYBE_VP_CLAMPED,        /* ctx->Current vertex attrib value after passthrough vertex processing */
+   STATE_NORMAL_SCALE,
+   STATE_TEXRECT_SCALE,
+   STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED,  /* for faster fog calc */
+   STATE_POINT_SIZE_CLAMPED,    /* includes implementation dependent size clamp */
+   STATE_POINT_SIZE_IMPL_CLAMP, /* for implementation clamp only in vs */
+   STATE_LIGHT_SPOT_DIR_NORMALIZED,   /* pre-normalized spot dir */
+   STATE_LIGHT_POSITION,              /* object vs eye space */
+   STATE_LIGHT_POSITION_NORMALIZED,   /* object vs eye space */
+   STATE_LIGHT_HALF_VECTOR,           /* object vs eye space */
+   STATE_PT_SCALE,              /**< Pixel transfer RGBA scale */
+   STATE_PT_BIAS,               /**< Pixel transfer RGBA bias */
+   STATE_SHADOW_AMBIENT,        /**< ARB_shadow_ambient fail value; token[2] is texture unit index */
+   STATE_FB_SIZE,               /**< (width-1, height-1, 0, 0) */
+   STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM,   /**< (1, 0, -1, height) if a FBO is bound, (-1, height, 1, 0) otherwise */
+   STATE_ROT_MATRIX_0,          /**< ATI_envmap_bumpmap, rot matrix row 0 */
+   STATE_ROT_MATRIX_1,          /**< ATI_envmap_bumpmap, rot matrix row 1 */
+   STATE_INTERNAL_DRIVER	/* first available state index for drivers (must be last) */
+} gl_state_index;
+
+
+
+extern void
+_mesa_load_state_parameters(struct gl_context *ctx,
+                            struct gl_program_parameter_list *paramList);
+
+
+extern GLbitfield
+_mesa_program_state_flags(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH]);
+
+
+extern char *
+_mesa_program_state_string(const gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH]);
+
+
+extern void
+_mesa_load_tracked_matrices(struct gl_context *ctx);
+
+
+#endif /* PROG_STATEVARS_H */
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program.c
index 5a9bc0fae..ecff2344a 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program.c
@@ -1,1080 +1,1080 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  6.5.3

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * \file program.c

- * Vertex and fragment program support functions.

- * \author Brian Paul

- */

-

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-#include "main/context.h"

-#include "main/hash.h"

-#include "main/mfeatures.h"

-#include "program.h"

-#include "prog_cache.h"

-#include "prog_parameter.h"

-#include "prog_instruction.h"

-

-

-/**

- * A pointer to this dummy program is put into the hash table when

- * glGenPrograms is called.

- */

-struct gl_program _mesa_DummyProgram;

-

-

-/**

- * Init context's vertex/fragment program state

- */

-void

-_mesa_init_program(struct gl_context *ctx)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   /*

-    * If this assertion fails, we need to increase the field

-    * size for register indexes (see INST_INDEX_BITS).

-    */

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxUniformComponents / 4

-          <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxUniformComponents / 4

-          <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxTemps <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxLocalParams <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxTemps <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxLocalParams <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxUniformComponents <= 4 * MAX_UNIFORMS);

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxUniformComponents <= 4 * MAX_UNIFORMS);

-

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxAddressOffset <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxAddressOffset <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));

-

-   /* If this fails, increase prog_instruction::TexSrcUnit size */

-   ASSERT(MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS <= (1 << 5));

-

-   /* If this fails, increase prog_instruction::TexSrcTarget size */

-   ASSERT(NUM_TEXTURE_TARGETS <= (1 << 3));

-

-   ctx->Program.ErrorPos = -1;

-   ctx->Program.ErrorString = _mesa_strdup("");

-

-#if FEATURE_NV_vertex_program || FEATURE_ARB_vertex_program

-   ctx->VertexProgram.Enabled = GL_FALSE;

-#if FEATURE_es2_glsl

-   ctx->VertexProgram.PointSizeEnabled =

-      (ctx->API == API_OPENGLES2) ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE;

-#else

-   ctx->VertexProgram.PointSizeEnabled = GL_FALSE;

-#endif

-   ctx->VertexProgram.TwoSideEnabled = GL_FALSE;

-   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &ctx->VertexProgram.Current,

-                            ctx->Shared->DefaultVertexProgram);

-   assert(ctx->VertexProgram.Current);

-   for (i = 0; i < MAX_NV_VERTEX_PROGRAM_PARAMS / 4; i++) {

-      ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] = GL_NONE;

-      ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] = GL_IDENTITY_NV;

-   }

-   ctx->VertexProgram.Cache = _mesa_new_program_cache();

-#endif

-

-#if FEATURE_NV_fragment_program || FEATURE_ARB_fragment_program

-   ctx->FragmentProgram.Enabled = GL_FALSE;

-   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &ctx->FragmentProgram.Current,

-                            ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentProgram);

-   assert(ctx->FragmentProgram.Current);

-   ctx->FragmentProgram.Cache = _mesa_new_program_cache();

-#endif

-

-#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4

-   ctx->GeometryProgram.Enabled = GL_FALSE;

-   /* right now by default we don't have a geometry program */

-   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &ctx->GeometryProgram.Current,

-                            NULL);

-   ctx->GeometryProgram.Cache = _mesa_new_program_cache();

-#endif

-

-   /* XXX probably move this stuff */

-#if FEATURE_ATI_fragment_shader

-   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Enabled = GL_FALSE;

-   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current = ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentShader;

-   assert(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);

-   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount++;

-#endif

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Free a context's vertex/fragment program state

- */

-void

-_mesa_free_program_data(struct gl_context *ctx)

-{

-#if FEATURE_NV_vertex_program || FEATURE_ARB_vertex_program

-   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &ctx->VertexProgram.Current, NULL);

-   _mesa_delete_program_cache(ctx, ctx->VertexProgram.Cache);

-#endif

-#if FEATURE_NV_fragment_program || FEATURE_ARB_fragment_program

-   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &ctx->FragmentProgram.Current, NULL);

-   _mesa_delete_program_cache(ctx, ctx->FragmentProgram.Cache);

-#endif

-#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4

-   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &ctx->GeometryProgram.Current, NULL);

-   _mesa_delete_program_cache(ctx, ctx->GeometryProgram.Cache);

-#endif

-   /* XXX probably move this stuff */

-#if FEATURE_ATI_fragment_shader

-   if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current) {

-      ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount--;

-      if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount <= 0) {

-         free(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);

-      }

-   }

-#endif

-   free((void *) ctx->Program.ErrorString);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Update the default program objects in the given context to reference those

- * specified in the shared state and release those referencing the old

- * shared state.

- */

-void

-_mesa_update_default_objects_program(struct gl_context *ctx)

-{

-#if FEATURE_NV_vertex_program || FEATURE_ARB_vertex_program

-   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &ctx->VertexProgram.Current,

-                            (struct gl_vertex_program *)

-                            ctx->Shared->DefaultVertexProgram);

-   assert(ctx->VertexProgram.Current);

-#endif

-

-#if FEATURE_NV_fragment_program || FEATURE_ARB_fragment_program

-   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &ctx->FragmentProgram.Current,

-                            (struct gl_fragment_program *)

-                            ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentProgram);

-   assert(ctx->FragmentProgram.Current);

-#endif

-

-#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4

-   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &ctx->GeometryProgram.Current,

-                            (struct gl_geometry_program *)

-                            ctx->Shared->DefaultGeometryProgram);

-#endif

-

-   /* XXX probably move this stuff */

-#if FEATURE_ATI_fragment_shader

-   if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current) {

-      ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount--;

-      if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount <= 0) {

-         free(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);

-      }

-   }

-   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current = (struct ati_fragment_shader *) ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentShader;

-   assert(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);

-   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount++;

-#endif

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Set the vertex/fragment program error state (position and error string).

- * This is generally called from within the parsers.

- */

-void

-_mesa_set_program_error(struct gl_context *ctx, GLint pos, const char *string)

-{

-   ctx->Program.ErrorPos = pos;

-   free((void *) ctx->Program.ErrorString);

-   if (!string)

-      string = "";

-   ctx->Program.ErrorString = _mesa_strdup(string);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Find the line number and column for 'pos' within 'string'.

- * Return a copy of the line which contains 'pos'.  Free the line with

- * free().

- * \param string  the program string

- * \param pos     the position within the string

- * \param line    returns the line number corresponding to 'pos'.

- * \param col     returns the column number corresponding to 'pos'.

- * \return copy of the line containing 'pos'.

- */

-const GLubyte *

-_mesa_find_line_column(const GLubyte *string, const GLubyte *pos,

-                       GLint *line, GLint *col)

-{

-   const GLubyte *lineStart = string;

-   const GLubyte *p = string;

-   GLubyte *s;

-   int len;

-

-   *line = 1;

-

-   while (p != pos) {

-      if (*p == (GLubyte) '\n') {

-         (*line)++;

-         lineStart = p + 1;

-      }

-      p++;

-   }

-

-   *col = (pos - lineStart) + 1;

-

-   /* return copy of this line */

-   while (*p != 0 && *p != '\n')

-      p++;

-   len = p - lineStart;

-   s = (GLubyte *) malloc(len + 1);

-   memcpy(s, lineStart, len);

-   s[len] = 0;

-

-   return s;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Initialize a new vertex/fragment program object.

- */

-static struct gl_program *

-_mesa_init_program_struct( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *prog,

-                           GLenum target, GLuint id)

-{

-   (void) ctx;

-   if (prog) {

-      GLuint i;

-      memset(prog, 0, sizeof(*prog));

-      prog->Id = id;

-      prog->Target = target;

-      prog->Resident = GL_TRUE;

-      prog->RefCount = 1;

-      prog->Format = GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ASCII_ARB;

-

-      /* default mapping from samplers to texture units */

-      for (i = 0; i < MAX_SAMPLERS; i++)

-         prog->SamplerUnits[i] = i;

-   }

-

-   return prog;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Initialize a new fragment program object.

- */

-struct gl_program *

-_mesa_init_fragment_program( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_fragment_program *prog,

-                             GLenum target, GLuint id)

-{

-   if (prog)

-      return _mesa_init_program_struct( ctx, &prog->Base, target, id );

-   else

-      return NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Initialize a new vertex program object.

- */

-struct gl_program *

-_mesa_init_vertex_program( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *prog,

-                           GLenum target, GLuint id)

-{

-   if (prog)

-      return _mesa_init_program_struct( ctx, &prog->Base, target, id );

-   else

-      return NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Initialize a new geometry program object.

- */

-struct gl_program *

-_mesa_init_geometry_program( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_geometry_program *prog,

-                             GLenum target, GLuint id)

-{

-   if (prog)

-      return _mesa_init_program_struct( ctx, &prog->Base, target, id );

-   else

-      return NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Allocate and initialize a new fragment/vertex program object but

- * don't put it into the program hash table.  Called via

- * ctx->Driver.NewProgram.  May be overridden (ie. replaced) by a

- * device driver function to implement OO deriviation with additional

- * types not understood by this function.

- *

- * \param ctx  context

- * \param id   program id/number

- * \param target  program target/type

- * \return  pointer to new program object

- */

-struct gl_program *

-_mesa_new_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target, GLuint id)

-{

-   struct gl_program *prog;

-   switch (target) {

-   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB: /* == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_NV */

-   case GL_VERTEX_STATE_PROGRAM_NV:

-      prog = _mesa_init_vertex_program(ctx, CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_vertex_program),

-                                       target, id );

-      break;

-   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV:

-   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:

-      prog =_mesa_init_fragment_program(ctx,

-                                         CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_fragment_program),

-                                         target, id );

-      break;

-   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:

-      prog = _mesa_init_geometry_program(ctx,

-                                         CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_geometry_program),

-                                         target, id);

-      break;

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(ctx, "bad target in _mesa_new_program");

-      prog = NULL;

-   }

-   return prog;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Delete a program and remove it from the hash table, ignoring the

- * reference count.

- * Called via ctx->Driver.DeleteProgram.  May be wrapped (OO deriviation)

- * by a device driver function.

- */

-void

-_mesa_delete_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   (void) ctx;

-   ASSERT(prog);

-   ASSERT(prog->RefCount==0);

-

-   if (prog == &_mesa_DummyProgram)

-      return;

-

-   if (prog->String)

-      free(prog->String);

-

-   if (prog->Instructions) {

-      _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Instructions, prog->NumInstructions);

-   }

-   if (prog->Parameters) {

-      _mesa_free_parameter_list(prog->Parameters);

-   }

-   if (prog->Varying) {

-      _mesa_free_parameter_list(prog->Varying);

-   }

-   if (prog->Attributes) {

-      _mesa_free_parameter_list(prog->Attributes);

-   }

-

-   free(prog);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Return the gl_program object for a given ID.

- * Basically just a wrapper for _mesa_HashLookup() to avoid a lot of

- * casts elsewhere.

- */

-struct gl_program *

-_mesa_lookup_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint id)

-{

-   if (id)

-      return (struct gl_program *) _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->Programs, id);

-   else

-      return NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Reference counting for vertex/fragment programs

- * This is normally only called from the _mesa_reference_program() macro

- * when there's a real pointer change.

- */

-void

-_mesa_reference_program_(struct gl_context *ctx,

-                         struct gl_program **ptr,

-                         struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-#ifndef NDEBUG

-   assert(ptr);

-   if (*ptr && prog) {

-      /* sanity check */

-      if ((*ptr)->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)

-         ASSERT(prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB);

-      else if ((*ptr)->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB)

-         ASSERT(prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB ||

-                prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV);

-      else if ((*ptr)->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM)

-         ASSERT(prog->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM);

-   }

-#endif

-

-   if (*ptr) {

-      GLboolean deleteFlag;

-

-      /*_glthread_LOCK_MUTEX((*ptr)->Mutex);*/

-#if 0

-      printf("Program %p ID=%u Target=%s  Refcount-- to %d\n",

-             *ptr, (*ptr)->Id,

-             ((*ptr)->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB ? "VP" :

-              ((*ptr)->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM ? "GP" : "FP")),

-             (*ptr)->RefCount - 1);

-#endif

-      ASSERT((*ptr)->RefCount > 0);

-      (*ptr)->RefCount--;

-

-      deleteFlag = ((*ptr)->RefCount == 0);

-      /*_glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX((*ptr)->Mutex);*/

-

-      if (deleteFlag) {

-         ASSERT(ctx);

-         ctx->Driver.DeleteProgram(ctx, *ptr);

-      }

-

-      *ptr = NULL;

-   }

-

-   assert(!*ptr);

-   if (prog) {

-      /*_glthread_LOCK_MUTEX(prog->Mutex);*/

-      prog->RefCount++;

-#if 0

-      printf("Program %p ID=%u Target=%s  Refcount++ to %d\n",

-             prog, prog->Id,

-             (prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB ? "VP" :

-              (prog->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM ? "GP" : "FP")),

-             prog->RefCount);

-#endif

-      /*_glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX(prog->Mutex);*/

-   }

-

-   *ptr = prog;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Return a copy of a program.

- * XXX Problem here if the program object is actually OO-derivation

- * made by a device driver.

- */

-struct gl_program *

-_mesa_clone_program(struct gl_context *ctx, const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   struct gl_program *clone;

-

-   clone = ctx->Driver.NewProgram(ctx, prog->Target, prog->Id);

-   if (!clone)

-      return NULL;

-

-   assert(clone->Target == prog->Target);

-   assert(clone->RefCount == 1);

-

-   clone->String = (GLubyte *) _mesa_strdup((char *) prog->String);

-   clone->Format = prog->Format;

-   clone->Instructions = _mesa_alloc_instructions(prog->NumInstructions);

-   if (!clone->Instructions) {

-      _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &clone, NULL);

-      return NULL;

-   }

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(clone->Instructions, prog->Instructions,

-                           prog->NumInstructions);

-   clone->InputsRead = prog->InputsRead;

-   clone->OutputsWritten = prog->OutputsWritten;

-   clone->SamplersUsed = prog->SamplersUsed;

-   clone->ShadowSamplers = prog->ShadowSamplers;

-   memcpy(clone->TexturesUsed, prog->TexturesUsed, sizeof(prog->TexturesUsed));

-

-   if (prog->Parameters)

-      clone->Parameters = _mesa_clone_parameter_list(prog->Parameters);

-   memcpy(clone->LocalParams, prog->LocalParams, sizeof(clone->LocalParams));

-   if (prog->Varying)

-      clone->Varying = _mesa_clone_parameter_list(prog->Varying);

-   if (prog->Attributes)

-      clone->Attributes = _mesa_clone_parameter_list(prog->Attributes);

-   memcpy(clone->LocalParams, prog->LocalParams, sizeof(clone->LocalParams));

-   clone->IndirectRegisterFiles = prog->IndirectRegisterFiles;

-   clone->NumInstructions = prog->NumInstructions;

-   clone->NumTemporaries = prog->NumTemporaries;

-   clone->NumParameters = prog->NumParameters;

-   clone->NumAttributes = prog->NumAttributes;

-   clone->NumAddressRegs = prog->NumAddressRegs;

-   clone->NumNativeInstructions = prog->NumNativeInstructions;

-   clone->NumNativeTemporaries = prog->NumNativeTemporaries;

-   clone->NumNativeParameters = prog->NumNativeParameters;

-   clone->NumNativeAttributes = prog->NumNativeAttributes;

-   clone->NumNativeAddressRegs = prog->NumNativeAddressRegs;

-   clone->NumAluInstructions = prog->NumAluInstructions;

-   clone->NumTexInstructions = prog->NumTexInstructions;

-   clone->NumTexIndirections = prog->NumTexIndirections;

-   clone->NumNativeAluInstructions = prog->NumNativeAluInstructions;

-   clone->NumNativeTexInstructions = prog->NumNativeTexInstructions;

-   clone->NumNativeTexIndirections = prog->NumNativeTexIndirections;

-

-   switch (prog->Target) {

-   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB:

-      {

-         const struct gl_vertex_program *vp

-            = (const struct gl_vertex_program *) prog;

-         struct gl_vertex_program *vpc = (struct gl_vertex_program *) clone;

-         vpc->IsPositionInvariant = vp->IsPositionInvariant;

-         vpc->IsNVProgram = vp->IsNVProgram;

-      }

-      break;

-   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:

-      {

-         const struct gl_fragment_program *fp

-            = (const struct gl_fragment_program *) prog;

-         struct gl_fragment_program *fpc = (struct gl_fragment_program *) clone;

-         fpc->UsesKill = fp->UsesKill;

-         fpc->OriginUpperLeft = fp->OriginUpperLeft;

-         fpc->PixelCenterInteger = fp->PixelCenterInteger;

-      }

-      break;

-   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:

-      {

-         const struct gl_geometry_program *gp

-            = (const struct gl_geometry_program *) prog;

-         struct gl_geometry_program *gpc = (struct gl_geometry_program *) clone;

-         gpc->VerticesOut = gp->VerticesOut;

-         gpc->InputType = gp->InputType;

-         gpc->OutputType = gp->OutputType;

-      }

-      break;

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(NULL, "Unexpected target in _mesa_clone_program");

-   }

-

-   return clone;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Insert 'count' NOP instructions at 'start' in the given program.

- * Adjust branch targets accordingly.

- */

-GLboolean

-_mesa_insert_instructions(struct gl_program *prog, GLuint start, GLuint count)

-{

-   const GLuint origLen = prog->NumInstructions;

-   const GLuint newLen = origLen + count;

-   struct prog_instruction *newInst;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   /* adjust branches */

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      if (inst->BranchTarget > 0) {

-         if ((GLuint)inst->BranchTarget >= start) {

-            inst->BranchTarget += count;

-         }

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */

-   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);

-   if (!newInst) {

-      return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-

-   /* Copy 'start' instructions into new instruction buffer */

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, prog->Instructions, start);

-

-   /* init the new instructions */

-   _mesa_init_instructions(newInst + start, count);

-

-   /* Copy the remaining/tail instructions to new inst buffer */

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst + start + count,

-                           prog->Instructions + start,

-                           origLen - start);

-

-   /* free old instructions */

-   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* install new instructions */

-   prog->Instructions = newInst;

-   prog->NumInstructions = newLen;

-

-   return GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Delete 'count' instructions at 'start' in the given program.

- * Adjust branch targets accordingly.

- */

-GLboolean

-_mesa_delete_instructions(struct gl_program *prog, GLuint start, GLuint count)

-{

-   const GLuint origLen = prog->NumInstructions;

-   const GLuint newLen = origLen - count;

-   struct prog_instruction *newInst;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   /* adjust branches */

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      if (inst->BranchTarget > 0) {

-         if (inst->BranchTarget > (GLint) start) {

-            inst->BranchTarget -= count;

-         }

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */

-   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);

-   if (!newInst) {

-      return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-

-   /* Copy 'start' instructions into new instruction buffer */

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, prog->Instructions, start);

-

-   /* Copy the remaining/tail instructions to new inst buffer */

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst + start,

-                           prog->Instructions + start + count,

-                           newLen - start);

-

-   /* free old instructions */

-   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* install new instructions */

-   prog->Instructions = newInst;

-   prog->NumInstructions = newLen;

-

-   return GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Search instructions for registers that match (oldFile, oldIndex),

- * replacing them with (newFile, newIndex).

- */

-static void

-replace_registers(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint numInst,

-                  GLuint oldFile, GLuint oldIndex,

-                  GLuint newFile, GLuint newIndex)

-{

-   GLuint i, j;

-   for (i = 0; i < numInst; i++) {

-      /* src regs */

-      for (j = 0; j < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst[i].Opcode); j++) {

-         if (inst[i].SrcReg[j].File == oldFile &&

-             inst[i].SrcReg[j].Index == oldIndex) {

-            inst[i].SrcReg[j].File = newFile;

-            inst[i].SrcReg[j].Index = newIndex;

-         }

-      }

-      /* dst reg */

-      if (inst[i].DstReg.File == oldFile && inst[i].DstReg.Index == oldIndex) {

-         inst[i].DstReg.File = newFile;

-         inst[i].DstReg.Index = newIndex;

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Search instructions for references to program parameters.  When found,

- * increment the parameter index by 'offset'.

- * Used when combining programs.

- */

-static void

-adjust_param_indexes(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint numInst,

-                     GLuint offset)

-{

-   GLuint i, j;

-   for (i = 0; i < numInst; i++) {

-      for (j = 0; j < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst[i].Opcode); j++) {

-         GLuint f = inst[i].SrcReg[j].File;

-         if (f == PROGRAM_CONSTANT ||

-             f == PROGRAM_UNIFORM ||

-             f == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {

-            inst[i].SrcReg[j].Index += offset;

-         }

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Combine two programs into one.  Fix instructions so the outputs of

- * the first program go to the inputs of the second program.

- */

-struct gl_program *

-_mesa_combine_programs(struct gl_context *ctx,

-                       const struct gl_program *progA,

-                       const struct gl_program *progB)

-{

-   struct prog_instruction *newInst;

-   struct gl_program *newProg;

-   const GLuint lenA = progA->NumInstructions - 1; /* omit END instr */

-   const GLuint lenB = progB->NumInstructions;

-   const GLuint numParamsA = _mesa_num_parameters(progA->Parameters);

-   const GLuint newLength = lenA + lenB;

-   GLboolean usedTemps[MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-   GLuint firstTemp = 0;

-   GLbitfield inputsB;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   ASSERT(progA->Target == progB->Target);

-

-   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLength);

-   if (!newInst)

-      return GL_FALSE;

-

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, progA->Instructions, lenA);

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst + lenA, progB->Instructions, lenB);

-

-   /* adjust branch / instruction addresses for B's instructions */

-   for (i = 0; i < lenB; i++) {

-      newInst[lenA + i].BranchTarget += lenA;

-   }

-

-   newProg = ctx->Driver.NewProgram(ctx, progA->Target, 0);

-   newProg->Instructions = newInst;

-   newProg->NumInstructions = newLength;

-

-   /* find used temp regs (we may need new temps below) */

-   _mesa_find_used_registers(newProg, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,

-                             usedTemps, MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);

-

-   if (newProg->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-      struct gl_fragment_program *fprogA, *fprogB, *newFprog;

-      GLbitfield progB_inputsRead = progB->InputsRead;

-      GLint progB_colorFile, progB_colorIndex;

-

-      fprogA = (struct gl_fragment_program *) progA;

-      fprogB = (struct gl_fragment_program *) progB;

-      newFprog = (struct gl_fragment_program *) newProg;

-

-      newFprog->UsesKill = fprogA->UsesKill || fprogB->UsesKill;

-

-      /* We'll do a search and replace for instances

-       * of progB_colorFile/progB_colorIndex below...

-       */

-      progB_colorFile = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-      progB_colorIndex = FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0;

-

-      /*

-       * The fragment program may get color from a state var rather than

-       * a fragment input (vertex output) if it's constant.

-       * See the texenvprogram.c code.

-       * So, search the program's parameter list now to see if the program

-       * gets color from a state var instead of a conventional fragment

-       * input register.

-       */

-      for (i = 0; i < progB->Parameters->NumParameters; i++) {

-         struct gl_program_parameter *p = &progB->Parameters->Parameters[i];

-         if (p->Type == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR &&

-             p->StateIndexes[0] == STATE_INTERNAL &&

-             p->StateIndexes[1] == STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB &&

-             (int) p->StateIndexes[2] == (int) VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0) {

-            progB_inputsRead |= FRAG_BIT_COL0;

-            progB_colorFile = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-            progB_colorIndex = i;

-            break;

-         }

-      }

-

-      /* Connect color outputs of fprogA to color inputs of fprogB, via a

-       * new temporary register.

-       */

-      if ((progA->OutputsWritten & BITFIELD64_BIT(FRAG_RESULT_COLOR)) &&

-          (progB_inputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0)) {

-         GLint tempReg = _mesa_find_free_register(usedTemps, MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS,

-                                                  firstTemp);

-         if (tempReg < 0) {

-            _mesa_problem(ctx, "No free temp regs found in "

-                          "_mesa_combine_programs(), using 31");

-            tempReg = 31;

-         }

-         firstTemp = tempReg + 1;

-

-         /* replace writes to result.color[0] with tempReg */

-         replace_registers(newInst, lenA,

-                           PROGRAM_OUTPUT, FRAG_RESULT_COLOR,

-                           PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempReg);

-         /* replace reads from the input color with tempReg */

-         replace_registers(newInst + lenA, lenB,

-                           progB_colorFile, progB_colorIndex, /* search for */

-                           PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempReg  /* replace with */ );

-      }

-

-      /* compute combined program's InputsRead */

-      inputsB = progB_inputsRead;

-      if (progA->OutputsWritten & BITFIELD64_BIT(FRAG_RESULT_COLOR)) {

-         inputsB &= ~(1 << FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0);

-      }

-      newProg->InputsRead = progA->InputsRead | inputsB;

-      newProg->OutputsWritten = progB->OutputsWritten;

-      newProg->SamplersUsed = progA->SamplersUsed | progB->SamplersUsed;

-   }

-   else {

-      /* vertex program */

-      assert(0);      /* XXX todo */

-   }

-

-   /*

-    * Merge parameters (uniforms, constants, etc)

-    */

-   newProg->Parameters = _mesa_combine_parameter_lists(progA->Parameters,

-                                                       progB->Parameters);

-

-   adjust_param_indexes(newInst + lenA, lenB, numParamsA);

-

-

-   return newProg;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Populate the 'used' array with flags indicating which registers (TEMPs,

- * INPUTs, OUTPUTs, etc, are used by the given program.

- * \param file  type of register to scan for

- * \param used  returns true/false flags for in use / free

- * \param usedSize  size of the 'used' array

- */

-void

-_mesa_find_used_registers(const struct gl_program *prog,

-                          gl_register_file file,

-                          GLboolean used[], GLuint usedSize)

-{

-   GLuint i, j;

-

-   memset(used, 0, usedSize);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      const GLuint n = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);

-

-      if (inst->DstReg.File == file) {

-         ASSERT(inst->DstReg.Index < usedSize);

-         if(inst->DstReg.Index < usedSize)

-            used[inst->DstReg.Index] = GL_TRUE;

-      }

-

-      for (j = 0; j < n; j++) {

-         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == file) {

-            ASSERT(inst->SrcReg[j].Index < usedSize);

-            if(inst->SrcReg[j].Index < usedSize)

-               used[inst->SrcReg[j].Index] = GL_TRUE;

-         }

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Scan the given 'used' register flag array for the first entry

- * that's >= firstReg.

- * \param used  vector of flags indicating registers in use (as returned

- *              by _mesa_find_used_registers())

- * \param usedSize  size of the 'used' array

- * \param firstReg  first register to start searching at

- * \return index of unused register, or -1 if none.

- */

-GLint

-_mesa_find_free_register(const GLboolean used[],

-                         GLuint usedSize, GLuint firstReg)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-

-   assert(firstReg < usedSize);

-

-   for (i = firstReg; i < usedSize; i++)

-      if (!used[i])

-         return i;

-

-   return -1;

-}

-

-

-

-/**

- * Check if the given register index is valid (doesn't exceed implementation-

- * dependent limits).

- * \return GL_TRUE if OK, GL_FALSE if bad index

- */

-GLboolean

-_mesa_valid_register_index(const struct gl_context *ctx,

-                           gl_shader_type shaderType,

-                           gl_register_file file, GLint index)

-{

-   const struct gl_program_constants *c;

-

-   switch (shaderType) {

-   case MESA_SHADER_VERTEX:

-      c = &ctx->Const.VertexProgram;

-      break;

-   case MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT:

-      c = &ctx->Const.FragmentProgram;

-      break;

-   case MESA_SHADER_GEOMETRY:

-      c = &ctx->Const.GeometryProgram;

-      break;

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(ctx,

-                    "unexpected shader type in _mesa_valid_register_index()");

-      return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-

-   switch (file) {

-   case PROGRAM_UNDEFINED:

-      return GL_TRUE;  /* XXX or maybe false? */

-

-   case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:

-      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxTemps;

-

-   case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:

-      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxEnvParams;

-

-   case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:

-      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxLocalParams;

-

-   case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:

-      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxParameters;

-

-   case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:

-   case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:

-      /* aka constant buffer */

-      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxUniformComponents / 4;

-

-   case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:

-      /* constant buffer w/ possible relative negative addressing */

-      return (index > (int) c->MaxUniformComponents / -4 &&

-              index < c->MaxUniformComponents / 4);

-

-   case PROGRAM_INPUT:

-      if (index < 0)

-         return GL_FALSE;

-

-      switch (shaderType) {

-      case MESA_SHADER_VERTEX:

-         return index < VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0 + c->MaxAttribs;

-      case MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT:

-         return index < FRAG_ATTRIB_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;

-      case MESA_SHADER_GEOMETRY:

-         return index < GEOM_ATTRIB_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;

-      default:

-         return GL_FALSE;

-      }

-

-   case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:

-      if (index < 0)

-         return GL_FALSE;

-

-      switch (shaderType) {

-      case MESA_SHADER_VERTEX:

-         return index < VERT_RESULT_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;

-      case MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT:

-         return index < FRAG_RESULT_DATA0 + ctx->Const.MaxDrawBuffers;

-      case MESA_SHADER_GEOMETRY:

-         return index < GEOM_RESULT_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;

-      default:

-         return GL_FALSE;

-      }

-

-   case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:

-      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxAddressRegs;

-

-   default:

-      _mesa_problem(ctx,

-                    "unexpected register file in _mesa_valid_register_index()");

-      return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-}

-

-

-

-/**

- * "Post-process" a GPU program.  This is intended to be used for debugging.

- * Example actions include no-op'ing instructions or changing instruction

- * behaviour.

- */

-void

-_mesa_postprocess_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   static const GLfloat white[4] = { 0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 0.5 };

-   GLuint i;

-   GLuint whiteSwizzle;

-   GLint whiteIndex = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(prog->Parameters,

-                                                 (gl_constant_value *) white,

-                                                 4, &whiteSwizzle);

-

-   (void) whiteIndex;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      const GLuint n = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);

-

-      (void) n;

-

-      if (_mesa_is_tex_instruction(inst->Opcode)) {

-#if 0

-         /* replace TEX/TXP/TXB with MOV */

-         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;

-         inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].Negate = NEGATE_NONE;

-#endif

-

-#if 0

-         /* disable shadow texture mode */

-         inst->TexShadow = 0;

-#endif

-      }

-

-      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_TXP) {

-#if 0

-         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;

-         inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_CONSTANT;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].Index = whiteIndex;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].Negate = NEGATE_NONE;

-#endif

-#if 0

-         inst->TexShadow = 0;

-#endif

-#if 0

-         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_TEX;

-         inst->TexShadow = 0;

-#endif

-      }

-

-   }

-}

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  6.5.3
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file program.c
+ * Vertex and fragment program support functions.
+ * \author Brian Paul
+ */
+
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "main/hash.h"
+#include "main/mfeatures.h"
+#include "program.h"
+#include "prog_cache.h"
+#include "prog_parameter.h"
+#include "prog_instruction.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * A pointer to this dummy program is put into the hash table when
+ * glGenPrograms is called.
+ */
+struct gl_program _mesa_DummyProgram;
+
+
+/**
+ * Init context's vertex/fragment program state
+ */
+void
+_mesa_init_program(struct gl_context *ctx)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   /*
+    * If this assertion fails, we need to increase the field
+    * size for register indexes (see INST_INDEX_BITS).
+    */
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxUniformComponents / 4
+          <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxUniformComponents / 4
+          <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxTemps <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxLocalParams <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxTemps <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxLocalParams <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxUniformComponents <= 4 * MAX_UNIFORMS);
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxUniformComponents <= 4 * MAX_UNIFORMS);
+
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.VertexProgram.MaxAddressOffset <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+   ASSERT(ctx->Const.FragmentProgram.MaxAddressOffset <= (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS));
+
+   /* If this fails, increase prog_instruction::TexSrcUnit size */
+   ASSERT(MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS <= (1 << 5));
+
+   /* If this fails, increase prog_instruction::TexSrcTarget size */
+   ASSERT(NUM_TEXTURE_TARGETS <= (1 << 3));
+
+   ctx->Program.ErrorPos = -1;
+   ctx->Program.ErrorString = _mesa_strdup("");
+
+#if FEATURE_NV_vertex_program || FEATURE_ARB_vertex_program
+   ctx->VertexProgram.Enabled = GL_FALSE;
+#if FEATURE_es2_glsl
+   ctx->VertexProgram.PointSizeEnabled =
+      (ctx->API == API_OPENGLES2) ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE;
+#else
+   ctx->VertexProgram.PointSizeEnabled = GL_FALSE;
+#endif
+   ctx->VertexProgram.TwoSideEnabled = GL_FALSE;
+   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &ctx->VertexProgram.Current,
+                            ctx->Shared->DefaultVertexProgram);
+   assert(ctx->VertexProgram.Current);
+   for (i = 0; i < MAX_NV_VERTEX_PROGRAM_PARAMS / 4; i++) {
+      ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrix[i] = GL_NONE;
+      ctx->VertexProgram.TrackMatrixTransform[i] = GL_IDENTITY_NV;
+   }
+   ctx->VertexProgram.Cache = _mesa_new_program_cache();
+#endif
+
+#if FEATURE_NV_fragment_program || FEATURE_ARB_fragment_program
+   ctx->FragmentProgram.Enabled = GL_FALSE;
+   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &ctx->FragmentProgram.Current,
+                            ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentProgram);
+   assert(ctx->FragmentProgram.Current);
+   ctx->FragmentProgram.Cache = _mesa_new_program_cache();
+#endif
+
+#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4
+   ctx->GeometryProgram.Enabled = GL_FALSE;
+   /* right now by default we don't have a geometry program */
+   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &ctx->GeometryProgram.Current,
+                            NULL);
+   ctx->GeometryProgram.Cache = _mesa_new_program_cache();
+#endif
+
+   /* XXX probably move this stuff */
+#if FEATURE_ATI_fragment_shader
+   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Enabled = GL_FALSE;
+   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current = ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentShader;
+   assert(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);
+   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount++;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Free a context's vertex/fragment program state
+ */
+void
+_mesa_free_program_data(struct gl_context *ctx)
+{
+#if FEATURE_NV_vertex_program || FEATURE_ARB_vertex_program
+   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &ctx->VertexProgram.Current, NULL);
+   _mesa_delete_program_cache(ctx, ctx->VertexProgram.Cache);
+#endif
+#if FEATURE_NV_fragment_program || FEATURE_ARB_fragment_program
+   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &ctx->FragmentProgram.Current, NULL);
+   _mesa_delete_program_cache(ctx, ctx->FragmentProgram.Cache);
+#endif
+#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4
+   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &ctx->GeometryProgram.Current, NULL);
+   _mesa_delete_program_cache(ctx, ctx->GeometryProgram.Cache);
+#endif
+   /* XXX probably move this stuff */
+#if FEATURE_ATI_fragment_shader
+   if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current) {
+      ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount--;
+      if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount <= 0) {
+         free(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);
+      }
+   }
+#endif
+   free((void *) ctx->Program.ErrorString);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Update the default program objects in the given context to reference those
+ * specified in the shared state and release those referencing the old
+ * shared state.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_update_default_objects_program(struct gl_context *ctx)
+{
+#if FEATURE_NV_vertex_program || FEATURE_ARB_vertex_program
+   _mesa_reference_vertprog(ctx, &ctx->VertexProgram.Current,
+                            (struct gl_vertex_program *)
+                            ctx->Shared->DefaultVertexProgram);
+   assert(ctx->VertexProgram.Current);
+#endif
+
+#if FEATURE_NV_fragment_program || FEATURE_ARB_fragment_program
+   _mesa_reference_fragprog(ctx, &ctx->FragmentProgram.Current,
+                            (struct gl_fragment_program *)
+                            ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentProgram);
+   assert(ctx->FragmentProgram.Current);
+#endif
+
+#if FEATURE_ARB_geometry_shader4
+   _mesa_reference_geomprog(ctx, &ctx->GeometryProgram.Current,
+                            (struct gl_geometry_program *)
+                            ctx->Shared->DefaultGeometryProgram);
+#endif
+
+   /* XXX probably move this stuff */
+#if FEATURE_ATI_fragment_shader
+   if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current) {
+      ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount--;
+      if (ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount <= 0) {
+         free(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);
+      }
+   }
+   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current = (struct ati_fragment_shader *) ctx->Shared->DefaultFragmentShader;
+   assert(ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current);
+   ctx->ATIFragmentShader.Current->RefCount++;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the vertex/fragment program error state (position and error string).
+ * This is generally called from within the parsers.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_set_program_error(struct gl_context *ctx, GLint pos, const char *string)
+{
+   ctx->Program.ErrorPos = pos;
+   free((void *) ctx->Program.ErrorString);
+   if (!string)
+      string = "";
+   ctx->Program.ErrorString = _mesa_strdup(string);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Find the line number and column for 'pos' within 'string'.
+ * Return a copy of the line which contains 'pos'.  Free the line with
+ * free().
+ * \param string  the program string
+ * \param pos     the position within the string
+ * \param line    returns the line number corresponding to 'pos'.
+ * \param col     returns the column number corresponding to 'pos'.
+ * \return copy of the line containing 'pos'.
+ */
+const GLubyte *
+_mesa_find_line_column(const GLubyte *string, const GLubyte *pos,
+                       GLint *line, GLint *col)
+{
+   const GLubyte *lineStart = string;
+   const GLubyte *p = string;
+   GLubyte *s;
+   int len;
+
+   *line = 1;
+
+   while (p != pos) {
+      if (*p == (GLubyte) '\n') {
+         (*line)++;
+         lineStart = p + 1;
+      }
+      p++;
+   }
+
+   *col = (pos - lineStart) + 1;
+
+   /* return copy of this line */
+   while (*p != 0 && *p != '\n')
+      p++;
+   len = p - lineStart;
+   s = (GLubyte *) malloc(len + 1);
+   memcpy(s, lineStart, len);
+   s[len] = 0;
+
+   return s;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a new vertex/fragment program object.
+ */
+static struct gl_program *
+_mesa_init_program_struct( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *prog,
+                           GLenum target, GLuint id)
+{
+   (void) ctx;
+   if (prog) {
+      GLuint i;
+      memset(prog, 0, sizeof(*prog));
+      prog->Id = id;
+      prog->Target = target;
+      prog->Resident = GL_TRUE;
+      prog->RefCount = 1;
+      prog->Format = GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ASCII_ARB;
+
+      /* default mapping from samplers to texture units */
+      for (i = 0; i < MAX_SAMPLERS; i++)
+         prog->SamplerUnits[i] = i;
+   }
+
+   return prog;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a new fragment program object.
+ */
+struct gl_program *
+_mesa_init_fragment_program( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_fragment_program *prog,
+                             GLenum target, GLuint id)
+{
+   if (prog)
+      return _mesa_init_program_struct( ctx, &prog->Base, target, id );
+   else
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a new vertex program object.
+ */
+struct gl_program *
+_mesa_init_vertex_program( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *prog,
+                           GLenum target, GLuint id)
+{
+   if (prog)
+      return _mesa_init_program_struct( ctx, &prog->Base, target, id );
+   else
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a new geometry program object.
+ */
+struct gl_program *
+_mesa_init_geometry_program( struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_geometry_program *prog,
+                             GLenum target, GLuint id)
+{
+   if (prog)
+      return _mesa_init_program_struct( ctx, &prog->Base, target, id );
+   else
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a new fragment/vertex program object but
+ * don't put it into the program hash table.  Called via
+ * ctx->Driver.NewProgram.  May be overridden (ie. replaced) by a
+ * device driver function to implement OO deriviation with additional
+ * types not understood by this function.
+ *
+ * \param ctx  context
+ * \param id   program id/number
+ * \param target  program target/type
+ * \return  pointer to new program object
+ */
+struct gl_program *
+_mesa_new_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target, GLuint id)
+{
+   struct gl_program *prog;
+   switch (target) {
+   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB: /* == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_NV */
+   case GL_VERTEX_STATE_PROGRAM_NV:
+      prog = _mesa_init_vertex_program(ctx, CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_vertex_program),
+                                       target, id );
+      break;
+   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV:
+   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:
+      prog =_mesa_init_fragment_program(ctx,
+                                         CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_fragment_program),
+                                         target, id );
+      break;
+   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:
+      prog = _mesa_init_geometry_program(ctx,
+                                         CALLOC_STRUCT(gl_geometry_program),
+                                         target, id);
+      break;
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(ctx, "bad target in _mesa_new_program");
+      prog = NULL;
+   }
+   return prog;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Delete a program and remove it from the hash table, ignoring the
+ * reference count.
+ * Called via ctx->Driver.DeleteProgram.  May be wrapped (OO deriviation)
+ * by a device driver function.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_delete_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   (void) ctx;
+   ASSERT(prog);
+   ASSERT(prog->RefCount==0);
+
+   if (prog == &_mesa_DummyProgram)
+      return;
+
+   if (prog->String)
+      free(prog->String);
+
+   if (prog->Instructions) {
+      _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Instructions, prog->NumInstructions);
+   }
+   if (prog->Parameters) {
+      _mesa_free_parameter_list(prog->Parameters);
+   }
+   if (prog->Varying) {
+      _mesa_free_parameter_list(prog->Varying);
+   }
+   if (prog->Attributes) {
+      _mesa_free_parameter_list(prog->Attributes);
+   }
+
+   free(prog);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return the gl_program object for a given ID.
+ * Basically just a wrapper for _mesa_HashLookup() to avoid a lot of
+ * casts elsewhere.
+ */
+struct gl_program *
+_mesa_lookup_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLuint id)
+{
+   if (id)
+      return (struct gl_program *) _mesa_HashLookup(ctx->Shared->Programs, id);
+   else
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Reference counting for vertex/fragment programs
+ * This is normally only called from the _mesa_reference_program() macro
+ * when there's a real pointer change.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_reference_program_(struct gl_context *ctx,
+                         struct gl_program **ptr,
+                         struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+   assert(ptr);
+   if (*ptr && prog) {
+      /* sanity check */
+      if ((*ptr)->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)
+         ASSERT(prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB);
+      else if ((*ptr)->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB)
+         ASSERT(prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB ||
+                prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV);
+      else if ((*ptr)->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM)
+         ASSERT(prog->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM);
+   }
+#endif
+
+   if (*ptr) {
+      GLboolean deleteFlag;
+
+      /*_glthread_LOCK_MUTEX((*ptr)->Mutex);*/
+#if 0
+      printf("Program %p ID=%u Target=%s  Refcount-- to %d\n",
+             *ptr, (*ptr)->Id,
+             ((*ptr)->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB ? "VP" :
+              ((*ptr)->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM ? "GP" : "FP")),
+             (*ptr)->RefCount - 1);
+#endif
+      ASSERT((*ptr)->RefCount > 0);
+      (*ptr)->RefCount--;
+
+      deleteFlag = ((*ptr)->RefCount == 0);
+      /*_glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX((*ptr)->Mutex);*/
+
+      if (deleteFlag) {
+         ASSERT(ctx);
+         ctx->Driver.DeleteProgram(ctx, *ptr);
+      }
+
+      *ptr = NULL;
+   }
+
+   assert(!*ptr);
+   if (prog) {
+      /*_glthread_LOCK_MUTEX(prog->Mutex);*/
+      prog->RefCount++;
+#if 0
+      printf("Program %p ID=%u Target=%s  Refcount++ to %d\n",
+             prog, prog->Id,
+             (prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB ? "VP" :
+              (prog->Target == MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM ? "GP" : "FP")),
+             prog->RefCount);
+#endif
+      /*_glthread_UNLOCK_MUTEX(prog->Mutex);*/
+   }
+
+   *ptr = prog;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return a copy of a program.
+ * XXX Problem here if the program object is actually OO-derivation
+ * made by a device driver.
+ */
+struct gl_program *
+_mesa_clone_program(struct gl_context *ctx, const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   struct gl_program *clone;
+
+   clone = ctx->Driver.NewProgram(ctx, prog->Target, prog->Id);
+   if (!clone)
+      return NULL;
+
+   assert(clone->Target == prog->Target);
+   assert(clone->RefCount == 1);
+
+   clone->String = (GLubyte *) _mesa_strdup((char *) prog->String);
+   clone->Format = prog->Format;
+   clone->Instructions = _mesa_alloc_instructions(prog->NumInstructions);
+   if (!clone->Instructions) {
+      _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &clone, NULL);
+      return NULL;
+   }
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(clone->Instructions, prog->Instructions,
+                           prog->NumInstructions);
+   clone->InputsRead = prog->InputsRead;
+   clone->OutputsWritten = prog->OutputsWritten;
+   clone->SamplersUsed = prog->SamplersUsed;
+   clone->ShadowSamplers = prog->ShadowSamplers;
+   memcpy(clone->TexturesUsed, prog->TexturesUsed, sizeof(prog->TexturesUsed));
+
+   if (prog->Parameters)
+      clone->Parameters = _mesa_clone_parameter_list(prog->Parameters);
+   memcpy(clone->LocalParams, prog->LocalParams, sizeof(clone->LocalParams));
+   if (prog->Varying)
+      clone->Varying = _mesa_clone_parameter_list(prog->Varying);
+   if (prog->Attributes)
+      clone->Attributes = _mesa_clone_parameter_list(prog->Attributes);
+   memcpy(clone->LocalParams, prog->LocalParams, sizeof(clone->LocalParams));
+   clone->IndirectRegisterFiles = prog->IndirectRegisterFiles;
+   clone->NumInstructions = prog->NumInstructions;
+   clone->NumTemporaries = prog->NumTemporaries;
+   clone->NumParameters = prog->NumParameters;
+   clone->NumAttributes = prog->NumAttributes;
+   clone->NumAddressRegs = prog->NumAddressRegs;
+   clone->NumNativeInstructions = prog->NumNativeInstructions;
+   clone->NumNativeTemporaries = prog->NumNativeTemporaries;
+   clone->NumNativeParameters = prog->NumNativeParameters;
+   clone->NumNativeAttributes = prog->NumNativeAttributes;
+   clone->NumNativeAddressRegs = prog->NumNativeAddressRegs;
+   clone->NumAluInstructions = prog->NumAluInstructions;
+   clone->NumTexInstructions = prog->NumTexInstructions;
+   clone->NumTexIndirections = prog->NumTexIndirections;
+   clone->NumNativeAluInstructions = prog->NumNativeAluInstructions;
+   clone->NumNativeTexInstructions = prog->NumNativeTexInstructions;
+   clone->NumNativeTexIndirections = prog->NumNativeTexIndirections;
+
+   switch (prog->Target) {
+   case GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB:
+      {
+         const struct gl_vertex_program *vp
+            = (const struct gl_vertex_program *) prog;
+         struct gl_vertex_program *vpc = (struct gl_vertex_program *) clone;
+         vpc->IsPositionInvariant = vp->IsPositionInvariant;
+         vpc->IsNVProgram = vp->IsNVProgram;
+      }
+      break;
+   case GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB:
+      {
+         const struct gl_fragment_program *fp
+            = (const struct gl_fragment_program *) prog;
+         struct gl_fragment_program *fpc = (struct gl_fragment_program *) clone;
+         fpc->UsesKill = fp->UsesKill;
+         fpc->OriginUpperLeft = fp->OriginUpperLeft;
+         fpc->PixelCenterInteger = fp->PixelCenterInteger;
+      }
+      break;
+   case MESA_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM:
+      {
+         const struct gl_geometry_program *gp
+            = (const struct gl_geometry_program *) prog;
+         struct gl_geometry_program *gpc = (struct gl_geometry_program *) clone;
+         gpc->VerticesOut = gp->VerticesOut;
+         gpc->InputType = gp->InputType;
+         gpc->OutputType = gp->OutputType;
+      }
+      break;
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(NULL, "Unexpected target in _mesa_clone_program");
+   }
+
+   return clone;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Insert 'count' NOP instructions at 'start' in the given program.
+ * Adjust branch targets accordingly.
+ */
+GLboolean
+_mesa_insert_instructions(struct gl_program *prog, GLuint start, GLuint count)
+{
+   const GLuint origLen = prog->NumInstructions;
+   const GLuint newLen = origLen + count;
+   struct prog_instruction *newInst;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   /* adjust branches */
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      if (inst->BranchTarget > 0) {
+         if ((GLuint)inst->BranchTarget >= start) {
+            inst->BranchTarget += count;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */
+   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);
+   if (!newInst) {
+      return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+
+   /* Copy 'start' instructions into new instruction buffer */
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, prog->Instructions, start);
+
+   /* init the new instructions */
+   _mesa_init_instructions(newInst + start, count);
+
+   /* Copy the remaining/tail instructions to new inst buffer */
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst + start + count,
+                           prog->Instructions + start,
+                           origLen - start);
+
+   /* free old instructions */
+   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* install new instructions */
+   prog->Instructions = newInst;
+   prog->NumInstructions = newLen;
+
+   return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete 'count' instructions at 'start' in the given program.
+ * Adjust branch targets accordingly.
+ */
+GLboolean
+_mesa_delete_instructions(struct gl_program *prog, GLuint start, GLuint count)
+{
+   const GLuint origLen = prog->NumInstructions;
+   const GLuint newLen = origLen - count;
+   struct prog_instruction *newInst;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   /* adjust branches */
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      if (inst->BranchTarget > 0) {
+         if (inst->BranchTarget > (GLint) start) {
+            inst->BranchTarget -= count;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */
+   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);
+   if (!newInst) {
+      return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+
+   /* Copy 'start' instructions into new instruction buffer */
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, prog->Instructions, start);
+
+   /* Copy the remaining/tail instructions to new inst buffer */
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst + start,
+                           prog->Instructions + start + count,
+                           newLen - start);
+
+   /* free old instructions */
+   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* install new instructions */
+   prog->Instructions = newInst;
+   prog->NumInstructions = newLen;
+
+   return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Search instructions for registers that match (oldFile, oldIndex),
+ * replacing them with (newFile, newIndex).
+ */
+static void
+replace_registers(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint numInst,
+                  GLuint oldFile, GLuint oldIndex,
+                  GLuint newFile, GLuint newIndex)
+{
+   GLuint i, j;
+   for (i = 0; i < numInst; i++) {
+      /* src regs */
+      for (j = 0; j < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst[i].Opcode); j++) {
+         if (inst[i].SrcReg[j].File == oldFile &&
+             inst[i].SrcReg[j].Index == oldIndex) {
+            inst[i].SrcReg[j].File = newFile;
+            inst[i].SrcReg[j].Index = newIndex;
+         }
+      }
+      /* dst reg */
+      if (inst[i].DstReg.File == oldFile && inst[i].DstReg.Index == oldIndex) {
+         inst[i].DstReg.File = newFile;
+         inst[i].DstReg.Index = newIndex;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Search instructions for references to program parameters.  When found,
+ * increment the parameter index by 'offset'.
+ * Used when combining programs.
+ */
+static void
+adjust_param_indexes(struct prog_instruction *inst, GLuint numInst,
+                     GLuint offset)
+{
+   GLuint i, j;
+   for (i = 0; i < numInst; i++) {
+      for (j = 0; j < _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst[i].Opcode); j++) {
+         GLuint f = inst[i].SrcReg[j].File;
+         if (f == PROGRAM_CONSTANT ||
+             f == PROGRAM_UNIFORM ||
+             f == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {
+            inst[i].SrcReg[j].Index += offset;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Combine two programs into one.  Fix instructions so the outputs of
+ * the first program go to the inputs of the second program.
+ */
+struct gl_program *
+_mesa_combine_programs(struct gl_context *ctx,
+                       const struct gl_program *progA,
+                       const struct gl_program *progB)
+{
+   struct prog_instruction *newInst;
+   struct gl_program *newProg;
+   const GLuint lenA = progA->NumInstructions - 1; /* omit END instr */
+   const GLuint lenB = progB->NumInstructions;
+   const GLuint numParamsA = _mesa_num_parameters(progA->Parameters);
+   const GLuint newLength = lenA + lenB;
+   GLboolean usedTemps[MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+   GLuint firstTemp = 0;
+   GLbitfield inputsB;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   ASSERT(progA->Target == progB->Target);
+
+   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLength);
+   if (!newInst)
+      return GL_FALSE;
+
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, progA->Instructions, lenA);
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst + lenA, progB->Instructions, lenB);
+
+   /* adjust branch / instruction addresses for B's instructions */
+   for (i = 0; i < lenB; i++) {
+      newInst[lenA + i].BranchTarget += lenA;
+   }
+
+   newProg = ctx->Driver.NewProgram(ctx, progA->Target, 0);
+   newProg->Instructions = newInst;
+   newProg->NumInstructions = newLength;
+
+   /* find used temp regs (we may need new temps below) */
+   _mesa_find_used_registers(newProg, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,
+                             usedTemps, MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);
+
+   if (newProg->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+      struct gl_fragment_program *fprogA, *fprogB, *newFprog;
+      GLbitfield progB_inputsRead = progB->InputsRead;
+      GLint progB_colorFile, progB_colorIndex;
+
+      fprogA = (struct gl_fragment_program *) progA;
+      fprogB = (struct gl_fragment_program *) progB;
+      newFprog = (struct gl_fragment_program *) newProg;
+
+      newFprog->UsesKill = fprogA->UsesKill || fprogB->UsesKill;
+
+      /* We'll do a search and replace for instances
+       * of progB_colorFile/progB_colorIndex below...
+       */
+      progB_colorFile = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+      progB_colorIndex = FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0;
+
+      /*
+       * The fragment program may get color from a state var rather than
+       * a fragment input (vertex output) if it's constant.
+       * See the texenvprogram.c code.
+       * So, search the program's parameter list now to see if the program
+       * gets color from a state var instead of a conventional fragment
+       * input register.
+       */
+      for (i = 0; i < progB->Parameters->NumParameters; i++) {
+         struct gl_program_parameter *p = &progB->Parameters->Parameters[i];
+         if (p->Type == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR &&
+             p->StateIndexes[0] == STATE_INTERNAL &&
+             p->StateIndexes[1] == STATE_CURRENT_ATTRIB &&
+             (int) p->StateIndexes[2] == (int) VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0) {
+            progB_inputsRead |= FRAG_BIT_COL0;
+            progB_colorFile = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+            progB_colorIndex = i;
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+
+      /* Connect color outputs of fprogA to color inputs of fprogB, via a
+       * new temporary register.
+       */
+      if ((progA->OutputsWritten & BITFIELD64_BIT(FRAG_RESULT_COLOR)) &&
+          (progB_inputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0)) {
+         GLint tempReg = _mesa_find_free_register(usedTemps, MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS,
+                                                  firstTemp);
+         if (tempReg < 0) {
+            _mesa_problem(ctx, "No free temp regs found in "
+                          "_mesa_combine_programs(), using 31");
+            tempReg = 31;
+         }
+         firstTemp = tempReg + 1;
+
+         /* replace writes to result.color[0] with tempReg */
+         replace_registers(newInst, lenA,
+                           PROGRAM_OUTPUT, FRAG_RESULT_COLOR,
+                           PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempReg);
+         /* replace reads from the input color with tempReg */
+         replace_registers(newInst + lenA, lenB,
+                           progB_colorFile, progB_colorIndex, /* search for */
+                           PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempReg  /* replace with */ );
+      }
+
+      /* compute combined program's InputsRead */
+      inputsB = progB_inputsRead;
+      if (progA->OutputsWritten & BITFIELD64_BIT(FRAG_RESULT_COLOR)) {
+         inputsB &= ~(1 << FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0);
+      }
+      newProg->InputsRead = progA->InputsRead | inputsB;
+      newProg->OutputsWritten = progB->OutputsWritten;
+      newProg->SamplersUsed = progA->SamplersUsed | progB->SamplersUsed;
+   }
+   else {
+      /* vertex program */
+      assert(0);      /* XXX todo */
+   }
+
+   /*
+    * Merge parameters (uniforms, constants, etc)
+    */
+   newProg->Parameters = _mesa_combine_parameter_lists(progA->Parameters,
+                                                       progB->Parameters);
+
+   adjust_param_indexes(newInst + lenA, lenB, numParamsA);
+
+
+   return newProg;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Populate the 'used' array with flags indicating which registers (TEMPs,
+ * INPUTs, OUTPUTs, etc, are used by the given program.
+ * \param file  type of register to scan for
+ * \param used  returns true/false flags for in use / free
+ * \param usedSize  size of the 'used' array
+ */
+void
+_mesa_find_used_registers(const struct gl_program *prog,
+                          gl_register_file file,
+                          GLboolean used[], GLuint usedSize)
+{
+   GLuint i, j;
+
+   memset(used, 0, usedSize);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      const GLuint n = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
+
+      if (inst->DstReg.File == file) {
+         ASSERT(inst->DstReg.Index < usedSize);
+         if(inst->DstReg.Index < usedSize)
+            used[inst->DstReg.Index] = GL_TRUE;
+      }
+
+      for (j = 0; j < n; j++) {
+         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == file) {
+            ASSERT(inst->SrcReg[j].Index < usedSize);
+            if(inst->SrcReg[j].Index < usedSize)
+               used[inst->SrcReg[j].Index] = GL_TRUE;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Scan the given 'used' register flag array for the first entry
+ * that's >= firstReg.
+ * \param used  vector of flags indicating registers in use (as returned
+ *              by _mesa_find_used_registers())
+ * \param usedSize  size of the 'used' array
+ * \param firstReg  first register to start searching at
+ * \return index of unused register, or -1 if none.
+ */
+GLint
+_mesa_find_free_register(const GLboolean used[],
+                         GLuint usedSize, GLuint firstReg)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+
+   assert(firstReg < usedSize);
+
+   for (i = firstReg; i < usedSize; i++)
+      if (!used[i])
+         return i;
+
+   return -1;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given register index is valid (doesn't exceed implementation-
+ * dependent limits).
+ * \return GL_TRUE if OK, GL_FALSE if bad index
+ */
+GLboolean
+_mesa_valid_register_index(const struct gl_context *ctx,
+                           gl_shader_type shaderType,
+                           gl_register_file file, GLint index)
+{
+   const struct gl_program_constants *c;
+
+   switch (shaderType) {
+   case MESA_SHADER_VERTEX:
+      c = &ctx->Const.VertexProgram;
+      break;
+   case MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT:
+      c = &ctx->Const.FragmentProgram;
+      break;
+   case MESA_SHADER_GEOMETRY:
+      c = &ctx->Const.GeometryProgram;
+      break;
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(ctx,
+                    "unexpected shader type in _mesa_valid_register_index()");
+      return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+
+   switch (file) {
+   case PROGRAM_UNDEFINED:
+      return GL_TRUE;  /* XXX or maybe false? */
+
+   case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxTemps;
+
+   case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
+      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxEnvParams;
+
+   case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:
+      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxLocalParams;
+
+   case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:
+      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxParameters;
+
+   case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:
+   case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
+      /* aka constant buffer */
+      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxUniformComponents / 4;
+
+   case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
+      /* constant buffer w/ possible relative negative addressing */
+      return (index > (int) c->MaxUniformComponents / -4 &&
+              index < c->MaxUniformComponents / 4);
+
+   case PROGRAM_INPUT:
+      if (index < 0)
+         return GL_FALSE;
+
+      switch (shaderType) {
+      case MESA_SHADER_VERTEX:
+         return index < VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0 + c->MaxAttribs;
+      case MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT:
+         return index < FRAG_ATTRIB_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;
+      case MESA_SHADER_GEOMETRY:
+         return index < GEOM_ATTRIB_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;
+      default:
+         return GL_FALSE;
+      }
+
+   case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
+      if (index < 0)
+         return GL_FALSE;
+
+      switch (shaderType) {
+      case MESA_SHADER_VERTEX:
+         return index < VERT_RESULT_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;
+      case MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT:
+         return index < FRAG_RESULT_DATA0 + ctx->Const.MaxDrawBuffers;
+      case MESA_SHADER_GEOMETRY:
+         return index < GEOM_RESULT_VAR0 + ctx->Const.MaxVarying;
+      default:
+         return GL_FALSE;
+      }
+
+   case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:
+      return index >= 0 && index < c->MaxAddressRegs;
+
+   default:
+      _mesa_problem(ctx,
+                    "unexpected register file in _mesa_valid_register_index()");
+      return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * "Post-process" a GPU program.  This is intended to be used for debugging.
+ * Example actions include no-op'ing instructions or changing instruction
+ * behaviour.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_postprocess_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   static const GLfloat white[4] = { 0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 0.5 };
+   GLuint i;
+   GLuint whiteSwizzle;
+   GLint whiteIndex = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(prog->Parameters,
+                                                 (gl_constant_value *) white,
+                                                 4, &whiteSwizzle);
+
+   (void) whiteIndex;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      const GLuint n = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
+
+      (void) n;
+
+      if (_mesa_is_tex_instruction(inst->Opcode)) {
+#if 0
+         /* replace TEX/TXP/TXB with MOV */
+         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+         inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].Negate = NEGATE_NONE;
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+         /* disable shadow texture mode */
+         inst->TexShadow = 0;
+#endif
+      }
+
+      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_TXP) {
+#if 0
+         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+         inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_CONSTANT;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].Index = whiteIndex;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].Negate = NEGATE_NONE;
+#endif
+#if 0
+         inst->TexShadow = 0;
+#endif
+#if 0
+         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_TEX;
+         inst->TexShadow = 0;
+#endif
+      }
+
+   }
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse.y b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse.y
index 4efdc0184..dec35038b 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse.y
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse.y
@@ -1,2806 +1,2806 @@
-%{

-/*

- * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <stdlib.h>

-#include <string.h>

-

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-#include "main/imports.h"

-#include "program/program.h"

-#include "program/prog_parameter.h"

-#include "program/prog_parameter_layout.h"

-#include "program/prog_statevars.h"

-#include "program/prog_instruction.h"

-

-#include "program/symbol_table.h"

-#include "program/program_parser.h"

-

-extern void *yy_scan_string(char *);

-extern void yy_delete_buffer(void *);

-

-static struct asm_symbol *declare_variable(struct asm_parser_state *state,

-    char *name, enum asm_type t, struct YYLTYPE *locp);

-

-static int add_state_reference(struct gl_program_parameter_list *param_list,

-    const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH]);

-

-static int initialize_symbol_from_state(struct gl_program *prog,

-    struct asm_symbol *param_var, const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH]);

-

-static int initialize_symbol_from_param(struct gl_program *prog,

-    struct asm_symbol *param_var, const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH]);

-

-static int initialize_symbol_from_const(struct gl_program *prog,

-    struct asm_symbol *param_var, const struct asm_vector *vec,

-    GLboolean allowSwizzle);

-

-static int yyparse(struct asm_parser_state *state);

-

-static char *make_error_string(const char *fmt, ...);

-

-static void yyerror(struct YYLTYPE *locp, struct asm_parser_state *state,

-    const char *s);

-

-static int validate_inputs(struct YYLTYPE *locp,

-    struct asm_parser_state *state);

-

-static void init_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r);

-

-static void set_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r,

-                        gl_register_file file, GLint index);

-

-static void init_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r);

-

-static void set_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r,

-                        gl_register_file file, GLint index);

-

-static void set_src_reg_swz(struct asm_src_register *r,

-                            gl_register_file file, GLint index, GLuint swizzle);

-

-static void asm_instruction_set_operands(struct asm_instruction *inst,

-    const struct prog_dst_register *dst, const struct asm_src_register *src0,

-    const struct asm_src_register *src1, const struct asm_src_register *src2);

-

-static struct asm_instruction *asm_instruction_ctor(gl_inst_opcode op,

-    const struct prog_dst_register *dst, const struct asm_src_register *src0,

-    const struct asm_src_register *src1, const struct asm_src_register *src2);

-

-static struct asm_instruction *asm_instruction_copy_ctor(

-    const struct prog_instruction *base, const struct prog_dst_register *dst,

-    const struct asm_src_register *src0, const struct asm_src_register *src1,

-    const struct asm_src_register *src2);

-

-#ifndef FALSE

-#define FALSE 0

-#define TRUE (!FALSE)

-#endif

-

-#define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)					\

-   do {									\

-      if (YYID(N)) {							\

-	 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line;		\

-	 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column;	\

-	 (Current).position = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).position;		\

-	 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line;		\

-	 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column;		\

-      } else {								\

-	 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line;		\

-	 (Current).last_line = (Current).first_line;			\

-	 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column;		\

-	 (Current).last_column = (Current).first_column;		\

-	 (Current).position = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).position			\

-	    + (Current).first_column;					\

-      }									\

-   } while(YYID(0))

-

-#define YYLEX_PARAM state->scanner

-%}

-

-%pure-parser

-%locations

-%parse-param { struct asm_parser_state *state }

-%error-verbose

-%lex-param { void *scanner }

-

-%union {

-   struct asm_instruction *inst;

-   struct asm_symbol *sym;

-   struct asm_symbol temp_sym;

-   struct asm_swizzle_mask swiz_mask;

-   struct asm_src_register src_reg;

-   struct prog_dst_register dst_reg;

-   struct prog_instruction temp_inst;

-   char *string;

-   unsigned result;

-   unsigned attrib;

-   int integer;

-   float real;

-   gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH];

-   int negate;

-   struct asm_vector vector;

-   gl_inst_opcode opcode;

-

-   struct {

-      unsigned swz;

-      unsigned rgba_valid:1;

-      unsigned xyzw_valid:1;

-      unsigned negate:1;

-   } ext_swizzle;

-}

-

-%token ARBvp_10 ARBfp_10

-

-/* Tokens for assembler pseudo-ops */

-%token <integer> ADDRESS

-%token ALIAS ATTRIB

-%token OPTION OUTPUT

-%token PARAM

-%token <integer> TEMP

-%token END

-

- /* Tokens for instructions */

-%token <temp_inst> BIN_OP BINSC_OP SAMPLE_OP SCALAR_OP TRI_OP VECTOR_OP

-%token <temp_inst> ARL KIL SWZ TXD_OP

-

-%token <integer> INTEGER

-%token <real> REAL

-

-%token AMBIENT ATTENUATION

-%token BACK

-%token CLIP COLOR

-%token DEPTH DIFFUSE DIRECTION

-%token EMISSION ENV EYE

-%token FOG FOGCOORD FRAGMENT FRONT

-%token HALF

-%token INVERSE INVTRANS

-%token LIGHT LIGHTMODEL LIGHTPROD LOCAL

-%token MATERIAL MAT_PROGRAM MATRIX MATRIXINDEX MODELVIEW MVP

-%token NORMAL

-%token OBJECT

-%token PALETTE PARAMS PLANE POINT_TOK POINTSIZE POSITION PRIMARY PROGRAM PROJECTION

-%token RANGE RESULT ROW

-%token SCENECOLOR SECONDARY SHININESS SIZE_TOK SPECULAR SPOT STATE

-%token TEXCOORD TEXENV TEXGEN TEXGEN_Q TEXGEN_R TEXGEN_S TEXGEN_T TEXTURE TRANSPOSE

-%token TEXTURE_UNIT TEX_1D TEX_2D TEX_3D TEX_CUBE TEX_RECT

-%token TEX_SHADOW1D TEX_SHADOW2D TEX_SHADOWRECT

-%token TEX_ARRAY1D TEX_ARRAY2D TEX_ARRAYSHADOW1D TEX_ARRAYSHADOW2D 

-%token VERTEX VTXATTRIB

-%token WEIGHT

-

-%token <string> IDENTIFIER USED_IDENTIFIER

-%type <string> string

-%token <swiz_mask> MASK4 MASK3 MASK2 MASK1 SWIZZLE

-%token DOT_DOT

-%token DOT

-

-%type <inst> instruction ALU_instruction TexInstruction

-%type <inst> ARL_instruction VECTORop_instruction

-%type <inst> SCALARop_instruction BINSCop_instruction BINop_instruction

-%type <inst> TRIop_instruction TXD_instruction SWZ_instruction SAMPLE_instruction

-%type <inst> KIL_instruction

-

-%type <dst_reg> dstReg maskedDstReg maskedAddrReg

-%type <src_reg> srcReg scalarUse scalarSrcReg swizzleSrcReg

-%type <swiz_mask> scalarSuffix swizzleSuffix extendedSwizzle

-%type <ext_swizzle> extSwizComp extSwizSel

-%type <swiz_mask> optionalMask

-

-%type <sym> progParamArray

-%type <integer> addrRegRelOffset addrRegPosOffset addrRegNegOffset

-%type <src_reg> progParamArrayMem progParamArrayAbs progParamArrayRel

-%type <sym> addrReg

-%type <swiz_mask> addrComponent addrWriteMask

-

-%type <dst_reg> ccMaskRule ccTest ccMaskRule2 ccTest2 optionalCcMask

-

-%type <result> resultBinding resultColBinding

-%type <integer> optFaceType optColorType

-%type <integer> optResultFaceType optResultColorType

-

-%type <integer> optTexImageUnitNum texImageUnitNum

-%type <integer> optTexCoordUnitNum texCoordUnitNum

-%type <integer> optLegacyTexUnitNum legacyTexUnitNum

-%type <integer> texImageUnit texTarget

-%type <integer> vtxAttribNum

-

-%type <attrib> attribBinding vtxAttribItem fragAttribItem

-

-%type <temp_sym> paramSingleInit paramSingleItemDecl

-%type <integer> optArraySize

-

-%type <state> stateSingleItem stateMultipleItem

-%type <state> stateMaterialItem

-%type <state> stateLightItem stateLightModelItem stateLightProdItem

-%type <state> stateTexGenItem stateFogItem stateClipPlaneItem statePointItem

-%type <state> stateMatrixItem stateMatrixRow stateMatrixRows

-%type <state> stateTexEnvItem stateDepthItem

-

-%type <state> stateLModProperty

-%type <state> stateMatrixName optMatrixRows

-

-%type <integer> stateMatProperty

-%type <integer> stateLightProperty stateSpotProperty

-%type <integer> stateLightNumber stateLProdProperty

-%type <integer> stateTexGenType stateTexGenCoord

-%type <integer> stateTexEnvProperty

-%type <integer> stateFogProperty

-%type <integer> stateClipPlaneNum

-%type <integer> statePointProperty

-

-%type <integer> stateOptMatModifier stateMatModifier stateMatrixRowNum

-%type <integer> stateOptModMatNum stateModMatNum statePaletteMatNum 

-%type <integer> stateProgramMatNum

-

-%type <integer> ambDiffSpecProperty

-

-%type <state> programSingleItem progEnvParam progLocalParam

-%type <state> programMultipleItem progEnvParams progLocalParams

-

-%type <temp_sym> paramMultipleInit paramMultInitList paramMultipleItem

-%type <temp_sym> paramSingleItemUse

-

-%type <integer> progEnvParamNum progLocalParamNum

-%type <state> progEnvParamNums progLocalParamNums

-

-%type <vector> paramConstDecl paramConstUse

-%type <vector> paramConstScalarDecl paramConstScalarUse paramConstVector

-%type <real> signedFloatConstant

-%type <negate> optionalSign

-

-%{

-extern int yylex(YYSTYPE *yylval_param, YYLTYPE *yylloc_param,

-    void *yyscanner);

-%}

-

-%%

-

-program: language optionSequence statementSequence END

-	;

-

-language: ARBvp_10

-	{

-	   if (state->prog->Target != GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid fragment program header");

-

-	   }

-	   state->mode = ARB_vertex;

-	}

-	| ARBfp_10

-	{

-	   if (state->prog->Target != GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid vertex program header");

-	   }

-	   state->mode = ARB_fragment;

-

-	   state->option.TexRect =

-	      (state->ctx->Extensions.NV_texture_rectangle != GL_FALSE);

-	}

-	;

-

-optionSequence: optionSequence option

-	|

-	;

-

-option: OPTION string ';'

-	{

-	   int valid = 0;

-

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      valid = _mesa_ARBvp_parse_option(state, $2);

-	   } else if (state->mode == ARB_fragment) {

-	      valid = _mesa_ARBfp_parse_option(state, $2);

-	   }

-

-

-	   free($2);

-

-	   if (!valid) {

-	      const char *const err_str = (state->mode == ARB_vertex)

-		 ? "invalid ARB vertex program option"

-		 : "invalid ARB fragment program option";

-

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, err_str);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-statementSequence: statementSequence statement

-	|

-	;

-

-statement: instruction ';'

-	{

-	   if ($1 != NULL) {

-	      if (state->inst_tail == NULL) {

-		 state->inst_head = $1;

-	      } else {

-		 state->inst_tail->next = $1;

-	      }

-

-	      state->inst_tail = $1;

-	      $1->next = NULL;

-

-	      state->prog->NumInstructions++;

-	   }

-	}

-	| namingStatement ';'

-	;

-

-instruction: ALU_instruction

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	   state->prog->NumAluInstructions++;

-	}

-	| TexInstruction

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	   state->prog->NumTexInstructions++;

-	}

-	;

-

-ALU_instruction: ARL_instruction

-	| VECTORop_instruction

-	| SCALARop_instruction

-	| BINSCop_instruction

-	| BINop_instruction

-	| TRIop_instruction

-	| SWZ_instruction

-	;

-

-TexInstruction: SAMPLE_instruction

-	| KIL_instruction

-	| TXD_instruction

-	;

-

-ARL_instruction: ARL maskedAddrReg ',' scalarSrcReg

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_ctor(OPCODE_ARL, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);

-	}

-	;

-

-VECTORop_instruction: VECTOR_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);

-	}

-	;

-

-SCALARop_instruction: SCALAR_OP maskedDstReg ',' scalarSrcReg

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);

-	}

-	;

-

-BINSCop_instruction: BINSC_OP maskedDstReg ',' scalarSrcReg ',' scalarSrcReg

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, NULL);

-	}

-	;

-

-

-BINop_instruction: BIN_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, NULL);

-	}

-	;

-

-TRIop_instruction: TRI_OP maskedDstReg ','

-                   swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, & $8);

-	}

-	;

-

-SAMPLE_instruction: SAMPLE_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' texImageUnit ',' texTarget

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);

-	   if ($$ != NULL) {

-	      const GLbitfield tex_mask = (1U << $6);

-	      GLbitfield shadow_tex = 0;

-	      GLbitfield target_mask = 0;

-

-

-	      $$->Base.TexSrcUnit = $6;

-

-	      if ($8 < 0) {

-		 shadow_tex = tex_mask;

-

-		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = -$8;

-		 $$->Base.TexShadow = 1;

-	      } else {

-		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = $8;

-	      }

-

-	      target_mask = (1U << $$->Base.TexSrcTarget);

-

-	      /* If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access

-	       * had a different texture target, generate an error.

-	       *

-	       * If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access

-	       * had a different shadow mode, generate an error.

-	       */

-	      if ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$6] != 0)

-		  && ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$6] != target_mask)

-		      || ((state->prog->ShadowSamplers & tex_mask)

-			  != shadow_tex))) {

-		 yyerror(& @8, state,

-			 "multiple targets used on one texture image unit");

-		 YYERROR;

-	      }

-

-

-	      state->prog->TexturesUsed[$6] |= target_mask;

-	      state->prog->ShadowSamplers |= shadow_tex;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-KIL_instruction: KIL swizzleSrcReg

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_ctor(OPCODE_KIL, NULL, & $2, NULL, NULL);

-	   state->fragment.UsesKill = 1;

-	}

-	| KIL ccTest

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_ctor(OPCODE_KIL_NV, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);

-	   $$->Base.DstReg.CondMask = $2.CondMask;

-	   $$->Base.DstReg.CondSwizzle = $2.CondSwizzle;

-	   $$->Base.DstReg.CondSrc = $2.CondSrc;

-	   state->fragment.UsesKill = 1;

-	}

-	;

-

-TXD_instruction: TXD_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' texImageUnit ',' texTarget

-	{

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, & $8);

-	   if ($$ != NULL) {

-	      const GLbitfield tex_mask = (1U << $10);

-	      GLbitfield shadow_tex = 0;

-	      GLbitfield target_mask = 0;

-

-

-	      $$->Base.TexSrcUnit = $10;

-

-	      if ($12 < 0) {

-		 shadow_tex = tex_mask;

-

-		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = -$12;

-		 $$->Base.TexShadow = 1;

-	      } else {

-		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = $12;

-	      }

-

-	      target_mask = (1U << $$->Base.TexSrcTarget);

-

-	      /* If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access

-	       * had a different texture target, generate an error.

-	       *

-	       * If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access

-	       * had a different shadow mode, generate an error.

-	       */

-	      if ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$10] != 0)

-		  && ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$10] != target_mask)

-		      || ((state->prog->ShadowSamplers & tex_mask)

-			  != shadow_tex))) {

-		 yyerror(& @12, state,

-			 "multiple targets used on one texture image unit");

-		 YYERROR;

-	      }

-

-

-	      state->prog->TexturesUsed[$10] |= target_mask;

-	      state->prog->ShadowSamplers |= shadow_tex;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-texImageUnit: TEXTURE_UNIT optTexImageUnitNum

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	;

-

-texTarget: TEX_1D  { $$ = TEXTURE_1D_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_2D   { $$ = TEXTURE_2D_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_3D   { $$ = TEXTURE_3D_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_CUBE { $$ = TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_RECT { $$ = TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_SHADOW1D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_1D_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_SHADOW2D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_2D_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_SHADOWRECT { $$ = -TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_ARRAY1D         { $$ = TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_ARRAY2D         { $$ = TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_ARRAYSHADOW1D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX; }

-	| TEX_ARRAYSHADOW2D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX; }

-	;

-

-SWZ_instruction: SWZ maskedDstReg ',' srcReg ',' extendedSwizzle

-	{

-	   /* FIXME: Is this correct?  Should the extenedSwizzle be applied

-	    * FIXME: to the existing swizzle?

-	    */

-	   $4.Base.Swizzle = $6.swizzle;

-	   $4.Base.Negate = $6.mask;

-

-	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);

-	}

-	;

-

-scalarSrcReg: optionalSign scalarUse

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-

-	   if ($1) {

-	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;

-	   }

-	}

-	| optionalSign '|' scalarUse '|'

-	{

-	   $$ = $3;

-

-	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "unexpected character '|'");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   if ($1) {

-	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;

-	   }

-

-	   $$.Base.Abs = 1;

-	}

-	;

-

-scalarUse:  srcReg scalarSuffix

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-

-	   $$.Base.Swizzle = _mesa_combine_swizzles($$.Base.Swizzle,

-						    $2.swizzle);

-	}

-	| paramConstScalarUse

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol temp_sym;

-

-	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "expected scalar suffix");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   memset(& temp_sym, 0, sizeof(temp_sym));

-	   temp_sym.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & temp_sym, & $1, GL_TRUE);

-

-	   set_src_reg_swz(& $$, PROGRAM_CONSTANT,

-                           temp_sym.param_binding_begin,

-                           temp_sym.param_binding_swizzle);

-	}

-	;

-

-swizzleSrcReg: optionalSign srcReg swizzleSuffix

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-

-	   if ($1) {

-	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;

-	   }

-

-	   $$.Base.Swizzle = _mesa_combine_swizzles($$.Base.Swizzle,

-						    $3.swizzle);

-	}

-	| optionalSign '|' srcReg swizzleSuffix '|'

-	{

-	   $$ = $3;

-

-	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "unexpected character '|'");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   if ($1) {

-	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;

-	   }

-

-	   $$.Base.Abs = 1;

-	   $$.Base.Swizzle = _mesa_combine_swizzles($$.Base.Swizzle,

-						    $4.swizzle);

-	}

-

-	;

-

-maskedDstReg: dstReg optionalMask optionalCcMask

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	   $$.WriteMask = $2.mask;

-	   $$.CondMask = $3.CondMask;

-	   $$.CondSwizzle = $3.CondSwizzle;

-	   $$.CondSrc = $3.CondSrc;

-

-	   if ($$.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {

-	      /* Technically speaking, this should check that it is in

-	       * vertex program mode.  However, PositionInvariant can never be

-	       * set in fragment program mode, so it is somewhat irrelevant.

-	       */

-	      if (state->option.PositionInvariant

-	       && ($$.Index == VERT_RESULT_HPOS)) {

-		 yyerror(& @1, state, "position-invariant programs cannot "

-			 "write position");

-		 YYERROR;

-	      }

-

-	      state->prog->OutputsWritten |= BITFIELD64_BIT($$.Index);

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-maskedAddrReg: addrReg addrWriteMask

-	{

-	   set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_ADDRESS, 0);

-	   $$.WriteMask = $2.mask;

-	}

-	;

-

-extendedSwizzle: extSwizComp ',' extSwizComp ',' extSwizComp ',' extSwizComp

-	{

-	   const unsigned xyzw_valid =

-	      ($1.xyzw_valid << 0)

-	      | ($3.xyzw_valid << 1)

-	      | ($5.xyzw_valid << 2)

-	      | ($7.xyzw_valid << 3);

-	   const unsigned rgba_valid =

-	      ($1.rgba_valid << 0)

-	      | ($3.rgba_valid << 1)

-	      | ($5.rgba_valid << 2)

-	      | ($7.rgba_valid << 3);

-

-	   /* All of the swizzle components have to be valid in either RGBA

-	    * or XYZW.  Note that 0 and 1 are valid in both, so both masks

-	    * can have some bits set.

-	    *

-	    * We somewhat deviate from the spec here.  It would be really hard

-	    * to figure out which component is the error, and there probably

-	    * isn't a lot of benefit.

-	    */

-	   if ((rgba_valid != 0x0f) && (xyzw_valid != 0x0f)) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "cannot combine RGBA and XYZW swizzle "

-		      "components");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4($1.swz, $3.swz, $5.swz, $7.swz);

-	   $$.mask = ($1.negate) | ($3.negate << 1) | ($5.negate << 2)

-	      | ($7.negate << 3);

-	}

-	;

-

-extSwizComp: optionalSign extSwizSel

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	   $$.negate = ($1) ? 1 : 0;

-	}

-	;

-

-extSwizSel: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if (($1 != 0) && ($1 != 1)) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid extended swizzle selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$.swz = ($1 == 0) ? SWIZZLE_ZERO : SWIZZLE_ONE;

-

-	   /* 0 and 1 are valid for both RGBA swizzle names and XYZW

-	    * swizzle names.

-	    */

-	   $$.xyzw_valid = 1;

-	   $$.rgba_valid = 1;

-	}

-	| string

-	{

-	   char s;

-

-	   if (strlen($1) > 1) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid extended swizzle selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   s = $1[0];

-	   free($1);

-

-	   switch (s) {

-	   case 'x':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_X;

-	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-	   case 'y':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Y;

-	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-	   case 'z':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Z;

-	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-	   case 'w':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_W;

-	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-

-	   case 'r':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_X;

-	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-	   case 'g':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Y;

-	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-	   case 'b':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Z;

-	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-	   case 'a':

-	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_W;

-	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;

-	      break;

-

-	   default:

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid extended swizzle selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	      break;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-srcReg: USED_IDENTIFIER /* temporaryReg | progParamSingle */

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)

-	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);

-

-	   free($1);

-

-	   if (s == NULL) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else if ((s->type != at_param) && (s->type != at_temp)

-		      && (s->type != at_attrib)) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else if ((s->type == at_param) && s->param_is_array) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "non-array access to array PARAM");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   init_src_reg(& $$);

-	   switch (s->type) {

-	   case at_temp:

-	      set_src_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, s->temp_binding);

-	      break;

-	   case at_param:

-              set_src_reg_swz(& $$, s->param_binding_type,

-                              s->param_binding_begin,

-                              s->param_binding_swizzle);

-	      break;

-	   case at_attrib:

-	      set_src_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_INPUT, s->attrib_binding);

-	      state->prog->InputsRead |= (1U << $$.Base.Index);

-

-	      if (!validate_inputs(& @1, state)) {

-		 YYERROR;

-	      }

-	      break;

-

-	   default:

-	      YYERROR;

-	      break;

-	   }

-	}

-	| attribBinding

-	{

-	   set_src_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_INPUT, $1);

-	   state->prog->InputsRead |= (1U << $$.Base.Index);

-

-	   if (!validate_inputs(& @1, state)) {

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| progParamArray '[' progParamArrayMem ']'

-	{

-	   if (! $3.Base.RelAddr

-	       && ((unsigned) $3.Base.Index >= $1->param_binding_length)) {

-	      yyerror(& @3, state, "out of bounds array access");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   init_src_reg(& $$);

-	   $$.Base.File = $1->param_binding_type;

-

-	   if ($3.Base.RelAddr) {

-              state->prog->IndirectRegisterFiles |= (1 << $$.Base.File);

-	      $1->param_accessed_indirectly = 1;

-

-	      $$.Base.RelAddr = 1;

-	      $$.Base.Index = $3.Base.Index;

-	      $$.Symbol = $1;

-	   } else {

-	      $$.Base.Index = $1->param_binding_begin + $3.Base.Index;

-	   }

-	}

-	| paramSingleItemUse

-	{

-           gl_register_file file = ($1.name != NULL) 

-	      ? $1.param_binding_type

-	      : PROGRAM_CONSTANT;

-           set_src_reg_swz(& $$, file, $1.param_binding_begin,

-                           $1.param_binding_swizzle);

-	}

-	;

-

-dstReg: resultBinding

-	{

-	   set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_OUTPUT, $1);

-	}

-	| USED_IDENTIFIER /* temporaryReg | vertexResultReg */

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)

-	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);

-

-	   free($1);

-

-	   if (s == NULL) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else if ((s->type != at_output) && (s->type != at_temp)) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   switch (s->type) {

-	   case at_temp:

-	      set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, s->temp_binding);

-	      break;

-	   case at_output:

-	      set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_OUTPUT, s->output_binding);

-	      break;

-	   default:

-	      set_dst_reg(& $$, s->param_binding_type, s->param_binding_begin);

-	      break;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-progParamArray: USED_IDENTIFIER

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)

-	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);

-

-	   free($1);

-

-	   if (s == NULL) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else if ((s->type != at_param) || !s->param_is_array) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "array access to non-PARAM variable");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      $$ = s;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-progParamArrayMem: progParamArrayAbs | progParamArrayRel;

-

-progParamArrayAbs: INTEGER

-	{

-	   init_src_reg(& $$);

-	   $$.Base.Index = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-progParamArrayRel: addrReg addrComponent addrRegRelOffset

-	{

-	   /* FINISHME: Add support for multiple address registers.

-	    */

-	   /* FINISHME: Add support for 4-component address registers.

-	    */

-	   init_src_reg(& $$);

-	   $$.Base.RelAddr = 1;

-	   $$.Base.Index = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-addrRegRelOffset:              { $$ = 0; }

-	| '+' addrRegPosOffset { $$ = $2; }

-	| '-' addrRegNegOffset { $$ = -$2; }

-	;

-

-addrRegPosOffset: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if (($1 < 0) || ($1 > (state->limits->MaxAddressOffset - 1))) {

-              char s[100];

-              _mesa_snprintf(s, sizeof(s),

-                             "relative address offset too large (%d)", $1);

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, s);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      $$ = $1;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-addrRegNegOffset: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if (($1 < 0) || ($1 > state->limits->MaxAddressOffset)) {

-              char s[100];

-              _mesa_snprintf(s, sizeof(s),

-                             "relative address offset too large (%d)", $1);

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, s);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      $$ = $1;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-addrReg: USED_IDENTIFIER

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)

-	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);

-

-	   free($1);

-

-	   if (s == NULL) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid array member");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else if (s->type != at_address) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state,

-		      "invalid variable for indexed array access");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      $$ = s;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-addrComponent: MASK1

-	{

-	   if ($1.mask != WRITEMASK_X) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid address component selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      $$ = $1;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-addrWriteMask: MASK1

-	{

-	   if ($1.mask != WRITEMASK_X) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state,

-		      "address register write mask must be \".x\"");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      $$ = $1;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-scalarSuffix: MASK1;

-

-swizzleSuffix: MASK1

-	| MASK4

-	| SWIZZLE

-	|              { $$.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP; $$.mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW; }

-	;

-

-optionalMask: MASK4 | MASK3 | MASK2 | MASK1 

-	|              { $$.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP; $$.mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW; }

-	;

-

-optionalCcMask: '(' ccTest ')'

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	| '(' ccTest2 ')'

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	|

-	{

-	   $$.CondMask = COND_TR;

-	   $$.CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-	   $$.CondSrc = 0;

-	}

-	;

-

-ccTest: ccMaskRule swizzleSuffix

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	   $$.CondSwizzle = $2.swizzle;

-	}

-	;

-

-ccTest2: ccMaskRule2 swizzleSuffix

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	   $$.CondSwizzle = $2.swizzle;

-	}

-	;

-

-ccMaskRule: IDENTIFIER

-	{

-	   const int cond = _mesa_parse_cc($1);

-	   if ((cond == 0) || ($1[2] != '\0')) {

-	      char *const err_str =

-		 make_error_string("invalid condition code \"%s\"", $1);

-

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, (err_str != NULL)

-		      ? err_str : "invalid condition code");

-

-	      if (err_str != NULL) {

-		 free(err_str);

-	      }

-

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$.CondMask = cond;

-	   $$.CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-	   $$.CondSrc = 0;

-	}

-	;

-

-ccMaskRule2: USED_IDENTIFIER

-	{

-	   const int cond = _mesa_parse_cc($1);

-	   if ((cond == 0) || ($1[2] != '\0')) {

-	      char *const err_str =

-		 make_error_string("invalid condition code \"%s\"", $1);

-

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, (err_str != NULL)

-		      ? err_str : "invalid condition code");

-

-	      if (err_str != NULL) {

-		 free(err_str);

-	      }

-

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$.CondMask = cond;

-	   $$.CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-	   $$.CondSrc = 0;

-	}

-	;

-

-namingStatement: ATTRIB_statement

-	| PARAM_statement

-	| TEMP_statement

-	| ADDRESS_statement

-	| OUTPUT_statement

-	| ALIAS_statement

-	;

-

-ATTRIB_statement: ATTRIB IDENTIFIER '=' attribBinding

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *const s =

-	      declare_variable(state, $2, at_attrib, & @2);

-

-	   if (s == NULL) {

-	      free($2);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      s->attrib_binding = $4;

-	      state->InputsBound |= (1U << s->attrib_binding);

-

-	      if (!validate_inputs(& @4, state)) {

-		 YYERROR;

-	      }

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-attribBinding: VERTEX vtxAttribItem

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	| FRAGMENT fragAttribItem

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	;

-

-vtxAttribItem: POSITION

-	{

-	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;

-	}

-	| WEIGHT vtxOptWeightNum

-	{

-	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_WEIGHT;

-	}

-	| NORMAL

-	{

-	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_NORMAL;

-	}

-	| COLOR optColorType

-	{

-	   if (!state->ctx->Extensions.EXT_secondary_color) {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "GL_EXT_secondary_color not supported");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0 + $2;

-	}

-	| FOGCOORD

-	{

-	   if (!state->ctx->Extensions.EXT_fog_coord) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_EXT_fog_coord not supported");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_FOG;

-	}

-	| TEXCOORD optTexCoordUnitNum

-	{

-	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_TEX0 + $2;

-	}

-	| MATRIXINDEX '[' vtxWeightNum ']'

-	{

-	   yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_ARB_matrix_palette not supported");

-	   YYERROR;

-	}

-	| VTXATTRIB '[' vtxAttribNum ']'

-	{

-	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0 + $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-vtxAttribNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->limits->MaxAttribs) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid vertex attribute reference");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-vtxOptWeightNum:  | '[' vtxWeightNum ']';

-vtxWeightNum: INTEGER;

-

-fragAttribItem: POSITION

-	{

-	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS;

-	}

-	| COLOR optColorType

-	{

-	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0 + $2;

-	}

-	| FOGCOORD

-	{

-	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_FOGC;

-	}

-	| TEXCOORD optTexCoordUnitNum

-	{

-	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + $2;

-	}

-	;

-

-PARAM_statement: PARAM_singleStmt | PARAM_multipleStmt;

-

-PARAM_singleStmt: PARAM IDENTIFIER paramSingleInit

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *const s =

-	      declare_variable(state, $2, at_param, & @2);

-

-	   if (s == NULL) {

-	      free($2);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      s->param_binding_type = $3.param_binding_type;

-	      s->param_binding_begin = $3.param_binding_begin;

-	      s->param_binding_length = $3.param_binding_length;

-              s->param_binding_swizzle = $3.param_binding_swizzle;

-	      s->param_is_array = 0;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-PARAM_multipleStmt: PARAM IDENTIFIER '[' optArraySize ']' paramMultipleInit

-	{

-	   if (($4 != 0) && ((unsigned) $4 != $6.param_binding_length)) {

-	      free($2);

-	      yyerror(& @4, state, 

-		      "parameter array size and number of bindings must match");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      struct asm_symbol *const s =

-		 declare_variable(state, $2, $6.type, & @2);

-

-	      if (s == NULL) {

-		 free($2);

-		 YYERROR;

-	      } else {

-		 s->param_binding_type = $6.param_binding_type;

-		 s->param_binding_begin = $6.param_binding_begin;

-		 s->param_binding_length = $6.param_binding_length;

-                 s->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-		 s->param_is_array = 1;

-	      }

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-optArraySize:

-	{

-	   $$ = 0;

-	}

-	| INTEGER

-        {

-	   if (($1 < 1) || ((unsigned) $1 > state->limits->MaxParameters)) {

-              char msg[100];

-              _mesa_snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg),

-                             "invalid parameter array size (size=%d max=%u)",

-                             $1, state->limits->MaxParameters);

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, msg);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      $$ = $1;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-paramSingleInit: '=' paramSingleItemDecl

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	;

-

-paramMultipleInit: '=' '{' paramMultInitList '}'

-	{

-	   $$ = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-paramMultInitList: paramMultipleItem

-	| paramMultInitList ',' paramMultipleItem

-	{

-	   $1.param_binding_length += $3.param_binding_length;

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-paramSingleItemDecl: stateSingleItem

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_state(state->prog, & $$, $1);

-	}

-	| programSingleItem

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_param(state->prog, & $$, $1);

-	}

-	| paramConstDecl

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & $$, & $1, GL_TRUE);

-	}

-	;

-

-paramSingleItemUse: stateSingleItem

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_state(state->prog, & $$, $1);

-	}

-	| programSingleItem

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_param(state->prog, & $$, $1);

-	}

-	| paramConstUse

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & $$, & $1, GL_TRUE);

-	}

-	;

-

-paramMultipleItem: stateMultipleItem

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_state(state->prog, & $$, $1);

-	}

-	| programMultipleItem

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_param(state->prog, & $$, $1);

-	}

-	| paramConstDecl

-	{

-	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;

-	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & $$, & $1, GL_FALSE);

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMultipleItem: stateSingleItem        { memcpy($$, $1, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateMatrixRows           { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	;

-

-stateSingleItem: STATE stateMaterialItem  { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateLightItem            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateLightModelItem       { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateLightProdItem        { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateTexGenItem           { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateTexEnvItem           { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateFogItem              { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateClipPlaneItem        { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE statePointItem            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateMatrixRow            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	| STATE stateDepthItem            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }

-	;

-

-stateMaterialItem: MATERIAL optFaceType stateMatProperty

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_MATERIAL;

-	   $$[1] = $2;

-	   $$[2] = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMatProperty: ambDiffSpecProperty

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	| EMISSION

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_EMISSION;

-	}

-	| SHININESS

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_SHININESS;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateLightItem: LIGHT '[' stateLightNumber ']' stateLightProperty

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHT;

-	   $$[1] = $3;

-	   $$[2] = $5;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateLightProperty: ambDiffSpecProperty

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	| POSITION

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_POSITION;

-	}

-	| ATTENUATION

-	{

-	   if (!state->ctx->Extensions.EXT_point_parameters) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_ARB_point_parameters not supported");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = STATE_ATTENUATION;

-	}

-	| SPOT stateSpotProperty

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	| HALF

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_HALF_VECTOR;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateSpotProperty: DIRECTION

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateLightModelItem: LIGHTMODEL stateLModProperty

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $2[0];

-	   $$[1] = $2[1];

-	}

-	;

-

-stateLModProperty: AMBIENT

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT;

-	}

-	| optFaceType SCENECOLOR

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR;

-	   $$[1] = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateLightProdItem: LIGHTPROD '[' stateLightNumber ']' optFaceType stateLProdProperty

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHTPROD;

-	   $$[1] = $3;

-	   $$[2] = $5;

-	   $$[3] = $6;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateLProdProperty: ambDiffSpecProperty;

-

-stateTexEnvItem: TEXENV optLegacyTexUnitNum stateTexEnvProperty

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = $3;

-	   $$[1] = $2;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateTexEnvProperty: COLOR

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_TEXENV_COLOR;

-	}

-	;

-

-ambDiffSpecProperty: AMBIENT

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_AMBIENT;

-	}

-	| DIFFUSE

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_DIFFUSE;

-	}

-	| SPECULAR

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_SPECULAR;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateLightNumber: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxLights) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid light selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateTexGenItem: TEXGEN optTexCoordUnitNum stateTexGenType stateTexGenCoord

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_TEXGEN;

-	   $$[1] = $2;

-	   $$[2] = $3 + $4;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateTexGenType: EYE

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;

-	}

-	| OBJECT

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S;

-	}

-	;

-stateTexGenCoord: TEXGEN_S

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;

-	}

-	| TEXGEN_T

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;

-	}

-	| TEXGEN_R

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;

-	}

-	| TEXGEN_Q

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateFogItem: FOG stateFogProperty

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = $2;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateFogProperty: COLOR

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_FOG_COLOR;

-	}

-	| PARAMS

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_FOG_PARAMS;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateClipPlaneItem: CLIP '[' stateClipPlaneNum ']' PLANE

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_CLIPPLANE;

-	   $$[1] = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateClipPlaneNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxClipPlanes) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid clip plane selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-statePointItem: POINT_TOK statePointProperty

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = $2;

-	}

-	;

-

-statePointProperty: SIZE_TOK

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_POINT_SIZE;

-	}

-	| ATTENUATION

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMatrixRow: stateMatrixItem ROW '[' stateMatrixRowNum ']'

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $1[0];

-	   $$[1] = $1[1];

-	   $$[2] = $4;

-	   $$[3] = $4;

-	   $$[4] = $1[2];

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMatrixRows: stateMatrixItem optMatrixRows

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $1[0];

-	   $$[1] = $1[1];

-	   $$[2] = $2[2];

-	   $$[3] = $2[3];

-	   $$[4] = $1[2];

-	}

-	;

-

-optMatrixRows:

-	{

-	   $$[2] = 0;

-	   $$[3] = 3;

-	}

-	| ROW '[' stateMatrixRowNum DOT_DOT stateMatrixRowNum ']'

-	{

-	   /* It seems logical that the matrix row range specifier would have

-	    * to specify a range or more than one row (i.e., $5 > $3).

-	    * However, the ARB_vertex_program spec says "a program will fail

-	    * to load if <a> is greater than <b>."  This means that $3 == $5

-	    * is valid.

-	    */

-	   if ($3 > $5) {

-	      yyerror(& @3, state, "invalid matrix row range");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$[2] = $3;

-	   $$[3] = $5;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMatrixItem: MATRIX stateMatrixName stateOptMatModifier

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $2[0];

-	   $$[1] = $2[1];

-	   $$[2] = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateOptMatModifier: 

-	{

-	   $$ = 0;

-	}

-	| stateMatModifier

-	{

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMatModifier: INVERSE 

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE;

-	}

-	| TRANSPOSE 

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE;

-	}

-	| INVTRANS

-	{

-	   $$ = STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMatrixRowNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ($1 > 3) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid matrix row reference");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateMatrixName: MODELVIEW stateOptModMatNum

-	{

-	   $$[0] = STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX;

-	   $$[1] = $2;

-	}

-	| PROJECTION

-	{

-	   $$[0] = STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX;

-	   $$[1] = 0;

-	}

-	| MVP

-	{

-	   $$[0] = STATE_MVP_MATRIX;

-	   $$[1] = 0;

-	}

-	| TEXTURE optTexCoordUnitNum

-	{

-	   $$[0] = STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX;

-	   $$[1] = $2;

-	}

-	| PALETTE '[' statePaletteMatNum ']'

-	{

-	   yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_ARB_matrix_palette not supported");

-	   YYERROR;

-	}

-	| MAT_PROGRAM '[' stateProgramMatNum ']'

-	{

-	   $$[0] = STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX;

-	   $$[1] = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateOptModMatNum:

-	{

-	   $$ = 0;

-	}

-	| '[' stateModMatNum ']'

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	;

-stateModMatNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   /* Since GL_ARB_vertex_blend isn't supported, only modelview matrix

-	    * zero is valid.

-	    */

-	   if ($1 != 0) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid modelview matrix index");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-statePaletteMatNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   /* Since GL_ARB_matrix_palette isn't supported, just let any value

-	    * through here.  The error will be generated later.

-	    */

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-stateProgramMatNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxProgramMatrices) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program matrix selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-stateDepthItem: DEPTH RANGE

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = STATE_DEPTH_RANGE;

-	}

-	;

-

-

-programSingleItem: progEnvParam | progLocalParam;

-

-programMultipleItem: progEnvParams | progLocalParams;

-

-progEnvParams: PROGRAM ENV '[' progEnvParamNums ']'

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;

-	   $$[1] = STATE_ENV;

-	   $$[2] = $4[0];

-	   $$[3] = $4[1];

-	}

-	;

-

-progEnvParamNums: progEnvParamNum

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $1;

-	   $$[1] = $1;

-	}

-	| progEnvParamNum DOT_DOT progEnvParamNum

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $1;

-	   $$[1] = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-progEnvParam: PROGRAM ENV '[' progEnvParamNum ']'

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;

-	   $$[1] = STATE_ENV;

-	   $$[2] = $4;

-	   $$[3] = $4;

-	}

-	;

-

-progLocalParams: PROGRAM LOCAL '[' progLocalParamNums ']'

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;

-	   $$[1] = STATE_LOCAL;

-	   $$[2] = $4[0];

-	   $$[3] = $4[1];

-	}

-

-progLocalParamNums: progLocalParamNum

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $1;

-	   $$[1] = $1;

-	}

-	| progLocalParamNum DOT_DOT progLocalParamNum

-	{

-	   $$[0] = $1;

-	   $$[1] = $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-progLocalParam: PROGRAM LOCAL '[' progLocalParamNum ']'

-	{

-	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));

-	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;

-	   $$[1] = STATE_LOCAL;

-	   $$[2] = $4;

-	   $$[3] = $4;

-	}

-	;

-

-progEnvParamNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->limits->MaxEnvParams) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid environment parameter reference");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-progLocalParamNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->limits->MaxLocalParams) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid local parameter reference");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-

-

-paramConstDecl: paramConstScalarDecl | paramConstVector;

-paramConstUse: paramConstScalarUse | paramConstVector;

-

-paramConstScalarDecl: signedFloatConstant

-	{

-	   $$.count = 4;

-	   $$.data[0].f = $1;

-	   $$.data[1].f = $1;

-	   $$.data[2].f = $1;

-	   $$.data[3].f = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-paramConstScalarUse: REAL

-	{

-	   $$.count = 1;

-	   $$.data[0].f = $1;

-	   $$.data[1].f = $1;

-	   $$.data[2].f = $1;

-	   $$.data[3].f = $1;

-	}

-	| INTEGER

-	{

-	   $$.count = 1;

-	   $$.data[0].f = (float) $1;

-	   $$.data[1].f = (float) $1;

-	   $$.data[2].f = (float) $1;

-	   $$.data[3].f = (float) $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-paramConstVector: '{' signedFloatConstant '}'

-	{

-	   $$.count = 4;

-	   $$.data[0].f = $2;

-	   $$.data[1].f = 0.0f;

-	   $$.data[2].f = 0.0f;

-	   $$.data[3].f = 1.0f;

-	}

-	| '{' signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant '}'

-	{

-	   $$.count = 4;

-	   $$.data[0].f = $2;

-	   $$.data[1].f = $4;

-	   $$.data[2].f = 0.0f;

-	   $$.data[3].f = 1.0f;

-	}

-	| '{' signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant ','

-              signedFloatConstant '}'

-	{

-	   $$.count = 4;

-	   $$.data[0].f = $2;

-	   $$.data[1].f = $4;

-	   $$.data[2].f = $6;

-	   $$.data[3].f = 1.0f;

-	}

-	| '{' signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant ','

-              signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant '}'

-	{

-	   $$.count = 4;

-	   $$.data[0].f = $2;

-	   $$.data[1].f = $4;

-	   $$.data[2].f = $6;

-	   $$.data[3].f = $8;

-	}

-	;

-

-signedFloatConstant: optionalSign REAL

-	{

-	   $$ = ($1) ? -$2 : $2;

-	}

-	| optionalSign INTEGER

-	{

-	   $$ = (float)(($1) ? -$2 : $2);

-	}

-	;

-

-optionalSign: '+'        { $$ = FALSE; }

-	| '-'            { $$ = TRUE;  }

-	|                { $$ = FALSE; }

-	;

-

-TEMP_statement: optVarSize TEMP { $<integer>$ = $2; } varNameList

-	;

-

-optVarSize: string

-	{

-	   /* NV_fragment_program_option defines the size qualifiers in a

-	    * fairly broken way.  "SHORT" or "LONG" can optionally be used

-	    * before TEMP or OUTPUT.  However, neither is a reserved word!

-	    * This means that we have to parse it as an identifier, then check

-	    * to make sure it's one of the valid values.  *sigh*

-	    *

-	    * In addition, the grammar in the extension spec does *not* allow

-	    * the size specifier to be optional, but all known implementations

-	    * do.

-	    */

-	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "unexpected IDENTIFIER");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   if (strcmp("SHORT", $1) == 0) {

-	   } else if (strcmp("LONG", $1) == 0) {

-	   } else {

-	      char *const err_str =

-		 make_error_string("invalid storage size specifier \"%s\"",

-				   $1);

-

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, (err_str != NULL)

-		      ? err_str : "invalid storage size specifier");

-

-	      if (err_str != NULL) {

-		 free(err_str);

-	      }

-

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	|

-	{

-	}

-	;

-

-ADDRESS_statement: ADDRESS { $<integer>$ = $1; } varNameList

-	;

-

-varNameList: varNameList ',' IDENTIFIER

-	{

-	   if (!declare_variable(state, $3, $<integer>0, & @3)) {

-	      free($3);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| IDENTIFIER

-	{

-	   if (!declare_variable(state, $1, $<integer>0, & @1)) {

-	      free($1);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-OUTPUT_statement: optVarSize OUTPUT IDENTIFIER '=' resultBinding

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *const s =

-	      declare_variable(state, $3, at_output, & @3);

-

-	   if (s == NULL) {

-	      free($3);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      s->output_binding = $5;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-resultBinding: RESULT POSITION

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_HPOS;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| RESULT FOGCOORD

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_FOGC;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| RESULT resultColBinding

-	{

-	   $$ = $2;

-	}

-	| RESULT POINTSIZE

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_PSIZ;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| RESULT TEXCOORD optTexCoordUnitNum

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_TEX0 + $3;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| RESULT DEPTH

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_fragment) {

-	      $$ = FRAG_RESULT_DEPTH;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-resultColBinding: COLOR optResultFaceType optResultColorType

-	{

-	   $$ = $2 + $3;

-	}

-	;

-

-optResultFaceType:

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_COL0;

-	   } else {

-	      if (state->option.DrawBuffers)

-		 $$ = FRAG_RESULT_DATA0;

-	      else

-		 $$ = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| '[' INTEGER ']'

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      if (!state->option.DrawBuffers) {

-		 /* From the ARB_draw_buffers spec (same text exists

-		  * for ATI_draw_buffers):

-		  *

-		  *     If this option is not specified, a fragment

-		  *     program that attempts to bind

-		  *     "result.color[n]" will fail to load, and only

-		  *     "result.color" will be allowed.

-		  */

-		 yyerror(& @1, state,

-			 "result.color[] used without "

-			 "`OPTION ARB_draw_buffers' or "

-			 "`OPTION ATI_draw_buffers'");

-		 YYERROR;

-	      } else if ($2 >= state->MaxDrawBuffers) {

-		 yyerror(& @1, state,

-			 "result.color[] exceeds MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS_ARB");

-		 YYERROR;

-	      }

-	      $$ = FRAG_RESULT_DATA0 + $2;

-	   }

-	}

-	| FRONT

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_COL0;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| BACK

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_BFC0;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-optResultColorType:

-	{

-	   $$ = 0; 

-	}

-	| PRIMARY

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = 0;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	| SECONDARY

-	{

-	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {

-	      $$ = 1;

-	   } else {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-optFaceType:    { $$ = 0; }

-	| FRONT	{ $$ = 0; }

-	| BACK  { $$ = 1; }

-	;

-

-optColorType:       { $$ = 0; }

-	| PRIMARY   { $$ = 0; }

-	| SECONDARY { $$ = 1; }

-	;

-

-optTexCoordUnitNum:                { $$ = 0; }

-	| '[' texCoordUnitNum ']'  { $$ = $2; }

-	;

-

-optTexImageUnitNum:                { $$ = 0; }

-	| '[' texImageUnitNum ']'  { $$ = $2; }

-	;

-

-optLegacyTexUnitNum:               { $$ = 0; }

-	| '[' legacyTexUnitNum ']' { $$ = $2; }

-	;

-

-texCoordUnitNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxTextureCoordUnits) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid texture coordinate unit selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-texImageUnitNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxTextureImageUnits) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid texture image unit selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-legacyTexUnitNum: INTEGER

-	{

-	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxTextureUnits) {

-	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid texture unit selector");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   }

-

-	   $$ = $1;

-	}

-	;

-

-ALIAS_statement: ALIAS IDENTIFIER '=' USED_IDENTIFIER

-	{

-	   struct asm_symbol *exist = (struct asm_symbol *)

-	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $2);

-	   struct asm_symbol *target = (struct asm_symbol *)

-	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $4);

-

-	   free($4);

-

-	   if (exist != NULL) {

-	      char m[1000];

-	      _mesa_snprintf(m, sizeof(m), "redeclared identifier: %s", $2);

-	      free($2);

-	      yyerror(& @2, state, m);

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else if (target == NULL) {

-	      free($2);

-	      yyerror(& @4, state,

-		      "undefined variable binding in ALIAS statement");

-	      YYERROR;

-	   } else {

-	      _mesa_symbol_table_add_symbol(state->st, 0, $2, target);

-	   }

-	}

-	;

-

-string: IDENTIFIER

-	| USED_IDENTIFIER

-	;

-

-%%

-

-void

-asm_instruction_set_operands(struct asm_instruction *inst,

-			     const struct prog_dst_register *dst,

-			     const struct asm_src_register *src0,

-			     const struct asm_src_register *src1,

-			     const struct asm_src_register *src2)

-{

-   /* In the core ARB extensions only the KIL instruction doesn't have a

-    * destination register.

-    */

-   if (dst == NULL) {

-      init_dst_reg(& inst->Base.DstReg);

-   } else {

-      inst->Base.DstReg = *dst;

-   }

-

-   /* The only instruction that doesn't have any source registers is the

-    * condition-code based KIL instruction added by NV_fragment_program_option.

-    */

-   if (src0 != NULL) {

-      inst->Base.SrcReg[0] = src0->Base;

-      inst->SrcReg[0] = *src0;

-   } else {

-      init_src_reg(& inst->SrcReg[0]);

-   }

-

-   if (src1 != NULL) {

-      inst->Base.SrcReg[1] = src1->Base;

-      inst->SrcReg[1] = *src1;

-   } else {

-      init_src_reg(& inst->SrcReg[1]);

-   }

-

-   if (src2 != NULL) {

-      inst->Base.SrcReg[2] = src2->Base;

-      inst->SrcReg[2] = *src2;

-   } else {

-      init_src_reg(& inst->SrcReg[2]);

-   }

-}

-

-

-struct asm_instruction *

-asm_instruction_ctor(gl_inst_opcode op,

-		     const struct prog_dst_register *dst,

-		     const struct asm_src_register *src0,

-		     const struct asm_src_register *src1,

-		     const struct asm_src_register *src2)

-{

-   struct asm_instruction *inst = CALLOC_STRUCT(asm_instruction);

-

-   if (inst) {

-      _mesa_init_instructions(& inst->Base, 1);

-      inst->Base.Opcode = op;

-

-      asm_instruction_set_operands(inst, dst, src0, src1, src2);

-   }

-

-   return inst;

-}

-

-

-struct asm_instruction *

-asm_instruction_copy_ctor(const struct prog_instruction *base,

-			  const struct prog_dst_register *dst,

-			  const struct asm_src_register *src0,

-			  const struct asm_src_register *src1,

-			  const struct asm_src_register *src2)

-{

-   struct asm_instruction *inst = CALLOC_STRUCT(asm_instruction);

-

-   if (inst) {

-      _mesa_init_instructions(& inst->Base, 1);

-      inst->Base.Opcode = base->Opcode;

-      inst->Base.CondUpdate = base->CondUpdate;

-      inst->Base.CondDst = base->CondDst;

-      inst->Base.SaturateMode = base->SaturateMode;

-      inst->Base.Precision = base->Precision;

-

-      asm_instruction_set_operands(inst, dst, src0, src1, src2);

-   }

-

-   return inst;

-}

-

-

-void

-init_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r)

-{

-   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));

-   r->File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-   r->WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   r->CondMask = COND_TR;

-   r->CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-}

-

-

-/** Like init_dst_reg() but set the File and Index fields. */

-void

-set_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r, gl_register_file file, GLint index)

-{

-   const GLint maxIndex = 1 << INST_INDEX_BITS;

-   const GLint minIndex = 0;

-   ASSERT(index >= minIndex);

-   (void) minIndex;

-   ASSERT(index <= maxIndex);

-   (void) maxIndex;

-   ASSERT(file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||

-	  file == PROGRAM_ADDRESS ||

-	  file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT);

-   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));

-   r->File = file;

-   r->Index = index;

-   r->WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   r->CondMask = COND_TR;

-   r->CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-}

-

-

-void

-init_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r)

-{

-   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));

-   r->Base.File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;

-   r->Base.Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   r->Symbol = NULL;

-}

-

-

-/** Like init_src_reg() but set the File and Index fields.

- * \return GL_TRUE if a valid src register, GL_FALSE otherwise

- */

-void

-set_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r, gl_register_file file, GLint index)

-{

-   set_src_reg_swz(r, file, index, SWIZZLE_XYZW);

-}

-

-

-void

-set_src_reg_swz(struct asm_src_register *r, gl_register_file file, GLint index,

-                GLuint swizzle)

-{

-   const GLint maxIndex = (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS) - 1;

-   const GLint minIndex = -(1 << INST_INDEX_BITS);

-   ASSERT(file < PROGRAM_FILE_MAX);

-   ASSERT(index >= minIndex);

-   (void) minIndex;

-   ASSERT(index <= maxIndex);

-   (void) maxIndex;

-   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));

-   r->Base.File = file;

-   r->Base.Index = index;

-   r->Base.Swizzle = swizzle;

-   r->Symbol = NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Validate the set of inputs used by a program

- *

- * Validates that legal sets of inputs are used by the program.  In this case

- * "used" included both reading the input or binding the input to a name using

- * the \c ATTRIB command.

- *

- * \return

- * \c TRUE if the combination of inputs used is valid, \c FALSE otherwise.

- */

-int

-validate_inputs(struct YYLTYPE *locp, struct asm_parser_state *state)

-{

-   const int inputs = state->prog->InputsRead | state->InputsBound;

-

-   if (((inputs & 0x0ffff) & (inputs >> 16)) != 0) {

-      yyerror(locp, state, "illegal use of generic attribute and name attribute");

-      return 0;

-   }

-

-   return 1;

-}

-

-

-struct asm_symbol *

-declare_variable(struct asm_parser_state *state, char *name, enum asm_type t,

-		 struct YYLTYPE *locp)

-{

-   struct asm_symbol *s = NULL;

-   struct asm_symbol *exist = (struct asm_symbol *)

-      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, name);

-

-

-   if (exist != NULL) {

-      yyerror(locp, state, "redeclared identifier");

-   } else {

-      s = calloc(1, sizeof(struct asm_symbol));

-      s->name = name;

-      s->type = t;

-

-      switch (t) {

-      case at_temp:

-	 if (state->prog->NumTemporaries >= state->limits->MaxTemps) {

-	    yyerror(locp, state, "too many temporaries declared");

-	    free(s);

-	    return NULL;

-	 }

-

-	 s->temp_binding = state->prog->NumTemporaries;

-	 state->prog->NumTemporaries++;

-	 break;

-

-      case at_address:

-	 if (state->prog->NumAddressRegs >= state->limits->MaxAddressRegs) {

-	    yyerror(locp, state, "too many address registers declared");

-	    free(s);

-	    return NULL;

-	 }

-

-	 /* FINISHME: Add support for multiple address registers.

-	  */

-	 state->prog->NumAddressRegs++;

-	 break;

-

-      default:

-	 break;

-      }

-

-      _mesa_symbol_table_add_symbol(state->st, 0, s->name, s);

-      s->next = state->sym;

-      state->sym = s;

-   }

-

-   return s;

-}

-

-

-int add_state_reference(struct gl_program_parameter_list *param_list,

-			const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH])

-{

-   const GLuint size = 4; /* XXX fix */

-   char *name;

-   GLint index;

-

-   name = _mesa_program_state_string(tokens);

-   index = _mesa_add_parameter(param_list, PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, name,

-                               size, GL_NONE, NULL, tokens, 0x0);

-   param_list->StateFlags |= _mesa_program_state_flags(tokens);

-

-   /* free name string here since we duplicated it in add_parameter() */

-   free(name);

-

-   return index;

-}

-

-

-int

-initialize_symbol_from_state(struct gl_program *prog,

-			     struct asm_symbol *param_var, 

-			     const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH])

-{

-   int idx = -1;

-   gl_state_index state_tokens[STATE_LENGTH];

-

-

-   memcpy(state_tokens, tokens, sizeof(state_tokens));

-

-   param_var->type = at_param;

-   param_var->param_binding_type = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-

-   /* If we are adding a STATE_MATRIX that has multiple rows, we need to

-    * unroll it and call add_state_reference() for each row

-    */

-   if ((state_tokens[0] == STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX ||

-	state_tokens[0] == STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX ||

-	state_tokens[0] == STATE_MVP_MATRIX ||

-	state_tokens[0] == STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX ||

-	state_tokens[0] == STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX)

-       && (state_tokens[2] != state_tokens[3])) {

-      int row;

-      const int first_row = state_tokens[2];

-      const int last_row = state_tokens[3];

-

-      for (row = first_row; row <= last_row; row++) {

-	 state_tokens[2] = state_tokens[3] = row;

-

-	 idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);

-	 if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {

-	    param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;

-            param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-         }

-

-	 param_var->param_binding_length++;

-      }

-   }

-   else {

-      idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);

-      if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {

-	 param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;

-         param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-      }

-      param_var->param_binding_length++;

-   }

-

-   return idx;

-}

-

-

-int

-initialize_symbol_from_param(struct gl_program *prog,

-			     struct asm_symbol *param_var, 

-			     const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH])

-{

-   int idx = -1;

-   gl_state_index state_tokens[STATE_LENGTH];

-

-

-   memcpy(state_tokens, tokens, sizeof(state_tokens));

-

-   assert((state_tokens[0] == STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM)

-	  || (state_tokens[0] == STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM));

-   assert((state_tokens[1] == STATE_ENV)

-	  || (state_tokens[1] == STATE_LOCAL));

-

-   /*

-    * The param type is STATE_VAR.  The program parameter entry will

-    * effectively be a pointer into the LOCAL or ENV parameter array.

-    */

-   param_var->type = at_param;

-   param_var->param_binding_type = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-

-   /* If we are adding a STATE_ENV or STATE_LOCAL that has multiple elements,

-    * we need to unroll it and call add_state_reference() for each row

-    */

-   if (state_tokens[2] != state_tokens[3]) {

-      int row;

-      const int first_row = state_tokens[2];

-      const int last_row = state_tokens[3];

-

-      for (row = first_row; row <= last_row; row++) {

-	 state_tokens[2] = state_tokens[3] = row;

-

-	 idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);

-	 if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {

-	    param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;

-            param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-         }

-	 param_var->param_binding_length++;

-      }

-   }

-   else {

-      idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);

-      if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {

-	 param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;

-         param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-      }

-      param_var->param_binding_length++;

-   }

-

-   return idx;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Put a float/vector constant/literal into the parameter list.

- * \param param_var  returns info about the parameter/constant's location,

- *                   binding, type, etc.

- * \param vec  the vector/constant to add

- * \param allowSwizzle  if true, try to consolidate constants which only differ

- *                      by a swizzle.  We don't want to do this when building

- *                      arrays of constants that may be indexed indirectly.

- * \return index of the constant in the parameter list.

- */

-int

-initialize_symbol_from_const(struct gl_program *prog,

-			     struct asm_symbol *param_var, 

-			     const struct asm_vector *vec,

-                             GLboolean allowSwizzle)

-{

-   unsigned swizzle;

-   const int idx = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(prog->Parameters,

-                                              vec->data, vec->count,

-                                              allowSwizzle ? &swizzle : NULL);

-

-   param_var->type = at_param;

-   param_var->param_binding_type = PROGRAM_CONSTANT;

-

-   if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {

-      param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;

-      param_var->param_binding_swizzle = allowSwizzle ? swizzle : SWIZZLE_XYZW;

-   }

-   param_var->param_binding_length++;

-

-   return idx;

-}

-

-

-char *

-make_error_string(const char *fmt, ...)

-{

-   int length;

-   char *str;

-   va_list args;

-

-

-   /* Call vsnprintf once to determine how large the final string is.  Call it

-    * again to do the actual formatting.  from the vsnprintf manual page:

-    *

-    *    Upon successful return, these functions return the number of

-    *    characters printed  (not including the trailing '\0' used to end

-    *    output to strings).

-    */

-   va_start(args, fmt);

-   length = 1 + vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args);

-   va_end(args);

-

-   str = malloc(length);

-   if (str) {

-      va_start(args, fmt);

-      vsnprintf(str, length, fmt, args);

-      va_end(args);

-   }

-

-   return str;

-}

-

-

-void

-yyerror(YYLTYPE *locp, struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *s)

-{

-   char *err_str;

-

-

-   err_str = make_error_string("glProgramStringARB(%s)\n", s);

-   if (err_str) {

-      _mesa_error(state->ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "%s", err_str);

-      free(err_str);

-   }

-

-   err_str = make_error_string("line %u, char %u: error: %s\n",

-			       locp->first_line, locp->first_column, s);

-   _mesa_set_program_error(state->ctx, locp->position, err_str);

-

-   if (err_str) {

-      free(err_str);

-   }

-}

-

-

-GLboolean

-_mesa_parse_arb_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target, const GLubyte *str,

-			GLsizei len, struct asm_parser_state *state)

-{

-   struct asm_instruction *inst;

-   unsigned i;

-   GLubyte *strz;

-   GLboolean result = GL_FALSE;

-   void *temp;

-   struct asm_symbol *sym;

-

-   state->ctx = ctx;

-   state->prog->Target = target;

-   state->prog->Parameters = _mesa_new_parameter_list();

-

-   /* Make a copy of the program string and force it to be NUL-terminated.

-    */

-   strz = (GLubyte *) malloc(len + 1);

-   if (strz == NULL) {

-      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "glProgramStringARB");

-      return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-   memcpy (strz, str, len);

-   strz[len] = '\0';

-

-   state->prog->String = strz;

-

-   state->st = _mesa_symbol_table_ctor();

-

-   state->limits = (target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)

-      ? & ctx->Const.VertexProgram

-      : & ctx->Const.FragmentProgram;

-

-   state->MaxTextureImageUnits = ctx->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits;

-   state->MaxTextureCoordUnits = ctx->Const.MaxTextureCoordUnits;

-   state->MaxTextureUnits = ctx->Const.MaxTextureUnits;

-   state->MaxClipPlanes = ctx->Const.MaxClipPlanes;

-   state->MaxLights = ctx->Const.MaxLights;

-   state->MaxProgramMatrices = ctx->Const.MaxProgramMatrices;

-   state->MaxDrawBuffers = ctx->Const.MaxDrawBuffers;

-

-   state->state_param_enum = (target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)

-      ? STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM : STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM;

-

-   _mesa_set_program_error(ctx, -1, NULL);

-

-   _mesa_program_lexer_ctor(& state->scanner, state, (const char *) str, len);

-   yyparse(state);

-   _mesa_program_lexer_dtor(state->scanner);

-

-

-   if (ctx->Program.ErrorPos != -1) {

-      goto error;

-   }

-

-   if (! _mesa_layout_parameters(state)) {

-      struct YYLTYPE loc;

-

-      loc.first_line = 0;

-      loc.first_column = 0;

-      loc.position = len;

-

-      yyerror(& loc, state, "invalid PARAM usage");

-      goto error;

-   }

-

-

-   

-   /* Add one instruction to store the "END" instruction.

-    */

-   state->prog->Instructions =

-      _mesa_alloc_instructions(state->prog->NumInstructions + 1);

-   inst = state->inst_head;

-   for (i = 0; i < state->prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct asm_instruction *const temp = inst->next;

-

-      state->prog->Instructions[i] = inst->Base;

-      inst = temp;

-   }

-

-   /* Finally, tag on an OPCODE_END instruction */

-   {

-      const GLuint numInst = state->prog->NumInstructions;

-      _mesa_init_instructions(state->prog->Instructions + numInst, 1);

-      state->prog->Instructions[numInst].Opcode = OPCODE_END;

-   }

-   state->prog->NumInstructions++;

-

-   state->prog->NumParameters = state->prog->Parameters->NumParameters;

-   state->prog->NumAttributes = _mesa_bitcount(state->prog->InputsRead);

-

-   /*

-    * Initialize native counts to logical counts.  The device driver may

-    * change them if program is translated into a hardware program.

-    */

-   state->prog->NumNativeInstructions = state->prog->NumInstructions;

-   state->prog->NumNativeTemporaries = state->prog->NumTemporaries;

-   state->prog->NumNativeParameters = state->prog->NumParameters;

-   state->prog->NumNativeAttributes = state->prog->NumAttributes;

-   state->prog->NumNativeAddressRegs = state->prog->NumAddressRegs;

-

-   result = GL_TRUE;

-

-error:

-   for (inst = state->inst_head; inst != NULL; inst = temp) {

-      temp = inst->next;

-      free(inst);

-   }

-

-   state->inst_head = NULL;

-   state->inst_tail = NULL;

-

-   for (sym = state->sym; sym != NULL; sym = temp) {

-      temp = sym->next;

-

-      free((void *) sym->name);

-      free(sym);

-   }

-   state->sym = NULL;

-

-   _mesa_symbol_table_dtor(state->st);

-   state->st = NULL;

-

-   return result;

-}

+%{
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "program/program.h"
+#include "program/prog_parameter.h"
+#include "program/prog_parameter_layout.h"
+#include "program/prog_statevars.h"
+#include "program/prog_instruction.h"
+
+#include "program/symbol_table.h"
+#include "program/program_parser.h"
+
+extern void *yy_scan_string(char *);
+extern void yy_delete_buffer(void *);
+
+static struct asm_symbol *declare_variable(struct asm_parser_state *state,
+    char *name, enum asm_type t, struct YYLTYPE *locp);
+
+static int add_state_reference(struct gl_program_parameter_list *param_list,
+    const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH]);
+
+static int initialize_symbol_from_state(struct gl_program *prog,
+    struct asm_symbol *param_var, const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH]);
+
+static int initialize_symbol_from_param(struct gl_program *prog,
+    struct asm_symbol *param_var, const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH]);
+
+static int initialize_symbol_from_const(struct gl_program *prog,
+    struct asm_symbol *param_var, const struct asm_vector *vec,
+    GLboolean allowSwizzle);
+
+static int yyparse(struct asm_parser_state *state);
+
+static char *make_error_string(const char *fmt, ...);
+
+static void yyerror(struct YYLTYPE *locp, struct asm_parser_state *state,
+    const char *s);
+
+static int validate_inputs(struct YYLTYPE *locp,
+    struct asm_parser_state *state);
+
+static void init_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r);
+
+static void set_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r,
+                        gl_register_file file, GLint index);
+
+static void init_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r);
+
+static void set_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r,
+                        gl_register_file file, GLint index);
+
+static void set_src_reg_swz(struct asm_src_register *r,
+                            gl_register_file file, GLint index, GLuint swizzle);
+
+static void asm_instruction_set_operands(struct asm_instruction *inst,
+    const struct prog_dst_register *dst, const struct asm_src_register *src0,
+    const struct asm_src_register *src1, const struct asm_src_register *src2);
+
+static struct asm_instruction *asm_instruction_ctor(gl_inst_opcode op,
+    const struct prog_dst_register *dst, const struct asm_src_register *src0,
+    const struct asm_src_register *src1, const struct asm_src_register *src2);
+
+static struct asm_instruction *asm_instruction_copy_ctor(
+    const struct prog_instruction *base, const struct prog_dst_register *dst,
+    const struct asm_src_register *src0, const struct asm_src_register *src1,
+    const struct asm_src_register *src2);
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE (!FALSE)
+#endif
+
+#define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)					\
+   do {									\
+      if (YYID(N)) {							\
+	 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line;		\
+	 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column;	\
+	 (Current).position = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).position;		\
+	 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line;		\
+	 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column;		\
+      } else {								\
+	 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line;		\
+	 (Current).last_line = (Current).first_line;			\
+	 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column;		\
+	 (Current).last_column = (Current).first_column;		\
+	 (Current).position = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).position			\
+	    + (Current).first_column;					\
+      }									\
+   } while(YYID(0))
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM state->scanner
+%}
+
+%pure-parser
+%locations
+%parse-param { struct asm_parser_state *state }
+%error-verbose
+%lex-param { void *scanner }
+
+%union {
+   struct asm_instruction *inst;
+   struct asm_symbol *sym;
+   struct asm_symbol temp_sym;
+   struct asm_swizzle_mask swiz_mask;
+   struct asm_src_register src_reg;
+   struct prog_dst_register dst_reg;
+   struct prog_instruction temp_inst;
+   char *string;
+   unsigned result;
+   unsigned attrib;
+   int integer;
+   float real;
+   gl_state_index state[STATE_LENGTH];
+   int negate;
+   struct asm_vector vector;
+   gl_inst_opcode opcode;
+
+   struct {
+      unsigned swz;
+      unsigned rgba_valid:1;
+      unsigned xyzw_valid:1;
+      unsigned negate:1;
+   } ext_swizzle;
+}
+
+%token ARBvp_10 ARBfp_10
+
+/* Tokens for assembler pseudo-ops */
+%token <integer> ADDRESS
+%token ALIAS ATTRIB
+%token OPTION OUTPUT
+%token PARAM
+%token <integer> TEMP
+%token END
+
+ /* Tokens for instructions */
+%token <temp_inst> BIN_OP BINSC_OP SAMPLE_OP SCALAR_OP TRI_OP VECTOR_OP
+%token <temp_inst> ARL KIL SWZ TXD_OP
+
+%token <integer> INTEGER
+%token <real> REAL
+
+%token AMBIENT ATTENUATION
+%token BACK
+%token CLIP COLOR
+%token DEPTH DIFFUSE DIRECTION
+%token EMISSION ENV EYE
+%token FOG FOGCOORD FRAGMENT FRONT
+%token HALF
+%token INVERSE INVTRANS
+%token LIGHT LIGHTMODEL LIGHTPROD LOCAL
+%token MATERIAL MAT_PROGRAM MATRIX MATRIXINDEX MODELVIEW MVP
+%token NORMAL
+%token OBJECT
+%token PALETTE PARAMS PLANE POINT_TOK POINTSIZE POSITION PRIMARY PROGRAM PROJECTION
+%token RANGE RESULT ROW
+%token SCENECOLOR SECONDARY SHININESS SIZE_TOK SPECULAR SPOT STATE
+%token TEXCOORD TEXENV TEXGEN TEXGEN_Q TEXGEN_R TEXGEN_S TEXGEN_T TEXTURE TRANSPOSE
+%token TEXTURE_UNIT TEX_1D TEX_2D TEX_3D TEX_CUBE TEX_RECT
+%token TEX_SHADOW1D TEX_SHADOW2D TEX_SHADOWRECT
+%token TEX_ARRAY1D TEX_ARRAY2D TEX_ARRAYSHADOW1D TEX_ARRAYSHADOW2D 
+%token VERTEX VTXATTRIB
+%token WEIGHT
+
+%token <string> IDENTIFIER USED_IDENTIFIER
+%type <string> string
+%token <swiz_mask> MASK4 MASK3 MASK2 MASK1 SWIZZLE
+%token DOT_DOT
+%token DOT
+
+%type <inst> instruction ALU_instruction TexInstruction
+%type <inst> ARL_instruction VECTORop_instruction
+%type <inst> SCALARop_instruction BINSCop_instruction BINop_instruction
+%type <inst> TRIop_instruction TXD_instruction SWZ_instruction SAMPLE_instruction
+%type <inst> KIL_instruction
+
+%type <dst_reg> dstReg maskedDstReg maskedAddrReg
+%type <src_reg> srcReg scalarUse scalarSrcReg swizzleSrcReg
+%type <swiz_mask> scalarSuffix swizzleSuffix extendedSwizzle
+%type <ext_swizzle> extSwizComp extSwizSel
+%type <swiz_mask> optionalMask
+
+%type <sym> progParamArray
+%type <integer> addrRegRelOffset addrRegPosOffset addrRegNegOffset
+%type <src_reg> progParamArrayMem progParamArrayAbs progParamArrayRel
+%type <sym> addrReg
+%type <swiz_mask> addrComponent addrWriteMask
+
+%type <dst_reg> ccMaskRule ccTest ccMaskRule2 ccTest2 optionalCcMask
+
+%type <result> resultBinding resultColBinding
+%type <integer> optFaceType optColorType
+%type <integer> optResultFaceType optResultColorType
+
+%type <integer> optTexImageUnitNum texImageUnitNum
+%type <integer> optTexCoordUnitNum texCoordUnitNum
+%type <integer> optLegacyTexUnitNum legacyTexUnitNum
+%type <integer> texImageUnit texTarget
+%type <integer> vtxAttribNum
+
+%type <attrib> attribBinding vtxAttribItem fragAttribItem
+
+%type <temp_sym> paramSingleInit paramSingleItemDecl
+%type <integer> optArraySize
+
+%type <state> stateSingleItem stateMultipleItem
+%type <state> stateMaterialItem
+%type <state> stateLightItem stateLightModelItem stateLightProdItem
+%type <state> stateTexGenItem stateFogItem stateClipPlaneItem statePointItem
+%type <state> stateMatrixItem stateMatrixRow stateMatrixRows
+%type <state> stateTexEnvItem stateDepthItem
+
+%type <state> stateLModProperty
+%type <state> stateMatrixName optMatrixRows
+
+%type <integer> stateMatProperty
+%type <integer> stateLightProperty stateSpotProperty
+%type <integer> stateLightNumber stateLProdProperty
+%type <integer> stateTexGenType stateTexGenCoord
+%type <integer> stateTexEnvProperty
+%type <integer> stateFogProperty
+%type <integer> stateClipPlaneNum
+%type <integer> statePointProperty
+
+%type <integer> stateOptMatModifier stateMatModifier stateMatrixRowNum
+%type <integer> stateOptModMatNum stateModMatNum statePaletteMatNum 
+%type <integer> stateProgramMatNum
+
+%type <integer> ambDiffSpecProperty
+
+%type <state> programSingleItem progEnvParam progLocalParam
+%type <state> programMultipleItem progEnvParams progLocalParams
+
+%type <temp_sym> paramMultipleInit paramMultInitList paramMultipleItem
+%type <temp_sym> paramSingleItemUse
+
+%type <integer> progEnvParamNum progLocalParamNum
+%type <state> progEnvParamNums progLocalParamNums
+
+%type <vector> paramConstDecl paramConstUse
+%type <vector> paramConstScalarDecl paramConstScalarUse paramConstVector
+%type <real> signedFloatConstant
+%type <negate> optionalSign
+
+%{
+extern int yylex(YYSTYPE *yylval_param, YYLTYPE *yylloc_param,
+    void *yyscanner);
+%}
+
+%%
+
+program: language optionSequence statementSequence END
+	;
+
+language: ARBvp_10
+	{
+	   if (state->prog->Target != GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid fragment program header");
+
+	   }
+	   state->mode = ARB_vertex;
+	}
+	| ARBfp_10
+	{
+	   if (state->prog->Target != GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid vertex program header");
+	   }
+	   state->mode = ARB_fragment;
+
+	   state->option.TexRect =
+	      (state->ctx->Extensions.NV_texture_rectangle != GL_FALSE);
+	}
+	;
+
+optionSequence: optionSequence option
+	|
+	;
+
+option: OPTION string ';'
+	{
+	   int valid = 0;
+
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      valid = _mesa_ARBvp_parse_option(state, $2);
+	   } else if (state->mode == ARB_fragment) {
+	      valid = _mesa_ARBfp_parse_option(state, $2);
+	   }
+
+
+	   free($2);
+
+	   if (!valid) {
+	      const char *const err_str = (state->mode == ARB_vertex)
+		 ? "invalid ARB vertex program option"
+		 : "invalid ARB fragment program option";
+
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, err_str);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+statementSequence: statementSequence statement
+	|
+	;
+
+statement: instruction ';'
+	{
+	   if ($1 != NULL) {
+	      if (state->inst_tail == NULL) {
+		 state->inst_head = $1;
+	      } else {
+		 state->inst_tail->next = $1;
+	      }
+
+	      state->inst_tail = $1;
+	      $1->next = NULL;
+
+	      state->prog->NumInstructions++;
+	   }
+	}
+	| namingStatement ';'
+	;
+
+instruction: ALU_instruction
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	   state->prog->NumAluInstructions++;
+	}
+	| TexInstruction
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	   state->prog->NumTexInstructions++;
+	}
+	;
+
+ALU_instruction: ARL_instruction
+	| VECTORop_instruction
+	| SCALARop_instruction
+	| BINSCop_instruction
+	| BINop_instruction
+	| TRIop_instruction
+	| SWZ_instruction
+	;
+
+TexInstruction: SAMPLE_instruction
+	| KIL_instruction
+	| TXD_instruction
+	;
+
+ARL_instruction: ARL maskedAddrReg ',' scalarSrcReg
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_ctor(OPCODE_ARL, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);
+	}
+	;
+
+VECTORop_instruction: VECTOR_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);
+	}
+	;
+
+SCALARop_instruction: SCALAR_OP maskedDstReg ',' scalarSrcReg
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);
+	}
+	;
+
+BINSCop_instruction: BINSC_OP maskedDstReg ',' scalarSrcReg ',' scalarSrcReg
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, NULL);
+	}
+	;
+
+
+BINop_instruction: BIN_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, NULL);
+	}
+	;
+
+TRIop_instruction: TRI_OP maskedDstReg ','
+                   swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, & $8);
+	}
+	;
+
+SAMPLE_instruction: SAMPLE_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' texImageUnit ',' texTarget
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);
+	   if ($$ != NULL) {
+	      const GLbitfield tex_mask = (1U << $6);
+	      GLbitfield shadow_tex = 0;
+	      GLbitfield target_mask = 0;
+
+
+	      $$->Base.TexSrcUnit = $6;
+
+	      if ($8 < 0) {
+		 shadow_tex = tex_mask;
+
+		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = -$8;
+		 $$->Base.TexShadow = 1;
+	      } else {
+		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = $8;
+	      }
+
+	      target_mask = (1U << $$->Base.TexSrcTarget);
+
+	      /* If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access
+	       * had a different texture target, generate an error.
+	       *
+	       * If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access
+	       * had a different shadow mode, generate an error.
+	       */
+	      if ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$6] != 0)
+		  && ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$6] != target_mask)
+		      || ((state->prog->ShadowSamplers & tex_mask)
+			  != shadow_tex))) {
+		 yyerror(& @8, state,
+			 "multiple targets used on one texture image unit");
+		 YYERROR;
+	      }
+
+
+	      state->prog->TexturesUsed[$6] |= target_mask;
+	      state->prog->ShadowSamplers |= shadow_tex;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+KIL_instruction: KIL swizzleSrcReg
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_ctor(OPCODE_KIL, NULL, & $2, NULL, NULL);
+	   state->fragment.UsesKill = 1;
+	}
+	| KIL ccTest
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_ctor(OPCODE_KIL_NV, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	   $$->Base.DstReg.CondMask = $2.CondMask;
+	   $$->Base.DstReg.CondSwizzle = $2.CondSwizzle;
+	   $$->Base.DstReg.CondSrc = $2.CondSrc;
+	   state->fragment.UsesKill = 1;
+	}
+	;
+
+TXD_instruction: TXD_OP maskedDstReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' swizzleSrcReg ',' texImageUnit ',' texTarget
+	{
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, & $6, & $8);
+	   if ($$ != NULL) {
+	      const GLbitfield tex_mask = (1U << $10);
+	      GLbitfield shadow_tex = 0;
+	      GLbitfield target_mask = 0;
+
+
+	      $$->Base.TexSrcUnit = $10;
+
+	      if ($12 < 0) {
+		 shadow_tex = tex_mask;
+
+		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = -$12;
+		 $$->Base.TexShadow = 1;
+	      } else {
+		 $$->Base.TexSrcTarget = $12;
+	      }
+
+	      target_mask = (1U << $$->Base.TexSrcTarget);
+
+	      /* If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access
+	       * had a different texture target, generate an error.
+	       *
+	       * If this texture unit was previously accessed and that access
+	       * had a different shadow mode, generate an error.
+	       */
+	      if ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$10] != 0)
+		  && ((state->prog->TexturesUsed[$10] != target_mask)
+		      || ((state->prog->ShadowSamplers & tex_mask)
+			  != shadow_tex))) {
+		 yyerror(& @12, state,
+			 "multiple targets used on one texture image unit");
+		 YYERROR;
+	      }
+
+
+	      state->prog->TexturesUsed[$10] |= target_mask;
+	      state->prog->ShadowSamplers |= shadow_tex;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+texImageUnit: TEXTURE_UNIT optTexImageUnitNum
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+texTarget: TEX_1D  { $$ = TEXTURE_1D_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_2D   { $$ = TEXTURE_2D_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_3D   { $$ = TEXTURE_3D_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_CUBE { $$ = TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_RECT { $$ = TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_SHADOW1D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_1D_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_SHADOW2D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_2D_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_SHADOWRECT { $$ = -TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_ARRAY1D         { $$ = TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_ARRAY2D         { $$ = TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_ARRAYSHADOW1D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX; }
+	| TEX_ARRAYSHADOW2D   { $$ = -TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX; }
+	;
+
+SWZ_instruction: SWZ maskedDstReg ',' srcReg ',' extendedSwizzle
+	{
+	   /* FIXME: Is this correct?  Should the extenedSwizzle be applied
+	    * FIXME: to the existing swizzle?
+	    */
+	   $4.Base.Swizzle = $6.swizzle;
+	   $4.Base.Negate = $6.mask;
+
+	   $$ = asm_instruction_copy_ctor(& $1, & $2, & $4, NULL, NULL);
+	}
+	;
+
+scalarSrcReg: optionalSign scalarUse
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+
+	   if ($1) {
+	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;
+	   }
+	}
+	| optionalSign '|' scalarUse '|'
+	{
+	   $$ = $3;
+
+	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "unexpected character '|'");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   if ($1) {
+	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;
+	   }
+
+	   $$.Base.Abs = 1;
+	}
+	;
+
+scalarUse:  srcReg scalarSuffix
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+
+	   $$.Base.Swizzle = _mesa_combine_swizzles($$.Base.Swizzle,
+						    $2.swizzle);
+	}
+	| paramConstScalarUse
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol temp_sym;
+
+	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "expected scalar suffix");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   memset(& temp_sym, 0, sizeof(temp_sym));
+	   temp_sym.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & temp_sym, & $1, GL_TRUE);
+
+	   set_src_reg_swz(& $$, PROGRAM_CONSTANT,
+                           temp_sym.param_binding_begin,
+                           temp_sym.param_binding_swizzle);
+	}
+	;
+
+swizzleSrcReg: optionalSign srcReg swizzleSuffix
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+
+	   if ($1) {
+	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;
+	   }
+
+	   $$.Base.Swizzle = _mesa_combine_swizzles($$.Base.Swizzle,
+						    $3.swizzle);
+	}
+	| optionalSign '|' srcReg swizzleSuffix '|'
+	{
+	   $$ = $3;
+
+	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "unexpected character '|'");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   if ($1) {
+	      $$.Base.Negate = ~$$.Base.Negate;
+	   }
+
+	   $$.Base.Abs = 1;
+	   $$.Base.Swizzle = _mesa_combine_swizzles($$.Base.Swizzle,
+						    $4.swizzle);
+	}
+
+	;
+
+maskedDstReg: dstReg optionalMask optionalCcMask
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	   $$.WriteMask = $2.mask;
+	   $$.CondMask = $3.CondMask;
+	   $$.CondSwizzle = $3.CondSwizzle;
+	   $$.CondSrc = $3.CondSrc;
+
+	   if ($$.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
+	      /* Technically speaking, this should check that it is in
+	       * vertex program mode.  However, PositionInvariant can never be
+	       * set in fragment program mode, so it is somewhat irrelevant.
+	       */
+	      if (state->option.PositionInvariant
+	       && ($$.Index == VERT_RESULT_HPOS)) {
+		 yyerror(& @1, state, "position-invariant programs cannot "
+			 "write position");
+		 YYERROR;
+	      }
+
+	      state->prog->OutputsWritten |= BITFIELD64_BIT($$.Index);
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+maskedAddrReg: addrReg addrWriteMask
+	{
+	   set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_ADDRESS, 0);
+	   $$.WriteMask = $2.mask;
+	}
+	;
+
+extendedSwizzle: extSwizComp ',' extSwizComp ',' extSwizComp ',' extSwizComp
+	{
+	   const unsigned xyzw_valid =
+	      ($1.xyzw_valid << 0)
+	      | ($3.xyzw_valid << 1)
+	      | ($5.xyzw_valid << 2)
+	      | ($7.xyzw_valid << 3);
+	   const unsigned rgba_valid =
+	      ($1.rgba_valid << 0)
+	      | ($3.rgba_valid << 1)
+	      | ($5.rgba_valid << 2)
+	      | ($7.rgba_valid << 3);
+
+	   /* All of the swizzle components have to be valid in either RGBA
+	    * or XYZW.  Note that 0 and 1 are valid in both, so both masks
+	    * can have some bits set.
+	    *
+	    * We somewhat deviate from the spec here.  It would be really hard
+	    * to figure out which component is the error, and there probably
+	    * isn't a lot of benefit.
+	    */
+	   if ((rgba_valid != 0x0f) && (xyzw_valid != 0x0f)) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "cannot combine RGBA and XYZW swizzle "
+		      "components");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4($1.swz, $3.swz, $5.swz, $7.swz);
+	   $$.mask = ($1.negate) | ($3.negate << 1) | ($5.negate << 2)
+	      | ($7.negate << 3);
+	}
+	;
+
+extSwizComp: optionalSign extSwizSel
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	   $$.negate = ($1) ? 1 : 0;
+	}
+	;
+
+extSwizSel: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if (($1 != 0) && ($1 != 1)) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid extended swizzle selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$.swz = ($1 == 0) ? SWIZZLE_ZERO : SWIZZLE_ONE;
+
+	   /* 0 and 1 are valid for both RGBA swizzle names and XYZW
+	    * swizzle names.
+	    */
+	   $$.xyzw_valid = 1;
+	   $$.rgba_valid = 1;
+	}
+	| string
+	{
+	   char s;
+
+	   if (strlen($1) > 1) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid extended swizzle selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   s = $1[0];
+	   free($1);
+
+	   switch (s) {
+	   case 'x':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_X;
+	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+	   case 'y':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Y;
+	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+	   case 'z':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Z;
+	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+	   case 'w':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_W;
+	      $$.xyzw_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+
+	   case 'r':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_X;
+	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+	   case 'g':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Y;
+	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+	   case 'b':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_Z;
+	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+	   case 'a':
+	      $$.swz = SWIZZLE_W;
+	      $$.rgba_valid = 1;
+	      break;
+
+	   default:
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid extended swizzle selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	      break;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+srcReg: USED_IDENTIFIER /* temporaryReg | progParamSingle */
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)
+	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);
+
+	   free($1);
+
+	   if (s == NULL) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else if ((s->type != at_param) && (s->type != at_temp)
+		      && (s->type != at_attrib)) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else if ((s->type == at_param) && s->param_is_array) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "non-array access to array PARAM");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   init_src_reg(& $$);
+	   switch (s->type) {
+	   case at_temp:
+	      set_src_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, s->temp_binding);
+	      break;
+	   case at_param:
+              set_src_reg_swz(& $$, s->param_binding_type,
+                              s->param_binding_begin,
+                              s->param_binding_swizzle);
+	      break;
+	   case at_attrib:
+	      set_src_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_INPUT, s->attrib_binding);
+	      state->prog->InputsRead |= (1U << $$.Base.Index);
+
+	      if (!validate_inputs(& @1, state)) {
+		 YYERROR;
+	      }
+	      break;
+
+	   default:
+	      YYERROR;
+	      break;
+	   }
+	}
+	| attribBinding
+	{
+	   set_src_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_INPUT, $1);
+	   state->prog->InputsRead |= (1U << $$.Base.Index);
+
+	   if (!validate_inputs(& @1, state)) {
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| progParamArray '[' progParamArrayMem ']'
+	{
+	   if (! $3.Base.RelAddr
+	       && ((unsigned) $3.Base.Index >= $1->param_binding_length)) {
+	      yyerror(& @3, state, "out of bounds array access");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   init_src_reg(& $$);
+	   $$.Base.File = $1->param_binding_type;
+
+	   if ($3.Base.RelAddr) {
+              state->prog->IndirectRegisterFiles |= (1 << $$.Base.File);
+	      $1->param_accessed_indirectly = 1;
+
+	      $$.Base.RelAddr = 1;
+	      $$.Base.Index = $3.Base.Index;
+	      $$.Symbol = $1;
+	   } else {
+	      $$.Base.Index = $1->param_binding_begin + $3.Base.Index;
+	   }
+	}
+	| paramSingleItemUse
+	{
+           gl_register_file file = ($1.name != NULL) 
+	      ? $1.param_binding_type
+	      : PROGRAM_CONSTANT;
+           set_src_reg_swz(& $$, file, $1.param_binding_begin,
+                           $1.param_binding_swizzle);
+	}
+	;
+
+dstReg: resultBinding
+	{
+	   set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_OUTPUT, $1);
+	}
+	| USED_IDENTIFIER /* temporaryReg | vertexResultReg */
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)
+	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);
+
+	   free($1);
+
+	   if (s == NULL) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else if ((s->type != at_output) && (s->type != at_temp)) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   switch (s->type) {
+	   case at_temp:
+	      set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, s->temp_binding);
+	      break;
+	   case at_output:
+	      set_dst_reg(& $$, PROGRAM_OUTPUT, s->output_binding);
+	      break;
+	   default:
+	      set_dst_reg(& $$, s->param_binding_type, s->param_binding_begin);
+	      break;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+progParamArray: USED_IDENTIFIER
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)
+	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);
+
+	   free($1);
+
+	   if (s == NULL) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid operand variable");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else if ((s->type != at_param) || !s->param_is_array) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "array access to non-PARAM variable");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      $$ = s;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+progParamArrayMem: progParamArrayAbs | progParamArrayRel;
+
+progParamArrayAbs: INTEGER
+	{
+	   init_src_reg(& $$);
+	   $$.Base.Index = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+progParamArrayRel: addrReg addrComponent addrRegRelOffset
+	{
+	   /* FINISHME: Add support for multiple address registers.
+	    */
+	   /* FINISHME: Add support for 4-component address registers.
+	    */
+	   init_src_reg(& $$);
+	   $$.Base.RelAddr = 1;
+	   $$.Base.Index = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+addrRegRelOffset:              { $$ = 0; }
+	| '+' addrRegPosOffset { $$ = $2; }
+	| '-' addrRegNegOffset { $$ = -$2; }
+	;
+
+addrRegPosOffset: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if (($1 < 0) || ($1 > (state->limits->MaxAddressOffset - 1))) {
+              char s[100];
+              _mesa_snprintf(s, sizeof(s),
+                             "relative address offset too large (%d)", $1);
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, s);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      $$ = $1;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+addrRegNegOffset: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if (($1 < 0) || ($1 > state->limits->MaxAddressOffset)) {
+              char s[100];
+              _mesa_snprintf(s, sizeof(s),
+                             "relative address offset too large (%d)", $1);
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, s);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      $$ = $1;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+addrReg: USED_IDENTIFIER
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *const s = (struct asm_symbol *)
+	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $1);
+
+	   free($1);
+
+	   if (s == NULL) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid array member");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else if (s->type != at_address) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state,
+		      "invalid variable for indexed array access");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      $$ = s;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+addrComponent: MASK1
+	{
+	   if ($1.mask != WRITEMASK_X) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid address component selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      $$ = $1;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+addrWriteMask: MASK1
+	{
+	   if ($1.mask != WRITEMASK_X) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state,
+		      "address register write mask must be \".x\"");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      $$ = $1;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+scalarSuffix: MASK1;
+
+swizzleSuffix: MASK1
+	| MASK4
+	| SWIZZLE
+	|              { $$.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP; $$.mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW; }
+	;
+
+optionalMask: MASK4 | MASK3 | MASK2 | MASK1 
+	|              { $$.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP; $$.mask = WRITEMASK_XYZW; }
+	;
+
+optionalCcMask: '(' ccTest ')'
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	| '(' ccTest2 ')'
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	|
+	{
+	   $$.CondMask = COND_TR;
+	   $$.CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+	   $$.CondSrc = 0;
+	}
+	;
+
+ccTest: ccMaskRule swizzleSuffix
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	   $$.CondSwizzle = $2.swizzle;
+	}
+	;
+
+ccTest2: ccMaskRule2 swizzleSuffix
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	   $$.CondSwizzle = $2.swizzle;
+	}
+	;
+
+ccMaskRule: IDENTIFIER
+	{
+	   const int cond = _mesa_parse_cc($1);
+	   if ((cond == 0) || ($1[2] != '\0')) {
+	      char *const err_str =
+		 make_error_string("invalid condition code \"%s\"", $1);
+
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, (err_str != NULL)
+		      ? err_str : "invalid condition code");
+
+	      if (err_str != NULL) {
+		 free(err_str);
+	      }
+
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$.CondMask = cond;
+	   $$.CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+	   $$.CondSrc = 0;
+	}
+	;
+
+ccMaskRule2: USED_IDENTIFIER
+	{
+	   const int cond = _mesa_parse_cc($1);
+	   if ((cond == 0) || ($1[2] != '\0')) {
+	      char *const err_str =
+		 make_error_string("invalid condition code \"%s\"", $1);
+
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, (err_str != NULL)
+		      ? err_str : "invalid condition code");
+
+	      if (err_str != NULL) {
+		 free(err_str);
+	      }
+
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$.CondMask = cond;
+	   $$.CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+	   $$.CondSrc = 0;
+	}
+	;
+
+namingStatement: ATTRIB_statement
+	| PARAM_statement
+	| TEMP_statement
+	| ADDRESS_statement
+	| OUTPUT_statement
+	| ALIAS_statement
+	;
+
+ATTRIB_statement: ATTRIB IDENTIFIER '=' attribBinding
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *const s =
+	      declare_variable(state, $2, at_attrib, & @2);
+
+	   if (s == NULL) {
+	      free($2);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      s->attrib_binding = $4;
+	      state->InputsBound |= (1U << s->attrib_binding);
+
+	      if (!validate_inputs(& @4, state)) {
+		 YYERROR;
+	      }
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+attribBinding: VERTEX vtxAttribItem
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	| FRAGMENT fragAttribItem
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+vtxAttribItem: POSITION
+	{
+	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;
+	}
+	| WEIGHT vtxOptWeightNum
+	{
+	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_WEIGHT;
+	}
+	| NORMAL
+	{
+	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_NORMAL;
+	}
+	| COLOR optColorType
+	{
+	   if (!state->ctx->Extensions.EXT_secondary_color) {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "GL_EXT_secondary_color not supported");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0 + $2;
+	}
+	| FOGCOORD
+	{
+	   if (!state->ctx->Extensions.EXT_fog_coord) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_EXT_fog_coord not supported");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_FOG;
+	}
+	| TEXCOORD optTexCoordUnitNum
+	{
+	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_TEX0 + $2;
+	}
+	| MATRIXINDEX '[' vtxWeightNum ']'
+	{
+	   yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_ARB_matrix_palette not supported");
+	   YYERROR;
+	}
+	| VTXATTRIB '[' vtxAttribNum ']'
+	{
+	   $$ = VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0 + $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+vtxAttribNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->limits->MaxAttribs) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid vertex attribute reference");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+vtxOptWeightNum:  | '[' vtxWeightNum ']';
+vtxWeightNum: INTEGER;
+
+fragAttribItem: POSITION
+	{
+	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS;
+	}
+	| COLOR optColorType
+	{
+	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0 + $2;
+	}
+	| FOGCOORD
+	{
+	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_FOGC;
+	}
+	| TEXCOORD optTexCoordUnitNum
+	{
+	   $$ = FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+PARAM_statement: PARAM_singleStmt | PARAM_multipleStmt;
+
+PARAM_singleStmt: PARAM IDENTIFIER paramSingleInit
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *const s =
+	      declare_variable(state, $2, at_param, & @2);
+
+	   if (s == NULL) {
+	      free($2);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      s->param_binding_type = $3.param_binding_type;
+	      s->param_binding_begin = $3.param_binding_begin;
+	      s->param_binding_length = $3.param_binding_length;
+              s->param_binding_swizzle = $3.param_binding_swizzle;
+	      s->param_is_array = 0;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+PARAM_multipleStmt: PARAM IDENTIFIER '[' optArraySize ']' paramMultipleInit
+	{
+	   if (($4 != 0) && ((unsigned) $4 != $6.param_binding_length)) {
+	      free($2);
+	      yyerror(& @4, state, 
+		      "parameter array size and number of bindings must match");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      struct asm_symbol *const s =
+		 declare_variable(state, $2, $6.type, & @2);
+
+	      if (s == NULL) {
+		 free($2);
+		 YYERROR;
+	      } else {
+		 s->param_binding_type = $6.param_binding_type;
+		 s->param_binding_begin = $6.param_binding_begin;
+		 s->param_binding_length = $6.param_binding_length;
+                 s->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+		 s->param_is_array = 1;
+	      }
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+optArraySize:
+	{
+	   $$ = 0;
+	}
+	| INTEGER
+        {
+	   if (($1 < 1) || ((unsigned) $1 > state->limits->MaxParameters)) {
+              char msg[100];
+              _mesa_snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg),
+                             "invalid parameter array size (size=%d max=%u)",
+                             $1, state->limits->MaxParameters);
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, msg);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      $$ = $1;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+paramSingleInit: '=' paramSingleItemDecl
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+paramMultipleInit: '=' '{' paramMultInitList '}'
+	{
+	   $$ = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+paramMultInitList: paramMultipleItem
+	| paramMultInitList ',' paramMultipleItem
+	{
+	   $1.param_binding_length += $3.param_binding_length;
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+paramSingleItemDecl: stateSingleItem
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_state(state->prog, & $$, $1);
+	}
+	| programSingleItem
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_param(state->prog, & $$, $1);
+	}
+	| paramConstDecl
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & $$, & $1, GL_TRUE);
+	}
+	;
+
+paramSingleItemUse: stateSingleItem
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_state(state->prog, & $$, $1);
+	}
+	| programSingleItem
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_param(state->prog, & $$, $1);
+	}
+	| paramConstUse
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & $$, & $1, GL_TRUE);
+	}
+	;
+
+paramMultipleItem: stateMultipleItem
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_state(state->prog, & $$, $1);
+	}
+	| programMultipleItem
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_param(state->prog, & $$, $1);
+	}
+	| paramConstDecl
+	{
+	   memset(& $$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$.param_binding_begin = ~0;
+	   initialize_symbol_from_const(state->prog, & $$, & $1, GL_FALSE);
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMultipleItem: stateSingleItem        { memcpy($$, $1, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateMatrixRows           { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	;
+
+stateSingleItem: STATE stateMaterialItem  { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateLightItem            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateLightModelItem       { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateLightProdItem        { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateTexGenItem           { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateTexEnvItem           { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateFogItem              { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateClipPlaneItem        { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE statePointItem            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateMatrixRow            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	| STATE stateDepthItem            { memcpy($$, $2, sizeof($$)); }
+	;
+
+stateMaterialItem: MATERIAL optFaceType stateMatProperty
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_MATERIAL;
+	   $$[1] = $2;
+	   $$[2] = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMatProperty: ambDiffSpecProperty
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	| EMISSION
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_EMISSION;
+	}
+	| SHININESS
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_SHININESS;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateLightItem: LIGHT '[' stateLightNumber ']' stateLightProperty
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHT;
+	   $$[1] = $3;
+	   $$[2] = $5;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateLightProperty: ambDiffSpecProperty
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	| POSITION
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_POSITION;
+	}
+	| ATTENUATION
+	{
+	   if (!state->ctx->Extensions.EXT_point_parameters) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_ARB_point_parameters not supported");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = STATE_ATTENUATION;
+	}
+	| SPOT stateSpotProperty
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	| HALF
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_HALF_VECTOR;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateSpotProperty: DIRECTION
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_SPOT_DIRECTION;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateLightModelItem: LIGHTMODEL stateLModProperty
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $2[0];
+	   $$[1] = $2[1];
+	}
+	;
+
+stateLModProperty: AMBIENT
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHTMODEL_AMBIENT;
+	}
+	| optFaceType SCENECOLOR
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHTMODEL_SCENECOLOR;
+	   $$[1] = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateLightProdItem: LIGHTPROD '[' stateLightNumber ']' optFaceType stateLProdProperty
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_LIGHTPROD;
+	   $$[1] = $3;
+	   $$[2] = $5;
+	   $$[3] = $6;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateLProdProperty: ambDiffSpecProperty;
+
+stateTexEnvItem: TEXENV optLegacyTexUnitNum stateTexEnvProperty
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = $3;
+	   $$[1] = $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateTexEnvProperty: COLOR
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_TEXENV_COLOR;
+	}
+	;
+
+ambDiffSpecProperty: AMBIENT
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_AMBIENT;
+	}
+	| DIFFUSE
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_DIFFUSE;
+	}
+	| SPECULAR
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_SPECULAR;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateLightNumber: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxLights) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid light selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateTexGenItem: TEXGEN optTexCoordUnitNum stateTexGenType stateTexGenCoord
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_TEXGEN;
+	   $$[1] = $2;
+	   $$[2] = $3 + $4;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateTexGenType: EYE
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;
+	}
+	| OBJECT
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_OBJECT_S;
+	}
+	;
+stateTexGenCoord: TEXGEN_S
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;
+	}
+	| TEXGEN_T
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_T - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;
+	}
+	| TEXGEN_R
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_R - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;
+	}
+	| TEXGEN_Q
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_Q - STATE_TEXGEN_EYE_S;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateFogItem: FOG stateFogProperty
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateFogProperty: COLOR
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_FOG_COLOR;
+	}
+	| PARAMS
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_FOG_PARAMS;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateClipPlaneItem: CLIP '[' stateClipPlaneNum ']' PLANE
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_CLIPPLANE;
+	   $$[1] = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateClipPlaneNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxClipPlanes) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid clip plane selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+statePointItem: POINT_TOK statePointProperty
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = $2;
+	}
+	;
+
+statePointProperty: SIZE_TOK
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_POINT_SIZE;
+	}
+	| ATTENUATION
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_POINT_ATTENUATION;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMatrixRow: stateMatrixItem ROW '[' stateMatrixRowNum ']'
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $1[0];
+	   $$[1] = $1[1];
+	   $$[2] = $4;
+	   $$[3] = $4;
+	   $$[4] = $1[2];
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMatrixRows: stateMatrixItem optMatrixRows
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $1[0];
+	   $$[1] = $1[1];
+	   $$[2] = $2[2];
+	   $$[3] = $2[3];
+	   $$[4] = $1[2];
+	}
+	;
+
+optMatrixRows:
+	{
+	   $$[2] = 0;
+	   $$[3] = 3;
+	}
+	| ROW '[' stateMatrixRowNum DOT_DOT stateMatrixRowNum ']'
+	{
+	   /* It seems logical that the matrix row range specifier would have
+	    * to specify a range or more than one row (i.e., $5 > $3).
+	    * However, the ARB_vertex_program spec says "a program will fail
+	    * to load if <a> is greater than <b>."  This means that $3 == $5
+	    * is valid.
+	    */
+	   if ($3 > $5) {
+	      yyerror(& @3, state, "invalid matrix row range");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$[2] = $3;
+	   $$[3] = $5;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMatrixItem: MATRIX stateMatrixName stateOptMatModifier
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $2[0];
+	   $$[1] = $2[1];
+	   $$[2] = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateOptMatModifier: 
+	{
+	   $$ = 0;
+	}
+	| stateMatModifier
+	{
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMatModifier: INVERSE 
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_MATRIX_INVERSE;
+	}
+	| TRANSPOSE 
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE;
+	}
+	| INVTRANS
+	{
+	   $$ = STATE_MATRIX_INVTRANS;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMatrixRowNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ($1 > 3) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid matrix row reference");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateMatrixName: MODELVIEW stateOptModMatNum
+	{
+	   $$[0] = STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX;
+	   $$[1] = $2;
+	}
+	| PROJECTION
+	{
+	   $$[0] = STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX;
+	   $$[1] = 0;
+	}
+	| MVP
+	{
+	   $$[0] = STATE_MVP_MATRIX;
+	   $$[1] = 0;
+	}
+	| TEXTURE optTexCoordUnitNum
+	{
+	   $$[0] = STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX;
+	   $$[1] = $2;
+	}
+	| PALETTE '[' statePaletteMatNum ']'
+	{
+	   yyerror(& @1, state, "GL_ARB_matrix_palette not supported");
+	   YYERROR;
+	}
+	| MAT_PROGRAM '[' stateProgramMatNum ']'
+	{
+	   $$[0] = STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX;
+	   $$[1] = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateOptModMatNum:
+	{
+	   $$ = 0;
+	}
+	| '[' stateModMatNum ']'
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	;
+stateModMatNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   /* Since GL_ARB_vertex_blend isn't supported, only modelview matrix
+	    * zero is valid.
+	    */
+	   if ($1 != 0) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid modelview matrix index");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+statePaletteMatNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   /* Since GL_ARB_matrix_palette isn't supported, just let any value
+	    * through here.  The error will be generated later.
+	    */
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+stateProgramMatNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxProgramMatrices) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program matrix selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+stateDepthItem: DEPTH RANGE
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = STATE_DEPTH_RANGE;
+	}
+	;
+
+
+programSingleItem: progEnvParam | progLocalParam;
+
+programMultipleItem: progEnvParams | progLocalParams;
+
+progEnvParams: PROGRAM ENV '[' progEnvParamNums ']'
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;
+	   $$[1] = STATE_ENV;
+	   $$[2] = $4[0];
+	   $$[3] = $4[1];
+	}
+	;
+
+progEnvParamNums: progEnvParamNum
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $1;
+	   $$[1] = $1;
+	}
+	| progEnvParamNum DOT_DOT progEnvParamNum
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $1;
+	   $$[1] = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+progEnvParam: PROGRAM ENV '[' progEnvParamNum ']'
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;
+	   $$[1] = STATE_ENV;
+	   $$[2] = $4;
+	   $$[3] = $4;
+	}
+	;
+
+progLocalParams: PROGRAM LOCAL '[' progLocalParamNums ']'
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;
+	   $$[1] = STATE_LOCAL;
+	   $$[2] = $4[0];
+	   $$[3] = $4[1];
+	}
+
+progLocalParamNums: progLocalParamNum
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $1;
+	   $$[1] = $1;
+	}
+	| progLocalParamNum DOT_DOT progLocalParamNum
+	{
+	   $$[0] = $1;
+	   $$[1] = $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+progLocalParam: PROGRAM LOCAL '[' progLocalParamNum ']'
+	{
+	   memset($$, 0, sizeof($$));
+	   $$[0] = state->state_param_enum;
+	   $$[1] = STATE_LOCAL;
+	   $$[2] = $4;
+	   $$[3] = $4;
+	}
+	;
+
+progEnvParamNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->limits->MaxEnvParams) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid environment parameter reference");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+progLocalParamNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->limits->MaxLocalParams) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid local parameter reference");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+
+
+paramConstDecl: paramConstScalarDecl | paramConstVector;
+paramConstUse: paramConstScalarUse | paramConstVector;
+
+paramConstScalarDecl: signedFloatConstant
+	{
+	   $$.count = 4;
+	   $$.data[0].f = $1;
+	   $$.data[1].f = $1;
+	   $$.data[2].f = $1;
+	   $$.data[3].f = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+paramConstScalarUse: REAL
+	{
+	   $$.count = 1;
+	   $$.data[0].f = $1;
+	   $$.data[1].f = $1;
+	   $$.data[2].f = $1;
+	   $$.data[3].f = $1;
+	}
+	| INTEGER
+	{
+	   $$.count = 1;
+	   $$.data[0].f = (float) $1;
+	   $$.data[1].f = (float) $1;
+	   $$.data[2].f = (float) $1;
+	   $$.data[3].f = (float) $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+paramConstVector: '{' signedFloatConstant '}'
+	{
+	   $$.count = 4;
+	   $$.data[0].f = $2;
+	   $$.data[1].f = 0.0f;
+	   $$.data[2].f = 0.0f;
+	   $$.data[3].f = 1.0f;
+	}
+	| '{' signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant '}'
+	{
+	   $$.count = 4;
+	   $$.data[0].f = $2;
+	   $$.data[1].f = $4;
+	   $$.data[2].f = 0.0f;
+	   $$.data[3].f = 1.0f;
+	}
+	| '{' signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant ','
+              signedFloatConstant '}'
+	{
+	   $$.count = 4;
+	   $$.data[0].f = $2;
+	   $$.data[1].f = $4;
+	   $$.data[2].f = $6;
+	   $$.data[3].f = 1.0f;
+	}
+	| '{' signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant ','
+              signedFloatConstant ',' signedFloatConstant '}'
+	{
+	   $$.count = 4;
+	   $$.data[0].f = $2;
+	   $$.data[1].f = $4;
+	   $$.data[2].f = $6;
+	   $$.data[3].f = $8;
+	}
+	;
+
+signedFloatConstant: optionalSign REAL
+	{
+	   $$ = ($1) ? -$2 : $2;
+	}
+	| optionalSign INTEGER
+	{
+	   $$ = (float)(($1) ? -$2 : $2);
+	}
+	;
+
+optionalSign: '+'        { $$ = FALSE; }
+	| '-'            { $$ = TRUE;  }
+	|                { $$ = FALSE; }
+	;
+
+TEMP_statement: optVarSize TEMP { $<integer>$ = $2; } varNameList
+	;
+
+optVarSize: string
+	{
+	   /* NV_fragment_program_option defines the size qualifiers in a
+	    * fairly broken way.  "SHORT" or "LONG" can optionally be used
+	    * before TEMP or OUTPUT.  However, neither is a reserved word!
+	    * This means that we have to parse it as an identifier, then check
+	    * to make sure it's one of the valid values.  *sigh*
+	    *
+	    * In addition, the grammar in the extension spec does *not* allow
+	    * the size specifier to be optional, but all known implementations
+	    * do.
+	    */
+	   if (!state->option.NV_fragment) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "unexpected IDENTIFIER");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   if (strcmp("SHORT", $1) == 0) {
+	   } else if (strcmp("LONG", $1) == 0) {
+	   } else {
+	      char *const err_str =
+		 make_error_string("invalid storage size specifier \"%s\"",
+				   $1);
+
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, (err_str != NULL)
+		      ? err_str : "invalid storage size specifier");
+
+	      if (err_str != NULL) {
+		 free(err_str);
+	      }
+
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	|
+	{
+	}
+	;
+
+ADDRESS_statement: ADDRESS { $<integer>$ = $1; } varNameList
+	;
+
+varNameList: varNameList ',' IDENTIFIER
+	{
+	   if (!declare_variable(state, $3, $<integer>0, & @3)) {
+	      free($3);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| IDENTIFIER
+	{
+	   if (!declare_variable(state, $1, $<integer>0, & @1)) {
+	      free($1);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+OUTPUT_statement: optVarSize OUTPUT IDENTIFIER '=' resultBinding
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *const s =
+	      declare_variable(state, $3, at_output, & @3);
+
+	   if (s == NULL) {
+	      free($3);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      s->output_binding = $5;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+resultBinding: RESULT POSITION
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_HPOS;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| RESULT FOGCOORD
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_FOGC;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| RESULT resultColBinding
+	{
+	   $$ = $2;
+	}
+	| RESULT POINTSIZE
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_PSIZ;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| RESULT TEXCOORD optTexCoordUnitNum
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_TEX0 + $3;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| RESULT DEPTH
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_fragment) {
+	      $$ = FRAG_RESULT_DEPTH;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+resultColBinding: COLOR optResultFaceType optResultColorType
+	{
+	   $$ = $2 + $3;
+	}
+	;
+
+optResultFaceType:
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_COL0;
+	   } else {
+	      if (state->option.DrawBuffers)
+		 $$ = FRAG_RESULT_DATA0;
+	      else
+		 $$ = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| '[' INTEGER ']'
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      if (!state->option.DrawBuffers) {
+		 /* From the ARB_draw_buffers spec (same text exists
+		  * for ATI_draw_buffers):
+		  *
+		  *     If this option is not specified, a fragment
+		  *     program that attempts to bind
+		  *     "result.color[n]" will fail to load, and only
+		  *     "result.color" will be allowed.
+		  */
+		 yyerror(& @1, state,
+			 "result.color[] used without "
+			 "`OPTION ARB_draw_buffers' or "
+			 "`OPTION ATI_draw_buffers'");
+		 YYERROR;
+	      } else if ($2 >= state->MaxDrawBuffers) {
+		 yyerror(& @1, state,
+			 "result.color[] exceeds MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS_ARB");
+		 YYERROR;
+	      }
+	      $$ = FRAG_RESULT_DATA0 + $2;
+	   }
+	}
+	| FRONT
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_COL0;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| BACK
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = VERT_RESULT_BFC0;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+optResultColorType:
+	{
+	   $$ = 0; 
+	}
+	| PRIMARY
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = 0;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	| SECONDARY
+	{
+	   if (state->mode == ARB_vertex) {
+	      $$ = 1;
+	   } else {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid program result name");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+optFaceType:    { $$ = 0; }
+	| FRONT	{ $$ = 0; }
+	| BACK  { $$ = 1; }
+	;
+
+optColorType:       { $$ = 0; }
+	| PRIMARY   { $$ = 0; }
+	| SECONDARY { $$ = 1; }
+	;
+
+optTexCoordUnitNum:                { $$ = 0; }
+	| '[' texCoordUnitNum ']'  { $$ = $2; }
+	;
+
+optTexImageUnitNum:                { $$ = 0; }
+	| '[' texImageUnitNum ']'  { $$ = $2; }
+	;
+
+optLegacyTexUnitNum:               { $$ = 0; }
+	| '[' legacyTexUnitNum ']' { $$ = $2; }
+	;
+
+texCoordUnitNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxTextureCoordUnits) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid texture coordinate unit selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+texImageUnitNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxTextureImageUnits) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid texture image unit selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+legacyTexUnitNum: INTEGER
+	{
+	   if ((unsigned) $1 >= state->MaxTextureUnits) {
+	      yyerror(& @1, state, "invalid texture unit selector");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   }
+
+	   $$ = $1;
+	}
+	;
+
+ALIAS_statement: ALIAS IDENTIFIER '=' USED_IDENTIFIER
+	{
+	   struct asm_symbol *exist = (struct asm_symbol *)
+	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $2);
+	   struct asm_symbol *target = (struct asm_symbol *)
+	      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, $4);
+
+	   free($4);
+
+	   if (exist != NULL) {
+	      char m[1000];
+	      _mesa_snprintf(m, sizeof(m), "redeclared identifier: %s", $2);
+	      free($2);
+	      yyerror(& @2, state, m);
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else if (target == NULL) {
+	      free($2);
+	      yyerror(& @4, state,
+		      "undefined variable binding in ALIAS statement");
+	      YYERROR;
+	   } else {
+	      _mesa_symbol_table_add_symbol(state->st, 0, $2, target);
+	   }
+	}
+	;
+
+string: IDENTIFIER
+	| USED_IDENTIFIER
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+asm_instruction_set_operands(struct asm_instruction *inst,
+			     const struct prog_dst_register *dst,
+			     const struct asm_src_register *src0,
+			     const struct asm_src_register *src1,
+			     const struct asm_src_register *src2)
+{
+   /* In the core ARB extensions only the KIL instruction doesn't have a
+    * destination register.
+    */
+   if (dst == NULL) {
+      init_dst_reg(& inst->Base.DstReg);
+   } else {
+      inst->Base.DstReg = *dst;
+   }
+
+   /* The only instruction that doesn't have any source registers is the
+    * condition-code based KIL instruction added by NV_fragment_program_option.
+    */
+   if (src0 != NULL) {
+      inst->Base.SrcReg[0] = src0->Base;
+      inst->SrcReg[0] = *src0;
+   } else {
+      init_src_reg(& inst->SrcReg[0]);
+   }
+
+   if (src1 != NULL) {
+      inst->Base.SrcReg[1] = src1->Base;
+      inst->SrcReg[1] = *src1;
+   } else {
+      init_src_reg(& inst->SrcReg[1]);
+   }
+
+   if (src2 != NULL) {
+      inst->Base.SrcReg[2] = src2->Base;
+      inst->SrcReg[2] = *src2;
+   } else {
+      init_src_reg(& inst->SrcReg[2]);
+   }
+}
+
+
+struct asm_instruction *
+asm_instruction_ctor(gl_inst_opcode op,
+		     const struct prog_dst_register *dst,
+		     const struct asm_src_register *src0,
+		     const struct asm_src_register *src1,
+		     const struct asm_src_register *src2)
+{
+   struct asm_instruction *inst = CALLOC_STRUCT(asm_instruction);
+
+   if (inst) {
+      _mesa_init_instructions(& inst->Base, 1);
+      inst->Base.Opcode = op;
+
+      asm_instruction_set_operands(inst, dst, src0, src1, src2);
+   }
+
+   return inst;
+}
+
+
+struct asm_instruction *
+asm_instruction_copy_ctor(const struct prog_instruction *base,
+			  const struct prog_dst_register *dst,
+			  const struct asm_src_register *src0,
+			  const struct asm_src_register *src1,
+			  const struct asm_src_register *src2)
+{
+   struct asm_instruction *inst = CALLOC_STRUCT(asm_instruction);
+
+   if (inst) {
+      _mesa_init_instructions(& inst->Base, 1);
+      inst->Base.Opcode = base->Opcode;
+      inst->Base.CondUpdate = base->CondUpdate;
+      inst->Base.CondDst = base->CondDst;
+      inst->Base.SaturateMode = base->SaturateMode;
+      inst->Base.Precision = base->Precision;
+
+      asm_instruction_set_operands(inst, dst, src0, src1, src2);
+   }
+
+   return inst;
+}
+
+
+void
+init_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r)
+{
+   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));
+   r->File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+   r->WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   r->CondMask = COND_TR;
+   r->CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+}
+
+
+/** Like init_dst_reg() but set the File and Index fields. */
+void
+set_dst_reg(struct prog_dst_register *r, gl_register_file file, GLint index)
+{
+   const GLint maxIndex = 1 << INST_INDEX_BITS;
+   const GLint minIndex = 0;
+   ASSERT(index >= minIndex);
+   (void) minIndex;
+   ASSERT(index <= maxIndex);
+   (void) maxIndex;
+   ASSERT(file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||
+	  file == PROGRAM_ADDRESS ||
+	  file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT);
+   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));
+   r->File = file;
+   r->Index = index;
+   r->WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   r->CondMask = COND_TR;
+   r->CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+}
+
+
+void
+init_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r)
+{
+   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));
+   r->Base.File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
+   r->Base.Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   r->Symbol = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/** Like init_src_reg() but set the File and Index fields.
+ * \return GL_TRUE if a valid src register, GL_FALSE otherwise
+ */
+void
+set_src_reg(struct asm_src_register *r, gl_register_file file, GLint index)
+{
+   set_src_reg_swz(r, file, index, SWIZZLE_XYZW);
+}
+
+
+void
+set_src_reg_swz(struct asm_src_register *r, gl_register_file file, GLint index,
+                GLuint swizzle)
+{
+   const GLint maxIndex = (1 << INST_INDEX_BITS) - 1;
+   const GLint minIndex = -(1 << INST_INDEX_BITS);
+   ASSERT(file < PROGRAM_FILE_MAX);
+   ASSERT(index >= minIndex);
+   (void) minIndex;
+   ASSERT(index <= maxIndex);
+   (void) maxIndex;
+   memset(r, 0, sizeof(*r));
+   r->Base.File = file;
+   r->Base.Index = index;
+   r->Base.Swizzle = swizzle;
+   r->Symbol = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Validate the set of inputs used by a program
+ *
+ * Validates that legal sets of inputs are used by the program.  In this case
+ * "used" included both reading the input or binding the input to a name using
+ * the \c ATTRIB command.
+ *
+ * \return
+ * \c TRUE if the combination of inputs used is valid, \c FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+int
+validate_inputs(struct YYLTYPE *locp, struct asm_parser_state *state)
+{
+   const int inputs = state->prog->InputsRead | state->InputsBound;
+
+   if (((inputs & 0x0ffff) & (inputs >> 16)) != 0) {
+      yyerror(locp, state, "illegal use of generic attribute and name attribute");
+      return 0;
+   }
+
+   return 1;
+}
+
+
+struct asm_symbol *
+declare_variable(struct asm_parser_state *state, char *name, enum asm_type t,
+		 struct YYLTYPE *locp)
+{
+   struct asm_symbol *s = NULL;
+   struct asm_symbol *exist = (struct asm_symbol *)
+      _mesa_symbol_table_find_symbol(state->st, 0, name);
+
+
+   if (exist != NULL) {
+      yyerror(locp, state, "redeclared identifier");
+   } else {
+      s = calloc(1, sizeof(struct asm_symbol));
+      s->name = name;
+      s->type = t;
+
+      switch (t) {
+      case at_temp:
+	 if (state->prog->NumTemporaries >= state->limits->MaxTemps) {
+	    yyerror(locp, state, "too many temporaries declared");
+	    free(s);
+	    return NULL;
+	 }
+
+	 s->temp_binding = state->prog->NumTemporaries;
+	 state->prog->NumTemporaries++;
+	 break;
+
+      case at_address:
+	 if (state->prog->NumAddressRegs >= state->limits->MaxAddressRegs) {
+	    yyerror(locp, state, "too many address registers declared");
+	    free(s);
+	    return NULL;
+	 }
+
+	 /* FINISHME: Add support for multiple address registers.
+	  */
+	 state->prog->NumAddressRegs++;
+	 break;
+
+      default:
+	 break;
+      }
+
+      _mesa_symbol_table_add_symbol(state->st, 0, s->name, s);
+      s->next = state->sym;
+      state->sym = s;
+   }
+
+   return s;
+}
+
+
+int add_state_reference(struct gl_program_parameter_list *param_list,
+			const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH])
+{
+   const GLuint size = 4; /* XXX fix */
+   char *name;
+   GLint index;
+
+   name = _mesa_program_state_string(tokens);
+   index = _mesa_add_parameter(param_list, PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, name,
+                               size, GL_NONE, NULL, tokens, 0x0);
+   param_list->StateFlags |= _mesa_program_state_flags(tokens);
+
+   /* free name string here since we duplicated it in add_parameter() */
+   free(name);
+
+   return index;
+}
+
+
+int
+initialize_symbol_from_state(struct gl_program *prog,
+			     struct asm_symbol *param_var, 
+			     const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH])
+{
+   int idx = -1;
+   gl_state_index state_tokens[STATE_LENGTH];
+
+
+   memcpy(state_tokens, tokens, sizeof(state_tokens));
+
+   param_var->type = at_param;
+   param_var->param_binding_type = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+
+   /* If we are adding a STATE_MATRIX that has multiple rows, we need to
+    * unroll it and call add_state_reference() for each row
+    */
+   if ((state_tokens[0] == STATE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX ||
+	state_tokens[0] == STATE_PROJECTION_MATRIX ||
+	state_tokens[0] == STATE_MVP_MATRIX ||
+	state_tokens[0] == STATE_TEXTURE_MATRIX ||
+	state_tokens[0] == STATE_PROGRAM_MATRIX)
+       && (state_tokens[2] != state_tokens[3])) {
+      int row;
+      const int first_row = state_tokens[2];
+      const int last_row = state_tokens[3];
+
+      for (row = first_row; row <= last_row; row++) {
+	 state_tokens[2] = state_tokens[3] = row;
+
+	 idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);
+	 if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {
+	    param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;
+            param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+         }
+
+	 param_var->param_binding_length++;
+      }
+   }
+   else {
+      idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);
+      if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {
+	 param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;
+         param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+      }
+      param_var->param_binding_length++;
+   }
+
+   return idx;
+}
+
+
+int
+initialize_symbol_from_param(struct gl_program *prog,
+			     struct asm_symbol *param_var, 
+			     const gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH])
+{
+   int idx = -1;
+   gl_state_index state_tokens[STATE_LENGTH];
+
+
+   memcpy(state_tokens, tokens, sizeof(state_tokens));
+
+   assert((state_tokens[0] == STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM)
+	  || (state_tokens[0] == STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM));
+   assert((state_tokens[1] == STATE_ENV)
+	  || (state_tokens[1] == STATE_LOCAL));
+
+   /*
+    * The param type is STATE_VAR.  The program parameter entry will
+    * effectively be a pointer into the LOCAL or ENV parameter array.
+    */
+   param_var->type = at_param;
+   param_var->param_binding_type = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+
+   /* If we are adding a STATE_ENV or STATE_LOCAL that has multiple elements,
+    * we need to unroll it and call add_state_reference() for each row
+    */
+   if (state_tokens[2] != state_tokens[3]) {
+      int row;
+      const int first_row = state_tokens[2];
+      const int last_row = state_tokens[3];
+
+      for (row = first_row; row <= last_row; row++) {
+	 state_tokens[2] = state_tokens[3] = row;
+
+	 idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);
+	 if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {
+	    param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;
+            param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+         }
+	 param_var->param_binding_length++;
+      }
+   }
+   else {
+      idx = add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, state_tokens);
+      if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {
+	 param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;
+         param_var->param_binding_swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+      }
+      param_var->param_binding_length++;
+   }
+
+   return idx;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Put a float/vector constant/literal into the parameter list.
+ * \param param_var  returns info about the parameter/constant's location,
+ *                   binding, type, etc.
+ * \param vec  the vector/constant to add
+ * \param allowSwizzle  if true, try to consolidate constants which only differ
+ *                      by a swizzle.  We don't want to do this when building
+ *                      arrays of constants that may be indexed indirectly.
+ * \return index of the constant in the parameter list.
+ */
+int
+initialize_symbol_from_const(struct gl_program *prog,
+			     struct asm_symbol *param_var, 
+			     const struct asm_vector *vec,
+                             GLboolean allowSwizzle)
+{
+   unsigned swizzle;
+   const int idx = _mesa_add_unnamed_constant(prog->Parameters,
+                                              vec->data, vec->count,
+                                              allowSwizzle ? &swizzle : NULL);
+
+   param_var->type = at_param;
+   param_var->param_binding_type = PROGRAM_CONSTANT;
+
+   if (param_var->param_binding_begin == ~0U) {
+      param_var->param_binding_begin = idx;
+      param_var->param_binding_swizzle = allowSwizzle ? swizzle : SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+   }
+   param_var->param_binding_length++;
+
+   return idx;
+}
+
+
+char *
+make_error_string(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+   int length;
+   char *str;
+   va_list args;
+
+
+   /* Call vsnprintf once to determine how large the final string is.  Call it
+    * again to do the actual formatting.  from the vsnprintf manual page:
+    *
+    *    Upon successful return, these functions return the number of
+    *    characters printed  (not including the trailing '\0' used to end
+    *    output to strings).
+    */
+   va_start(args, fmt);
+   length = 1 + vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args);
+   va_end(args);
+
+   str = malloc(length);
+   if (str) {
+      va_start(args, fmt);
+      vsnprintf(str, length, fmt, args);
+      va_end(args);
+   }
+
+   return str;
+}
+
+
+void
+yyerror(YYLTYPE *locp, struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *s)
+{
+   char *err_str;
+
+
+   err_str = make_error_string("glProgramStringARB(%s)\n", s);
+   if (err_str) {
+      _mesa_error(state->ctx, GL_INVALID_OPERATION, "%s", err_str);
+      free(err_str);
+   }
+
+   err_str = make_error_string("line %u, char %u: error: %s\n",
+			       locp->first_line, locp->first_column, s);
+   _mesa_set_program_error(state->ctx, locp->position, err_str);
+
+   if (err_str) {
+      free(err_str);
+   }
+}
+
+
+GLboolean
+_mesa_parse_arb_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target, const GLubyte *str,
+			GLsizei len, struct asm_parser_state *state)
+{
+   struct asm_instruction *inst;
+   unsigned i;
+   GLubyte *strz;
+   GLboolean result = GL_FALSE;
+   void *temp;
+   struct asm_symbol *sym;
+
+   state->ctx = ctx;
+   state->prog->Target = target;
+   state->prog->Parameters = _mesa_new_parameter_list();
+
+   /* Make a copy of the program string and force it to be NUL-terminated.
+    */
+   strz = (GLubyte *) malloc(len + 1);
+   if (strz == NULL) {
+      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "glProgramStringARB");
+      return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+   memcpy (strz, str, len);
+   strz[len] = '\0';
+
+   state->prog->String = strz;
+
+   state->st = _mesa_symbol_table_ctor();
+
+   state->limits = (target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)
+      ? & ctx->Const.VertexProgram
+      : & ctx->Const.FragmentProgram;
+
+   state->MaxTextureImageUnits = ctx->Const.MaxTextureImageUnits;
+   state->MaxTextureCoordUnits = ctx->Const.MaxTextureCoordUnits;
+   state->MaxTextureUnits = ctx->Const.MaxTextureUnits;
+   state->MaxClipPlanes = ctx->Const.MaxClipPlanes;
+   state->MaxLights = ctx->Const.MaxLights;
+   state->MaxProgramMatrices = ctx->Const.MaxProgramMatrices;
+   state->MaxDrawBuffers = ctx->Const.MaxDrawBuffers;
+
+   state->state_param_enum = (target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB)
+      ? STATE_VERTEX_PROGRAM : STATE_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM;
+
+   _mesa_set_program_error(ctx, -1, NULL);
+
+   _mesa_program_lexer_ctor(& state->scanner, state, (const char *) str, len);
+   yyparse(state);
+   _mesa_program_lexer_dtor(state->scanner);
+
+
+   if (ctx->Program.ErrorPos != -1) {
+      goto error;
+   }
+
+   if (! _mesa_layout_parameters(state)) {
+      struct YYLTYPE loc;
+
+      loc.first_line = 0;
+      loc.first_column = 0;
+      loc.position = len;
+
+      yyerror(& loc, state, "invalid PARAM usage");
+      goto error;
+   }
+
+
+   
+   /* Add one instruction to store the "END" instruction.
+    */
+   state->prog->Instructions =
+      _mesa_alloc_instructions(state->prog->NumInstructions + 1);
+   inst = state->inst_head;
+   for (i = 0; i < state->prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct asm_instruction *const temp = inst->next;
+
+      state->prog->Instructions[i] = inst->Base;
+      inst = temp;
+   }
+
+   /* Finally, tag on an OPCODE_END instruction */
+   {
+      const GLuint numInst = state->prog->NumInstructions;
+      _mesa_init_instructions(state->prog->Instructions + numInst, 1);
+      state->prog->Instructions[numInst].Opcode = OPCODE_END;
+   }
+   state->prog->NumInstructions++;
+
+   state->prog->NumParameters = state->prog->Parameters->NumParameters;
+   state->prog->NumAttributes = _mesa_bitcount(state->prog->InputsRead);
+
+   /*
+    * Initialize native counts to logical counts.  The device driver may
+    * change them if program is translated into a hardware program.
+    */
+   state->prog->NumNativeInstructions = state->prog->NumInstructions;
+   state->prog->NumNativeTemporaries = state->prog->NumTemporaries;
+   state->prog->NumNativeParameters = state->prog->NumParameters;
+   state->prog->NumNativeAttributes = state->prog->NumAttributes;
+   state->prog->NumNativeAddressRegs = state->prog->NumAddressRegs;
+
+   result = GL_TRUE;
+
+error:
+   for (inst = state->inst_head; inst != NULL; inst = temp) {
+      temp = inst->next;
+      free(inst);
+   }
+
+   state->inst_head = NULL;
+   state->inst_tail = NULL;
+
+   for (sym = state->sym; sym != NULL; sym = temp) {
+      temp = sym->next;
+
+      free((void *) sym->name);
+      free(sym);
+   }
+   state->sym = NULL;
+
+   _mesa_symbol_table_dtor(state->st);
+   state->st = NULL;
+
+   return result;
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse_extra.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse_extra.c
index 67ab9b99d..4d928483e 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse_extra.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parse_extra.c
@@ -1,265 +1,265 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-#include <string.h>

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-#include "prog_instruction.h"

-#include "program_parser.h"

-

-

-/**

- * Extra assembly-level parser routines

- *

- * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>

- */

-

-int

-_mesa_parse_instruction_suffix(const struct asm_parser_state *state,

-			       const char *suffix,

-			       struct prog_instruction *inst)

-{

-   inst->CondUpdate = 0;

-   inst->CondDst = 0;

-   inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_OFF;

-   inst->Precision = FLOAT32;

-

-

-   /* The first possible suffix element is the precision specifier from

-    * NV_fragment_program_option.

-    */

-   if (state->option.NV_fragment) {

-      switch (suffix[0]) {

-      case 'H':

-	 inst->Precision = FLOAT16;

-	 suffix++;

-	 break;

-      case 'R':

-	 inst->Precision = FLOAT32;

-	 suffix++;

-	 break;

-      case 'X':

-	 inst->Precision = FIXED12;

-	 suffix++;

-	 break;

-      default:

-	 break;

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* The next possible suffix element is the condition code modifier selection

-    * from NV_fragment_program_option.

-    */

-   if (state->option.NV_fragment) {

-      if (suffix[0] == 'C') {

-	 inst->CondUpdate = 1;

-	 suffix++;

-      }

-   }

-

-

-   /* The final possible suffix element is the saturation selector from

-    * ARB_fragment_program.

-    */

-   if (state->mode == ARB_fragment) {

-      if (strcmp(suffix, "_SAT") == 0) {

-	 inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;

-	 suffix += 4;

-      }

-   }

-

-

-   /* It is an error for all of the suffix string not to be consumed.

-    */

-   return suffix[0] == '\0';

-}

-

-

-int

-_mesa_parse_cc(const char *s)

-{

-   int cond = 0;

-

-   switch (s[0]) {

-   case 'E':

-      if (s[1] == 'Q') {

-	 cond = COND_EQ;

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case 'F':

-      if (s[1] == 'L') {

-	 cond = COND_FL;

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case 'G':

-      if (s[1] == 'E') {

-	 cond = COND_GE;

-      } else if (s[1] == 'T') {

-	 cond = COND_GT;

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case 'L':

-      if (s[1] == 'E') {

-	 cond = COND_LE;

-      } else if (s[1] == 'T') {

-	 cond = COND_LT;

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case 'N':

-      if (s[1] == 'E') {

-	 cond = COND_NE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-   case 'T':

-      if (s[1] == 'R') {

-	 cond = COND_TR;

-      }

-      break;

-

-   default:

-      break;

-   }

-

-   return ((cond == 0) || (s[2] != '\0')) ? 0 : cond;

-}

-

-

-int

-_mesa_ARBvp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *option)

-{

-   if (strcmp(option, "ARB_position_invariant") == 0) {

-      state->option.PositionInvariant = 1;

-      return 1;

-   }

-

-   return 0;

-}

-

-

-int

-_mesa_ARBfp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *option)

-{

-   /* All of the options currently supported start with "ARB_".  The code is

-    * currently structured with nested if-statements because eventually options

-    * that start with "NV_" will be supported.  This structure will result in

-    * less churn when those options are added.

-    */

-   if (strncmp(option, "ARB_", 4) == 0) {

-      /* Advance the pointer past the "ARB_" prefix.

-       */

-      option += 4;

-

-

-      if (strncmp(option, "fog_", 4) == 0) {

-	 option += 4;

-

-	 if (state->option.Fog == OPTION_NONE) {

-	    if (strcmp(option, "exp") == 0) {

-	       state->option.Fog = OPTION_FOG_EXP;

-	       return 1;

-	    } else if (strcmp(option, "exp2") == 0) {

-	       state->option.Fog = OPTION_FOG_EXP2;

-	       return 1;

-	    } else if (strcmp(option, "linear") == 0) {

-	       state->option.Fog = OPTION_FOG_LINEAR;

-	       return 1;

-	    }

-	 }

-

-	 return 0;

-      } else if (strncmp(option, "precision_hint_", 15) == 0) {

-	 option += 15;

-

-	 if (state->option.PrecisionHint == OPTION_NONE) {

-	    if (strcmp(option, "nicest") == 0) {

-	       state->option.PrecisionHint = OPTION_NICEST;

-	       return 1;

-	    } else if (strcmp(option, "fastest") == 0) {

-	       state->option.PrecisionHint = OPTION_FASTEST;

-	       return 1;

-	    }

-	 }

-

-	 return 0;

-      } else if (strcmp(option, "draw_buffers") == 0) {

-	 /* Don't need to check extension availability because all Mesa-based

-	  * drivers support GL_ARB_draw_buffers.

-	  */

-	 state->option.DrawBuffers = 1;

-	 return 1;

-      } else if (strcmp(option, "fragment_program_shadow") == 0) {

-	 if (state->ctx->Extensions.ARB_fragment_program_shadow) {

-	    state->option.Shadow = 1;

-	    return 1;

-	 }

-      } else if (strncmp(option, "fragment_coord_", 15) == 0) {

-         option += 15;

-         if (state->ctx->Extensions.ARB_fragment_coord_conventions) {

-            if (strcmp(option, "origin_upper_left") == 0) {

-               state->option.OriginUpperLeft = 1;

-               return 1;

-            }

-            else if (strcmp(option, "pixel_center_integer") == 0) {

-               state->option.PixelCenterInteger = 1;

-               return 1;

-            }

-         }

-      }

-   } else if (strncmp(option, "ATI_", 4) == 0) {

-      option += 4;

-

-      if (strcmp(option, "draw_buffers") == 0) {

-	 /* Don't need to check extension availability because all Mesa-based

-	  * drivers support GL_ATI_draw_buffers.

-	  */

-	 state->option.DrawBuffers = 1;

-	 return 1;

-      }

-   } else if (strncmp(option, "NV_fragment_program", 19) == 0) {

-      option += 19;

-

-      /* Other NV_fragment_program strings may be supported later.

-       */

-      if (option[0] == '\0') {

-	 if (state->ctx->Extensions.NV_fragment_program_option) {

-	    state->option.NV_fragment = 1;

-	    return 1;

-	 }

-      }

-   } else if (strncmp(option, "MESA_", 5) == 0) {

-      option += 5;

-

-      if (strcmp(option, "texture_array") == 0) {

-	 if (state->ctx->Extensions.MESA_texture_array) {

-	    state->option.TexArray = 1;

-	    return 1;

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   return 0;

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "prog_instruction.h"
+#include "program_parser.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Extra assembly-level parser routines
+ *
+ * \author Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>
+ */
+
+int
+_mesa_parse_instruction_suffix(const struct asm_parser_state *state,
+			       const char *suffix,
+			       struct prog_instruction *inst)
+{
+   inst->CondUpdate = 0;
+   inst->CondDst = 0;
+   inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_OFF;
+   inst->Precision = FLOAT32;
+
+
+   /* The first possible suffix element is the precision specifier from
+    * NV_fragment_program_option.
+    */
+   if (state->option.NV_fragment) {
+      switch (suffix[0]) {
+      case 'H':
+	 inst->Precision = FLOAT16;
+	 suffix++;
+	 break;
+      case 'R':
+	 inst->Precision = FLOAT32;
+	 suffix++;
+	 break;
+      case 'X':
+	 inst->Precision = FIXED12;
+	 suffix++;
+	 break;
+      default:
+	 break;
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* The next possible suffix element is the condition code modifier selection
+    * from NV_fragment_program_option.
+    */
+   if (state->option.NV_fragment) {
+      if (suffix[0] == 'C') {
+	 inst->CondUpdate = 1;
+	 suffix++;
+      }
+   }
+
+
+   /* The final possible suffix element is the saturation selector from
+    * ARB_fragment_program.
+    */
+   if (state->mode == ARB_fragment) {
+      if (strcmp(suffix, "_SAT") == 0) {
+	 inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;
+	 suffix += 4;
+      }
+   }
+
+
+   /* It is an error for all of the suffix string not to be consumed.
+    */
+   return suffix[0] == '\0';
+}
+
+
+int
+_mesa_parse_cc(const char *s)
+{
+   int cond = 0;
+
+   switch (s[0]) {
+   case 'E':
+      if (s[1] == 'Q') {
+	 cond = COND_EQ;
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case 'F':
+      if (s[1] == 'L') {
+	 cond = COND_FL;
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case 'G':
+      if (s[1] == 'E') {
+	 cond = COND_GE;
+      } else if (s[1] == 'T') {
+	 cond = COND_GT;
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case 'L':
+      if (s[1] == 'E') {
+	 cond = COND_LE;
+      } else if (s[1] == 'T') {
+	 cond = COND_LT;
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case 'N':
+      if (s[1] == 'E') {
+	 cond = COND_NE;
+      }
+      break;
+
+   case 'T':
+      if (s[1] == 'R') {
+	 cond = COND_TR;
+      }
+      break;
+
+   default:
+      break;
+   }
+
+   return ((cond == 0) || (s[2] != '\0')) ? 0 : cond;
+}
+
+
+int
+_mesa_ARBvp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *option)
+{
+   if (strcmp(option, "ARB_position_invariant") == 0) {
+      state->option.PositionInvariant = 1;
+      return 1;
+   }
+
+   return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+_mesa_ARBfp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *option)
+{
+   /* All of the options currently supported start with "ARB_".  The code is
+    * currently structured with nested if-statements because eventually options
+    * that start with "NV_" will be supported.  This structure will result in
+    * less churn when those options are added.
+    */
+   if (strncmp(option, "ARB_", 4) == 0) {
+      /* Advance the pointer past the "ARB_" prefix.
+       */
+      option += 4;
+
+
+      if (strncmp(option, "fog_", 4) == 0) {
+	 option += 4;
+
+	 if (state->option.Fog == OPTION_NONE) {
+	    if (strcmp(option, "exp") == 0) {
+	       state->option.Fog = OPTION_FOG_EXP;
+	       return 1;
+	    } else if (strcmp(option, "exp2") == 0) {
+	       state->option.Fog = OPTION_FOG_EXP2;
+	       return 1;
+	    } else if (strcmp(option, "linear") == 0) {
+	       state->option.Fog = OPTION_FOG_LINEAR;
+	       return 1;
+	    }
+	 }
+
+	 return 0;
+      } else if (strncmp(option, "precision_hint_", 15) == 0) {
+	 option += 15;
+
+	 if (state->option.PrecisionHint == OPTION_NONE) {
+	    if (strcmp(option, "nicest") == 0) {
+	       state->option.PrecisionHint = OPTION_NICEST;
+	       return 1;
+	    } else if (strcmp(option, "fastest") == 0) {
+	       state->option.PrecisionHint = OPTION_FASTEST;
+	       return 1;
+	    }
+	 }
+
+	 return 0;
+      } else if (strcmp(option, "draw_buffers") == 0) {
+	 /* Don't need to check extension availability because all Mesa-based
+	  * drivers support GL_ARB_draw_buffers.
+	  */
+	 state->option.DrawBuffers = 1;
+	 return 1;
+      } else if (strcmp(option, "fragment_program_shadow") == 0) {
+	 if (state->ctx->Extensions.ARB_fragment_program_shadow) {
+	    state->option.Shadow = 1;
+	    return 1;
+	 }
+      } else if (strncmp(option, "fragment_coord_", 15) == 0) {
+         option += 15;
+         if (state->ctx->Extensions.ARB_fragment_coord_conventions) {
+            if (strcmp(option, "origin_upper_left") == 0) {
+               state->option.OriginUpperLeft = 1;
+               return 1;
+            }
+            else if (strcmp(option, "pixel_center_integer") == 0) {
+               state->option.PixelCenterInteger = 1;
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+   } else if (strncmp(option, "ATI_", 4) == 0) {
+      option += 4;
+
+      if (strcmp(option, "draw_buffers") == 0) {
+	 /* Don't need to check extension availability because all Mesa-based
+	  * drivers support GL_ATI_draw_buffers.
+	  */
+	 state->option.DrawBuffers = 1;
+	 return 1;
+      }
+   } else if (strncmp(option, "NV_fragment_program", 19) == 0) {
+      option += 19;
+
+      /* Other NV_fragment_program strings may be supported later.
+       */
+      if (option[0] == '\0') {
+	 if (state->ctx->Extensions.NV_fragment_program_option) {
+	    state->option.NV_fragment = 1;
+	    return 1;
+	 }
+      }
+   } else if (strncmp(option, "MESA_", 5) == 0) {
+      option += 5;
+
+      if (strcmp(option, "texture_array") == 0) {
+	 if (state->ctx->Extensions.MESA_texture_array) {
+	    state->option.TexArray = 1;
+	    return 1;
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   return 0;
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parser.h b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parser.h
index b6853a229..5637598f3 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parser.h
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/program_parser.h
@@ -1,301 +1,301 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-#pragma once

-

-#include "main/config.h"

-#include "program/prog_parameter.h"

-

-struct gl_context;

-

-enum asm_type {

-   at_none,

-   at_address,

-   at_attrib,

-   at_param,

-   at_temp,

-   at_output

-};

-

-struct asm_symbol {

-   struct asm_symbol *next;    /**< List linkage for freeing. */

-   const char *name;

-   enum asm_type type;

-   unsigned attrib_binding;

-   unsigned output_binding;   /**< Output / result register number. */

-

-   /**

-    * One of PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM, or PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM.

-    */

-   unsigned param_binding_type;

-

-   /** 

-    * Offset into the program_parameter_list where the tokens representing our

-    * bound state (or constants) start.

-    */

-   unsigned param_binding_begin;

-

-   /**

-    * Constants put into the parameter list may be swizzled.  This

-    * field contain's the symbol's swizzle. (SWIZZLE_X/Y/Z/W)

-    */

-   unsigned param_binding_swizzle;

-

-   /* This is how many entries in the program_parameter_list we take up

-    * with our state tokens or constants. Note that this is _not_ the same as

-    * the number of param registers we eventually use.

-    */

-   unsigned param_binding_length;

-

-   /**

-    * Index of the temp register assigned to this variable.

-    */

-   unsigned temp_binding;

-

-   /**

-    * Flag whether or not a PARAM is an array

-    */

-   unsigned param_is_array:1;

-

-

-   /**

-    * Flag whether or not a PARAM array is accessed indirectly

-    */

-   unsigned param_accessed_indirectly:1;

-

-

-   /**

-    * \brief Is first pass of parameter layout done with this variable?

-    *

-    * The parameter layout routine operates in two passes.  This flag tracks

-    * whether or not the first pass has handled this variable.

-    *

-    * \sa _mesa_layout_parameters

-    */

-   unsigned pass1_done:1;

-};

-

-

-struct asm_vector {

-   unsigned count;

-   gl_constant_value data[4];

-};

-

-

-struct asm_swizzle_mask {

-   unsigned swizzle:12;

-   unsigned mask:4;

-};

-

-

-struct asm_src_register {

-   struct prog_src_register Base;

-

-   /**

-    * Symbol associated with indirect access to parameter arrays.

-    *

-    * If \c Base::RelAddr is 1, this will point to the symbol for the parameter

-    * that is being dereferenced.  Further, \c Base::Index will be the offset

-    * from the address register being used.

-    */

-   struct asm_symbol *Symbol;

-};

-

-

-struct asm_instruction {

-   struct prog_instruction Base;

-   struct asm_instruction *next;

-   struct asm_src_register SrcReg[3];

-};

-

-

-struct asm_parser_state {

-   struct gl_context *ctx;

-   struct gl_program *prog;

-

-   /**

-    * Per-program target limits

-    */

-   struct gl_program_constants *limits;

-

-   struct _mesa_symbol_table *st;

-

-   /**

-    * Linked list of symbols

-    *

-    * This list is \b only used when cleaning up compiler state and freeing

-    * memory.

-    */

-   struct asm_symbol *sym;

-

-   /**

-    * State for the lexer.

-    */

-   void *scanner;

-

-   /**

-    * Linked list of instructions generated during parsing.

-    */

-   /*@{*/

-   struct asm_instruction *inst_head;

-   struct asm_instruction *inst_tail;

-   /*@}*/

-

-

-   /**

-    * Selected limits copied from gl_constants

-    *

-    * These are limits from the GL context, but various bits in the program

-    * must be validated against these values.

-    */

-   /*@{*/

-   unsigned MaxTextureCoordUnits;

-   unsigned MaxTextureImageUnits;

-   unsigned MaxTextureUnits;

-   unsigned MaxClipPlanes;

-   unsigned MaxLights;

-   unsigned MaxProgramMatrices;

-   unsigned MaxDrawBuffers;

-   /*@}*/

-

-   /**

-    * Value to use in state vector accessors for environment and local

-    * parameters

-    */

-   unsigned state_param_enum;

-

-

-   /**

-    * Input attributes bound to specific names

-    *

-    * This is only needed so that errors can be properly produced when

-    * multiple ATTRIB statements bind illegal combinations of vertex

-    * attributes.

-    */

-   unsigned InputsBound;

-

-   enum {

-      invalid_mode = 0,

-      ARB_vertex,

-      ARB_fragment

-   } mode;

-

-   struct {

-      unsigned PositionInvariant:1;

-      unsigned Fog:2;

-      unsigned PrecisionHint:2;

-      unsigned DrawBuffers:1;

-      unsigned Shadow:1;

-      unsigned TexRect:1;

-      unsigned TexArray:1;

-      unsigned NV_fragment:1;

-      unsigned OriginUpperLeft:1;

-      unsigned PixelCenterInteger:1;

-   } option;

-

-   struct {

-      unsigned UsesKill:1;

-   } fragment;

-};

-

-#define OPTION_NONE        0

-#define OPTION_FOG_EXP     1

-#define OPTION_FOG_EXP2    2

-#define OPTION_FOG_LINEAR  3

-#define OPTION_NICEST      1

-#define OPTION_FASTEST     2

-

-typedef struct YYLTYPE {

-   int first_line;

-   int first_column;

-   int last_line;

-   int last_column;

-   int position;

-} YYLTYPE;

-

-#define YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1

-#define YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1

-

-

-extern GLboolean _mesa_parse_arb_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target,

-    const GLubyte *str, GLsizei len, struct asm_parser_state *state);

-

-

-

-/* From program_lexer.l. */

-extern void _mesa_program_lexer_dtor(void *scanner);

-

-extern void _mesa_program_lexer_ctor(void **scanner,

-    struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *string, size_t len);

-

-

-/**

- *\name From program_parse_extra.c

- */

-/*@{*/

-

-/**

- * Parses and processes an option string to an ARB vertex program

- *

- * \return

- * Non-zero on success, zero on failure.

- */

-extern int _mesa_ARBvp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state,

-    const char *option);

-

-/**

- * Parses and processes an option string to an ARB fragment program

- *

- * \return

- * Non-zero on success, zero on failure.

- */

-extern int _mesa_ARBfp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state,

-    const char *option);

-

-/**

- * Parses and processes instruction suffixes

- *

- * Instruction suffixes, such as \c _SAT, are processed.  The relevant bits

- * are set in \c inst.  If suffixes are encountered that are either not known

- * or not supported by the modes and options set in \c state, zero will be

- * returned.

- *

- * \return

- * Non-zero on success, zero on failure.

- */

-extern int _mesa_parse_instruction_suffix(const struct asm_parser_state *state,

-    const char *suffix, struct prog_instruction *inst);

-

-/**

- * Parses a condition code name

- *

- * The condition code names (e.g., \c LT, \c GT, \c NE) were added to assembly

- * shaders with the \c GL_NV_fragment_program_option extension.  This function

- * converts a string representation into one of the \c COND_ macros.

- *

- * \return

- * One of the \c COND_ macros defined in prog_instruction.h on success or zero

- * on failure.

- */

-extern int _mesa_parse_cc(const char *s);

-

-/*@}*/

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "main/config.h"
+#include "program/prog_parameter.h"
+
+struct gl_context;
+
+enum asm_type {
+   at_none,
+   at_address,
+   at_attrib,
+   at_param,
+   at_temp,
+   at_output
+};
+
+struct asm_symbol {
+   struct asm_symbol *next;    /**< List linkage for freeing. */
+   const char *name;
+   enum asm_type type;
+   unsigned attrib_binding;
+   unsigned output_binding;   /**< Output / result register number. */
+
+   /**
+    * One of PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM, or PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM.
+    */
+   unsigned param_binding_type;
+
+   /** 
+    * Offset into the program_parameter_list where the tokens representing our
+    * bound state (or constants) start.
+    */
+   unsigned param_binding_begin;
+
+   /**
+    * Constants put into the parameter list may be swizzled.  This
+    * field contain's the symbol's swizzle. (SWIZZLE_X/Y/Z/W)
+    */
+   unsigned param_binding_swizzle;
+
+   /* This is how many entries in the program_parameter_list we take up
+    * with our state tokens or constants. Note that this is _not_ the same as
+    * the number of param registers we eventually use.
+    */
+   unsigned param_binding_length;
+
+   /**
+    * Index of the temp register assigned to this variable.
+    */
+   unsigned temp_binding;
+
+   /**
+    * Flag whether or not a PARAM is an array
+    */
+   unsigned param_is_array:1;
+
+
+   /**
+    * Flag whether or not a PARAM array is accessed indirectly
+    */
+   unsigned param_accessed_indirectly:1;
+
+
+   /**
+    * \brief Is first pass of parameter layout done with this variable?
+    *
+    * The parameter layout routine operates in two passes.  This flag tracks
+    * whether or not the first pass has handled this variable.
+    *
+    * \sa _mesa_layout_parameters
+    */
+   unsigned pass1_done:1;
+};
+
+
+struct asm_vector {
+   unsigned count;
+   gl_constant_value data[4];
+};
+
+
+struct asm_swizzle_mask {
+   unsigned swizzle:12;
+   unsigned mask:4;
+};
+
+
+struct asm_src_register {
+   struct prog_src_register Base;
+
+   /**
+    * Symbol associated with indirect access to parameter arrays.
+    *
+    * If \c Base::RelAddr is 1, this will point to the symbol for the parameter
+    * that is being dereferenced.  Further, \c Base::Index will be the offset
+    * from the address register being used.
+    */
+   struct asm_symbol *Symbol;
+};
+
+
+struct asm_instruction {
+   struct prog_instruction Base;
+   struct asm_instruction *next;
+   struct asm_src_register SrcReg[3];
+};
+
+
+struct asm_parser_state {
+   struct gl_context *ctx;
+   struct gl_program *prog;
+
+   /**
+    * Per-program target limits
+    */
+   struct gl_program_constants *limits;
+
+   struct _mesa_symbol_table *st;
+
+   /**
+    * Linked list of symbols
+    *
+    * This list is \b only used when cleaning up compiler state and freeing
+    * memory.
+    */
+   struct asm_symbol *sym;
+
+   /**
+    * State for the lexer.
+    */
+   void *scanner;
+
+   /**
+    * Linked list of instructions generated during parsing.
+    */
+   /*@{*/
+   struct asm_instruction *inst_head;
+   struct asm_instruction *inst_tail;
+   /*@}*/
+
+
+   /**
+    * Selected limits copied from gl_constants
+    *
+    * These are limits from the GL context, but various bits in the program
+    * must be validated against these values.
+    */
+   /*@{*/
+   unsigned MaxTextureCoordUnits;
+   unsigned MaxTextureImageUnits;
+   unsigned MaxTextureUnits;
+   unsigned MaxClipPlanes;
+   unsigned MaxLights;
+   unsigned MaxProgramMatrices;
+   unsigned MaxDrawBuffers;
+   /*@}*/
+
+   /**
+    * Value to use in state vector accessors for environment and local
+    * parameters
+    */
+   unsigned state_param_enum;
+
+
+   /**
+    * Input attributes bound to specific names
+    *
+    * This is only needed so that errors can be properly produced when
+    * multiple ATTRIB statements bind illegal combinations of vertex
+    * attributes.
+    */
+   unsigned InputsBound;
+
+   enum {
+      invalid_mode = 0,
+      ARB_vertex,
+      ARB_fragment
+   } mode;
+
+   struct {
+      unsigned PositionInvariant:1;
+      unsigned Fog:2;
+      unsigned PrecisionHint:2;
+      unsigned DrawBuffers:1;
+      unsigned Shadow:1;
+      unsigned TexRect:1;
+      unsigned TexArray:1;
+      unsigned NV_fragment:1;
+      unsigned OriginUpperLeft:1;
+      unsigned PixelCenterInteger:1;
+   } option;
+
+   struct {
+      unsigned UsesKill:1;
+   } fragment;
+};
+
+#define OPTION_NONE        0
+#define OPTION_FOG_EXP     1
+#define OPTION_FOG_EXP2    2
+#define OPTION_FOG_LINEAR  3
+#define OPTION_NICEST      1
+#define OPTION_FASTEST     2
+
+typedef struct YYLTYPE {
+   int first_line;
+   int first_column;
+   int last_line;
+   int last_column;
+   int position;
+} YYLTYPE;
+
+#define YYLTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
+#define YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
+
+
+extern GLboolean _mesa_parse_arb_program(struct gl_context *ctx, GLenum target,
+    const GLubyte *str, GLsizei len, struct asm_parser_state *state);
+
+
+
+/* From program_lexer.l. */
+extern void _mesa_program_lexer_dtor(void *scanner);
+
+extern void _mesa_program_lexer_ctor(void **scanner,
+    struct asm_parser_state *state, const char *string, size_t len);
+
+
+/**
+ *\name From program_parse_extra.c
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * Parses and processes an option string to an ARB vertex program
+ *
+ * \return
+ * Non-zero on success, zero on failure.
+ */
+extern int _mesa_ARBvp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state,
+    const char *option);
+
+/**
+ * Parses and processes an option string to an ARB fragment program
+ *
+ * \return
+ * Non-zero on success, zero on failure.
+ */
+extern int _mesa_ARBfp_parse_option(struct asm_parser_state *state,
+    const char *option);
+
+/**
+ * Parses and processes instruction suffixes
+ *
+ * Instruction suffixes, such as \c _SAT, are processed.  The relevant bits
+ * are set in \c inst.  If suffixes are encountered that are either not known
+ * or not supported by the modes and options set in \c state, zero will be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * \return
+ * Non-zero on success, zero on failure.
+ */
+extern int _mesa_parse_instruction_suffix(const struct asm_parser_state *state,
+    const char *suffix, struct prog_instruction *inst);
+
+/**
+ * Parses a condition code name
+ *
+ * The condition code names (e.g., \c LT, \c GT, \c NE) were added to assembly
+ * shaders with the \c GL_NV_fragment_program_option extension.  This function
+ * converts a string representation into one of the \c COND_ macros.
+ *
+ * \return
+ * One of the \c COND_ macros defined in prog_instruction.h on success or zero
+ * on failure.
+ */
+extern int _mesa_parse_cc(const char *s);
+
+/*@}*/
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.c
index 62b406653..c72dfb23b 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.c
@@ -1,685 +1,685 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  6.5.3

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * \file  programopt.c 

- * Vertex/Fragment program optimizations and transformations for program

- * options, etc.

- *

- * \author Brian Paul

- */

-

-

-#include "main/glheader.h"

-#include "main/context.h"

-#include "prog_parameter.h"

-#include "prog_statevars.h"

-#include "program.h"

-#include "programopt.h"

-#include "prog_instruction.h"

-

-

-/**

- * This function inserts instructions for coordinate modelview * projection

- * into a vertex program.

- * May be used to implement the position_invariant option.

- */

-static void

-_mesa_insert_mvp_dp4_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog)

-{

-   struct prog_instruction *newInst;

-   const GLuint origLen = vprog->Base.NumInstructions;

-   const GLuint newLen = origLen + 4;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   /*

-    * Setup state references for the modelview/projection matrix.

-    * XXX we should check if these state vars are already declared.

-    */

-   static const gl_state_index mvpState[4][STATE_LENGTH] = {

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 0, 0, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[0] */

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 1, 1, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[1] */

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 2, 2, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[2] */

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 3, 3, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[3] */

-   };

-   GLint mvpRef[4];

-

-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-      mvpRef[i] = _mesa_add_state_reference(vprog->Base.Parameters,

-                                            mvpState[i]);

-   }

-

-   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */

-   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);

-   if (!newInst) {

-      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY,

-                  "glProgramString(inserting position_invariant code)");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   /*

-    * Generated instructions:

-    * newInst[0] = DP4 result.position.x, mvp.row[0], vertex.position;

-    * newInst[1] = DP4 result.position.y, mvp.row[1], vertex.position;

-    * newInst[2] = DP4 result.position.z, mvp.row[2], vertex.position;

-    * newInst[3] = DP4 result.position.w, mvp.row[3], vertex.position;

-    */

-   _mesa_init_instructions(newInst, 4);

-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-      newInst[i].Opcode = OPCODE_DP4;

-      newInst[i].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;

-      newInst[i].DstReg.Index = VERT_RESULT_HPOS;

-      newInst[i].DstReg.WriteMask = (WRITEMASK_X << i);

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Index = mvpRef[i];

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   }

-

-   /* Append original instructions after new instructions */

-   _mesa_copy_instructions (newInst + 4, vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* free old instructions */

-   _mesa_free_instructions(vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* install new instructions */

-   vprog->Base.Instructions = newInst;

-   vprog->Base.NumInstructions = newLen;

-   vprog->Base.InputsRead |= VERT_BIT_POS;

-   vprog->Base.OutputsWritten |= BITFIELD64_BIT(VERT_RESULT_HPOS);

-}

-

-

-static void

-_mesa_insert_mvp_mad_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog)

-{

-   struct prog_instruction *newInst;

-   const GLuint origLen = vprog->Base.NumInstructions;

-   const GLuint newLen = origLen + 4;

-   GLuint hposTemp;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   /*

-    * Setup state references for the modelview/projection matrix.

-    * XXX we should check if these state vars are already declared.

-    */

-   static const gl_state_index mvpState[4][STATE_LENGTH] = {

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 0, 0, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 1, 1, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 2, 2, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },

-      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 3, 3, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },

-   };

-   GLint mvpRef[4];

-

-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-      mvpRef[i] = _mesa_add_state_reference(vprog->Base.Parameters,

-                                            mvpState[i]);

-   }

-

-   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */

-   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);

-   if (!newInst) {

-      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY,

-                  "glProgramString(inserting position_invariant code)");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   /* TEMP hposTemp; */

-   hposTemp = vprog->Base.NumTemporaries++;

-

-   /*

-    * Generated instructions:

-    *    emit_op2(p, OPCODE_MUL, tmp, 0, swizzle1(src,X), mat[0]);

-    *    emit_op3(p, OPCODE_MAD, tmp, 0, swizzle1(src,Y), mat[1], tmp);

-    *    emit_op3(p, OPCODE_MAD, tmp, 0, swizzle1(src,Z), mat[2], tmp);

-    *    emit_op3(p, OPCODE_MAD, dest, 0, swizzle1(src,W), mat[3], tmp);

-    */

-   _mesa_init_instructions(newInst, 4);

-

-   newInst[0].Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;

-   newInst[0].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-   newInst[0].DstReg.Index = hposTemp;

-   newInst[0].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   newInst[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-   newInst[0].SrcReg[0].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;

-   newInst[0].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-   newInst[0].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-   newInst[0].SrcReg[1].Index = mvpRef[0];

-   newInst[0].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-

-   for (i = 1; i <= 2; i++) {

-      newInst[i].Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;

-      newInst[i].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-      newInst[i].DstReg.Index = hposTemp;

-      newInst[i].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(i,i,i,i);

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Index = mvpRef[i];

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-      newInst[i].SrcReg[2].Index = hposTemp;

-      newInst[1].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   }

-

-   newInst[3].Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;

-   newInst[3].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;

-   newInst[3].DstReg.Index = VERT_RESULT_HPOS;

-   newInst[3].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[0].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[1].Index = mvpRef[3];

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[2].Index = hposTemp;

-   newInst[3].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-

-

-   /* Append original instructions after new instructions */

-   _mesa_copy_instructions (newInst + 4, vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* free old instructions */

-   _mesa_free_instructions(vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* install new instructions */

-   vprog->Base.Instructions = newInst;

-   vprog->Base.NumInstructions = newLen;

-   vprog->Base.InputsRead |= VERT_BIT_POS;

-   vprog->Base.OutputsWritten |= BITFIELD64_BIT(VERT_RESULT_HPOS);

-}

-

-

-void

-_mesa_insert_mvp_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog)

-{

-   if (ctx->mvp_with_dp4) 

-      _mesa_insert_mvp_dp4_code( ctx, vprog );

-   else

-      _mesa_insert_mvp_mad_code( ctx, vprog );

-}

-      

-

-

-

-

-

-/**

- * Append instructions to implement fog

- *

- * The \c fragment.fogcoord input is used to compute the fog blend factor.

- *

- * \param ctx      The GL context

- * \param fprog    Fragment program that fog instructions will be appended to.

- * \param fog_mode Fog mode.  One of \c GL_EXP, \c GL_EXP2, or \c GL_LINEAR.

- * \param saturate True if writes to color outputs should be clamped to [0, 1]

- *

- * \note

- * This function sets \c FRAG_BIT_FOGC in \c fprog->Base.InputsRead.

- *

- * \todo With a little work, this function could be adapted to add fog code

- * to vertex programs too.

- */

-void

-_mesa_append_fog_code(struct gl_context *ctx,

-		      struct gl_fragment_program *fprog, GLenum fog_mode,

-		      GLboolean saturate)

-{

-   static const gl_state_index fogPStateOpt[STATE_LENGTH]

-      = { STATE_INTERNAL, STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED, 0, 0, 0 };

-   static const gl_state_index fogColorState[STATE_LENGTH]

-      = { STATE_FOG_COLOR, 0, 0, 0, 0};

-   struct prog_instruction *newInst, *inst;

-   const GLuint origLen = fprog->Base.NumInstructions;

-   const GLuint newLen = origLen + 5;

-   GLuint i;

-   GLint fogPRefOpt, fogColorRef; /* state references */

-   GLuint colorTemp, fogFactorTemp; /* temporary registerss */

-

-   if (fog_mode == GL_NONE) {

-      _mesa_problem(ctx, "_mesa_append_fog_code() called for fragment program"

-                    " with fog_mode == GL_NONE");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   if (!(fprog->Base.OutputsWritten & (1 << FRAG_RESULT_COLOR))) {

-      /* program doesn't output color, so nothing to do */

-      return;

-   }

-

-   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */

-   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);

-   if (!newInst) {

-      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY,

-                  "glProgramString(inserting fog_option code)");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   /* Copy orig instructions into new instruction buffer */

-   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, fprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* PARAM fogParamsRefOpt = internal optimized fog params; */

-   fogPRefOpt

-      = _mesa_add_state_reference(fprog->Base.Parameters, fogPStateOpt);

-   /* PARAM fogColorRef = state.fog.color; */

-   fogColorRef

-      = _mesa_add_state_reference(fprog->Base.Parameters, fogColorState);

-

-   /* TEMP colorTemp; */

-   colorTemp = fprog->Base.NumTemporaries++;

-   /* TEMP fogFactorTemp; */

-   fogFactorTemp = fprog->Base.NumTemporaries++;

-

-   /* Scan program to find where result.color is written */

-   inst = newInst;

-   for (i = 0; i < fprog->Base.NumInstructions; i++) {

-      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_END)

-         break;

-      if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT &&

-          inst->DstReg.Index == FRAG_RESULT_COLOR) {

-         /* change the instruction to write to colorTemp w/ clamping */

-         inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-         inst->DstReg.Index = colorTemp;

-         inst->SaturateMode = saturate;

-         /* don't break (may be several writes to result.color) */

-      }

-      inst++;

-   }

-   assert(inst->Opcode == OPCODE_END); /* we'll overwrite this inst */

-

-   _mesa_init_instructions(inst, 5);

-

-   /* emit instructions to compute fog blending factor */

-   /* this is always clamped to [0, 1] regardless of fragment clamping */

-   if (fog_mode == GL_LINEAR) {

-      /* MAD fogFactorTemp.x, fragment.fogcoord.x, fogPRefOpt.x, fogPRefOpt.y; */

-      inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;

-      inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-      inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;

-      inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].Index = FRAG_ATTRIB_FOGC;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-      inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-      inst->SrcReg[1].Index = fogPRefOpt;

-      inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-      inst->SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-      inst->SrcReg[2].Index = fogPRefOpt;

-      inst->SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;

-      inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;

-      inst++;

-   }

-   else {

-      ASSERT(fog_mode == GL_EXP || fog_mode == GL_EXP2);

-      /* fogPRefOpt.z = d/ln(2), fogPRefOpt.w = d/sqrt(ln(2) */

-      /* EXP: MUL fogFactorTemp.x, fogPRefOpt.z, fragment.fogcoord.x; */

-      /* EXP2: MUL fogFactorTemp.x, fogPRefOpt.w, fragment.fogcoord.x; */

-      inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;

-      inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-      inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;

-      inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogPRefOpt;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle

-         = (fog_mode == GL_EXP) ? SWIZZLE_ZZZZ : SWIZZLE_WWWW;

-      inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-      inst->SrcReg[1].Index = FRAG_ATTRIB_FOGC;

-      inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-      inst++;

-      if (fog_mode == GL_EXP2) {

-         /* MUL fogFactorTemp.x, fogFactorTemp.x, fogFactorTemp.x; */

-         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;

-         inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-         inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;

-         inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogFactorTemp;

-         inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-         inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-         inst->SrcReg[1].Index = fogFactorTemp;

-         inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-         inst++;

-      }

-      /* EX2_SAT fogFactorTemp.x, -fogFactorTemp.x; */

-      inst->Opcode = OPCODE_EX2;

-      inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-      inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;

-      inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogFactorTemp;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].Negate = NEGATE_XYZW;

-      inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-      inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;

-      inst++;

-   }

-   /* LRP result.color.xyz, fogFactorTemp.xxxx, colorTemp, fogColorRef; */

-   inst->Opcode = OPCODE_LRP;

-   inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;

-   inst->DstReg.Index = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;

-   inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;

-   inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-   inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogFactorTemp;

-   inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;

-   inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-   inst->SrcReg[1].Index = colorTemp;

-   inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   inst->SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;

-   inst->SrcReg[2].Index = fogColorRef;

-   inst->SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   inst++;

-   /* MOV result.color.w, colorTemp.x;  # copy alpha */

-   inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;

-   inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;

-   inst->DstReg.Index = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;

-   inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_W;

-   inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-   inst->SrcReg[0].Index = colorTemp;

-   inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;

-   inst++;

-   /* END; */

-   inst->Opcode = OPCODE_END;

-   inst++;

-

-   /* free old instructions */

-   _mesa_free_instructions(fprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);

-

-   /* install new instructions */

-   fprog->Base.Instructions = newInst;

-   fprog->Base.NumInstructions = inst - newInst;

-   fprog->Base.InputsRead |= FRAG_BIT_FOGC;

-   assert(fprog->Base.OutputsWritten & (1 << FRAG_RESULT_COLOR));

-}

-

-

-

-static GLboolean

-is_texture_instruction(const struct prog_instruction *inst)

-{

-   switch (inst->Opcode) {

-   case OPCODE_TEX:

-   case OPCODE_TXB:

-   case OPCODE_TXD:

-   case OPCODE_TXL:

-   case OPCODE_TXP:

-   case OPCODE_TXP_NV:

-      return GL_TRUE;

-   default:

-      return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-}

-      

-

-/**

- * Count the number of texure indirections in the given program.

- * The program's NumTexIndirections field will be updated.

- * See the GL_ARB_fragment_program spec (issue 24) for details.

- * XXX we count texture indirections in texenvprogram.c (maybe use this code

- * instead and elsewhere).

- */

-void

-_mesa_count_texture_indirections(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLuint indirections = 1;

-   GLbitfield tempsOutput = 0x0;

-   GLbitfield aluTemps = 0x0;

-   GLuint i;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-

-      if (is_texture_instruction(inst)) {

-         if (((inst->SrcReg[0].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) && 

-              (tempsOutput & (1 << inst->SrcReg[0].Index))) ||

-             ((inst->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) &&

-              (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) && 

-              (aluTemps & (1 << inst->DstReg.Index)))) 

-            {

-               indirections++;

-               tempsOutput = 0x0;

-               aluTemps = 0x0;

-            }

-      }

-      else {

-         GLuint j;

-         for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {

-            if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY)

-               aluTemps |= (1 << inst->SrcReg[j].Index);

-         }

-         if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY)

-            aluTemps |= (1 << inst->DstReg.Index);

-      }

-

-      if ((inst->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) && (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY))

-         tempsOutput |= (1 << inst->DstReg.Index);

-   }

-

-   prog->NumTexIndirections = indirections;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Count number of texture instructions in given program and update the

- * program's NumTexInstructions field.

- */

-void

-_mesa_count_texture_instructions(struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-   prog->NumTexInstructions = 0;

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      prog->NumTexInstructions += is_texture_instruction(prog->Instructions + i);

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Scan/rewrite program to remove reads of custom (output) registers.

- * The passed type has to be either PROGRAM_OUTPUT or PROGRAM_VARYING

- * (for vertex shaders).

- * In GLSL shaders, varying vars can be read and written.

- * On some hardware, trying to read an output register causes trouble.

- * So, rewrite the program to use a temporary register in this case.

- */

-void

-_mesa_remove_output_reads(struct gl_program *prog, gl_register_file type)

-{

-   GLuint i;

-   GLint outputMap[VERT_RESULT_MAX];

-   GLuint numVaryingReads = 0;

-   GLboolean usedTemps[MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];

-   GLuint firstTemp = 0;

-

-   _mesa_find_used_registers(prog, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,

-                             usedTemps, MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);

-

-   assert(type == PROGRAM_VARYING || type == PROGRAM_OUTPUT);

-   assert(prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB || type != PROGRAM_VARYING);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < VERT_RESULT_MAX; i++)

-      outputMap[i] = -1;

-

-   /* look for instructions which read from varying vars */

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);

-      GLuint j;

-      for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {

-         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == type) {

-            /* replace the read with a temp reg */

-            const GLuint var = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;

-            if (outputMap[var] == -1) {

-               numVaryingReads++;

-               outputMap[var] = _mesa_find_free_register(usedTemps,

-                                                         MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS,

-                                                         firstTemp);

-               firstTemp = outputMap[var] + 1;

-            }

-            inst->SrcReg[j].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-            inst->SrcReg[j].Index = outputMap[var];

-         }

-      }

-   }

-

-   if (numVaryingReads == 0)

-      return; /* nothing to be done */

-

-   /* look for instructions which write to the varying vars identified above */

-   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-      if (inst->DstReg.File == type &&

-          outputMap[inst->DstReg.Index] >= 0) {

-         /* change inst to write to the temp reg, instead of the varying */

-         inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-         inst->DstReg.Index = outputMap[inst->DstReg.Index];

-      }

-   }

-

-   /* insert new instructions to copy the temp vars to the varying vars */

-   {

-      struct prog_instruction *inst;

-      GLint endPos, var;

-

-      /* Look for END instruction and insert the new varying writes */

-      endPos = -1;

-      for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {

-         struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;

-         if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_END) {

-            endPos = i;

-            _mesa_insert_instructions(prog, i, numVaryingReads);

-            break;

-         }

-      }

-

-      assert(endPos >= 0);

-

-      /* insert new MOV instructions here */

-      inst = prog->Instructions + endPos;

-      for (var = 0; var < VERT_RESULT_MAX; var++) {

-         if (outputMap[var] >= 0) {

-            /* MOV VAR[var], TEMP[tmp]; */

-            inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;

-            inst->DstReg.File = type;

-            inst->DstReg.Index = var;

-            inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;

-            inst->SrcReg[0].Index = outputMap[var];

-            inst++;

-         }

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Make the given fragment program into a "no-op" shader.

- * Actually, just copy the incoming fragment color (or texcoord)

- * to the output color.

- * This is for debug/test purposes.

- */

-void

-_mesa_nop_fragment_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_fragment_program *prog)

-{

-   struct prog_instruction *inst;

-   GLuint inputAttr;

-

-   inst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(2);

-   if (!inst) {

-      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "_mesa_nop_fragment_program");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   _mesa_init_instructions(inst, 2);

-

-   inst[0].Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;

-   inst[0].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;

-   inst[0].DstReg.Index = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;

-   inst[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-   if (prog->Base.InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0)

-      inputAttr = FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0;

-   else

-      inputAttr = FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0;

-   inst[0].SrcReg[0].Index = inputAttr;

-

-   inst[1].Opcode = OPCODE_END;

-

-   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Base.Instructions,

-                           prog->Base.NumInstructions);

-

-   prog->Base.Instructions = inst;

-   prog->Base.NumInstructions = 2;

-   prog->Base.InputsRead = 1 << inputAttr;

-   prog->Base.OutputsWritten = BITFIELD64_BIT(FRAG_RESULT_COLOR);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * \sa _mesa_nop_fragment_program

- * Replace the given vertex program with a "no-op" program that just

- * transforms vertex position and emits color.

- */

-void

-_mesa_nop_vertex_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *prog)

-{

-   struct prog_instruction *inst;

-   GLuint inputAttr;

-

-   /*

-    * Start with a simple vertex program that emits color.

-    */

-   inst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(2);

-   if (!inst) {

-      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "_mesa_nop_vertex_program");

-      return;

-   }

-

-   _mesa_init_instructions(inst, 2);

-

-   inst[0].Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;

-   inst[0].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;

-   inst[0].DstReg.Index = VERT_RESULT_COL0;

-   inst[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;

-   if (prog->Base.InputsRead & VERT_BIT_COLOR0)

-      inputAttr = VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0;

-   else

-      inputAttr = VERT_ATTRIB_TEX0;

-   inst[0].SrcReg[0].Index = inputAttr;

-

-   inst[1].Opcode = OPCODE_END;

-

-   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Base.Instructions,

-                           prog->Base.NumInstructions);

-

-   prog->Base.Instructions = inst;

-   prog->Base.NumInstructions = 2;

-   prog->Base.InputsRead = 1 << inputAttr;

-   prog->Base.OutputsWritten = BITFIELD64_BIT(VERT_RESULT_COL0);

-

-   /*

-    * Now insert code to do standard modelview/projection transformation.

-    */

-   _mesa_insert_mvp_code(ctx, prog);

-}

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  6.5.3
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file  programopt.c 
+ * Vertex/Fragment program optimizations and transformations for program
+ * options, etc.
+ *
+ * \author Brian Paul
+ */
+
+
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "prog_parameter.h"
+#include "prog_statevars.h"
+#include "program.h"
+#include "programopt.h"
+#include "prog_instruction.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * This function inserts instructions for coordinate modelview * projection
+ * into a vertex program.
+ * May be used to implement the position_invariant option.
+ */
+static void
+_mesa_insert_mvp_dp4_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog)
+{
+   struct prog_instruction *newInst;
+   const GLuint origLen = vprog->Base.NumInstructions;
+   const GLuint newLen = origLen + 4;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   /*
+    * Setup state references for the modelview/projection matrix.
+    * XXX we should check if these state vars are already declared.
+    */
+   static const gl_state_index mvpState[4][STATE_LENGTH] = {
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 0, 0, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[0] */
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 1, 1, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[1] */
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 2, 2, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[2] */
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 3, 3, 0 },  /* state.matrix.mvp.row[3] */
+   };
+   GLint mvpRef[4];
+
+   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      mvpRef[i] = _mesa_add_state_reference(vprog->Base.Parameters,
+                                            mvpState[i]);
+   }
+
+   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */
+   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);
+   if (!newInst) {
+      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+                  "glProgramString(inserting position_invariant code)");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   /*
+    * Generated instructions:
+    * newInst[0] = DP4 result.position.x, mvp.row[0], vertex.position;
+    * newInst[1] = DP4 result.position.y, mvp.row[1], vertex.position;
+    * newInst[2] = DP4 result.position.z, mvp.row[2], vertex.position;
+    * newInst[3] = DP4 result.position.w, mvp.row[3], vertex.position;
+    */
+   _mesa_init_instructions(newInst, 4);
+   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      newInst[i].Opcode = OPCODE_DP4;
+      newInst[i].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;
+      newInst[i].DstReg.Index = VERT_RESULT_HPOS;
+      newInst[i].DstReg.WriteMask = (WRITEMASK_X << i);
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Index = mvpRef[i];
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   }
+
+   /* Append original instructions after new instructions */
+   _mesa_copy_instructions (newInst + 4, vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* free old instructions */
+   _mesa_free_instructions(vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* install new instructions */
+   vprog->Base.Instructions = newInst;
+   vprog->Base.NumInstructions = newLen;
+   vprog->Base.InputsRead |= VERT_BIT_POS;
+   vprog->Base.OutputsWritten |= BITFIELD64_BIT(VERT_RESULT_HPOS);
+}
+
+
+static void
+_mesa_insert_mvp_mad_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog)
+{
+   struct prog_instruction *newInst;
+   const GLuint origLen = vprog->Base.NumInstructions;
+   const GLuint newLen = origLen + 4;
+   GLuint hposTemp;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   /*
+    * Setup state references for the modelview/projection matrix.
+    * XXX we should check if these state vars are already declared.
+    */
+   static const gl_state_index mvpState[4][STATE_LENGTH] = {
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 0, 0, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 1, 1, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 2, 2, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },
+      { STATE_MVP_MATRIX, 0, 3, 3, STATE_MATRIX_TRANSPOSE },
+   };
+   GLint mvpRef[4];
+
+   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      mvpRef[i] = _mesa_add_state_reference(vprog->Base.Parameters,
+                                            mvpState[i]);
+   }
+
+   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */
+   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);
+   if (!newInst) {
+      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+                  "glProgramString(inserting position_invariant code)");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   /* TEMP hposTemp; */
+   hposTemp = vprog->Base.NumTemporaries++;
+
+   /*
+    * Generated instructions:
+    *    emit_op2(p, OPCODE_MUL, tmp, 0, swizzle1(src,X), mat[0]);
+    *    emit_op3(p, OPCODE_MAD, tmp, 0, swizzle1(src,Y), mat[1], tmp);
+    *    emit_op3(p, OPCODE_MAD, tmp, 0, swizzle1(src,Z), mat[2], tmp);
+    *    emit_op3(p, OPCODE_MAD, dest, 0, swizzle1(src,W), mat[3], tmp);
+    */
+   _mesa_init_instructions(newInst, 4);
+
+   newInst[0].Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;
+   newInst[0].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+   newInst[0].DstReg.Index = hposTemp;
+   newInst[0].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   newInst[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+   newInst[0].SrcReg[0].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;
+   newInst[0].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+   newInst[0].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+   newInst[0].SrcReg[1].Index = mvpRef[0];
+   newInst[0].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+
+   for (i = 1; i <= 2; i++) {
+      newInst[i].Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;
+      newInst[i].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+      newInst[i].DstReg.Index = hposTemp;
+      newInst[i].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(i,i,i,i);
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Index = mvpRef[i];
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+      newInst[i].SrcReg[2].Index = hposTemp;
+      newInst[1].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   }
+
+   newInst[3].Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;
+   newInst[3].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;
+   newInst[3].DstReg.Index = VERT_RESULT_HPOS;
+   newInst[3].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[0].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_POS;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[1].Index = mvpRef[3];
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[2].Index = hposTemp;
+   newInst[3].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+
+
+   /* Append original instructions after new instructions */
+   _mesa_copy_instructions (newInst + 4, vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* free old instructions */
+   _mesa_free_instructions(vprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* install new instructions */
+   vprog->Base.Instructions = newInst;
+   vprog->Base.NumInstructions = newLen;
+   vprog->Base.InputsRead |= VERT_BIT_POS;
+   vprog->Base.OutputsWritten |= BITFIELD64_BIT(VERT_RESULT_HPOS);
+}
+
+
+void
+_mesa_insert_mvp_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog)
+{
+   if (ctx->mvp_with_dp4) 
+      _mesa_insert_mvp_dp4_code( ctx, vprog );
+   else
+      _mesa_insert_mvp_mad_code( ctx, vprog );
+}
+      
+
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Append instructions to implement fog
+ *
+ * The \c fragment.fogcoord input is used to compute the fog blend factor.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The GL context
+ * \param fprog    Fragment program that fog instructions will be appended to.
+ * \param fog_mode Fog mode.  One of \c GL_EXP, \c GL_EXP2, or \c GL_LINEAR.
+ * \param saturate True if writes to color outputs should be clamped to [0, 1]
+ *
+ * \note
+ * This function sets \c FRAG_BIT_FOGC in \c fprog->Base.InputsRead.
+ *
+ * \todo With a little work, this function could be adapted to add fog code
+ * to vertex programs too.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_append_fog_code(struct gl_context *ctx,
+		      struct gl_fragment_program *fprog, GLenum fog_mode,
+		      GLboolean saturate)
+{
+   static const gl_state_index fogPStateOpt[STATE_LENGTH]
+      = { STATE_INTERNAL, STATE_FOG_PARAMS_OPTIMIZED, 0, 0, 0 };
+   static const gl_state_index fogColorState[STATE_LENGTH]
+      = { STATE_FOG_COLOR, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+   struct prog_instruction *newInst, *inst;
+   const GLuint origLen = fprog->Base.NumInstructions;
+   const GLuint newLen = origLen + 5;
+   GLuint i;
+   GLint fogPRefOpt, fogColorRef; /* state references */
+   GLuint colorTemp, fogFactorTemp; /* temporary registerss */
+
+   if (fog_mode == GL_NONE) {
+      _mesa_problem(ctx, "_mesa_append_fog_code() called for fragment program"
+                    " with fog_mode == GL_NONE");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   if (!(fprog->Base.OutputsWritten & (1 << FRAG_RESULT_COLOR))) {
+      /* program doesn't output color, so nothing to do */
+      return;
+   }
+
+   /* Alloc storage for new instructions */
+   newInst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(newLen);
+   if (!newInst) {
+      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+                  "glProgramString(inserting fog_option code)");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   /* Copy orig instructions into new instruction buffer */
+   _mesa_copy_instructions(newInst, fprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* PARAM fogParamsRefOpt = internal optimized fog params; */
+   fogPRefOpt
+      = _mesa_add_state_reference(fprog->Base.Parameters, fogPStateOpt);
+   /* PARAM fogColorRef = state.fog.color; */
+   fogColorRef
+      = _mesa_add_state_reference(fprog->Base.Parameters, fogColorState);
+
+   /* TEMP colorTemp; */
+   colorTemp = fprog->Base.NumTemporaries++;
+   /* TEMP fogFactorTemp; */
+   fogFactorTemp = fprog->Base.NumTemporaries++;
+
+   /* Scan program to find where result.color is written */
+   inst = newInst;
+   for (i = 0; i < fprog->Base.NumInstructions; i++) {
+      if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_END)
+         break;
+      if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT &&
+          inst->DstReg.Index == FRAG_RESULT_COLOR) {
+         /* change the instruction to write to colorTemp w/ clamping */
+         inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+         inst->DstReg.Index = colorTemp;
+         inst->SaturateMode = saturate;
+         /* don't break (may be several writes to result.color) */
+      }
+      inst++;
+   }
+   assert(inst->Opcode == OPCODE_END); /* we'll overwrite this inst */
+
+   _mesa_init_instructions(inst, 5);
+
+   /* emit instructions to compute fog blending factor */
+   /* this is always clamped to [0, 1] regardless of fragment clamping */
+   if (fog_mode == GL_LINEAR) {
+      /* MAD fogFactorTemp.x, fragment.fogcoord.x, fogPRefOpt.x, fogPRefOpt.y; */
+      inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;
+      inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+      inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;
+      inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].Index = FRAG_ATTRIB_FOGC;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+      inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+      inst->SrcReg[1].Index = fogPRefOpt;
+      inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+      inst->SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+      inst->SrcReg[2].Index = fogPRefOpt;
+      inst->SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;
+      inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;
+      inst++;
+   }
+   else {
+      ASSERT(fog_mode == GL_EXP || fog_mode == GL_EXP2);
+      /* fogPRefOpt.z = d/ln(2), fogPRefOpt.w = d/sqrt(ln(2) */
+      /* EXP: MUL fogFactorTemp.x, fogPRefOpt.z, fragment.fogcoord.x; */
+      /* EXP2: MUL fogFactorTemp.x, fogPRefOpt.w, fragment.fogcoord.x; */
+      inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;
+      inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+      inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;
+      inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogPRefOpt;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle
+         = (fog_mode == GL_EXP) ? SWIZZLE_ZZZZ : SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+      inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+      inst->SrcReg[1].Index = FRAG_ATTRIB_FOGC;
+      inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+      inst++;
+      if (fog_mode == GL_EXP2) {
+         /* MUL fogFactorTemp.x, fogFactorTemp.x, fogFactorTemp.x; */
+         inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;
+         inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+         inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;
+         inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogFactorTemp;
+         inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+         inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+         inst->SrcReg[1].Index = fogFactorTemp;
+         inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+         inst++;
+      }
+      /* EX2_SAT fogFactorTemp.x, -fogFactorTemp.x; */
+      inst->Opcode = OPCODE_EX2;
+      inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+      inst->DstReg.Index = fogFactorTemp;
+      inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_X;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogFactorTemp;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].Negate = NEGATE_XYZW;
+      inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+      inst->SaturateMode = SATURATE_ZERO_ONE;
+      inst++;
+   }
+   /* LRP result.color.xyz, fogFactorTemp.xxxx, colorTemp, fogColorRef; */
+   inst->Opcode = OPCODE_LRP;
+   inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;
+   inst->DstReg.Index = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;
+   inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;
+   inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+   inst->SrcReg[0].Index = fogFactorTemp;
+   inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
+   inst->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+   inst->SrcReg[1].Index = colorTemp;
+   inst->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   inst->SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+   inst->SrcReg[2].Index = fogColorRef;
+   inst->SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   inst++;
+   /* MOV result.color.w, colorTemp.x;  # copy alpha */
+   inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+   inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;
+   inst->DstReg.Index = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;
+   inst->DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_W;
+   inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+   inst->SrcReg[0].Index = colorTemp;
+   inst->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+   inst++;
+   /* END; */
+   inst->Opcode = OPCODE_END;
+   inst++;
+
+   /* free old instructions */
+   _mesa_free_instructions(fprog->Base.Instructions, origLen);
+
+   /* install new instructions */
+   fprog->Base.Instructions = newInst;
+   fprog->Base.NumInstructions = inst - newInst;
+   fprog->Base.InputsRead |= FRAG_BIT_FOGC;
+   assert(fprog->Base.OutputsWritten & (1 << FRAG_RESULT_COLOR));
+}
+
+
+
+static GLboolean
+is_texture_instruction(const struct prog_instruction *inst)
+{
+   switch (inst->Opcode) {
+   case OPCODE_TEX:
+   case OPCODE_TXB:
+   case OPCODE_TXD:
+   case OPCODE_TXL:
+   case OPCODE_TXP:
+   case OPCODE_TXP_NV:
+      return GL_TRUE;
+   default:
+      return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+}
+      
+
+/**
+ * Count the number of texure indirections in the given program.
+ * The program's NumTexIndirections field will be updated.
+ * See the GL_ARB_fragment_program spec (issue 24) for details.
+ * XXX we count texture indirections in texenvprogram.c (maybe use this code
+ * instead and elsewhere).
+ */
+void
+_mesa_count_texture_indirections(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLuint indirections = 1;
+   GLbitfield tempsOutput = 0x0;
+   GLbitfield aluTemps = 0x0;
+   GLuint i;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      const struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+
+      if (is_texture_instruction(inst)) {
+         if (((inst->SrcReg[0].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) && 
+              (tempsOutput & (1 << inst->SrcReg[0].Index))) ||
+             ((inst->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) &&
+              (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) && 
+              (aluTemps & (1 << inst->DstReg.Index)))) 
+            {
+               indirections++;
+               tempsOutput = 0x0;
+               aluTemps = 0x0;
+            }
+      }
+      else {
+         GLuint j;
+         for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
+            if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY)
+               aluTemps |= (1 << inst->SrcReg[j].Index);
+         }
+         if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY)
+            aluTemps |= (1 << inst->DstReg.Index);
+      }
+
+      if ((inst->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) && (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY))
+         tempsOutput |= (1 << inst->DstReg.Index);
+   }
+
+   prog->NumTexIndirections = indirections;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Count number of texture instructions in given program and update the
+ * program's NumTexInstructions field.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_count_texture_instructions(struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+   prog->NumTexInstructions = 0;
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      prog->NumTexInstructions += is_texture_instruction(prog->Instructions + i);
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Scan/rewrite program to remove reads of custom (output) registers.
+ * The passed type has to be either PROGRAM_OUTPUT or PROGRAM_VARYING
+ * (for vertex shaders).
+ * In GLSL shaders, varying vars can be read and written.
+ * On some hardware, trying to read an output register causes trouble.
+ * So, rewrite the program to use a temporary register in this case.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_remove_output_reads(struct gl_program *prog, gl_register_file type)
+{
+   GLuint i;
+   GLint outputMap[VERT_RESULT_MAX];
+   GLuint numVaryingReads = 0;
+   GLboolean usedTemps[MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS];
+   GLuint firstTemp = 0;
+
+   _mesa_find_used_registers(prog, PROGRAM_TEMPORARY,
+                             usedTemps, MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS);
+
+   assert(type == PROGRAM_VARYING || type == PROGRAM_OUTPUT);
+   assert(prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB || type != PROGRAM_VARYING);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < VERT_RESULT_MAX; i++)
+      outputMap[i] = -1;
+
+   /* look for instructions which read from varying vars */
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
+      GLuint j;
+      for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {
+         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == type) {
+            /* replace the read with a temp reg */
+            const GLuint var = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;
+            if (outputMap[var] == -1) {
+               numVaryingReads++;
+               outputMap[var] = _mesa_find_free_register(usedTemps,
+                                                         MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPS,
+                                                         firstTemp);
+               firstTemp = outputMap[var] + 1;
+            }
+            inst->SrcReg[j].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+            inst->SrcReg[j].Index = outputMap[var];
+         }
+      }
+   }
+
+   if (numVaryingReads == 0)
+      return; /* nothing to be done */
+
+   /* look for instructions which write to the varying vars identified above */
+   for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+      if (inst->DstReg.File == type &&
+          outputMap[inst->DstReg.Index] >= 0) {
+         /* change inst to write to the temp reg, instead of the varying */
+         inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+         inst->DstReg.Index = outputMap[inst->DstReg.Index];
+      }
+   }
+
+   /* insert new instructions to copy the temp vars to the varying vars */
+   {
+      struct prog_instruction *inst;
+      GLint endPos, var;
+
+      /* Look for END instruction and insert the new varying writes */
+      endPos = -1;
+      for (i = 0; i < prog->NumInstructions; i++) {
+         struct prog_instruction *inst = prog->Instructions + i;
+         if (inst->Opcode == OPCODE_END) {
+            endPos = i;
+            _mesa_insert_instructions(prog, i, numVaryingReads);
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+
+      assert(endPos >= 0);
+
+      /* insert new MOV instructions here */
+      inst = prog->Instructions + endPos;
+      for (var = 0; var < VERT_RESULT_MAX; var++) {
+         if (outputMap[var] >= 0) {
+            /* MOV VAR[var], TEMP[tmp]; */
+            inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+            inst->DstReg.File = type;
+            inst->DstReg.Index = var;
+            inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+            inst->SrcReg[0].Index = outputMap[var];
+            inst++;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Make the given fragment program into a "no-op" shader.
+ * Actually, just copy the incoming fragment color (or texcoord)
+ * to the output color.
+ * This is for debug/test purposes.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_nop_fragment_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_fragment_program *prog)
+{
+   struct prog_instruction *inst;
+   GLuint inputAttr;
+
+   inst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(2);
+   if (!inst) {
+      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "_mesa_nop_fragment_program");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   _mesa_init_instructions(inst, 2);
+
+   inst[0].Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+   inst[0].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;
+   inst[0].DstReg.Index = FRAG_RESULT_COLOR;
+   inst[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+   if (prog->Base.InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0)
+      inputAttr = FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0;
+   else
+      inputAttr = FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0;
+   inst[0].SrcReg[0].Index = inputAttr;
+
+   inst[1].Opcode = OPCODE_END;
+
+   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Base.Instructions,
+                           prog->Base.NumInstructions);
+
+   prog->Base.Instructions = inst;
+   prog->Base.NumInstructions = 2;
+   prog->Base.InputsRead = 1 << inputAttr;
+   prog->Base.OutputsWritten = BITFIELD64_BIT(FRAG_RESULT_COLOR);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * \sa _mesa_nop_fragment_program
+ * Replace the given vertex program with a "no-op" program that just
+ * transforms vertex position and emits color.
+ */
+void
+_mesa_nop_vertex_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *prog)
+{
+   struct prog_instruction *inst;
+   GLuint inputAttr;
+
+   /*
+    * Start with a simple vertex program that emits color.
+    */
+   inst = _mesa_alloc_instructions(2);
+   if (!inst) {
+      _mesa_error(ctx, GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "_mesa_nop_vertex_program");
+      return;
+   }
+
+   _mesa_init_instructions(inst, 2);
+
+   inst[0].Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+   inst[0].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_OUTPUT;
+   inst[0].DstReg.Index = VERT_RESULT_COL0;
+   inst[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+   if (prog->Base.InputsRead & VERT_BIT_COLOR0)
+      inputAttr = VERT_ATTRIB_COLOR0;
+   else
+      inputAttr = VERT_ATTRIB_TEX0;
+   inst[0].SrcReg[0].Index = inputAttr;
+
+   inst[1].Opcode = OPCODE_END;
+
+   _mesa_free_instructions(prog->Base.Instructions,
+                           prog->Base.NumInstructions);
+
+   prog->Base.Instructions = inst;
+   prog->Base.NumInstructions = 2;
+   prog->Base.InputsRead = 1 << inputAttr;
+   prog->Base.OutputsWritten = BITFIELD64_BIT(VERT_RESULT_COL0);
+
+   /*
+    * Now insert code to do standard modelview/projection transformation.
+    */
+   _mesa_insert_mvp_code(ctx, prog);
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.h b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.h
index 99d7c3757..b9205823c 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.h
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/programopt.h
@@ -1,55 +1,55 @@
-/*

- * Mesa 3-D graphics library

- * Version:  6.5.3

- *

- * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

- * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

- * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-

-#ifndef PROGRAMOPT_H

-#define PROGRAMOPT_H 1

-

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-

-extern void

-_mesa_insert_mvp_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog);

-

-extern void

-_mesa_append_fog_code(struct gl_context *ctx,

-		      struct gl_fragment_program *fprog, GLenum fog_mode,

-		      GLboolean saturate);

-

-extern void

-_mesa_count_texture_indirections(struct gl_program *prog);

-

-extern void

-_mesa_count_texture_instructions(struct gl_program *prog);

-

-extern void

-_mesa_remove_output_reads(struct gl_program *prog, gl_register_file type);

-

-extern void

-_mesa_nop_fragment_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_fragment_program *prog);

-

-extern void

-_mesa_nop_vertex_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *prog);

-

-

-#endif /* PROGRAMOPT_H */

+/*
+ * Mesa 3-D graphics library
+ * Version:  6.5.3
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * BRIAN PAUL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef PROGRAMOPT_H
+#define PROGRAMOPT_H 1
+
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+
+extern void
+_mesa_insert_mvp_code(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *vprog);
+
+extern void
+_mesa_append_fog_code(struct gl_context *ctx,
+		      struct gl_fragment_program *fprog, GLenum fog_mode,
+		      GLboolean saturate);
+
+extern void
+_mesa_count_texture_indirections(struct gl_program *prog);
+
+extern void
+_mesa_count_texture_instructions(struct gl_program *prog);
+
+extern void
+_mesa_remove_output_reads(struct gl_program *prog, gl_register_file type);
+
+extern void
+_mesa_nop_fragment_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_fragment_program *prog);
+
+extern void
+_mesa_nop_vertex_program(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_vertex_program *prog);
+
+
+#endif /* PROGRAMOPT_H */
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c
index a41a6ad6d..f5b5174fc 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.c
@@ -1,558 +1,558 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS

- * IN THE SOFTWARE.

- *

- * Authors:

- *    Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>

- *

- */

-

-/** @file register_allocate.c

- *

- * Graph-coloring register allocator.

- *

- * The basic idea of graph coloring is to make a node in a graph for

- * every thing that needs a register (color) number assigned, and make

- * edges in the graph between nodes that interfere (can't be allocated

- * to the same register at the same time).

- *

- * During the "simplify" process, any any node with fewer edges than

- * there are registers means that that edge can get assigned a

- * register regardless of what its neighbors choose, so that node is

- * pushed on a stack and removed (with its edges) from the graph.

- * That likely causes other nodes to become trivially colorable as well.

- *

- * Then during the "select" process, nodes are popped off of that

- * stack, their edges restored, and assigned a color different from

- * their neighbors.  Because they were pushed on the stack only when

- * they were trivially colorable, any color chosen won't interfere

- * with the registers to be popped later.

- *

- * The downside to most graph coloring is that real hardware often has

- * limitations, like registers that need to be allocated to a node in

- * pairs, or aligned on some boundary.  This implementation follows

- * the paper "Retargetable Graph-Coloring Register Allocation for

- * Irregular Architectures" by Johan Runeson and Sven-Olof Nyström.

- *

- * In this system, there are register classes each containing various

- * registers, and registers may interfere with other registers.  For

- * example, one might have a class of base registers, and a class of

- * aligned register pairs that would each interfere with their pair of

- * the base registers.  Each node has a register class it needs to be

- * assigned to.  Define p(B) to be the size of register class B, and

- * q(B,C) to be the number of registers in B that the worst choice

- * register in C could conflict with.  Then, this system replaces the

- * basic graph coloring test of "fewer edges from this node than there

- * are registers" with "For this node of class B, the sum of q(B,C)

- * for each neighbor node of class C is less than pB".

- *

- * A nice feature of the pq test is that q(B,C) can be computed once

- * up front and stored in a 2-dimensional array, so that the cost of

- * coloring a node is constant with the number of registers.  We do

- * this during ra_set_finalize().

- */

-

-#include <ralloc.h>

-

-#include "main/imports.h"

-#include "main/macros.h"

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-#include "register_allocate.h"

-

-#define NO_REG ~0

-

-struct ra_reg {

-   GLboolean *conflicts;

-   unsigned int *conflict_list;

-   unsigned int conflict_list_size;

-   unsigned int num_conflicts;

-};

-

-struct ra_regs {

-   struct ra_reg *regs;

-   unsigned int count;

-

-   struct ra_class **classes;

-   unsigned int class_count;

-};

-

-struct ra_class {

-   GLboolean *regs;

-

-   /**

-    * p(B) in Runeson/Nyström paper.

-    *

-    * This is "how many regs are in the set."

-    */

-   unsigned int p;

-

-   /**

-    * q(B,C) (indexed by C, B is this register class) in

-    * Runeson/Nyström paper.  This is "how many registers of B could

-    * the worst choice register from C conflict with".

-    */

-   unsigned int *q;

-};

-

-struct ra_node {

-   /** @{

-    *

-    * List of which nodes this node interferes with.  This should be

-    * symmetric with the other node.

-    */

-   GLboolean *adjacency;

-   unsigned int *adjacency_list;

-   unsigned int adjacency_count;

-   /** @} */

-

-   unsigned int class;

-

-   /* Register, if assigned, or NO_REG. */

-   unsigned int reg;

-

-   /**

-    * Set when the node is in the trivially colorable stack.  When

-    * set, the adjacency to this node is ignored, to implement the

-    * "remove the edge from the graph" in simplification without

-    * having to actually modify the adjacency_list.

-    */

-   GLboolean in_stack;

-

-   /* For an implementation that needs register spilling, this is the

-    * approximate cost of spilling this node.

-    */

-   float spill_cost;

-};

-

-struct ra_graph {

-   struct ra_regs *regs;

-   /**

-    * the variables that need register allocation.

-    */

-   struct ra_node *nodes;

-   unsigned int count; /**< count of nodes. */

-

-   unsigned int *stack;

-   unsigned int stack_count;

-};

-

-struct ra_regs *

-ra_alloc_reg_set(unsigned int count)

-{

-   unsigned int i;

-   struct ra_regs *regs;

-

-   regs = rzalloc(NULL, struct ra_regs);

-   regs->count = count;

-   regs->regs = rzalloc_array(regs, struct ra_reg, count);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {

-      regs->regs[i].conflicts = rzalloc_array(regs->regs, GLboolean, count);

-      regs->regs[i].conflicts[i] = GL_TRUE;

-

-      regs->regs[i].conflict_list = ralloc_array(regs->regs, unsigned int, 4);

-      regs->regs[i].conflict_list_size = 4;

-      regs->regs[i].conflict_list[0] = i;

-      regs->regs[i].num_conflicts = 1;

-   }

-

-   return regs;

-}

-

-static void

-ra_add_conflict_list(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2)

-{

-   struct ra_reg *reg1 = &regs->regs[r1];

-

-   if (reg1->conflict_list_size == reg1->num_conflicts) {

-      reg1->conflict_list_size *= 2;

-      reg1->conflict_list = reralloc(regs->regs, reg1->conflict_list,

-				     unsigned int, reg1->conflict_list_size);

-   }

-   reg1->conflict_list[reg1->num_conflicts++] = r2;

-   reg1->conflicts[r2] = GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-void

-ra_add_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2)

-{

-   if (!regs->regs[r1].conflicts[r2]) {

-      ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r1, r2);

-      ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r2, r1);

-   }

-}

-

-/**

- * Adds a conflict between base_reg and reg, and also between reg and

- * anything that base_reg conflicts with.

- *

- * This can simplify code for setting up multiple register classes

- * which are aggregates of some base hardware registers, compared to

- * explicitly using ra_add_reg_conflict.

- */

-void

-ra_add_transitive_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs,

-			       unsigned int base_reg, unsigned int reg)

-{

-   int i;

-

-   ra_add_reg_conflict(regs, reg, base_reg);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < regs->regs[base_reg].num_conflicts; i++) {

-      ra_add_reg_conflict(regs, reg, regs->regs[base_reg].conflict_list[i]);

-   }

-}

-

-unsigned int

-ra_alloc_reg_class(struct ra_regs *regs)

-{

-   struct ra_class *class;

-

-   regs->classes = reralloc(regs->regs, regs->classes, struct ra_class *,

-			    regs->class_count + 1);

-

-   class = rzalloc(regs, struct ra_class);

-   regs->classes[regs->class_count] = class;

-

-   class->regs = rzalloc_array(class, GLboolean, regs->count);

-

-   return regs->class_count++;

-}

-

-void

-ra_class_add_reg(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int c, unsigned int r)

-{

-   struct ra_class *class = regs->classes[c];

-

-   class->regs[r] = GL_TRUE;

-   class->p++;

-}

-

-/**

- * Must be called after all conflicts and register classes have been

- * set up and before the register set is used for allocation.

- */

-void

-ra_set_finalize(struct ra_regs *regs)

-{

-   unsigned int b, c;

-

-   for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) {

-      regs->classes[b]->q = ralloc_array(regs, unsigned int, regs->class_count);

-   }

-

-   /* Compute, for each class B and C, how many regs of B an

-    * allocation to C could conflict with.

-    */

-   for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) {

-      for (c = 0; c < regs->class_count; c++) {

-	 unsigned int rc;

-	 int max_conflicts = 0;

-

-	 for (rc = 0; rc < regs->count; rc++) {

-	    int conflicts = 0;

-	    int i;

-

-	    if (!regs->classes[c]->regs[rc])

-	       continue;

-

-	    for (i = 0; i < regs->regs[rc].num_conflicts; i++) {

-	       unsigned int rb = regs->regs[rc].conflict_list[i];

-	       if (regs->classes[b]->regs[rb])

-		  conflicts++;

-	    }

-	    max_conflicts = MAX2(max_conflicts, conflicts);

-	 }

-	 regs->classes[b]->q[c] = max_conflicts;

-      }

-   }

-}

-

-static void

-ra_add_node_adjacency(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2)

-{

-   g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2] = GL_TRUE;

-   g->nodes[n1].adjacency_list[g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count] = n2;

-   g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count++;

-}

-

-struct ra_graph *

-ra_alloc_interference_graph(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int count)

-{

-   struct ra_graph *g;

-   unsigned int i;

-

-   g = rzalloc(regs, struct ra_graph);

-   g->regs = regs;

-   g->nodes = rzalloc_array(g, struct ra_node, count);

-   g->count = count;

-

-   g->stack = rzalloc_array(g, unsigned int, count);

-

-   for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {

-      g->nodes[i].adjacency = rzalloc_array(g, GLboolean, count);

-      g->nodes[i].adjacency_list = ralloc_array(g, unsigned int, count);

-      g->nodes[i].adjacency_count = 0;

-      ra_add_node_adjacency(g, i, i);

-      g->nodes[i].reg = NO_REG;

-   }

-

-   return g;

-}

-

-void

-ra_set_node_class(struct ra_graph *g,

-		  unsigned int n, unsigned int class)

-{

-   g->nodes[n].class = class;

-}

-

-void

-ra_add_node_interference(struct ra_graph *g,

-			 unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2)

-{

-   if (!g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2]) {

-      ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n1, n2);

-      ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n2, n1);

-   }

-}

-

-static GLboolean pq_test(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)

-{

-   unsigned int j;

-   unsigned int q = 0;

-   int n_class = g->nodes[n].class;

-

-   for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) {

-      unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j];

-      unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class;

-

-      if (n != n2 && !g->nodes[n2].in_stack) {

-	 q += g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class];

-      }

-   }

-

-   return q < g->regs->classes[n_class]->p;

-}

-

-/**

- * Simplifies the interference graph by pushing all

- * trivially-colorable nodes into a stack of nodes to be colored,

- * removing them from the graph, and rinsing and repeating.

- *

- * Returns GL_TRUE if all nodes were removed from the graph.  GL_FALSE

- * means that either spilling will be required, or optimistic coloring

- * should be applied.

- */

-GLboolean

-ra_simplify(struct ra_graph *g)

-{

-   GLboolean progress = GL_TRUE;

-   int i;

-

-   while (progress) {

-      progress = GL_FALSE;

-

-      for (i = g->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {

-	 if (g->nodes[i].in_stack || g->nodes[i].reg != NO_REG)

-	    continue;

-

-	 if (pq_test(g, i)) {

-	    g->stack[g->stack_count] = i;

-	    g->stack_count++;

-	    g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE;

-	    progress = GL_TRUE;

-	 }

-      }

-   }

-

-   for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) {

-      if (!g->nodes[i].in_stack)

-	 return GL_FALSE;

-   }

-

-   return GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Pops nodes from the stack back into the graph, coloring them with

- * registers as they go.

- *

- * If all nodes were trivially colorable, then this must succeed.  If

- * not (optimistic coloring), then it may return GL_FALSE;

- */

-GLboolean

-ra_select(struct ra_graph *g)

-{

-   int i;

-

-   while (g->stack_count != 0) {

-      unsigned int r;

-      int n = g->stack[g->stack_count - 1];

-      struct ra_class *c = g->regs->classes[g->nodes[n].class];

-

-      /* Find the lowest-numbered reg which is not used by a member

-       * of the graph adjacent to us.

-       */

-      for (r = 0; r < g->regs->count; r++) {

-	 if (!c->regs[r])

-	    continue;

-

-	 /* Check if any of our neighbors conflict with this register choice. */

-	 for (i = 0; i < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; i++) {

-	    unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[i];

-

-	    if (!g->nodes[n2].in_stack &&

-		g->regs->regs[r].conflicts[g->nodes[n2].reg]) {

-	       break;

-	    }

-	 }

-	 if (i == g->nodes[n].adjacency_count)

-	    break;

-      }

-      if (r == g->regs->count)

-	 return GL_FALSE;

-

-      g->nodes[n].reg = r;

-      g->nodes[n].in_stack = GL_FALSE;

-      g->stack_count--;

-   }

-

-   return GL_TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Optimistic register coloring: Just push the remaining nodes

- * on the stack.  They'll be colored first in ra_select(), and

- * if they succeed then the locally-colorable nodes are still

- * locally-colorable and the rest of the register allocation

- * will succeed.

- */

-void

-ra_optimistic_color(struct ra_graph *g)

-{

-   unsigned int i;

-

-   for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) {

-      if (g->nodes[i].in_stack || g->nodes[i].reg != NO_REG)

-	 continue;

-

-      g->stack[g->stack_count] = i;

-      g->stack_count++;

-      g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE;

-   }

-}

-

-GLboolean

-ra_allocate_no_spills(struct ra_graph *g)

-{

-   if (!ra_simplify(g)) {

-      ra_optimistic_color(g);

-   }

-   return ra_select(g);

-}

-

-unsigned int

-ra_get_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)

-{

-   return g->nodes[n].reg;

-}

-

-/**

- * Forces a node to a specific register.  This can be used to avoid

- * creating a register class containing one node when handling data

- * that must live in a fixed location and is known to not conflict

- * with other forced register assignment (as is common with shader

- * input data).  These nodes do not end up in the stack during

- * ra_simplify(), and thus at ra_select() time it is as if they were

- * the first popped off the stack and assigned their fixed locations.

- *

- * Must be called before ra_simplify().

- */

-void

-ra_set_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, unsigned int reg)

-{

-   g->nodes[n].reg = reg;

-   g->nodes[n].in_stack = GL_FALSE;

-}

-

-static float

-ra_get_spill_benefit(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)

-{

-   int j;

-   float benefit = 0;

-   int n_class = g->nodes[n].class;

-

-   /* Define the benefit of eliminating an interference between n, n2

-    * through spilling as q(C, B) / p(C).  This is similar to the

-    * "count number of edges" approach of traditional graph coloring,

-    * but takes classes into account.

-    */

-   for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) {

-      unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j];

-      if (n != n2) {

-	 unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class;

-	 benefit += ((float)g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class] /

-		     g->regs->classes[n_class]->p);

-      }

-   }

-

-   return benefit;

-}

-

-/**

- * Returns a node number to be spilled according to the cost/benefit using

- * the pq test, or -1 if there are no spillable nodes.

- */

-int

-ra_get_best_spill_node(struct ra_graph *g)

-{

-   unsigned int best_node = -1;

-   unsigned int best_benefit = 0.0;

-   unsigned int n;

-

-   for (n = 0; n < g->count; n++) {

-      float cost = g->nodes[n].spill_cost;

-      float benefit;

-

-      if (cost <= 0.0)

-	 continue;

-

-      benefit = ra_get_spill_benefit(g, n);

-

-      if (benefit / cost > best_benefit) {

-	 best_benefit = benefit / cost;

-	 best_node = n;

-      }

-   }

-

-   return best_node;

-}

-

-/**

- * Only nodes with a spill cost set (cost != 0.0) will be considered

- * for register spilling.

- */

-void

-ra_set_node_spill_cost(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, float cost)

-{

-   g->nodes[n].spill_cost = cost;

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
+ * IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ *    Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file register_allocate.c
+ *
+ * Graph-coloring register allocator.
+ *
+ * The basic idea of graph coloring is to make a node in a graph for
+ * every thing that needs a register (color) number assigned, and make
+ * edges in the graph between nodes that interfere (can't be allocated
+ * to the same register at the same time).
+ *
+ * During the "simplify" process, any any node with fewer edges than
+ * there are registers means that that edge can get assigned a
+ * register regardless of what its neighbors choose, so that node is
+ * pushed on a stack and removed (with its edges) from the graph.
+ * That likely causes other nodes to become trivially colorable as well.
+ *
+ * Then during the "select" process, nodes are popped off of that
+ * stack, their edges restored, and assigned a color different from
+ * their neighbors.  Because they were pushed on the stack only when
+ * they were trivially colorable, any color chosen won't interfere
+ * with the registers to be popped later.
+ *
+ * The downside to most graph coloring is that real hardware often has
+ * limitations, like registers that need to be allocated to a node in
+ * pairs, or aligned on some boundary.  This implementation follows
+ * the paper "Retargetable Graph-Coloring Register Allocation for
+ * Irregular Architectures" by Johan Runeson and Sven-Olof Nyström.
+ *
+ * In this system, there are register classes each containing various
+ * registers, and registers may interfere with other registers.  For
+ * example, one might have a class of base registers, and a class of
+ * aligned register pairs that would each interfere with their pair of
+ * the base registers.  Each node has a register class it needs to be
+ * assigned to.  Define p(B) to be the size of register class B, and
+ * q(B,C) to be the number of registers in B that the worst choice
+ * register in C could conflict with.  Then, this system replaces the
+ * basic graph coloring test of "fewer edges from this node than there
+ * are registers" with "For this node of class B, the sum of q(B,C)
+ * for each neighbor node of class C is less than pB".
+ *
+ * A nice feature of the pq test is that q(B,C) can be computed once
+ * up front and stored in a 2-dimensional array, so that the cost of
+ * coloring a node is constant with the number of registers.  We do
+ * this during ra_set_finalize().
+ */
+
+#include <ralloc.h>
+
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "main/macros.h"
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "register_allocate.h"
+
+#define NO_REG ~0
+
+struct ra_reg {
+   GLboolean *conflicts;
+   unsigned int *conflict_list;
+   unsigned int conflict_list_size;
+   unsigned int num_conflicts;
+};
+
+struct ra_regs {
+   struct ra_reg *regs;
+   unsigned int count;
+
+   struct ra_class **classes;
+   unsigned int class_count;
+};
+
+struct ra_class {
+   GLboolean *regs;
+
+   /**
+    * p(B) in Runeson/Nyström paper.
+    *
+    * This is "how many regs are in the set."
+    */
+   unsigned int p;
+
+   /**
+    * q(B,C) (indexed by C, B is this register class) in
+    * Runeson/Nyström paper.  This is "how many registers of B could
+    * the worst choice register from C conflict with".
+    */
+   unsigned int *q;
+};
+
+struct ra_node {
+   /** @{
+    *
+    * List of which nodes this node interferes with.  This should be
+    * symmetric with the other node.
+    */
+   GLboolean *adjacency;
+   unsigned int *adjacency_list;
+   unsigned int adjacency_count;
+   /** @} */
+
+   unsigned int class;
+
+   /* Register, if assigned, or NO_REG. */
+   unsigned int reg;
+
+   /**
+    * Set when the node is in the trivially colorable stack.  When
+    * set, the adjacency to this node is ignored, to implement the
+    * "remove the edge from the graph" in simplification without
+    * having to actually modify the adjacency_list.
+    */
+   GLboolean in_stack;
+
+   /* For an implementation that needs register spilling, this is the
+    * approximate cost of spilling this node.
+    */
+   float spill_cost;
+};
+
+struct ra_graph {
+   struct ra_regs *regs;
+   /**
+    * the variables that need register allocation.
+    */
+   struct ra_node *nodes;
+   unsigned int count; /**< count of nodes. */
+
+   unsigned int *stack;
+   unsigned int stack_count;
+};
+
+struct ra_regs *
+ra_alloc_reg_set(unsigned int count)
+{
+   unsigned int i;
+   struct ra_regs *regs;
+
+   regs = rzalloc(NULL, struct ra_regs);
+   regs->count = count;
+   regs->regs = rzalloc_array(regs, struct ra_reg, count);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+      regs->regs[i].conflicts = rzalloc_array(regs->regs, GLboolean, count);
+      regs->regs[i].conflicts[i] = GL_TRUE;
+
+      regs->regs[i].conflict_list = ralloc_array(regs->regs, unsigned int, 4);
+      regs->regs[i].conflict_list_size = 4;
+      regs->regs[i].conflict_list[0] = i;
+      regs->regs[i].num_conflicts = 1;
+   }
+
+   return regs;
+}
+
+static void
+ra_add_conflict_list(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2)
+{
+   struct ra_reg *reg1 = &regs->regs[r1];
+
+   if (reg1->conflict_list_size == reg1->num_conflicts) {
+      reg1->conflict_list_size *= 2;
+      reg1->conflict_list = reralloc(regs->regs, reg1->conflict_list,
+				     unsigned int, reg1->conflict_list_size);
+   }
+   reg1->conflict_list[reg1->num_conflicts++] = r2;
+   reg1->conflicts[r2] = GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+ra_add_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2)
+{
+   if (!regs->regs[r1].conflicts[r2]) {
+      ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r1, r2);
+      ra_add_conflict_list(regs, r2, r1);
+   }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adds a conflict between base_reg and reg, and also between reg and
+ * anything that base_reg conflicts with.
+ *
+ * This can simplify code for setting up multiple register classes
+ * which are aggregates of some base hardware registers, compared to
+ * explicitly using ra_add_reg_conflict.
+ */
+void
+ra_add_transitive_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs,
+			       unsigned int base_reg, unsigned int reg)
+{
+   int i;
+
+   ra_add_reg_conflict(regs, reg, base_reg);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < regs->regs[base_reg].num_conflicts; i++) {
+      ra_add_reg_conflict(regs, reg, regs->regs[base_reg].conflict_list[i]);
+   }
+}
+
+unsigned int
+ra_alloc_reg_class(struct ra_regs *regs)
+{
+   struct ra_class *class;
+
+   regs->classes = reralloc(regs->regs, regs->classes, struct ra_class *,
+			    regs->class_count + 1);
+
+   class = rzalloc(regs, struct ra_class);
+   regs->classes[regs->class_count] = class;
+
+   class->regs = rzalloc_array(class, GLboolean, regs->count);
+
+   return regs->class_count++;
+}
+
+void
+ra_class_add_reg(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int c, unsigned int r)
+{
+   struct ra_class *class = regs->classes[c];
+
+   class->regs[r] = GL_TRUE;
+   class->p++;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Must be called after all conflicts and register classes have been
+ * set up and before the register set is used for allocation.
+ */
+void
+ra_set_finalize(struct ra_regs *regs)
+{
+   unsigned int b, c;
+
+   for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) {
+      regs->classes[b]->q = ralloc_array(regs, unsigned int, regs->class_count);
+   }
+
+   /* Compute, for each class B and C, how many regs of B an
+    * allocation to C could conflict with.
+    */
+   for (b = 0; b < regs->class_count; b++) {
+      for (c = 0; c < regs->class_count; c++) {
+	 unsigned int rc;
+	 int max_conflicts = 0;
+
+	 for (rc = 0; rc < regs->count; rc++) {
+	    int conflicts = 0;
+	    int i;
+
+	    if (!regs->classes[c]->regs[rc])
+	       continue;
+
+	    for (i = 0; i < regs->regs[rc].num_conflicts; i++) {
+	       unsigned int rb = regs->regs[rc].conflict_list[i];
+	       if (regs->classes[b]->regs[rb])
+		  conflicts++;
+	    }
+	    max_conflicts = MAX2(max_conflicts, conflicts);
+	 }
+	 regs->classes[b]->q[c] = max_conflicts;
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+static void
+ra_add_node_adjacency(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2)
+{
+   g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2] = GL_TRUE;
+   g->nodes[n1].adjacency_list[g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count] = n2;
+   g->nodes[n1].adjacency_count++;
+}
+
+struct ra_graph *
+ra_alloc_interference_graph(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int count)
+{
+   struct ra_graph *g;
+   unsigned int i;
+
+   g = rzalloc(regs, struct ra_graph);
+   g->regs = regs;
+   g->nodes = rzalloc_array(g, struct ra_node, count);
+   g->count = count;
+
+   g->stack = rzalloc_array(g, unsigned int, count);
+
+   for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+      g->nodes[i].adjacency = rzalloc_array(g, GLboolean, count);
+      g->nodes[i].adjacency_list = ralloc_array(g, unsigned int, count);
+      g->nodes[i].adjacency_count = 0;
+      ra_add_node_adjacency(g, i, i);
+      g->nodes[i].reg = NO_REG;
+   }
+
+   return g;
+}
+
+void
+ra_set_node_class(struct ra_graph *g,
+		  unsigned int n, unsigned int class)
+{
+   g->nodes[n].class = class;
+}
+
+void
+ra_add_node_interference(struct ra_graph *g,
+			 unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2)
+{
+   if (!g->nodes[n1].adjacency[n2]) {
+      ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n1, n2);
+      ra_add_node_adjacency(g, n2, n1);
+   }
+}
+
+static GLboolean pq_test(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)
+{
+   unsigned int j;
+   unsigned int q = 0;
+   int n_class = g->nodes[n].class;
+
+   for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) {
+      unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j];
+      unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class;
+
+      if (n != n2 && !g->nodes[n2].in_stack) {
+	 q += g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class];
+      }
+   }
+
+   return q < g->regs->classes[n_class]->p;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Simplifies the interference graph by pushing all
+ * trivially-colorable nodes into a stack of nodes to be colored,
+ * removing them from the graph, and rinsing and repeating.
+ *
+ * Returns GL_TRUE if all nodes were removed from the graph.  GL_FALSE
+ * means that either spilling will be required, or optimistic coloring
+ * should be applied.
+ */
+GLboolean
+ra_simplify(struct ra_graph *g)
+{
+   GLboolean progress = GL_TRUE;
+   int i;
+
+   while (progress) {
+      progress = GL_FALSE;
+
+      for (i = g->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+	 if (g->nodes[i].in_stack || g->nodes[i].reg != NO_REG)
+	    continue;
+
+	 if (pq_test(g, i)) {
+	    g->stack[g->stack_count] = i;
+	    g->stack_count++;
+	    g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE;
+	    progress = GL_TRUE;
+	 }
+      }
+   }
+
+   for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) {
+      if (!g->nodes[i].in_stack)
+	 return GL_FALSE;
+   }
+
+   return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Pops nodes from the stack back into the graph, coloring them with
+ * registers as they go.
+ *
+ * If all nodes were trivially colorable, then this must succeed.  If
+ * not (optimistic coloring), then it may return GL_FALSE;
+ */
+GLboolean
+ra_select(struct ra_graph *g)
+{
+   int i;
+
+   while (g->stack_count != 0) {
+      unsigned int r;
+      int n = g->stack[g->stack_count - 1];
+      struct ra_class *c = g->regs->classes[g->nodes[n].class];
+
+      /* Find the lowest-numbered reg which is not used by a member
+       * of the graph adjacent to us.
+       */
+      for (r = 0; r < g->regs->count; r++) {
+	 if (!c->regs[r])
+	    continue;
+
+	 /* Check if any of our neighbors conflict with this register choice. */
+	 for (i = 0; i < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; i++) {
+	    unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[i];
+
+	    if (!g->nodes[n2].in_stack &&
+		g->regs->regs[r].conflicts[g->nodes[n2].reg]) {
+	       break;
+	    }
+	 }
+	 if (i == g->nodes[n].adjacency_count)
+	    break;
+      }
+      if (r == g->regs->count)
+	 return GL_FALSE;
+
+      g->nodes[n].reg = r;
+      g->nodes[n].in_stack = GL_FALSE;
+      g->stack_count--;
+   }
+
+   return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Optimistic register coloring: Just push the remaining nodes
+ * on the stack.  They'll be colored first in ra_select(), and
+ * if they succeed then the locally-colorable nodes are still
+ * locally-colorable and the rest of the register allocation
+ * will succeed.
+ */
+void
+ra_optimistic_color(struct ra_graph *g)
+{
+   unsigned int i;
+
+   for (i = 0; i < g->count; i++) {
+      if (g->nodes[i].in_stack || g->nodes[i].reg != NO_REG)
+	 continue;
+
+      g->stack[g->stack_count] = i;
+      g->stack_count++;
+      g->nodes[i].in_stack = GL_TRUE;
+   }
+}
+
+GLboolean
+ra_allocate_no_spills(struct ra_graph *g)
+{
+   if (!ra_simplify(g)) {
+      ra_optimistic_color(g);
+   }
+   return ra_select(g);
+}
+
+unsigned int
+ra_get_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)
+{
+   return g->nodes[n].reg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Forces a node to a specific register.  This can be used to avoid
+ * creating a register class containing one node when handling data
+ * that must live in a fixed location and is known to not conflict
+ * with other forced register assignment (as is common with shader
+ * input data).  These nodes do not end up in the stack during
+ * ra_simplify(), and thus at ra_select() time it is as if they were
+ * the first popped off the stack and assigned their fixed locations.
+ *
+ * Must be called before ra_simplify().
+ */
+void
+ra_set_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, unsigned int reg)
+{
+   g->nodes[n].reg = reg;
+   g->nodes[n].in_stack = GL_FALSE;
+}
+
+static float
+ra_get_spill_benefit(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n)
+{
+   int j;
+   float benefit = 0;
+   int n_class = g->nodes[n].class;
+
+   /* Define the benefit of eliminating an interference between n, n2
+    * through spilling as q(C, B) / p(C).  This is similar to the
+    * "count number of edges" approach of traditional graph coloring,
+    * but takes classes into account.
+    */
+   for (j = 0; j < g->nodes[n].adjacency_count; j++) {
+      unsigned int n2 = g->nodes[n].adjacency_list[j];
+      if (n != n2) {
+	 unsigned int n2_class = g->nodes[n2].class;
+	 benefit += ((float)g->regs->classes[n_class]->q[n2_class] /
+		     g->regs->classes[n_class]->p);
+      }
+   }
+
+   return benefit;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a node number to be spilled according to the cost/benefit using
+ * the pq test, or -1 if there are no spillable nodes.
+ */
+int
+ra_get_best_spill_node(struct ra_graph *g)
+{
+   unsigned int best_node = -1;
+   unsigned int best_benefit = 0.0;
+   unsigned int n;
+
+   for (n = 0; n < g->count; n++) {
+      float cost = g->nodes[n].spill_cost;
+      float benefit;
+
+      if (cost <= 0.0)
+	 continue;
+
+      benefit = ra_get_spill_benefit(g, n);
+
+      if (benefit / cost > best_benefit) {
+	 best_benefit = benefit / cost;
+	 best_node = n;
+      }
+   }
+
+   return best_node;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Only nodes with a spill cost set (cost != 0.0) will be considered
+ * for register spilling.
+ */
+void
+ra_set_node_spill_cost(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, float cost)
+{
+   g->nodes[n].spill_cost = cost;
+}
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.h b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.h
index 2d5a630bf..ee2e58a47 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.h
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/register_allocate.h
@@ -1,74 +1,74 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS

- * IN THE SOFTWARE.

- *

- * Authors:

- *    Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>

- *

- */

-

-struct ra_class;

-struct ra_regs;

-

-/* @{

- * Register set setup.

- *

- * This should be done once at backend initializaion, as

- * ra_set_finalize is O(r^2*c^2).  The registers may be virtual

- * registers, such as aligned register pairs that conflict with the

- * two real registers from which they are composed.

- */

-struct ra_regs *ra_alloc_reg_set(unsigned int count);

-unsigned int ra_alloc_reg_class(struct ra_regs *regs);

-void ra_add_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs,

-			 unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2);

-void ra_add_transitive_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs,

-				    unsigned int base_reg, unsigned int reg);

-void ra_class_add_reg(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int c, unsigned int reg);

-void ra_set_finalize(struct ra_regs *regs);

-/** @} */

-

-/** @{ Interference graph setup.

- *

- * Each interference graph node is a virtual variable in the IL.  It

- * is up to the user to ra_set_node_class() for the virtual variable,

- * and compute live ranges and ra_node_interfere() between conflicting

- * live ranges.

- */

-struct ra_graph *ra_alloc_interference_graph(struct ra_regs *regs,

-					     unsigned int count);

-void ra_set_node_class(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, unsigned int c);

-void ra_add_node_interference(struct ra_graph *g,

-			      unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2);

-/** @} */

-

-/** @{ Graph-coloring register allocation */

-GLboolean ra_simplify(struct ra_graph *g);

-void ra_optimistic_color(struct ra_graph *g);

-GLboolean ra_select(struct ra_graph *g);

-GLboolean ra_allocate_no_spills(struct ra_graph *g);

-

-unsigned int ra_get_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n);

-void ra_set_node_reg(struct ra_graph * g, unsigned int n, unsigned int reg);

-void ra_set_node_spill_cost(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, float cost);

-int ra_get_best_spill_node(struct ra_graph *g);

-/** @} */

-

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
+ * IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ *    Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
+ *
+ */
+
+struct ra_class;
+struct ra_regs;
+
+/* @{
+ * Register set setup.
+ *
+ * This should be done once at backend initializaion, as
+ * ra_set_finalize is O(r^2*c^2).  The registers may be virtual
+ * registers, such as aligned register pairs that conflict with the
+ * two real registers from which they are composed.
+ */
+struct ra_regs *ra_alloc_reg_set(unsigned int count);
+unsigned int ra_alloc_reg_class(struct ra_regs *regs);
+void ra_add_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs,
+			 unsigned int r1, unsigned int r2);
+void ra_add_transitive_reg_conflict(struct ra_regs *regs,
+				    unsigned int base_reg, unsigned int reg);
+void ra_class_add_reg(struct ra_regs *regs, unsigned int c, unsigned int reg);
+void ra_set_finalize(struct ra_regs *regs);
+/** @} */
+
+/** @{ Interference graph setup.
+ *
+ * Each interference graph node is a virtual variable in the IL.  It
+ * is up to the user to ra_set_node_class() for the virtual variable,
+ * and compute live ranges and ra_node_interfere() between conflicting
+ * live ranges.
+ */
+struct ra_graph *ra_alloc_interference_graph(struct ra_regs *regs,
+					     unsigned int count);
+void ra_set_node_class(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, unsigned int c);
+void ra_add_node_interference(struct ra_graph *g,
+			      unsigned int n1, unsigned int n2);
+/** @} */
+
+/** @{ Graph-coloring register allocation */
+GLboolean ra_simplify(struct ra_graph *g);
+void ra_optimistic_color(struct ra_graph *g);
+GLboolean ra_select(struct ra_graph *g);
+GLboolean ra_allocate_no_spills(struct ra_graph *g);
+
+unsigned int ra_get_node_reg(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n);
+void ra_set_node_reg(struct ra_graph * g, unsigned int n, unsigned int reg);
+void ra_set_node_spill_cost(struct ra_graph *g, unsigned int n, float cost);
+int ra_get_best_spill_node(struct ra_graph *g);
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp
index 9a2616743..e8d34c670 100644
--- a/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp
+++ b/mesalib/src/mesa/program/sampler.cpp
@@ -1,137 +1,137 @@
-/*

- * Copyright (C) 2005-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.

- * Copyright (C) 2008  VMware, Inc.   All Rights Reserved.

- * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-#include "ir.h"

-#include "glsl_types.h"

-#include "ir_visitor.h"

-

-extern "C" {

-#include "main/compiler.h"

-#include "main/mtypes.h"

-#include "program/prog_parameter.h"

-}

-

-static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTFLIKE(2, 3);

-

-static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...)

-{

-   va_list args;

-   va_start(args, fmt);

-   ralloc_vasprintf_append(&prog->InfoLog, fmt, args);

-   va_end(args);

-

-   prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE;

-}

-

-class get_sampler_name : public ir_hierarchical_visitor

-{

-public:

-   get_sampler_name(ir_dereference *last,

-		    struct gl_shader_program *shader_program)

-   {

-      this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL);

-      this->shader_program = shader_program;

-      this->name = NULL;

-      this->offset = 0;

-      this->last = last;

-   }

-

-   ~get_sampler_name()

-   {

-      ralloc_free(this->mem_ctx);

-   }

-

-   virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)

-   {

-      this->name = ir->var->name;

-      return visit_continue;

-   }

-

-   virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *ir)

-   {

-      this->name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, ir->field);

-      return visit_continue;

-   }

-

-   virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *ir)

-   {

-      ir_constant *index = ir->array_index->as_constant();

-      int i;

-

-      if (index) {

-	 i = index->value.i[0];

-      } else {

-	 /* GLSL 1.10 and 1.20 allowed variable sampler array indices,

-	  * while GLSL 1.30 requires that the array indices be

-	  * constant integer expressions.  We don't expect any driver

-	  * to actually work with a really variable array index, so

-	  * all that would work would be an unrolled loop counter that ends

-	  * up being constant above.

-	  */

-	 ralloc_strcat(&shader_program->InfoLog,

-		       "warning: Variable sampler array index unsupported.\n"

-		       "This feature of the language was removed in GLSL 1.20 "

-		       "and is unlikely to be supported for 1.10 in Mesa.\n");

-	 i = 0;

-      }

-      if (ir != last) {

-	 this->name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s[%d]", name, i);

-      } else {

-	 offset = i;

-      }

-      return visit_continue;

-   }

-

-   struct gl_shader_program *shader_program;

-   const char *name;

-   void *mem_ctx;

-   int offset;

-   ir_dereference *last;

-};

-

-extern "C" {

-int

-_mesa_get_sampler_uniform_value(class ir_dereference *sampler,

-				struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,

-				const struct gl_program *prog)

-{

-   get_sampler_name getname(sampler, shader_program);

-

-   sampler->accept(&getname);

-

-   GLint index = _mesa_lookup_parameter_index(prog->Parameters, -1,

-					      getname.name);

-

-   if (index < 0) {

-      fail_link(shader_program,

-		"failed to find sampler named %s.\n", getname.name);

-      return 0;

-   }

-

-   index += getname.offset;

-

-   return prog->Parameters->ParameterValues[index][0].f;

-}

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2008  VMware, Inc.   All Rights Reserved.
+ * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "ir.h"
+#include "glsl_types.h"
+#include "ir_visitor.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "main/compiler.h"
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "program/prog_parameter.h"
+}
+
+static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTFLIKE(2, 3);
+
+static void fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+   va_list args;
+   va_start(args, fmt);
+   ralloc_vasprintf_append(&prog->InfoLog, fmt, args);
+   va_end(args);
+
+   prog->LinkStatus = GL_FALSE;
+}
+
+class get_sampler_name : public ir_hierarchical_visitor
+{
+public:
+   get_sampler_name(ir_dereference *last,
+		    struct gl_shader_program *shader_program)
+   {
+      this->mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL);
+      this->shader_program = shader_program;
+      this->name = NULL;
+      this->offset = 0;
+      this->last = last;
+   }
+
+   ~get_sampler_name()
+   {
+      ralloc_free(this->mem_ctx);
+   }
+
+   virtual ir_visitor_status visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
+   {
+      this->name = ir->var->name;
+      return visit_continue;
+   }
+
+   virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_record *ir)
+   {
+      this->name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s.%s", name, ir->field);
+      return visit_continue;
+   }
+
+   virtual ir_visitor_status visit_leave(ir_dereference_array *ir)
+   {
+      ir_constant *index = ir->array_index->as_constant();
+      int i;
+
+      if (index) {
+	 i = index->value.i[0];
+      } else {
+	 /* GLSL 1.10 and 1.20 allowed variable sampler array indices,
+	  * while GLSL 1.30 requires that the array indices be
+	  * constant integer expressions.  We don't expect any driver
+	  * to actually work with a really variable array index, so
+	  * all that would work would be an unrolled loop counter that ends
+	  * up being constant above.
+	  */
+	 ralloc_strcat(&shader_program->InfoLog,
+		       "warning: Variable sampler array index unsupported.\n"
+		       "This feature of the language was removed in GLSL 1.20 "
+		       "and is unlikely to be supported for 1.10 in Mesa.\n");
+	 i = 0;
+      }
+      if (ir != last) {
+	 this->name = ralloc_asprintf(mem_ctx, "%s[%d]", name, i);
+      } else {
+	 offset = i;
+      }
+      return visit_continue;
+   }
+
+   struct gl_shader_program *shader_program;
+   const char *name;
+   void *mem_ctx;
+   int offset;
+   ir_dereference *last;
+};
+
+extern "C" {
+int
+_mesa_get_sampler_uniform_value(class ir_dereference *sampler,
+				struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,
+				const struct gl_program *prog)
+{
+   get_sampler_name getname(sampler, shader_program);
+
+   sampler->accept(&getname);
+
+   GLint index = _mesa_lookup_parameter_index(prog->Parameters, -1,
+					      getname.name);
+
+   if (index < 0) {
+      fail_link(shader_program,
+		"failed to find sampler named %s.\n", getname.name);
+      return 0;
+   }
+
+   index += getname.offset;
+
+   return prog->Parameters->ParameterValues[index][0].f;
+}
+}